MEMBER SECRETARY MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN, … · Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran Urban & Rural Scheme Circle, Nashik Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran Urban & Rural Scheme Division,

0

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL SCHEME CIRCLE, NASHIK

For Authorised use only

MEMBER SECRETARY MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN, MUMBAI

CHIEF ENGINEER

MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL,THANE

SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER, MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL SCHEME CIRCLE, NASHIK

B-1 TENDER

FOR Name of Scheme :- Walwadi Water Supply Scheme

Tal. & Dist.Dhule

Providing, constructing Connecting Main, Sump with overhead pump house & overhead

tank Providing & installing Raw Water Pumping Machinery, Raw Water Gravity Main,

Water Treatment Plant , Pure Water Pumping Machinery, Pure Water Rising main,

R.C.C.E.S.R., R.C.C.G.S.R., Distribution System, Chain link fencing ,Staff quarter,& Trial

run of the scheme.

( B-1/ __ for 2012-13)

VOLUME – I

i

TENDER NOTICE,DETAILED TENDER NOTICE, B-1 FORM , SCHDEULE A ,SCHDEULE B.

OFFICE OF THE

EXECUTIVE ENGINEER,

MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN

URBAN & RURAL SCHEME DIVISION, JALGAON

1


MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL SCHEME DIVISION JALGAON.

NAME OF SCHEME:- WALWADI WATER SUPPLY SCHEME,

TAL. & DIST :- DHULE.

Providing, constructing Connecting Main, Sump with overhead pump house with

overhead tank ,Providing & Installing Raw Water Pumping Machinery, Raw Water

Gravity Main, Water Treatment Plant , Pure Water Pumping Machinery, Pure Water

Rising main, R.C.C.E.S.R., R.C.C.G.S.R., Distribution System, Chain link fencing , Staff

quarter,& Trial run of the scheme.

INDEX

Sr. No. Particulars Page No.

From To

1 Check List 3 3

2 Press Tender Notice 4 5

3 Detailed Tender Notice 6 14

4 Declaration of the contractor 15 15

5 Details of work of similar type and

magnitude carried out by the contractor

16 16

6 Details of other works tendered for and in

hand on the date of submission of his

tender.

17 17

7 Details of plants and machinery

immediately with the Tenderer for the use

of this work

18 18

8 Details of technical personal with the

Tenderer

19 19

9 Details for Information about work in hand

in M.J.P

20 20

2


10 Instructions for the guidance to the

Tenderer

21 21

11 Undertaking for guaranty of contractor 22 22

12 Form B -1 23 81

13 Schedule “A” 82 82

14 Condition of schedule A 83 85

15 Notes of Schedule B 86 89

16 Schedule “B” 90 207

17 Bar Chart & Strata percentage 208 211

Issued to ----------------------------------------

Register in class ---------------------------------------

Vide D.R.No. ------------------- Dated ---------------

Divisional Accountant

Maharastra Jeeva Pradhikaran Urban & Rural Scheme Division, Jalgaon

3











CHECK SHEET

1. On line submission (i.e. Technical bid & Commercial bid.)

2. Earnest money should be in the form of Fixed Deposit Receipt of Nationalized

or Scheduled Bank for 6 months from prescribed date of submission of

Tender in the name of the Executive Engineer, Maharashtra Jeevan

Pradhikaran Urban & Rural Division, Jalgaon

3. Initial security deposit be in the form of FDR from any Nationalized/Scheduled

Bank in name of the Executive Engineer, Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran.

Urban & Rural Division, Jalgaon valid for 3 years.

4. The Contractor should fill in the percentage in B-1 form in figures and words

also on online .The Contractor should sign all pages of Tender, including

drawings etc.

5. Declaration of the Contractor duly signed by him / her or in case of a firm by

authorized signatory / power of attorney holders.

4


महारा�� जीवन �ा धकरण

महारा�� जीवन �ा धकरण नागर� व �ामीण योजना मडळ, ना�शक

महारा�� जीवन �ा धकरण नागर� व �ामीण योजना �वभाग, जळगाव

ई- न�वदा सचना %माक 1 सन 2012-13 Parent portal :- http://maharashtra.etenders.in MJP portal :- http://mjpmaharashtra.etenders.in

काय*कार� अ�भयता, महारा�� जीवन �ा धकरण नागर� व �ामीण योजना �वभाग, जळगाव

जीवनधारा -ब/डीग आकाशवाणी क1 2ाजवळ, जळगाव दर3वनी %माक 0257-2233074 ह महारा�� जीवन

�ा धकरणाकड वग* 1 (अ)(:थाप=य) व =यावर�ल ना◌◌दणीकत ठकदार ज पव* अह*ता अट� पण* करतील

अशा ठकदाराकडन बी-1 नमCयातील ई- न�वदा माग�वDयात यत आहत.

कामाच नाव

:

वलवाडी पाणी परवठा योजना ता. व िज.धळ.

(रा��य �ामीण पयजल काय*%मातग*त )

न�वदची Gकमत

:

¹ý.9,51,79,184/-

इसारा रIकम

:

¹ý.4,75,900/-

सचना :-

1) या न�वदJया पव* अह*ता अट� इ- न�वदा �G%यच स�व:तर वळापLक व स�व:तर न�वदा

सचना ह� शासनाJया http://maharashtra.etenders.in या सकत:थळावर �वनाम/य Mदनाक

20/04/2012 पासन पाहाता यतील, तसच डाऊनलोड करता यतील.

2) कोणतीह� अथवा सव* न�वदा =यासाठP कोणतह� कारण न दश*�वता नाकारDयाचा हIक राखन

ठवDयात आलला आह.

काय*कार� अ�भयता

मजी�ा नागर� व �ामीण योजना

�वभाग, जळगाव

5




MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL SCHEME DIVISION, JALGAON

E- TENDER NOTICE NO. 1 FOR 2012-13

Parent portal :- http://maharashtra.etenders.in MJP portal :- http://mjpmaharashtra.etenders.in

The Executive Engineer, Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran Urban & Rural

Scheme Division, Jalgaon Jeevandhara Building Near Akashwani Kendra, Jalgaon

Telephone NO.0257-2233074 invites B-1 Tenders from the contractors who are

registered with MJP in Class-I (a) (Civil) & above and who full fills the pre-qualification

criteria.

Name of work :- Walwadi Water Supply Scheme Tal.:- & Dist.Dhule.

( Under National Rural Drinking water programme) Estimated Tender Cost :- Rs-.9,51,79,184/-

E.M.D. :- Rs- 4,75,900/-

1) To view the Detailed Tender Notice , detailed time schedule, pre qualification

criteria for this tender &subsequently to down load the pre-qualification document kindly visit following e-tendering web siteof Govt.of Maharashtra :-http:/maharashtra.etenders.in.from Dt .20 /04/2012

2) Right to reject any or all the tenders without assigning any reasons thereof is

reserved.

Executive Engineer MJP Urban & Rural Scheme

Division Jalgaon.

6



Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran Urban & Rural Scheme Circle, Nashik

Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran Urban & Rural Scheme Division, Jalgaon

DETAILED E-TENDER NOTICE NO. 1 FOR THE YEAR - 2012-2013.

On line percentage rate basis tenders in B-1 form in two envelopes system are

invited from contractors registered in appropriate class (Class-I(A) & Above Civil) with

Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran and pre qualified by the Chief Engineer, Maharashtra

Jeevan Pradhikaran, Urban& Rural, Thane Dist. Thane. The Pre-qualification criteria

is as per clause 9 of the Detailed Tender notice. The application for pre qualification

shall be submitted on line on MJP e-Tendering Portal; http://mjp.maharashtra.etenders.in.

Note: In order to participate in e-Tendering process, it is mandatory for new contractors

, first time users of this web site to complete the Online Registration Process for the e -

Tendering web site .For guidelines, kindly refer to Bidders Tool Kit document provided

on the web site.

NAME OF WORK : Walwadi Village Water Supply Scheme. Tal, & Dist. Dhule.

Stage-I : Connecting Main (500 mm dia DI K-7 , Length -700 Mtr)Sump with overhead Pump house & tank (RCCBPT, Cap.150000 Lit

Stage-II : Raw water pumping machinery 50 BHP VT pumps-2 nos, Raw

Water Gravity Main 350 mm dia DI K-7 L=3200 m, Conventional Water Treatment Plant of 7.25 MLD Cap. , Pure Water Pumping Machinery 90BHP VT PUMP & 25 BHP, Centrifugal Monoblock pump set 2 Nos, Pure Water Rising main 250 mm dai DI-K-9

L=2790 m,&110 to 250 mm dia PVC 6 Kg/CM 2 Pipe L-4535 M Stage-III : RCC ESR 3 Nos of capacity 3.00 Lakh, 2.00 Lakh & 1.50 Lakh

liters, RCC GSR capacity 4.60 Lakh Liters. Distribution System, 75 mm to 250 mm dia PVC 4 kg/cm2 Total Length 18776 m &.75 to 225 mm dia HDPE 6kg./CM2 L-39620M. Chain link fencing,@ WTP& ESR Site. Staff Quarter-2 No Water Meter,Trial run of the scheme & Maintaining the scheme for 1 year etc..

2. ESTIMATED COST PUT TO TENDER : Rs. 9,51,79,184 /- 3. EARNEST MONEY : Rs. 4,75,900/-

7


a) Rs.Four Lakh seventy five thousand nine hundred only in the form of Fixed Deposit

Receipt in the name of Executive Engineer, Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran Urban

& Rural Scheme Division, Jalgaon from any Nationalized Bank or Scheduled Bank

of minimum Six month period from the date prescribed for submission of tender

b) The earnest money shall be refunded in the case of tenderers whose tender are not

accepted, except for first three lowest offer. Earnest money of other two lowest

bidders & successful bidders will be refunded after completion of contract documents

& payment of security deposit.

c) Certificate of exemption from payment of earnest money deposit issued by public

works department or any other authorities will not be accepted instead of earnest

money deposit.

4. SECURITY DEPOSIT

A) 4% of the Estimated cost or Accepted Tender cost whichever is higher.

i) Initial Security Deposit.

2% of estimated cost or accepted tender cost whichever is higher in the form of Fixed Deposit Receipt or Bank Guarantee.

ii) Deductions through R.A. Bills

Balance 2% amount will be recovered through each running bill at 5% of the gross amount of RA Bill to the extent that total required security deposit is to be recovered.

B) Additional Security Deposit

If the accepted offer of the contract is below 10% of the cost put to tender, the additional security deposit shall be furnished by the agency as below before issue of work order. This security deposit is in addition to initial Security Deposit.

i) If offer is up to 10% below - Nil

ii) If offer more than 10% and - 2%

up to 15% below

iii) If offer is more than 15% below - 4%

The initial Security Deposit and additional security deposit may be in the form of Bank Guarantee or Fixed Deposit Receipt issued by a Nationalised/Scheduled Bank in the name of ''Executive Engineer Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran Urban & Rural Scheme Division, Jalgaon'' and shall be for a minimum period of 36 months and shall be extended suitably if the work is not completed within the time limit. If the Bank Guarantee is submitted for initial security Deposit, then it will be entire responsibility of the contractor for the extension of Bank Guarantee till completion of work.

8


5. STAMP DUTY

The contractor shall bear the revenue stamp duty on total security deposit of the agreement and/or Additional Security Deposit (payable as per tender condition), as per the Indian Stamp duty (1985) (latest revision) provision applicable during contract period.

6. TIME OF COMPLETION

36(Thirty Six) Calendar months, including Monsoon. This will be counted from the date of issue of the work order & it Includes running of scheme for 12 months.

7. DETAILED TENDER SCHEDULE

Sr. No.

Activities Start Date & Time -- Expiry Date & Time

1 Online Tender Release 20-04-2012 10:00 Hrs To 20-04-2012 18:00 Hrs

2 Online Pre-qualification Document Purchase

20-04-2012 18.01 Hrs To 27 - 04 - 2012 18:00 Hrs

3 Online Pre-qualification Document Download & Online Preparation

20-04 - 2012 18:01 Hrs To 02 -05 - 2012 14:00 Hrs

4 Online Hash Generation For Pre-qualification

02-05 -2012 14:01 Hrs To 02-05- 2012 17:00 Hrs

5 Online Submission of Pre-qualification

02-05-2012 17:01 Hrs To 07-05- 2012 13:00 Hrs

6 Online Pre-qualification Opening and Shortlisting

07-05-2012 13:01 Hrs To 11-05- 2012 15:00 Hrs

7 Online Main Tender Preparation

11-05- 2012 15:01 Hrs To 14-05 2012 18:00 Hrs

8 Online Tender Document Purchase & Download

14-05-2012 18:01 Hrs To 18-05- 2012 14:00 Hrs

9 Online Technical Bid Preparation

14-05-2012 18:01 Hrs To 22-05- 2012 14:00 Hrs

10 Online Commercial Bid Preparation

14-05-2012 18:01 Hrs To 22-05- 2012 14:00 Hrs

11 Online Bid Closing 22-05-2012 14:01 Hrs To 22-05- 2012 17:00 Hrs

12 Online Submission of Bid 22-05-2012 17:01 Hrs To 25-05-2012 18:00 Hrs

13 Online Tender Opening 25-05-2012 18:01 Hrs To 29-05- 2012 18:00 Hrs

9


8. PRE-QUALIFICATION

Pre-qualification Documents are available at free of cost, on the MJP portal of e-

Tendering web site of Govt. of Maharashtra http://mjp.maharashtra.etenders.in

for aspiring bidders to download from 20.04.2012 to 27.04.2012. The bidders

have to prepare and upload filled in / scanned documents regarding Pre-

Qualification online on or before 07.05.2012 up to 13:00 hrs on web site.

Scanned copy of following documents shall be uploaded to fulfill pre-qualification

criteria. These documents need to be digitally signed by individual contractor’s

digital signature and uploaded during online pre-qualification preparation stage.

9. PRE-QUALIFICATION CRITERIA

a) The contractor shall have successfully completed & commissioned the

following mentioned works with Government/Semi Government/ Municipal

Corporation or any other Government organization.

1) Providing, erecting & commissioning in a single tender pumping

machinery of total installed capacity not less than 165 BHP.

This shall include individual vertical turbine pumping machinery

of capacity not less than 45 BHP.

2) Lowering, laying, jointing & satisfactory hydraulic testing, of 250

mm dia D.I./C.I. pipe of minimum Length -1600 M. in a single

tender.

3) The work of designing, constructing & commissioning with

satisfactory water tightness test of Unconventional /

conventional W.T.P of capacity of not less than 3.75 MLD in a

single tender.

4) Designing, constructing & commissioning R.C.C. GSR of

capacity not less than 2.30 Lakh Liters & RCC ESR Capacity

not less than 1.50 Lakh liters with satisfactory water tightness

test.

10


5) Providing, lowering, laying and jointing and giving hydraulic

testing of 110 mm dia H.D.P.E./ P.V.C. pipe of minimum length

of 16450 m. in single tender.

Apart from the above experience certificates following documents are to be

submitted online.

6) The firm shall to produce the Document of VAT Registration

No. OR Tin No.

7) The firm shall produce the document of PAN No.

8) Copy of registration with MJP in Class-I A (civil) and above

9) The list of work in hand in MJP, with the date of work orders

and the current status of these works.

The present status of work shall be in percentage only. If the

works are incomplete due to some specific reasons like land

acquisition or for want of power etc. the same shall be

specifically mentioned. Contractor shall ensure that information

furnished in the document at Sr. No.8 above, is correct, failing

which contractor shall be liable for disqualification.

The contractor having more than 7 work in hand excluding 3

works costing less than 2 crores with MJP, shall not be

considered for pre-qualification. However the works of progress

more than 80% shall not be considered for above.

The firm shall produce all the experience certificates towards the

proof of the above experience duly certified by the officer not

below the rank of Superintending Engineer or equivalent officer

of any other organization The above nine documents need to

be submitted separately online in a folder provided for pre-

qualification.

10. COLLABORATION AND JOINT VENTURE :

a) COLLABORATION:

The contractor who is interested to have blank tender form and if he is not

having experience of work of Mechanical and Electrical works i.e. Pumping

Machinery is allowed to get collaboration with another agency for pumping

machinery work who is registered with Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran and having

experience as per above for pumping Machinery. And the contractor with whom

11


above collaboration is done shall be responsible for successful completion of

pumping machinery work with test and trial. However, it will be the responsibility of

principal contractor to get the work done.

Also in case of civil contractor who do not have the necessary experience of

particular sub work then, he is allowed to have collaboration with another agency OR

contractor who has an experience of that particular sub work.

Moreover with whom collaboration is made will only be binding to carry out the

work to the effect of principal contractor & should submit an agreement on Rs.100/-

stamp paper duly notarized at the time of pre-qualification of bidder.

b) JOINT VENTURE:

The contractor who is interested to have blank tender form and if he do not have

necessary experience of particular sub work / sub works then he is allowed to have

Joint Venture with another agency OR contractor.

If there is Joint Venture, the same shall be in appropriate format. And it shall be

clearly mentioned in the agreement that both the contractor will be jointly and

severally responsible for the successful completion of works included in the tender

with all test and trial for full tender period. It is necessary to enclose the registration

certificate of Joint Venture firm with the Registrar of the Partnership Firm or the

receipt of payment made to Registrar of the Partnership Firm on account of fees

toward Joint Venture firms. Then only pre-qualification application will be considered.

In the case of Joint Venture the contractor having higher class of registration will only

be considered.

Chief Engineer, Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran, Urban & Rural, New Panvel

Dist. Raigad will be the final authority for deciding eligibility for pre-qualification.

11. COST OF BLANK TENDER FORM

a) Rs. 5200/- per set (Rs.5000/-+4% VAT). Cost of Blank Tender form will be

accepted only by Demand Draft of Scheduled Bank payable at Jalgaon in the

name of''Executive Engineer, Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran Urban &Rural

Scheme Division, Jalgaon''.

b) Blank Tender documents will not be sold by this office. Interested contractors

have to download tender documents from the website. Blank tender form will not

be sent by post.

12


c) Cost of blank tender form shall not be accepted in the form of cash or cheque.

The cost of the tender documents will not be refunded under any circumstances

12. ISSUE OF BLANK TENDER FORM

The blank tender forms will have to be downloaded, only by the bidders

who have been pre-qualified by the Chief Engineer Engineer, Maharashtra

Jeevan Pradhikaran Urban & Rural,Thane. from the web site

http://mjp.maharashtra.etenders.in from 14.05.2012 to 18.05.2012

The contractors have to prepare & upload Pre-qualification Document

online on or before schedule date and again submit (encryption/ decryption) on

schedule period. The same procedure should be repeated for main Tender

document.

13. PRE-TENDER CONFERENCE

a) Pre-Tender conference is open to all prospective tenderers and will be

held on 18.05.2012 at 12.00 hours in the office of the Chief Engineer

Engineer, Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran Urban & Rural Thane.

wherein the prospective tenderers will have opportunity to obtain

clarifications regarding the work and the tender conditions.

b) The prospective tenderers are free to ask for any additional information

or clarification either in writing or orally and the reply to the same will

be given in writing and this clarification referred to as common set of

conditions, shall also be common and applicable to all tenderers. The

minutes of this meeting along with the letters of tenderers will form the

part and parcel of the tender documents.

14. VALIDITY OF THE OFFER

120 days from the date of opening of tender

15. LAST DATE OF ONLINE SUBMISSION OF TENDER FORM

As per tender schedule provided.

13


16. DATE OF ONLINE OPENING OF TENDER

As per tender schedule in the office of the Chief Engineer,Maharashtra

Jeevan Pradhikaran Urban & Rural, Thane.

17. SUBMISSION OF TENDER

17.1 The interested contractors / bidders will have to make online payment (using

credit card/debit card/net banking) of Rs.1024/- (including service tax) per bid

per tender to online service provider of e-Tendering system at the time of

entering online Bid Submission stage of the tender schedule

17.2 The two envelopes No. 1 and 2 shall be digitally sealed and signed and

submitted online as per the online tender schedule.

17.3 The date and time for online submission of envelopes shall strictly apply in all

cases. The tenderers should ensure that their tender is prepared online before

the expiry of the scheduled date and time and then submitted online before the

expiry of the scheduled date and time. offers not submitted online will not be

entertained.

17.4 If for any reason, any interested bidder fails to complete any of online stages

during the complete tender cycle, department shall not be responsible and any

grievance regarding that shall not be entertained.

18. OPENING OF TENDER

The tenders will be opened on the date specified in the tender Notice in

the presence of the intending bidders or their authorized representative to

whom they may choose to remain present along with the copy of the original

documents submitted for Pre Qualification. Following procedure will be adopted

for opening of the tender.

Envelope No. I

First of all, Envelope No. 1 of the tenderer will be opened online through e-

Tendering procedure to verify its contents as per requirements. Scanned copies

of following documents shall be in Envelope No. 1. (1) Earnest Money Deposit

Receipt as explained above. (2) Minutes of pre-bid meeting duly signed by

contractor. (3) Copy of Pre-qualification letter (4) Declaration of Contractor in

prescribed format.

14


If the various documents contained in this Envelope do not meet the

requirements of the MJP, as stated above a note will be recorded

accordingly by the Tender opening authority and the Envelope No. II of such

tenderers will not be considered for further action and the same will be rejected.

Envelope No. II

This envelope shall be opened online through E-Tendering procedure

immediately after opening of envelope No. 1 only, if the contents of Envelope No.

1 are found to be acceptable to the MJP. The tendered rate shall then be read

out by the tender opening authority. The tender shall upload in envelope II online

page of the tender on which offer is quoted.

19.

a) The validity of registration should be valid at least the last date of submission

of tender, then only pre-qualification application will be considered. It is

necessary to renew the registration before issue of work order..

b) Though the tender are invited for whole work .The work order will be given for

first phase after the acceptance of tender. After completion of the works of first

phase, work order for IInd phase will be given & after the completion of IInd

phase works, the work order for IIIrd phase will be given. After the completion

of the scheme & its trial run. The contractor have to run the scheme for one

Year period.

c) The payment of work done will be made as per availability of funds for this

scheme.

d) Right to reject any or all tenders without assigning any reason thereof is

reserved by the competent authority whose decision will be final and legally

binding on all the tenderers.

e) Tender with stipulations for settlement of a dispute by reference to Arbitration

will not be entertained.

Executive Engineer, Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran

Urban &Rural Scheme Division Jalgaon

15











DECLARATION

I/We hereby declare that I/We have made myself thoroughly conversant with local

conditions regarding all materials such as stones, murum, sand availability of water etc.

and labour, on which I / We have based my / our rates for this work. The specifications

and requirements of lead for this work have been carefully studied and understood by

me / us before submitting the tender. I undertake to use only the best materials, to be

approved by the Executive Engineer in charge of the work or his duly authorized

representative, before starting the work and also to abide by his decision.

I hereby undertake to pay the labours engaged on the work as per Minimum Wages Act,

1984 applicable to the zone concerned.

Contractor's Signature

16


MAHRASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL SCHEME CIRCLE, NASHIK

MAHRASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL SCHEME DIVISION, JALGAON

NAME OF WORK :- Walwadi Water Supply Scheme Tal. & Dist. Dhule

DETAILS OF WORKS OF SIMILAR TYPE AND MAGNITUDE CARRIED OUT BY THE TENDER.

Sr.No. Name of work. Tendered cost. Time in which completed.

Date of completion. Principal Feature.

1 2 3 4 5 6

17





DETAILS OF OTHER WORKS TENDERED FOR AND IN HAND ON THE DATE OF SUMBISSION OF THIS TENDER.

Name of the Tenderer :- Sr.No. Name of work. Place and

cost. Work in Hand work tendered for Remarks.

Tendered cost.

Work in hand cost of Remaining

work.

Anticipated date of

completion.

Estimated cost and

Date.

Work tendered for

when decision

expected.

Stipulated period of

completion.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

18





DETAILS OF PLANTS AND MACHINERY IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE WITH THE TENDERER FOR THE USE OF THIS WORK.

Sr.No. Name of Equipment. No. of Units Name of maker. Capacity. Age and

Condition present location

Remarks.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

19





DETAILS OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL WITH THE TENDERER.

Name of the Tenderer :-

Sr.No. Designation. Name Qualification. Professional

experience in details of work carried out.

Remarks.

1 2 3 4 5 6

20





INFORMATION ABOUT WORK IN HAND IN MJP.

( To be supported with certificate singed by concerned Superintending Engineer in case Col. No. 8 shows the cost of completed work as more than 80%)

Sr.No. Name of

Contractor. Name of

MJP Division.

Accepted tender cost.

Cost of supply of pipes.

Balance cost (4-5)

Cost of work completed as on ------ (Excluding supply of

pipe)

Proportion of Col. 7 to Col.6

Reason for delay (if any) for completion of balnace

work.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

21











FURTHER INSTRUCTION FOR THE GUIDANCE TO TENDERS

( C.M.P.W.NO. CAT/1259/28820/S, DT. 23th 1959)

The tender will be liable to be rejected outright if for the conditions mentioned below

arise individually or cumulatively while submitted it.

1. The tender proposes any alterations in the work specified in the tender or in the

time allowed for carrying out the work or any other conditions.

2. Any of the pages of the tender are removed and/ or replaced.

3. In the case of item rate the rates are not entered in ink in figure and in words

and the total of each item and grand total are not struck by the tenderer in ink in the

last column of schedule “B” under his signature.

4. Any errors are made by him in the tender.

5. Any correction and additions or paste slips are not initiated by the tenders.

6. The tender or in the case of a firm each Partner thereof does not sign or the

signature is/ are not attested by witness on the pages of the tender in the space

provided for the propose.

22











UNDERTAKING FOR GUARANTEE

I/WE GUARANTEE THAT

1. I / We will replace, repair and adjust free of all charges, to the employer any part

of work which fails to comply with the specifications or amendment to such

specifications as referred to in our specifications attached too tender, fair wear and tear

excepted until the completion and a period of 12 months for the date of Acceptance

Certificate issued under Article 20 of General Condition of Contract.

2. All the work will be reliable.

3. All the work will be of type which has been proved in service, to be suitable for

the duty required by the specifications and will be manufactured and tested in

accordance with appropriate standard specifications approved by the Engineer In-

charge.

4. I / We accept and abide by the clause relating to quality and guarantee of work.

Contractor's Signature

23




FORM B-1

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Percentage Rate Tender and Contract for Works

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran

CIRCLE Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran Urban & Rural Scheme Circle,

Nashik

DIVISION. Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran Urban & Rural Scheme Division

,Jalgaon.

Name of Work :- WALWADI WATER SUPPLY SCHEME,


Providing, constructing Connecting Main, Sump with overhead pump house & Overhead

tank , Providing & installing Raw Water Pumping Machinery, Raw Water Gravity Main,


R.C.C.E.S.R., R.C.C.G.S.R., Distribution System, Chain link fencing ,Staff quarter,&

Trial run of the scheme.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

General Rules and Directions for the Guidance of Contractor

1. AII the works proposed to be executed by contract shall by noticed in a form of

innovation to tender pasted on a notice board hung up in the office of the Executive

Engineer and signed by the Executive Engineer.

This form will state the works to be carried out as well as the date for submitting and

opening tenders, and the time allowed for carrying out the work, also the amount of

24


earnest money to be deposited with the tender and the amount of the security deposit to

be deposited by the successful tenderer and the percentage, if any, to be deducted from

bills. It will also state whether a refund of quarry fees, royalties, dues and ground rents

will be granted. Copies of the specifications, designs and drawings, estimated rates,

scheduled rates and any other documents required in connection with the work shall be

signed by the Executive Engineer for the purpose of identification and shall also be open

for inspection by Contractors at the office of the Executive Engineer during office hours.

Where the works are proposed to be executed according to the specifications

recommended to contractors and approved by a competent authority on behalf of the

Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran, such specification with designs and drawings shall

form part of the accepted tender.

2. In the event of the tender being submitted by a firm, it must be signed by each

partner there and in the event of the absence of any partner, it shall be signed on his

behalf by a person holding a power of attorney authorizing him to do so.

i) The Contractor shall pay along with the tender the sum of Rs.475900/- (Rupees

Four lakh seventy Five thousand nine hundred only ) as and by way of earnest money.

The contractor may pay the said amount by forwarding along with the tender a FDR

from Nationalized / Schedule Bank for the like amount in favors of the Executive

Engineer. The said amount of earnest money shall not carry any interest whatsoever.

(ii) In the event his tender being accepted, subject to the provisions of sub- clause (iii)

below, the said amount of earnest money shall be appropriated towards the amount of

security deposit payable by him under condition of General Conditions of Contract.

(iii) If, after submitting the tender the Contractor withdraws his offer or modifies the

same, or if after the acceptance of his tender, the Contractor neglects to furnish the

balance amount of security deposit without prejudice any other rights and powers of the

MJP hereunder or in law, MJP shall be entitled to forfeit the full amount money

deposited by him.

25


(iv} In the event of his tender not being accepted, the amount of earnest money

deposited by the Contractor shall, unless it is prior there to forfeited under the provisions

of sub-clause (iii) above be refunded to him on his passing receipt therefor.

3. Receipts for payments mode on account of any work, 'when executed by a firm,

should also be signed by all the partners except where the Contractors are described in

their tender as-firm, in which case the receipt shall be signed in the name of the firm by

one of the partners, or by some other person having authority to give effectual receipts

for the firm.

4. Any person who submits a tender shall fill up the usual printed from stating at

what rate below or above the rates specified in Schedule "B" (Memorandum showing

items of work to be carried out) he is willing to undertake the work. Only one rate or

such percentage on all the estimated rate/scheduled rates shall be named. Tender

which propose any alteration in the work specified in the said form of innovation to

tender, or in the time allowed for carrying out the work for which contain any other

condition of any sort will be liable to rejection. No printed from of tender shall include a

tender for more than one work, but if Contractor who wish to tender for two or more

works, they shall have the name and number of work to which they refer written outside

the envelope.

5. The Competent Authority or his duly authorized assistant shall open tenders in

the presence of the Contractors who have submitted their tender representatives who

may be present at the time and he will enter the amounts of the several tenders in a

comparatives statement in a suitable from in the event of a tender being accepted, the

Contractor shall, for the purpose of identification, sign copies of the specification and

other documents mentioned In Rule 1. in the event of tender being rejected, the

Divisional Officer shall authorized to refund the amount of earnest money deposited to

the Contractor making the tender, in his giving a receipt for the return of the money.

6. The officer competent to dispose off the tenders shall have the right of rejecting

all or any of the tenders. Without assigning any reason thereof

26


7. No receipt for any payment alleged to have been made by a Contractor in regard

to any matter relating to this tender or the contract shall be valid and binding on the MJP

unless it signed by the Executive Engineer

8. The Memorandum of work to be tendered for and the Schedule of Material to be

supplied by the Pradhikaran and their rates shall be filled in and completed by the office

of the Executive Engineer before the tender form is issued If a form issued to an

intending tenderer has not be been so filled in and completed, he shall request the said

office to have his done before he completes and delivers his tender.

9. All works shall be measured net by standard measure and according to the rules

and customs of the Pradhikaran and without reference to any local custom.

10. Under no circumstances shall any Contractor be entitled to claim enhanced rate

for Items in this contract.

11. Every registered contractor should produce along with his tender, Certificate of

Registration as approved Contractor in the approved class and renewal of such

registration with date of expiry.

12. All corrections and addition or pasted slips should be initialed.

13. The measurements of work will be taken according to the usual methods in the

Pradhikaran and no proposals to adopt alternative methods will be accepted. The

Executive Engineer's decision to what is "the usual method in use in the Pradhikaran will

be final

14. A tendering Contractor shall furnish a declaration along with a tender showing all

works for which for he has already entered into contact and the value of the work that

remains to be executed in each case on the date of submitting the tender.

15. Every Contractor shall furnish along with the tender, information regarding the

Income Tax Circle or Ward of the District in which he is assessed to income tax, the

27


reference to the number of the assessment and the assessment year, and a valid

Income Tax Clearance Certificate

16. In view of the difficult position regarding the availability of foreign exchange, no

foreign exchange would be released by the Pradhikaran for the purchase of plant and

machinery required for the execution of the work contracted for

{GCM/PWD/CFM/1058/62517 dt. of 26.5.1959).

17. The Contractor will have to construct shed for storing controlled and valuable

materials issued to him under Schedule "A" of the agreement, at work site, having

double locking arrangement. The materials will be taken for use in the presence of the

Pradhikaran person. No materials will be allowed to be removed from the site of works.

18. The Contractors shall also give a list of machinery in their possession on which

they propose to use on the work.

19. Every Contractor shall furnish along with the tender a statement showing

previous experience and technical staff employed by him.

20. Successful tender will have to produce to the satisfaction of the accepting

authority a valid and current license issued in his favor under the provisions of Contract

Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act,1973 before starting work falling which

acceptance of the tender will be liable for withdrawal and earnest money will be forfeited

to the Pradhikaran.

21. The Contractor shall comply with the provision of Apprentices Act, 1961 and the

rules and order issued thereunder from time to time If he fails to do so his failure will be

breach of the contract and the Superintending Engineer, may in his discretion cancel the

contract. The Contractor shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability arising on account

of any violation by him of the provisions of the Act.

28


TENDER FOR WORKS

A) General Description.

Name of Work :- Walwadi Water Supply Scheme.

Tal. & Dist. Dhule.

Providing, constructing Connecting Main, Sump with

overhead pump house & Overhead tank, Providing &

installing Raw Water Pumping Machinery, Raw Water Gravity

Main, Water Treatment Plant, Pure Water Pumping

Machinery, Pure Water Rising main, RCC ESR , RCC GSR,

Distribution System, Chain link fencing , Staff quarter & Trial

run of the scheme.

B) Estimated Cost : Rs. 95179184.00 C) Earnest Money : Rs. 475900.00

a) If several sub works are included same should be detailed in separate list. a) The amount of earnest month to be deposited shall be in accordance with provision with provision of para 206 and 207 of M.P.W manual.

I/We hereby the tender for execution for the Maharashtra

Jeevan Pradhikaran (Here in before & hereinafter referred in

words to as “Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran”) of the work

specified in the underwritten memorandum within the time

Specified in such memorandum at”_________% (

_________________________________________

_________________________________ Estimated Rate) [in

figures as well as in words ] percent below / above the

estimated rates entered in schedule B, (memorandum showing

items of work to be carried out) and in accordance with all

respects with the specifications, designs, drawings &

instructions in writing referred to in rule 1 hereof & in clause 12

of the annexed conditions of the contract and agree that when

materials for the work are provided by the Maharashtra Jeevan

Pradhikaran such materials & the rates to be paid for them

shall be provided in schedule A hereto.

MEMORANDUM

* In figures as well as in words

29


D) Security Deposit : i) In the form of TDR/ Rs. 1903600.00 FDR ii) To be deducted Rs. 1903600.00 from current bill. Total Rs. 3807200.00 E) Percentage if any, to be deducted from bills 4% so as to

make up the total amount required as security deposit by the

time, half the work as measured by the costs, is done.

F) Time allowed for the work from date of written Thirty Six

Calendar Months (including Monsoon) order to complete 24

calendar months (Including Mansoon ) for complication of

work & 12 month satisfactory running of the scheme after

completion of work total time limit to the same will 36 month.

b) This deposit shall be accordance with para 213 and 214 of the M.P.W manual. (Four percent e)This percentage where no security deposit is taken will very from 5% to 10% according to the requirement of the case where security deposit is taken, See note to Clause 1 of Conditions of Contract. f) Give schedule where necessary showing dates by which the various items are to be completed.

2. I / We agree that the offer shall remain open for

acceptance for a minimum period of 120 days from the date

fixed for opening the same and thereafter until it is with

drawn by me/ us by notice in writing duly addressed to the

authority opening the tender and sent by registered post A.D.

otherwise delivered at the office by registered post A.D.

otherwise delivered at the office of such authority. Bank

challan No. and date or deposit at call receipt No. and date in

receipt of the sum of Rs. 475900.00 (Rs.Four lakh seventy

Five thousand nine hundred only) representing the Earnest

Money is here with forwarded. The amount of Earnest

Money shall not bear interest and shall be liable to be

forfeited to the Maharashrta Jeeven Pradhikaran, should

I/We fail (i) abide by the stipulation to keep the offer open for

the period mentioned above or (ii) sign and complete the

contract documents as required by the Engineer and furnish

the security deposit specified in items in items (d) of the

Amount of be

Specified in words &

figures.

30


memorandum contained in paragraph (i) above within the

time limit laid down in clause (1) of the annexed general

conditions of contract, the amount of Earnest Money may be

adjusted towards the security deposit or refunded to me / us

if so desired by me/ us in writing, unless the same or any part

of thereof has been forfeited as aforesaid.

3. I/We have secured exemption from payment of earnest

money after executing the necessary bond in favor of

Maharashrta Jeeven Pradhikaran , a true copy of which

is enclosed herewith should any occasion for forfeiture

of earnest money for this work arise due to failure on

my/ our part to abide by the stipulations to keep the

offer open for the period mentioned above or to sign

and complete the contract documents and furnish the

security deposit as specified in item (d) of the

memorandum contained in paragraph (1) above within

the time limit laid down in clause (1) of the annexed

General conditions of contract. The amount payable by

me/ us at the option of the Engineer, be recovered out

of the amount deposited in lump sum for securing

exemption in so far as the same may extend in terms of

the said bond and in the event of the deficiency out of

any other moneys which are due or payable to me / us

by the Maharashrta Jeeven Pradhikaran under any

other contract of transaction of any nature what so ever

or otherwise.

4. Should this tender be accepted, I /We agree to abide by

and fulfill all the terms and provisions of the Conditions of

Contract annexed hereto so far as applicable and in default

thereof to forfeit and pay to the Maharashrta Jeeven

Pradhikaran the sums of money mentioned in the said

conditions.

Receipt No.--------------- Dated ---/ /2012 Or Bank at ---

------------------------------------ in respect of amount of Rs.--

Name of Bank to in

respect be specified.

Strike out (a) if no

such security deposit

is to be taken.

31


---------------------------------------------

Is herewith forwarded representing the earnest money

(a) the full value of which is to be absolutely forfeited to the

Maharashrta Jeeven Pradhikaran , should I/We do not

deposit in full amount of security deposit specified in the

memorandum in accordance with (d) of Clause (1) of the

tender for works shall be refunded.

Contractor : Signature of Contractor. Before submission of tender. Address. ---------- day of 2012. Witness. Signature of Witness to Contractor’s Signature. Address. Occupation. The above tender is hereby accepted by me for and on behalf of Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran. Dated. / / day of 2012. Chief Engineer (Or his authorized assistant)

32






Providing, constructing Connecting Main, Sump with overhead pump house & over head

tank ,Providing & installing Raw Water Pumping Machinery, Raw Water Gravity Main,




CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

CLAUSE 1 :

SECURITY DEPOSIT:

(Modifications a per the G.R. P.W.D. No. CAT-1087/CR-94/Bldg-2 dt. 14-

6-1989)

The person/persons whose tender may be accepted (here in after called

the Contractor, which expression shall unless excluded by or repugnant

to the context include his heirs, executors, administrators and assignors)

shall (A) within 10 days (which may be extended by the Superintending

Engineer concerned upto 15 days, if the Superintending Engineer thinks

to do so) of the receipt by him of the notification of the acceptance of his

tender deposit with the Ex. Engineer in cash or Government Securities

endorsed to the Executive Engineer. (if deposits for more than 12

months) of sum sufficient which will made up the full security deposit

specified in the tender or (B) (permit Pradhikaran at the time of making

any payment to him for work done under the contract to deduct such as

will amount to Rs. 5 % of all moneys so payable such deduction to be

held by Pradhikaran by way of security deposit). Provided always that in

the event of the Contractor depositing a lump sum by way of security

deposit as contemplated at (A) above, then and in such case, if the sum

so deposited shall not amount to Rs. 4% of the total estimated cost of the

work, it shall lawful for Pradhikaran at the time of making any payment to

the contractor for the work done under the contract to make up the full

33


amount of percent by deducting a sufficient sum from every such

payment as last aforesaid until the full amount to the security deposit is

made- up.

All compensation or other sums of money payable by the Contractor to

Pradhikaran under the terms of his contract may be deducted from or

paid by the sale of sufficient part of his security deposit or from the

interest arising there from, from any sums, which may be due or may

become due by Pradhikaran to the Contractor under any other contract or

transaction of any nature by account whatsoever and in the event of his

security deposit reduced by reason of any such deduction or sale

aforesaid, the Contractor shall, with in ten days, thereafter make good in

cash or government securities endorsed as aforesaid any sum which

may have been deducted from or raised by sale of his security deposited

or any part thereof. The security deposit referred to when paid in cash

may, at the cost of the depositor be converted into interest bearing

securities provided that the depositor, has expressly desired this in

writing. If' the amount of the security deposit to be paid in a lumpsum

within the period specified at (A) above is not aid the tender/contract

already accepted shall be considered as canceled and legal steps take

against the contractor for recovery of the amount. The amount of the

security deposit lodged by a contractor shall be refunded along with the

payment of the final bill, if the date upto which the contractor has agreed

to maintain the work in good order is over. If such date is not over only

90% amount of security deposit shall be refunded along with the payment

of the final bill. The amount of security deposit retained by the

Pradhikaran shall be released after expiry of period upto which the

contractor has agreed to maintain the work in good order is over. In the

event of the contractor failing or neglecting to complete rectification work

within the period upto which the contractor has agreed to maintain the

work in good order, then subject to provision of clause 17 & 20 then the

amount of security deposit retained by the Pradhikaran shall be adjusted

towards the excess cost incurred by the department on rectification work.

NOTE :- This will be the same percentage as that in the tender at (e)

above.

34


CLAUSE : 2

The time allowed for carrying out the work as entered in the tender shall

be strictly observed by the contractor and shall reckoned from the date

on which the order to commence work is given to the contractor. The

work shall through the stipulated period of the contract be proceeded

with, with all due diligence ( time being deemed to be essence of the

contract on the part of the contractor) and the contractor shall pay as

compensation an amount equal to the percentage or such smaller

amount as the Superintending Engineer (whose decision in writing shall

be final ) may decide of the amount of the estimated cost of the whole

work as shown by the tenderer for every day that the work remains

uncommented or unfinished after the proper dates. And further to ensure

good progress during execution of the work the contractor shall be bound

in all cases in which the time allowed for any work exceeds one month to

complete.

The progress of the work shall abide by the programme of detailed

progress laid down by the executive engineer.

Note : The quantity of the work to be done within a particular time to be

specified above shall be fixed inserted in the blank spaces kept for the

purpose by the officer competent to accept the contract after taking into

consideration of each case.

The following proportion will usually be found suitable.

1/4of the work ¼ of the time

½ of the work in ½ of the time

¾ of the work in ¾ of the time

Reasonable progress of earth work, 1/6 ½ ¾ of the total value of the work

to be done.

Reasonable progress of earth work 1/10, 1/10 8/10 of the total value of

the work to be done.

Compensation

for delay

35


In the event of the contractor failing to comply with this conditions he

shall be liable to pay as compensation an amount equal to one percent of

the estimated cost put to tender or such smaller amount as the

Superintending Engineer (whose decision in writing shall be final ) may

decide of the said estimated cost of the whole work for every day that

due quantity of work remains incomplete provided always that the total

amount of compensation to be paid under the provisions of this clause

shall not exceed 10 percent of the estimated cost of the work as shown in

the tender. Superintending Engineer should be the final authority in this

respect, irrespective of the fact that tender is accepted by Chief Engineer/

Additional Chief Engineer / Suptd. Engineer/Executive Engineer or

Assistant Engineer/ Deputy Engineer.

(The Minimum physical & financial work program given in bar chart

attached.)

CLAUSE 3 :

In any case in which under any clause or clauses of this contract the

contractor shall have rendered himself liable to pay compensation

amounting to the whole of this Security Deposits. (whether paid in one

sum or deducted by installments) or in the case of abandonment of the

work owing to serious illness or death of the contractor or any other

cause, the Executive Engineer, on behalf of the Maharashtra Jeevan

Pradhikaran shall have power to adopt any of the following courses, as

he may deem best suited to the interest of Pradhikaran.

Action when

whole of

security deposit

is forfeited.

[a] To rescind the contractor ( for which rescission notice in writing to the

contractor under the hand of Executive Engineer shall be conclusive

evidence ) and in that case the security Deposit of the Contractor

shall stand forfeited and be absolutely at the disposal of Pradhikaran.

[b] To carry out the work or any part of the work departmentally debiting

the Contractor with the cost of the work, expenditure incurred on tools

and plant and charges on additional supervisory staff including the

cost of work charge establishment employed for getting unexecuted

36


part of the work completed and crediting him with the value of the

work done departmentally in all respects in the same manner and at

the same rates as if it had been carried out by the Contractor under

the terms of his contract. The certificate of the Executive Engineer as

to the costs & other allied expenses incurred and as to the work so

done departmentally shall be final and conclusive against the

contractor.

[c] To order that the work of the contractor be measured up and to take

such part thereof as shall be unexecuted, out of his hands and to give

it to another contractor to complete, in which case all expenses

incurred on advertisement for fixing a new contracting agency,

additional supervisory staff including the cost of work charged and the

cost of the work executed by the new contract agency will be debited

to the contractor and at the work done or executed through the new

contractor shall be credited to the contractor in all respects and in the

same manner and at the same rates as if it had been carried out by

the contractor under the terms of his contract, the certificate of the

Executive Engineer as to all the cost of the work and other expenses

incurred as aforesaid for or in getting the unexecuted work done by

the new contractor and as to the value of the work so done shall be

final and conclusive against the contractor.

In case the contract shall be rescinded under clause [a] above, the

contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid, any sum for any

work therefore actually performed by him under his contract unless

and until the Executive Engineer shall have certified in writing the

performance of such work and the amount payable to him in respect

thereof and he shall only be entitled to be paid the amount so certified

in the event of either of the courses referred to in clause [b] or [c]

being adopted and the cost of the work executed departmentally or

through a new contractor and other allied expenses exceeding the

value of such work credited to the contractor, the amount of excess

shall be deducted from any money due to the contractor by

37


Pradhikaran under the contract or otherwise how so ever or from his

security deposit or sale proceeds thereof provided, however that the

Contractor shall have no claim against Pradhikaran if the certified

value of the work done departmentally or through new contractor

exceeds certified cost of such a work and allied expenses, provided

always that whichever of the three courses mentioned in clauses [a],

[b], [c] is adopted by the Executive Engineer, the Contractor shall no

claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of not

having purchased or procured any materials, or entered into any

engagements or made any advances on account of or with a view of

the execution of the work or the performance of the contract. Action

will be taken if Progress of work is not found satisfactory as per MJP

circular No 108 dated 09.12.2005

CLAUSE 4 :

If the progress of any particular portion of the work is unsatisfactory the

Executive Engineer shall notwithstanding that the general progress of the

work is in accordance with the conditions mentioned in clause 2 be

entitled to take action under clause 3 [b] after giving the contractor 10

day's notice in writing. The contractor will have no claim for compensation

for any loss sustained by him owing to such action.

Action when the

Progress of any

Particular Portion

of the Work is

Unsatisfactory.

CLAUSE 5 :

In any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Executive

Engineer by clauses 3 and 4 hereof shall have become exercisable and

the same shall not have been exercised the non- exercise thereof shall

not constitute a waiver of any of the conditions thereof such powers shall

not withstanding be exercisable in the event of any future case of default

by the contractor for which under any clauses here of he his declared

liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his security deposit

and the liability of the contractor for past and future compensation can

remain unaffected in the event of Executive Engineer taking action under

sub clause [a] or [c] of clause 3 he may, if so desires, to take possession

Contractor

remain liable to

pay

compensation if

action not taken

in Cl. 3 & 4

38


of all or any tools plant, materials and stores, in or upon the works or the

site thereof belonging to the contractor, or procured by him and intended

to be used for the execution of the work or any part thereof, paying or

allowing for the same in account at the contract rates, or in the case of

contract rates not being applicable at current market rates, to be certified

by the Executive Engineer whose certificate thereof shall be final. In the

alternative, the Executive Engineer may after giving notice in writing to

the contractor or his clerk of the work, foreman or other authorized agent

require him to remove such tools, plants, materials or stores from the

premises within a time to be specified in such notice and in the event of

the contractor failing to comply with any such requisition, the Executive

Engineer may remove them at the contractor's expense or sell them by

auction or private sale on account of the contractor and at his risk in all

respects, and the certificate of the Executive Engineer as to the expense

of any such removal and the amount of the proceeds and expense of any

such sale shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.

Power to Take

Possession of

or sale

Contractor’s

plant

CLAUSE 6 :

If the Contractor shall desire an extension of the time for completion of

work on the ground of his having been unavoidable hindrance in it's

execution or on any other ground, he shall apply in writing to the

Executive Engineer before the expiry of the period, stipulated in the

tender or before the expiration of 30 days from the date on which he was

hindered as aforesaid or on which the cause for asking for extension

occurred, whichever is earlier and the Executive Engineer or in the

opinion of Superintending Engineer or Chief Engineer as the case may

be if in his opinion, there were reasonable grounds for granting an

extension grant such extension as he thinks necessary or proper. The

decision of the Executive Engineer in this matter shall be final.

Extension of

Time.

CLAUSE 7 :

On the completion of the work the Contractor shall be furnished with a

certificate by the Executive Engineer ( here in after called the Engineer-

Final Certificate.

39


in-charge ) of such completion, but no such certificate shall be given nor

shall the work be considered to be complete until the contractor shall

have removed from the premises on which the work shall have been

executed, all scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish, and shall have

cleaned off the dirt from all wood work, doors windows walls, floor or

other parts of any building in or upon which the work has been executed,

or of which he may had possession for the purpose of executing the

work, nor until the work shall have been measured by the Engineer in

charge or where the measurements have been taken by his subordinate

until they have received approval of the Engineer in charge, the said

measurements being binding and conclusive against the contractor. If the

contractor shall fails to comply with the requirements, of this clause as to

the removal of scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish and cleaning of

dirt on or before the date fixed for the completion of the work the

Engineer-in-charge may at the expenses of the Contractor, remove such

scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish, dispose of the same as he

thinks fit and clean off such dirt as aforesaid and the contractor shall

forthwith pay the amount of all expenses so incurred, but shall have no

claim in respect of any such scaffolding or surplus materials as aforesaid

except for any sum actually realised by the sale thereof.

CLAUSE 8 :

No payment shall be made for any on work, estimated to cost less than

rupees one thousand till after the whole of the work shall have been

completed and a certificate of completion to given. But in the case of

works estimated to cost more than rupees one thousand, the contractor

shall on submitting a monthly bill therefore, be entitled to receive

payment proportionate to the part of the work then approved and passed

by the Engineer-in-charge, whose certificate of such approval and

passing of the sum so payable shall be final and conclusive against

the contractor. All such intermediate payments shall be regarded as

payments by way of advance against the final payments only, and

not as payments for work actually done and completed and shall

Payment On

intermediate

Certificate to be

Regarded as

Advance.

40


not preclude the Engineer – in - charge from requiring bed, unsound

imperfect or unskillful work to be removed or taken away and

reconstructed, or re-erected nor shall any such payment be considered

as admission of the due performance of the contract or any part thereof

in any respect or the accruing of any claim, nor shall it conclude,

determine, or affect in any way the powers of the Engineer-in-charge as

to the final settlement and adjustment of the accounts or otherwise, or in

any other way vary or affect the contract. The final bill shall be submitted

by the contractor within the one month of the date fixed for the

completion of the work, otherwise the Engineer-in-charge's certificate of

the measurement and of the total amount payable for the work shall be

final and binding on all parties.

CLAUSE 9 :

The rates for several items of works estimated to cost more than Rs.

1,000/ - agreed to within shall be valid only when the item concerned are

accepted as having been completed fully in accordance with the

sanctioned specification. In cases where the items of work are not

accepted as so completed the Engineer-in-charge may make payment on

account of such items at such reduced rates as he may consider

reasonable in the preparation of final or on account bills.

Payment at

reduced rates

on account of

items of work

not accepted as

Completed, to

be at the

discretion of the

Engineer-in-

charge

CLAUSE 10 :

A bill shall be submitted by the contractor each month on or before the

date fixed by the Engineer-in-charge for all works executed in the

previous month and the Engineer-in-charge shall take or cause to be

taken the requisite measurement for the purpose of having the same

verified and the claim, so far as it is admissible, shall be adjusted, if

possible, within ten days from the presentation of the bill. If the contractor

does not submit the bill within the time fixed as aforesaid, the Engineer-

in-charge may depute a subordinate to measure of the said work in the

.

Bills to be

submitted

monthly.

41


presence of the Contractor or his duly authorized agent whose counter

signature to the measurement list shall be sufficient warrant, and the

Engineer-in-charge may prepare a bill from such list which shall be

binding on the contractor in all respects.

CLAUSE 11 :

The contractor shall submit all Bills on the printed forms to be had on

application on printed at the office of the Executive Engineer-in-charge

forms. The charges to be made in the bills shall always be entered at the

rates specified in the tender or in the case of any extra work ordered in

pursuance of these conditions and not mentioned or provide for in the

tender, at the rates-hereinafter provided for such work.

Bills to be on

Printed forms.

CLAUSE 12 :

If the specification or estimate of the work provides for the use of any

special description of materials to be supplied from the stores of the

Pradhikaran or if it is required that the Contractor shall use certain stores

to be provided by the Contractor shall used certain stores to be provide

by the Engineer-in-charge ( such material and stores, and the prices to

be charged therefore as hereinafter mentioned being so fair as

practicable for the convenience of the Contractor but not so as in any

way to control the meaning or effect of this contract specified in the

schedule of memorandum hereto annexed ). The Contractor shall be

supplied with such materials and stores as may be required from time to

time to be used by him for the purpose of the contract only, and the

value of the full quantity of the materials and stores so supplied shall be

set off or deducted from and sums then due, or thereafter to become

due to the Contractor under the contract, or otherwise, or from the

security Deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof, if the security deposit is

held in Government Securities, the same or sufficient portion thereof

shall in that case be sold for all purpose. All materials supplied to the

Stores supplied

by MJP

42


Contractor shall remain the absolute property of the Pradhikaran and

shall on no account be removed from the site of the work and shall at all

times be open to inspection by the Engineer-in-charge. Any such

materials unused and in perfectly good condition at the time of

completion or determination of the contract shall be returned to

Pradhikaran store. If the Engineer-in-charge so required by notice in

writing given under his hand, but the Contractor shall not be entitled to

return any such materials except with consent of the Engineer-in-charge

and he shall have no claim for compensation on account of any such

material supplied to him as aforesaid but remaining unused by him or for

any wastage or damage to any such materials.

CLAUSE 12-A :

All stores of controlled materials such as cement, steel etc. supplied to

the contractor by Pradhikaran should be kept by the contractor under lock

and key and they will be accessible for inspection by the Executive

Engineer his agent at all times.

CLAUSE 13 :

The contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in the

most substantial and workman like manner, and both as regards

materials, and every other respect in strict accordance with

specifications. As per norms of the Pradhikaran, after ascertaining the

recuperation test of the percolation well and potability of water, the work

of percolation well shall be continued and completed. The further

subworks shall be taken up as under.

Phase –I) Jack well with Over head pump house & overhead tank .

Phase-II) Raw water P/Machinery, Raw water Gravity Main, WTP, Pure

water Pumping Machinery, Pure water Rising Main

Phase-III) R.C.C. E.S.R., Distribution system, Chain link fencing & M. S.

Gate, Test & Trial run of scheme.

Running the scheme for one year period.

Works to be

Executed in

Accordance with

Specifications,

drawings,

orders, etc.

43


The Contractor shall also confirm exactly, fully and faithfully to designs,

drawings and instructions in writing relating to the work signed by the

Engineer-in-charge and lodged in his office and to which the Contractor

shall be entitled to receive have access for the purpose of inspection at

such a office or on the site of work during office hours the contractor will

receives three sets of contract drawings and working drawings as well as

one certified copy of the accepted tender along with the work order free

of cost. Further copies of the contract drawings and working "drawings if

required by him shall be supplied at the rate of Rs.100/- per set of

contract drawing and Rs.50/- per working drawing except where

otherwise specified.

CLAUSE 14 :

The Engineer – in – charge shall have power to make any

alterations in or additions to the original specifications, Drawings,

Designs and instructions that may appear to him to be necessary

or advisable during the progress of the work, and the Contractor

shall be bound to carry out the work in accordance with any

instructions in this connection which may be given to him in writing

signed by the Engineer –in-charge and such alteration shall not invalidate

the contract, and any additional work which the Contractor may be

directed to do in the manner above specified as part of the work shall be

carried out by the contractor on the same conditions in al respects on

which he agreed to do the main work, and at the same rates as are

specified in the tender for the main work. And if the additional and altered

work includes any class of work for which no rate is specified in this

contract, then such class of work shall be carried out at the rates entered

in the Schedule of Rates of the Division or at the rates mutually agreed

upon between the Engineer- in-charge and the Contractor, whichever are

lower. If the additional or altered work, for which no rate is entered in the

Schedule of rates of the Division, is ordered to be carried out before the

Alterations in

Specifications

and design not

to Invalidate

Contractor

44


rates are agreed upon then the Contractor shall within seven days of the

date of receipt by him of the order to carry out the work, and if the

Engineer-in-charge of the rate which order to carry out the work, inform

the Engineer-in-charge of the rate which is his intention to charge for

such class of work, and if the Engineer-in-charge does not agree to this

rate, he shall by notice in writing be at liberty to cancel his order to carry

out such class of work and arrange to carry out in such manner as he

consider advisable, provided always that if the Contractor shall

commence work or in cure any expenditure in regard thereto before the

rates shall have been determined as lastly herein before mentioned, then

in such case he shall only be entitled to be paid in respect of the carried

out or expenditure incurred by him prior to the date of the determination

of the rate as aforesaid according to such rate or rates as shall be fixed

by the Engineer-in-charge. In the event of a dispute, the decision of the

Superintending Engineer of the Circle will be final. Where, however, the

work is to be executed according to the designs, drawings and

specifications recommended by the Contractor and accepted by the

Competent Authority, the alterations above referred to shall be

within the scope of such designs, drawings and specifications

appended to the tenders. The time limit for the completion of the work

shall be extended in the proportion that the increase in its cost

occasioned by alterations or additions bears to the cost of the

original contract work, and the certificate of the Engineer-in-charge as

to such proportion shall be conclusive.

Rates for work

not entered in

estimate or

Schedule of

rates of the

District.

CLAUSE 15 :

[1] If at any time after the execution of the contract documents the

Engineer-in-charge shall for any reason whatsoever ( other than

default on the part of the Contractor for which the Board is entitled to

rescind the contract ) desires that the whole or any part of the work

specified in the tender should be suspended for any period or that the

whole or part of the work should not be carried out, at all he shall give

to the Contractor a notice in writing of such desire and upon the

No claim to any

payment or

compensation

for alteration or

restriction of

work.

45


receipt of such notice the contractor shall forthwith suspend or stop

the work wholly or in part required, after having due regard to the

appropriate stage at which the work should be stopped or suspended

so as not to cause any damage or injury to the work already done or

endanger the safety thereof provided that the decision of the

Engineer-in-charge as to the stage at which the work or any part of it

could be or could have been safely stopped or suspended shall be

final and conclusive against the Contractor. The contractor shall have

no claim to any payment or compensation whatsoever by reason of or

in pursuance of any notice as aforesaid on account of any

suspension, stoppage or curtailment except to the extent

specified herein after.

[2] Where the total suspension of work ordered as aforesaid continued

for a continuous period exceeding 90 days the Contractor shall be a

liberty to withdraw from the contractual obligations under the contract

so far as it pertains to the unexecuted part to the work by giving a 10

day's prior notice in writing to the Engineer within 30 days of the

expiry of the said period of 90 days, of such intention and requiring

the Engineer to record the final measurements of the work already

done and to pay final bill upon gives such a notice the Contractor shall

be deemed to have been discharged from his obligation to complete

the remaining unexecuted work under his contract. On receipt of such

notice the Engineer shall proceed to complete the measurement and

make such payment as may be finally due to the contractor with in a

period of 90 days from the receipt of such notice in respect of the

work already done by the contractor. Such payment shall not in any

manner prejudice the right of the contractor to any further

compensation under the remaining provisions of this clause.

[3] Where the Engineer required the Contractor to suspend the

work for period in excess of 30 days at any time or 60 days in

the aggregate the Contractor shall be entitled to apply to the

Engineer within 30 days of the resumption of work after such

46


suspension for payment of compensation to the extent of

pecuniary loss suffered by him in respect of working

machinery rendered idle on the

site or on the account of his having and to pay the salary or wages of

labour engaged by him during the said period of suspension provided

always that the contractor shall not be entitled to any claim in respect

of any such working machinery, salary or wages for the first 30 days

whether consecutive or in the aggregate of such suspension or in

respect of any suspension whatsoever occasioned by unsatisfactory

work or any other default on his part. The decision of the Engineer-in-

charge in this regard shall be final and conclusive against the

Contractor.

[4] : In the event of :-

[i] Any total stoppage of work on notice from the Engineer under Sub

Clause (I) in that behalf.

[ii] With drawl by the Contractor from the contractual obligations to

complete the remaining unexecuted work under sub clause (2) on

account of continued suspension of work for a period exceeding 90 days.

[iii] Curtailment in the quantity of item or items originally tendered on

account of any alterations, commission or substitutions in the

specifications, drawings, designs or instructions under clause 14 (I)

where such curtailment exceeds 25 % in quantity and the value of the

quantity curtailed beyond 25 % at the rate for the item specified in the

tender is more than Rs. 5,00/-

It shall be open to the Contractor, within 90 days from the service of (i)

the notice of withdrawal from the contractual obligations under the

contract on account of the continued suspension of work or (iii) notice

under clause-14 (1) resulting in such curtailment to produce to the

Engineer satisfactory documentary evidence that he had purchased or

agreed to purchase materials for use in the contracted work, before

No Claim to

Compensation

on account of

loss due to

delay in supply

of materials by

MJP.

47


receipt by him of the notice of stoppage: Suspension or curtailment and

require the Pradhikaran to take over on payment such material at the

rates determined by the Engineer provided however such rates shall in

no case exceed the rates of which the same required by the Contractor.

The Board shall thereafter take over the material so offered. Provided the

quantities offered are not in excess of the requirements of the

unexecuted work as specified in the accepted tender and are of quality

and specifications approved by the Engineer.

CLAUSE 15 ( A ) :

The contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from

Board for the loss suffered by him account of delay by Board in the

supply of materials entered in schedule - A delay in where such delay is

caused by :

[i] Difficulties relating to the supply of railway wagons,

[ii] Force Measure.

[iii] Act of God.

[iv] Act of enemies of the state of any other reasonable cause beyond

the control of Board.

In the case of such delay in supply of materials, Pradhikaran shall grant

such extension of time for the completion of the works as shall appear to

the Executive Engineer to be reasonable in accordance with the

circumstances of the case. The decision of the Executive Engineer as to

the extension of time shall be accepted as final by the Contractor.

No Claim to

Compensation

on account of

loss due to

delay in supply

of materials by

MJP.

CLAUSE 16 :

Under no circumstances whatever shall be contractor be entitled to any

Time Limit for

48


compensation from Pradhikaran on any account unless the contractor

shall have submitted a claim in writing to the Engineer in charge within

one month of the case of such claim occurring.

Unforeseen

Claims.

CLAUSE 17:

If at any time before the Security deposit is refunded to the Contractor, it

shall in appear to the Engineer in charge or his subordinate in charge of

the work, that any work has been executed with unsound, imperfect or

unskillful workmanship or with materials of inferior quality or that any

materials or articles provided by him for the execution of the

work are unsound, or of a quality inferior to that contracted for,

or are otherwise not in accordance with the contract, it shall be

lawful for the Engineer-in-charge to intimate this fact in writing to

the contractor & then not withstanding the fact that the work,

materials or articles complained of may have been inadvertently

passed, certified and paid for the contractor shall be bound

forth with to rectify, or remove and reconstruct the work so specified in

whole or in part as the case may require, or if so required, shall remove

the materials so specified and provide other proper and suitable materials

providing or articles at his own cost, and in the event of his failing to do

so within a chargeable cost and period to be specified by the Engineer in

charge in the written intimation aforesaid, the contractor shall be liable to

pay compensation at the rate of one percent on the amount of the

estimate for every days, not exceeding ten days, during which the failure

so continues, and in the event of any such failure as aforesaid the

Engineer in charge may rectify or remove and re-execute or remove or

replace the materials or articles complained of as the case may be at the

risk and expense in all respects of the Contractor. Should the Engineer in

charge consider that any such inferior work or materials as described

above may be accepted or may use of, it shall be within his discretion be

accept the same at such reduced rates as he may fix therefore.

Action and

Compensation

Payable in case

of Bad Work.

49


CLAUSE 18 :

All works under or in course of to execution or executed in pursuance of

the contract shall at all times be open to inspection and supervision of the

Engineer-in-charge and his subordinates, and the Contractor shall at all

times during usual working hours, and at all other times at which

reasonable notice of the intention of the Engineer-in-charge and his

subordinate to visit the works shall have been given to the Contractor,

either himself be present to receive orders and instructions or have a

responsible agent duly accredited in writing present for that purpose.

Orders given to the Contractor's duly authorized agent shall be

considered to have the same force and effect as if they had been given to

the Contractor himself.

Work to be open

for Inspection

Contractor or

responsible

agent to be

present

CLAUSE 19 :

The contractor shall give not less than five day notice in writing to the

Engineer- in- charge of the work before covering up or otherwise placing

beyond the reach of measurement any work in order that the same may

be measured, and correct dimensions thereof taken before the same is

so covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement, and shall not

cover up or place beyond the reach of measurement any work without

the consent in writing of the Engineer – in-charge or his subordinate in

charge of the work and if any work shall be covered up or placed beyond

the reach of measurement without such notice having been given or

consent obtained, the same shall be uncovered at the contractor's

expense, and in default thereof no payment or allowances shall be made

for such work or for the materials with which the same was executed.

Notice to be

given before

Work is

Covered.

CLAUSE 20 :

If during the period as listed below from the date of completion as

certified by the Engineer in-charge pursuant to clause 7 of the contract or

Contractor liable

for damage

50


for the period as mentioned below after commissioning the work

whichever is earlier in the opinion of the Executive Engineer the said

work is defective in any manner whatsoever, the Contractor shall

forthwith on receipt of notice in that behalf from the Executive Engineer,

duly commence execution and completely carry out at his costs in every

respect all the work that may be necessary for rectifying and setting right

the defects specified therein including dismantling and reconstruction of

unsafe portion strictly in accordance with and in the manner prescribed

and under the supervision of the Executive Engineer. In the event of the

contractor failing or neglecting to commence execution of the said

rectification work within the period prescribed therefore in the said notice

and / or to complete the same as aforesaid as required by the same

notice the Executive Engineer may get the same executed and carried

out departmentally or by any other agency at the risk on account and at

the cost of the contractor. The contractor shall forthwith on demand pay

to the Pradhikaran the amount of such costs, charges and expenses

sustained or incurred by the Pradhikaran of which the certificate of the

Executive Engineer shall be final and binding on the Contractor. Such

costs, charges and expenses shall be deemed to be arrears of land

revenue and in the event of the Contractor failing or neglecting to pay the

same on demand as aforesaid without prejudice to any other rights and

remedies of the Pradhikaran the same may be recovered from the

contractor as arrears of land revenue. The Pradhikaran shall also be

entitled to deduct the same from any amount which may then be payable

or which may thereafter become payable by Pradhikaran to the

Contractor either in respect of the said work or any other work

whatsoever, or from the amount of Security Deposit retained by the

Pradhikaran. During defect liability period, the work of daily maintenance

and general repairs and expenses thereon would be out of scope of the

tender. However, if any defects in the sub works or in the material are

found, the same will be rectified by the Contractor at his cost and

will be binding on him, failing to which legal action would be taken as per

tender clauses. Ten percent amount will be withheld from security deposit

depending upon the nature of work, till the defect liability period is over.

done and for

imperfections

for certain

period after

Certificate.

51


Annexure A

1) Head Works

River head work including those at storage dams infiltration galleries,

trench galleries, bank pitching, and intake well, connecting pipes,

approach etc.................................................. Five years.

Anicuts or weirs earthen / masonry dams & ancillary

works................................................................................ Five Years

2) Pipe lines

Pumping mains, gravity mains, leading mains, distribution system

including intercepting out fall sewer in case of sewerage schemes.

.................................................................. Two Years

3) WTP/ESR/GSR/BPT/ Sump & Pump HouseEtc

a) Based on contractors own design ............. Five years

b) Based on departmental own design .......... Three years

4) Pumping Machinery………………………………..12 month from the

Date of Commissioning.

CLAUSE 21 :

The contractor shall supply at his own cost all material (except such

special materials, if any as may, in accordance with the contract, be

supplied from the Pradhikaran stores, plant, tools, appliances,

implements, ladders, cordage, tackle scaffolding and temporary works

requisite or proper for execution of the work whether, in the original,

altered or substituted form, and whether included in the specification or

other documents forming part of the contract of referred to in these

conditions or not which may be necessary for the purpose or satisfying or

complying with the requirement of Engineer-in-charge as to any matter

as to which under this condition he is entitled to require together with

Contractor to

supply plant,

ladder,

scaffoldings,

etc.

52


carriage therefore to and from the work the Contractor shall also supply

without charge the requisite number of person with the means and

materials necessary for the purpose of setting out works and counting

weighing and assisting in the measurement and examination at any time

and from time to time of the work or the material.

Failing which the same may be provided by the Engineer-in-charge at

the expenses of the Contractor and the expenses may be deducted from

any money due to the Contractor under contract or from his security

deposits or proceeds of sales thereof, or a sufficient portion thereof. The

Contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and lights required to

protect public from accident and shall also be bound to bear the

expenses of every defense of every suit, action or other legal proceeding

, that may be brought by any person for injury sustained owing to neglect

of all above precautions, and to pay any damages and cost which may

be awarded in any such suit, action or proceeding to any such person, or

which may with consent of the Contractor be paid or compromising any

claim by any such person. List of machinery in Contractors possession

and which be proposes to use on the work should be submitted along

with the tender.

And is liable for

damages

arising from

non-provision of

lights, fencing

etc.

CLAUSE 21 (A) :

The Contractor shall provide suitable scaffolds and working platform

gangways and stairways and shall comply with the following regulation in

connection therewith -

(a) Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workman for all work that

cannot be safely done from ladder or by other means.

(b) A scaffold shall not be constructed taken down or substantially

altered except

(1) Under the supervision of the competent and responsible person;

and

53


(2) As far as possible by competent workers possessing adequate

experience in this kind of work.

(c) All scaffolds and appliances connected therewith and ladder shall

(1) be of sound material.

(2) be of adequate strength having regard to the loads and strains

to which they will be subjected, and

(3) be maintained proper condition.

(d) Scaffolds shall be so constructed that no part thereof can be

displaced in consequence of normal use.

(e) Scaffolds shall not be overloaded and so far as practicable the load

shall be evenly distributed.

(f) Before installing lifting gear on scaffolds special precaution shall

be taken to ensure the strength and stability of scaffolds.

(g) Scaffolds shall be periodically inspected by a competent person.

(h) Before allowing a scaffold to be used by the workmen the contractor

shall, whether the scaffold shall be erected by his workmen or not

take steps to ensure that it complies fully with the regulation here

specified.

(i) Working platform gangways stairways shall ---

1) be so constructed that no part thereof can sag unduly or unequally.

2) be so constructed and maintained having regard to the prevailing

conditions as to reduce as far as practicable risks of person tripping or

slipping and

3) be kept free from any unnecessary obstruction.

54


(j) In the case of working platform gangways, working places and

stairways at the height exceeding 3.0meters (to be specified).

i) Every working platform and every gangway shall be closely

boarded unless other adequate measures are taken to ensure

safely.

ii) every working platform and gangway shall have adequate width

and

iii) every working-platform gangway, working place and stairway shall

be suitably in need.

(k) Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall

except for the time and to the extent required to allow the excess of

persons or the transport or shifting of material be provides with

suitable means to prevent the fall of person or material.

(l) When person are employed on roof where there is a danger of falling

from a height exceeding 3.0 meters (to be specified) suitable

precautions shall be taken to prevent the fall of persons or material.

(m) Suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent persons being struck

by articles which might fall from scaffolds or other working places.

(n) State means of access shall be provided to all working platform

and other working places.

The Contractor will have to make payments to labours as per minimum

wages act.

CLAUSE 21 (B) :

The Contractor shall comply with the following regulation as regards

the hoisting appliances be used by him :-

55


(a) Hoisting machine and tackle, including their attachments

anchorage's and supports, shall

1) be of good mechanical construction, sound material and adequate

strength and free from patent defect, and

2) be kept in good repair and good working order.

(b) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering material or as a means of

suspension shall be of suitable quality and adequate strength and

free from patent defect.

(c) Hoisting machines and tackle shall be examined and

adequately tested after erection on the site and before use and be

reexamined in position at interval to be prescribed by the

Pradhikaran.

(d) Every chain, ring, hook, shackle, swivel and pulley block used in

hoisting and lowering materials or as a means of suspension shall be

periodically examined.

(e) Every crane driver or hoisting appliances operator shall be properly

qualified.

(f) No person who is below the age of 18 years shall be control of any

hoisting machine, including any scaffold which , or give signal to the

operator.

(g) In the case of every hoisting machine and the every chain, ring, hook,

shackle, swivel pulley block used in hoisting and lowering or as a

means of suspension the safe working load shall be ascertained by

adequate means.

(h) Every hoisting and all gear referred to in proceeding regulation shall

be plainly marked with the safe working load .

Liability of

contractor for

any damage

done in or

outside work

area

56


(I ) In the case of hoisting machine having a variable safe working load

each safe working load and the conditions under which it is

applicable shall be clearly indicated.

(j) No parts of any hoisting machine or of any gear referred to in

regulation & above shall be loaded beyond the safe working load

except for the working of testing.

(k) Motors, gearing, transmissions, electric wiring and other dangerous

parts of the hoisting appliances shall be provided with sufficient

safeguards.

(l) Hoisting appliances shall be provided with such means as will

reduce to minimum risk of the accident descent of the load.

(m) Adequate precaution shall be taken to reduce to a minimum the risk

of any part of a suspended load becoming accidentally displaced.

CLAUSE 22 :

The contractor shall not set fire to any standing jungle, trees, brushwood

or grass without a written permission from the Executive Engineer. When

such permit is given and also in all cases when destroying cut or dug up

trees, brushwood, grass etc. by the fire, the Contractor shall take

necessary measure to prevent such fire spreading to or otherwise

damaging surrounding property. The Contractor shall make his own

arrangements for drinking water for the labour employed by him.

Measure for

prevention of

fire

CLAUSE 23 :

Compensation for all damages done intentionally or unintentionally by

Contractor's labour whether in or beyond the limits of the Pradhikaran

property including any damage caused by the spreading of the fire

mentioned in clause 22 shall be estimated by the Engineer-in-charge or

Liability of

Contractor for

any damage

done in or

57


such other officer as he may appoint and the estimate of the Engineer-in-

charge subject to the decision of the Superintending Engineer on appeal

shall be final and the Contractor shall be bound to pay the amount of the

assessed compensation as demand, failing which the same will be

recovered from the Contractor as damage in the manner prescribed in

clause 1 or deducted by the Engineer-in-charge from any sums that may

due or become due from Pradhikaran to Contractor under this contract or

otherwise. The Contractor shall bear the expenses of defending any

action or other legal proceeding that may be brought by any person for

injury sustained by him owing to neglect of precautions to prevent the

spread of fire and he shall pay any damages and cost that may be

awarded by the court in consequence.

outside work

area.

CLAUSE 24 :

The employment of female labourers on works in neighborhood of

soldiers, barracks should be avoided as far as possible.

Employment of

female labour.

CLAUSE 25 :

No work shall be done on Sunday without the sanction in writing of the

Engineer-in-charge.

Work on

Sunday

CLAUSE 26 :

The contract shall not be assigned or sublet without the written approval

of the Engineer-in-charge. And if the Contractor shall assign or sublet his

contract, or attempt to do so, or become insolvent or commence any

proceedings to get himself adjudicated and insolvent or make any

composition with his creditors, or attempt so to do if bribe, gratuity, gift,

loan, perquisite, reward of advantage, pecuniary or otherwise shall either

directly or indirectly be given, promised or offered by the Contractor or

any of his servants or agents to any public officer of person in the

employment of Pradhikaran in any way relating to his office or

employment, or if any such officer or person shall become in any way

Contract may be

rescinded and

security deposit

forfeited for

subletting it

without approval

or for bringing a

Public Officer or

if Contractor

becomes

58


directly or indirectly interested in the contract, the Engineer- in- charge

may there-upon by notice in writing rescind the contract, and the security

deposit of the Contractor shall thereupon stand forfeited and be

absolutely at the disposal of Pradhikaran, and the same consequences

shall ensure as if the contract has been rescind under clause 3 thereof

and in addition the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid

for any work therefore actually performed under the contract.

insolvent.

CLAUSE 27

All sums payable by a Contractor by way of compensation under any of

these conditions shall be considered as a reasonable compensation to

be applied to the use of Pradhikaran without reference to the actual loss

or damage sustained, and whether any damage has or has not been

sustained

Sum Payable by

way of

compensation to

be considered

as reasonable

compensation

without

reference to

actual work.

CLAUSE 28 :

In case of tender by partners, any charge in the constitution of a firm

shall be forthwith notified by the Contractor to the Engineer-in-charge

for his information.

Changes in the

Constitutional

of the firm to be

notified

CLAUSE 29:

All works to be executed under the contract shall be executed under the

direction and subject to the approval in all respects of the Superintending

Engineer of the Circle, for the time being, who shall be entitled to direct at

what point or points and in what manner they are to be commenced and

from time to time carried on.

Direction and

control of the

Superintending

Engineer.

59


CLAUSE 30:

[1] 1) Except where otherwise specified in the contract and subject to the

powers delegated to him by Pradhikaran under the code, rules then in

the force, the decision of the Superintending Engineer of the Circle for

the time being shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties of the

contract upon all questions relating to the meaning of the specifications,

designs, drawings and instruction hereinafter / before mentioned and as

to the quality of workmanship, or materials used on the work, or as to any

other question, claim, right, matter or thing whatsoever, in any way

arising out of or relating to the contract, specifications, designs,

drawings, estimates, instruction, orders, or these conditions, or

otherwise concerning the works, or the execution or failure to execute the

same, whether arising during the progress of work, or after the

completion or abandonment thereof.

[2] The Contractor may within thirty days of receipt by him of any order

passed by the Superintending Engineer of the Circle as aforesaid appeal

against it to the Chief Engineer, concerned with the contract or project

provided that.

a)The accepted value of the contract exceeds Rs. 10 lakhs (Rupees Ten

Lakhs).

b)Amount of claim is not less than Rs. 1.00 lakh ( Rupees One Lakh).

[3] If the Contractor is not satisfied with the order passed by the Chief

Engineer as aforesaid, the Contractor, may within thirty days of receipt by

him of any such order appeal against it to the Member Secretary,

Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran, who, if convinced that prima-facie the

Contractor's claim rejected by Superintending Engineer /Chief Engineer

is not frivolous and that there is some substance in the claim of the

Contractor as would merit a detailed examination and decision by the

Pradhikaran shall put up to the Pradhikaran for suitable decision.

60


CLAUSE 31 :

The contractor shall obtain from the Pradhikaran’s stores, all stores and

articles of European or American manufacture which may be required for

the work, or any part thereof or in making up any articles required thereof

or in connection therewith unless he has obtained permission in writing

from the Engineer-in-charge to obtain such stores and articles elsewhere.

The values of such stores and articles as may be supplied to the

contractor by the Engineer-in-charge will be debited to the contractor in

his account at the rates shown in the Schedule A attached to the contract

and if they are not entered in the said Schedule, they shall be debited to

him at cost price which for then purpose of the contract shall include the

cost of carnage and all other expenses whatsoever which shall have

been incurred in obtaining delivery of the same at the store aforesaid.

Stores of

European or

American

manufacture to

be obtained

from MJP.

CLAUSE 32 :

When the estimate on which the tender is made includes lump sum in

respect parts of work, the contractor shall be entitled to payment in

respect of the items of work involved or the part of the work in question at

the same rates as are payable under this contract for each items , or if

the part of work in question is not in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge

capable of measurement, the Engineer-in-charge may as his discretion

pay the lump sum amount entered in the estimate and the certificate in

writing of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and conclusive against the

contractor with regard to any sum or sums payable to him under the

provision of this clause.

Lumpsums in

estimate.

61


CLAUSE 33 :

In the case of any class of work for which there is no such specification

as is mentioned in rule 1 of Form B1 such work shall be carried out in

accordance with the detailed specifications and in the event of there

being no detailed specification, then in such case the work shall be

carried out in all respects in accordance with all instructions and

requirement of Engineer-in-charge.

CLAUSE 34 :

The expression "Works" or "Work" where used in these conditions, shall

unless there be something in the subject or context repugnant to such

construction, be constructed to mean the work and works contracted to

be executed under or in virtue of the contract, whether temporary or

permanent and whether original, altered, substituted or additional.

CLAUSE 35 :

The percentage referred to in the tender shall be deducted from/added to

the gross amount of the bill before deducting the value of any stock

issued.

CLAUSE 36 :

All quarry fees, royalties, and ground rents for stacking materials, if any,

should be paid by Contractor . No reimbursement will be allowed for the

same.

Action where no

specification.

Definition of

Work.

Contractor’s

percentage

whether applied

to net or gross

amount of bill.

Refund of

quarry fees and

royalties.

62


CLAUSE 37 :

The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay any compensation

to his workmen payable under the Workmen's compensation Act, 1923

(VIII of 1923). ( herein after called the said act) for injuries caused to the

workmen. If such compensation is payable/paid by Pradhikaran as

principal under sub-section (1) of section 12 of the said Act on behalf of

the Contractor, it shall be recoverable by Pradhikaran from the

Contractor under sub-section (2) of the said section, such compensation

shall be recovered in the manner laid down in Clause I above.

Compensation

under

workmen’s

Compensation

Act.

CLAUSE 37 (A) :

The Contractor shall be responsible and shall pay the expenses of

providing medical aid to any workman who may -suffers a bodily injury

as a result by an accident. If such expenses are incurred by Pradhikaran

the same shall be recoverable from the Contractor forthwith and be

deducted without prejudice to any other remedy of Pradhikaran from any

amount due or that may become due to the Contractor.

CLAUSE 37 (B) :

The Contractor shall provide all necessary safety equipment and first aid

apparatus available for the use of the persons employed on the site and

shall maintain the same in condition suitable for immediate use at any

time and shall comply with the following regulations in connection

therewith.

a)The workers shall be required to use the equipment so provided by

the Contractor shall take adequate steps to ensure proper use of the

equipment by those concerned.

b)When work is carried on the proximity to any place where there is risk

63


or drawing all necessary equipment shall be provided and kept ready or

use and all necessary steps shall be taken for the prompt rescue of any

person in danger.

(c) Adequate provision shall be made for prompt first-aid treatment

of all injuries likely to be sustained during the course of the work.

CLAUSE 37 (C):

The Contractor shall duly comply with the provisions of “The Apprentices

Act, 1961" ( LII of 1961) the rules made there under and the orders that

may be issued from time to time under the Act and the said rules and his

failure or neglect to do so, he shall be subject to all the liabilities and

penalties provided by the said Act and the said rules.

CLAUSE 38 :

(1) Quantities shown in the tender are approximate and no claim

shall be entertained for quantities of work executed being either more

or less than those entered in the tender or estimate.

(2) Quantities in respected of the several items shown in the tender

of approximate and no revision in the tendered rate shall be permitted

in respect of any of the items so long as, subject to any special provision

contained in the specifications prescribing a different percentage of

permissible variation the quantity of the item does not exceed the tender

quantity more than 25% and so long as the value of the excess quantity

beyond this limit at the rate of the item specified in the tender, is not

more than Rs. 5000/-.

( 3 ) The Contractor shall, if ordered in writing by Engineer to do so,

also carry out any quantities in excess or the limit mentioned in sub

clause

Claim for

quantities

entered in the

estimates.

64


(1) hereof on the same condition as and in accordance with the

specification in the tender and at the rates (a) derived from the rates

entered in the current schedule of rates and in the absence of such

rates. (b) at the rate prevailing in the market, the said rates being

increased or decreased as the case may be by the percentage which the

total tender amount bears to the estimate cost of the work as put to

tender based upon the schedule of rates applicable to the year in which

the tender were invited for the purpose of operation of this clause, this

cost shall be taken to be Rs.103845729 /--in words (Rs. Ten crore thirty

eight lakh Fourty five thousand seven hundred twenty nine only).

Cost as per CSR 2011-2012

(4) This clause is not applicable to extra items :-

Claims arising out of reduction in the tendered quantity of any item

beyond 25% will be governed by the provision of clause 15 only when

the amount of such reduction beyond 25% of the rate of the item

specified in the tender is more than Rs. 5000/-. This reduction is

exclusively of the reduction mention in the clause 2,1 ,4 of the work and

site condition.

(5) There is no change in the rate if the excess is less than or equal to

25%. Also there is no change in the rate if the quantity of work done is

more than 25% of the tendered quantity, but the value of the excess

work at the tender rates does not exceeds Rs. 5000/-.

6) The quantities to be paid at the tendered rate shall include :-

Tendered quantity plus,

(a) 25% excess of the tendered quantity or the excess quantity

of the value of Rs. 5000/- at the tendered rate whichever is

more.

(7) (a) Unless authorised by the Executive Engineer in writing the

Contractor should not execute the excess quantity beyond the

quantities specified in the tender.

65


(b) Even after written instructions of the Executive Engineer,

whenever the excess quantities beyond those specified in the

tender are executed, the payment in excess of the quantities

specified in the tender will be made by the Executive Engineer

only after getting approval from the appropriate authority viz.

Superintending Engineer, when the cost of excess is (i) upto Rs.

10,00,000/-(Rupees Ten Lakh only). The Chief Engineer will be

the appropriate authority for the proposals of excess quantities

costing Rs. 30,00,000/- ( Rs. Thirty Lakhs) and Member

Secretary of MJP in consultation with Financial Advisor and

Chief Accounts Officer of MJP will be authority of proposals for

payment of excess quantity more than above amount.

(c) Till the approval from appropriate authority is received, the

Executive Engineer can make payment to the extent of 50% of the value

of work (for quantities beyond quantities payable at tendered rates).

subject to the condition that the proposal for approval of payment of

excess quantities is at least submitted by him to the Competent Authority

before making such payment. Such payment released by the Executive

Engineer to the Contractor for excess quantities shall be treated as

advance payment against the total payment due after approval from the

competent authority.

CLAUSE 39 :

The Contractor shall employ any famine, convict or other labour of the

particular kind or class if ordered in writing to do so by the

CLAUSE 40 :

No compensation shall be allowed for any delay caused in the starting of

the work on account of acquisition of land or in the case of clearance

works, on account of any delay in accordance with the sanction of

estimate.

Employment of

Famine labour

etc.

Claims for

compensation

for delay in

starting the

work.

66


CLAUSE 41 :

No compensation shall be allowed for any delay in the execution of the

work on account of water standing in borrow pits or compartments. The

rates are inclusive for hard or cracked soil, excavation in mud, sub soil,

water standing in borrow pits and no claim for an extra rate shall be

entertained, unless otherwise expressly specified.

CLAUSE 42 :

The Contractor shall not enter upon or commence any portion of work

except with the written authority and instructions of the Engineer-in-

charge or of his subordinate-in-charge of the work. Failing such authority

the Contractor shall have no claim to ask for the measurements of or

payment for the work.

CLAUSE 43 :

(a) No Contractor shall employ any person who is under the age of 12

years.

(b) No Contractor shall employ donkeys or other animals with breaching

of string or thin ropes. The breaching must be at least 3 inches wide

and should be of tape (Newer).

(c) No animal suffering from sores, lameness or emaciation or which is

immature shall be employed on the work.

(d) The Engineer-in-charge or his agent authorized to remove from the

work, any person or animal found working which does not satisfy

these conditions and no responsibility

shall be accepted by Pradhikaran for any delay caused in the

completion of the work by such removal.

Claims for

compensation

for delay in

starting the work

Entering upon

or commencing

any portion of

work.

Minimum age of

persons

employed, the

employment of

donkeys and for

other animals

and the

payment of fair

wages.

67


(e)The Contractor shall pay fair and reasonable wages to the workmen

employed by him in the contract undertaken by him. In the event of

any dispute arising between the Contractor and his workmen on the

ground that the wages paid are not fair and reasonable the dispute

shall be refereed without delay to the Executive Engineer who shall

decide the same. The decision of the Executive Engineer shall be

conclusive and binding on the Contractor but such decision shall not

in any way affect the condition in the contract regarding the payment

to be made by the Pradhikaran at the sanctioned tender rates.

(f) Contractor shall provide drinking water facilities to the workers.

Similar amenities shall be provided to the workers engaged in the

large work in urban areas.

(g) Contractor to take precaution against accidents which taken place

on account of labour using loose garments while working near

machinery.

CLAUSE 44 :

Payment to contractors shall be made by cheque drawn on any bank

within the division convenient to them provided the amount exceed Rs.

10/- Amount not exceeding Rs. 10/ - will be paid in cash.

CLAUSE 45 :

Any Contractor who does not accept these conditions shall not be

allowed the tender for work.

CLAUSE 46 :

If Government declares a state of scarcity or famine to exist in any

village situated within 16Kms. of the work, the Contractor shall employ

upon such parts of the work, as are suitable for unskilled labour,

Method of

payment.

Acceptance of

conditions

compulsory

before tendering

for work.

Employment of

scarcity labour.

68


any person certified him by the Executive Engineer or be any person

to whom the Executive Engineer may have delegated this duty in

writing, to be in need of relief and shall be bound to pay to such person

wages not below the minimum which Government may have fixed in

this behave. Any dispute which may arise in connection with the

implementation of this clause shall be decided by the Executive

Engineer whose decision shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

CLAUSE 47 :

The price quoted by the Contractors shall not in any case exceed the

control price, if any, fixed by Government or reasonable price which it is

permissible for him to charge a private purchaser for the same class and

description, the control price or the price permissible under the

Hoarding and Profiteering Ordinance 1948 as amended from time to

time, if price quoted exceeds the controlled price or the price permissible

under Hoarding and profiteering Prevention Ordinance, the Contractor

will specifically mention this fact in his tender along with the reason for

quoting such higher prices. The purchaser at his discretion will in such

case exercise if the right of revising the price at any stage so as to

conform with the controlled price on the permissible under the Hoarding

and Profiteering prevention Ordinance. This discretion will be exercised

without prejudice to any other action that may be taken against the

Contractor.

CLAUSE 48 :

The tendered rate shall be inclusive of all taxes, rates and octroi and

shall also be inclusive of tax liable in respect of works contract under the

provision of Maharashtra Sales Tax on transfer of property in goods

involved in the execution of works contract Act. 1985 [Mah. Act XIX of

1985 ] as amended from time to time and the works contract will be

deducted as T.D.S. as per circular of sale tax department. Tender rate is

also inclusive of VAT and Service Tax if any.

69


CLAUSE 49 :

In case of material that may remain surplus with the Contractor from

those issued for the work contracted for the date of ascertainment of the

materials being surplus will be taken as the date of sale for the purpose

of sales tax and the Sales Tax will be recovered on such sales.

CLAUSE 50 :

The Contractor shall employ at least 80% of the total no. of unskilled

labour to be employed by him on the said work from out of person

ordinary residing in the district in which site of the said work will be

located. Provided however, if the required no. of unskilled labour from

that district is not available, the Contractor shall in the first instant

employ such number of person as is available and thereafter may,

with previous permission in writing of the Executive Engineer-in-

charge of the said work, obtain the rest of requirement of

unskilled labour from outside district.

CLAUSE 51 :

The Contractor pay the labours skilled and unskilled according to the

wages prescribed by the Minimum wages Act applicable to the area in

which the work of the Contractor are located. The Contractor shall

comply with the provisions of the apprentices Act, 1961 and the Rules

and Orders issued thereunder from time to time, if he fails to do so, his

failure will be a breach of the contract and the Superintending Engineer,

may in his discretion , cancel the contract. The Contractor shall also be

liable for any pecuniary liability arising on account of any violation by him

of the provision of Act. The Contractor shall pay the labours skilled and

unskilled according to wages prescribed by minimum Wages Act

applicable to the area in which the work lies.

Wages to be

paid to the

skilled and

unskilled

labours

engaged by the

Contractor.

70


CLAUSE 52 :

All amount whatsoever with the Contractor is liable to pay to the

Pradhikaran in connection with the execution of the work including

amount payable in receipt of (1) materials and/or stores supplied/issued

hereunder by the Pradhikaran to the Contractor (2) hire charges in

respect of heavy plant, machinery and the equipment given on the hire

by the Pradhikaran to the Contractor for execution by him of the work

and/or on which advances have been given by the Pradhikaran to the

contractor shall be deemed to be arrears of the Land Revenue and the

Pradhikaran may without prejudice to any other right and remedies of the

Pradhikaran recover the same from the Contractor of arrears of land

revenue.

CLAUSE 53

The successful tenderers will be required to produce to the satisfaction of

the specified concerned authority a valid and consequent license issued

on favour of the contractor under the provisions of the contract Labour (

Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 before starting the work. On failure to

do so, the acceptance of the tender should be liable to the withdrawn and

also earnest money.

The Contractor shall duly comply with all the provisions of the Contract

Labour ( Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970(37 of 1970) and the

Maharashtra Contract Labour( Regulation and Abolition) Rules 1971 as

amended from time to time and all other relevant status and statutory

provisions concerning payments of the wages particularly to workmen

employed by the Contractor and working on the site of the work. In

particular the Contractor shall pay wages to each worker employed by

him on the site of the work at the rates prescribed under the Maharashtra

Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition ) Rules 1971. If the Contractor

71


fails or neglects to pay wages at the said rates and makes short payment

and the Pradhikaran makes such payment or wages in full or part thereof

less paid by the Contractor, as the case may be, the amount paid by the

Pradhikaran to such workers shall be deemed to be arrears of land

Revenue and the Pradhikaran shall be entitled to recover the same as

such from the Contractor or deduct same from the amount payble by the

Pradhikaran to the Contractor hereunder or from any other amount

payable to him by the Pradhikaran.

CLAUSE 54 :

Where the workers are required to work near the machine and are

liable to accident they should not be allowed to wear loose cloths like

Dhoti, Jhabba etc.

CLAUSE 55 :

The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act,

1961 and the rules and the orders issued thereunder from time to time. If

he fails to do so, his failure will be breach of the contract and the

Superintending Engineer may in his discretion cancel the contract. The

Contractor shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability arising on

account of any violation by him of the provision of the Act.

CLAUSE 56 :

In view of the difficult position regarding the availability of foreign

exchange no foreign exchange be released by the Pradhikaran for the

purchase of the plant and machinery required for the execution of the

work contract

72


CLAUSE 57 : Price Variation Clause

If during the operative period of the Contract as defined in condition (i)

below , there shall be any variation, in the consumer Price Index (New

series) for Industrial Workers for Nashik Center as per the Labour gazette

published by the Commissioner of Labour , Government of Maharashtra

and/or in the whole sale Price Index for all commodities prepared by the

Office of Economic Adviser, Ministry of Industry, Government of India, or

in the price of Petrol/ Oil and Lubricants and major constructions

materials like bitumen, cement, steel, various types of metal pipes etc.,

then subject to the other conditions mentioned below, price adjustment

on account of

DELETED

(0) Labour Component

(1) Material Component

(2) Petrol , Oil and Lubricants Component

(3) Bitumen component

(4) HYSD & mild Steel Component

(5) Cement Component

(6) C.I. and D.I Pipes Component

Calculated as per the formula hereafter appearing , shall be made . Apart

from these, no other adjustments shall be made to the contract price for

any reasons whatsoever. Component percentage as given below are as

of the total cost of work put to tender, Total of Labour , Material & POL

components shall be 100 and other components shall be as per actuals.

73


(1) Labour Component - K1 ( )

(2) Material Component - K2 ( )

(3) POL Component - K3 ( )

(4) Bitumen component - Actual

(5) HYSD & mild Steel Component - Actual

(6) Cement Component - Actual

(7) C.I. and D.I Pipes Component - Actual

Note : If Cement , Steel, bitumen, C.I. & D.I Pipes are supplied on

Schedule ‘A’ , then respective component shall not be

considered . Also if particular component is not relevant

same shall be deleted.

1] Formula For Labour Component :

V1 = 0.85 P [ K1 X L1-L0 ]

100 L0

Where :

V1 = Amount of Price variation in Rupees to be allowed for Labour

component.

P = Cost of work done during the period under consideration

minus the cost of Cement , HYSD and Mild Steel, bitumen, C.I. &

D.I. Pipes calculated at the basic star rates as applicable for the tender,

consumed during the quarter under consideration.

The star rates are as under : -

1) Basic rate of cement – Rs. - per M.tons

2) Basic rate of HYSD and MS – Rs. - per M.tons.

3)

4) Rates of pig iron for CI / DI pipes component – Rs. ................. per

M.tons.

K1 = Percentage of Labour component as indicated above.

DELETED

74


DELETED

Lo = Basic Consumer Price Index for Nashik centre shall be average consumer price index

for the quarter proceeding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of

tender falls.

Ll = Average Consumer Price Index for Nashik Centre for the quarter under consideration.

2] Formula For Material Component :- V 2 = 0.85 P [ K2 X M1- M0 ]

100 M0

Where : V2 = Amount of Price variation in Rupees to be allowed for Material Component.

P = Same as worked out for labour component.

K2 = Percentage of material component as indicated above.

Mo = Basic wholesale Price Index shall be average wholesale price index for the quarter

proceeding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls.

Ml = Average wholesale Price Index during the quarter under consideration.

3] Formula For Petrol, Oil, Lubricant Component .

V 3 = 0.85 P [ K3 X P1- P0 ]

100 P0

Where :

V3 = Amount of Price variation in Rupees to be allowed for POL Component.

P = Cost of work done during the period under consideration.

K3 = Percentage of POL Component .

Po = Average Price of H.S.D. at Mumbai during the quarter preceding the month in which

the last date priscribed for receipt of tender falls.

P1 = Average Price of H.S.D. at Mumbai during the quarter under consideration.

75


DELETED

4] Formula For Bitumen Component .

V 4 = QB [ B1 - B0 ]

Where :

V4 = Amount of Price variation in Rupees to be allowed for Bitumen Component.

QB = Quantity of bitumen (grade ) in metric tones used in the permanent works and

approved enabling works during the quarter under consideration.

B1 = Current , average ex-refinery price per metric tone of bitumen (Grade ..) under

consideration including taxes (Octroi, excise sales tax) during the quarter under

consideration.

Bo = basic rate of Bitumen in rupees per metric tone as considered for working out value

of P or average ex-refinery price in rupees per metric ton including taxes ( octroi,

excise sales tax) of bitumen for the grade of Bitumen under consideration prevailing

quarter for receipt of tender , falls,

Whichever is higher

5] Formula For HYSD and Steel Component .

V 5 = S0 (Sl1 - Sl0 ) X T

SI0

Where :

V 5 = Amount of Price variation in Rupees to be allowed for HYSD/Mild Steel Component.

S 0 = Basic rate of HYSD / MILD Steel in rupees per metric tonne as considered for

working out value of P

Sl1 = Average Steel Index as per RBI Bulletin during the quarter under consideration.

Sl0 = Average Steel Index as per RBI Bulletin for the quarter preceding the month in which

the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls.

76


DELETED

T = Tonnage of steel used in the permanent works for the quarter under consideration.

6] Formula For Cement Component .

V 6 = C0 (Cl1 - Cl0 ) X T

Cl0

Where :

V 6 = Amount of Price variation in Rupees to be allowed for Cement Component.

C0 = Basic rate of Cement in rupees per metric tone as considered for working out value

of P

Cl1 = Average Steel Index as per RBI Bulletin during the quarter under consideration.

Cl0 = Average Steel Index as per RBI Bulletin for the quarter preceding the month in which

the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls.

T = Tonnage of steel used in the permanent works for the quarter under consideration.

7] Formula For C.I./ D.I. Pipe Component .

V 2 = Qd (D1 - D0 )

Where :

V 2 = Amount of Price escalation in Rupees to be allowed for C.I. / D.I. pipe

Component.

D0 = Pig Iron basic price in rupees per tone considered for working out value of P.

D1 = Average Pig Iron basic price in rupees per tone during the quarter under

consideration ( published by HSCO).

Q0 = Tonnage of C.I. / D.I. pipes used in the works during the quarter under consideration.

The following conditions shall prevail

Conditions Above Referred To In Paragraph 1

77


DELETED

[i] The operative period of the contract shall mean the period commencing from the date of

the work order issued to the Contractor and ending on the date when the time allowed

for the work specified in the Memorandum under 'Tender for works expense taking into

consideration the extension of time if any, for completion of the work granted under the

relevant clause of the conditions of contract in cases other than those where such

extension is necessitated on account of default of the Contractor. The decision of the

Engineer in-charge as regards the operative period of the contract shall be final and

binding on the Contractor. Where compensation for liquidated damages is levied on

the Contractor on account of delay in completion or inadequate progress under the

Relevant Contract provisions, the escalation amount for the balance work from the

date of levy of such compensation shall be worked out by paging the indices C-l, 1-1,

and P-l to levels corresponding to the date from which such compensation is levied.

[ii] This Price variation clause shall be applicable to all contracts in B-l,B-2 forms but shall

not apply for piece works.

[iii] Price variation shall be calculated, in accordance with the formula mentioned above,

separately for labour, material and POL components.

[iv] The price variation under this clause shall not be payable for the extra items required to

be executed during the completion of the work and also on the excess quantities

payable under the provisions of clause 38/37 of the contract form B-1/ B-2

respectively, since the rates payable for the extra items or the extra qualities under

clause 38/37 are to be fixed as per the current DSR or as mutually agreed, subject to

yearly revision till completion of such work. In other works, when the

completion/execution of extra items as well as extra quantities under clause 38/37 of

the contract form B-I/B-2 extends beyond the operative date of the DSR, the rates

payable for the same beyond that date shall be revised with reference to the next

current DSR prevalent at that time on year to year basis or revised in accordance with

mutual agreement thereon, as provided for in the contract, which is less.

78


DELETED

[v] This clause is operative both ways, i.e. if the price variation in the said wholesale Price

Index for all commodities, consumer Price Index (New Series) or Price of HSD

variation for Bombay is on the plus side, payment on account of the price Variation

shall be allowed to the contractor and if it is on the negative side, the Government

shall be entitled to recover from the contractor bill for the respective period in which

there are fluctuations.

CLAUSE 58 :

In case of dispute regarding the provisions of any items precedence to decided the provision

will be as below :-

i) Provisions in Schedule ‘B’

ii) Specifications.

iii) Drawings

CLAUSE 59 :

Insurance policy Govt. of Maharashtra Marathi resolution dated 19-8-98

1. Contractors shall take out necessary Insurance Policy/ policies so as to provide

adequate insurance cover for execution of the award contract work from the director of

Insurance Maharashtra State, Mumbai –51 only. Its postal address for correspondence

is “264, Ist floor, Mahada ,Bandra (E) , Mumbai-51” (Tel. No. 6438461/ 6438690)

Insurance policy / policies taken out from any other company will not be accepted.

However, if the contractor desire to effect insurance with local office of any insurance

company, the same should be under the co-insurance-cum servicing arrangements

approved by the director of Insurance. The policy taken out by the contractors is not on

co-insurance basis ( G.I.F. 60% and Insurance company 40%) the same will not be

accepted and the and the amount of premium calculated by the director of Insurance

will be recovered directly from the amount payable to the contractors for the executed

contract work which shall be noted by the contractor, from the date of work order for

the following events which are due to the contractor’s risk.

79


a) Loss of or damage to the civil and mechanical and electrical equipment supplied /

installed including the materials such as pipes, valves, specials etc. brought on site.

b) Loss of or damage to contractor’s equipment including his vehicles.

c) Loss of or damage to property (except the work, plant material and equipment) in

connection with the contractor and,

d) Personal injury or deth due to vehicles of the contractor and / or due to any accident

that may arise at or around site to the contractor personal or to the M.J.P. staff or to

any other person connected with M.J.P. / contractor.

2. Policies and certificates for Insurance shall be delivered by the contractor to the

Engineer for the Engineer’s approval before the date of actual starting of work. All such

insurance shall provide for compensation to be payable in the types of proportions of

currencies required to rectify the loss of damage incurred.

3. If the contractor does not produced any of the polcies and certificates required, the

Engineer may affect the Insurance for which the contractor should have produced the

policies and certificates and recover the premiums it has paid from payments otherwise

due to the contractor or, if no payment is due, the payment of the premiums shall be of

debt due.

4. Alteration to the terms of Insurance shall not be made without the approval of the

Engineer.

5. The minimum insurance cover for loss and damage to physical property, injury and

depth shall be 10 % of the contract cost per occurrence with No. of occurrences as 4

(four). After each occurrence the contractor shall pay additional premium necessary so

as to keep the insurance policy valid always till the defect liability period is over.

6. No payment will be released to the contractor until the insurance coverage with the

Govt. Insurance fund, Maharashtra State is provided and unless the proof of Insurance

coverage is produced by the contractor to the engineer-in-charge.

C.A.R. ( contractor’s all risk policy ) Insurance will have to be done before start of the

work.

80


CLAUSE 60 :

The plants and equipments required for tendered items of water treatment plant are eligible

for exemption from custom and central excise duty vide Govt. of India, Ministry of Finance

and Company Affairs, Department of Revenues, Circular No. 659/50/2002-cx dated 6th

September 2002. The necessary project authority certificate will be submitted by

Department to the district Collector for exemption from custom and Central Excise Duty.

However, the further certification and actually getting the excise exemption shall rest with

the Contractor.

CLAUSE 61 :

The Contractor shall provide and maintain barricades, guards, guard rails, temporary

bridges and walkways, watchmen , headlights and appliance and safeguards to protect the

work , life , property, the public, excavations, equipment and materials, Barricades shall be

substantial construction and shall be painted such as to increase their visibility at night. For

any accident arising out of the neglect of above instructions, the contractor shall be bound

to bear the expenses of defenses of every suit, action or other legal proceedings, at law,

that may be brought by any person for injury sustained owning to neglect of the above

precautions and to pay all damages and costs which may be awarded in any such suit,

action or proceedings to any such person or which may with the consent of the contractor

be paid in compromising any claim by any such person.

CLAUSE 62 :

If contractor fails to keep satisfactory progress of work even after implementing action

under provision of clause 2 along with other actions to be adopted deem hart suitable

under any clause of this agreement , on sending appropriate notice of fifteen days his

name will be recommended for black listing / removal as registered contractor to

concerned authority.

81


Additional Clause

CLAUSE

Following additional clauses are now incorporated and there supersede respective

clause in B-1 form and are obligatory.

No interest on dues

No interest shall be payable by the pradhikaran on account dues pending for any

reasons of contractor.

Pre bid meeting

Tenderers who are qualified by the competent authority are only eligible to attend the

pre-bid meeting.

Rate for additional lift

Basic rate for excavation in all types of strata are for 0 to 1.5 M. lift. For further

excavation lift additional rates are to be added as per C.S.R. In any case no extra item

will be payable due to change in lift/ depth of strata. If lifts are not available in NIT than

specified for any strata additional lift beyond 1.5 M. will be paid as a excess quantity

under Clause-38 of item available in NIT.

82


MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL SCHEME CIRCLE, NASHIK.

MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN RURAL & URBAN SCHEME DIVISION, JALGAON.

NAME OF WORK:- Walwadi Water Supply Scheme Tal. & Dist.Dhule .

SCHEDULE "A"

Memorandum showing the approximate quantities and the material that will be supplied by the department to the contractor for the work contracted to be executed and the rates at which they are to be charged for.

Sr. No.

Particulars of the material to be issued

Qty Unit Rate of issue Place of delivery

In figure In words

1 500 mm Dia. D.I. K-7 pipe 700 Rmt Free of Cost. At Walwadi Tal.& Dist. Dhule.



Executive Engineer

M.J.P. Urban & Rural Scheme Division Jalgaon

83


MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN SCHEME CIRCLE, NASHIK

MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN WORKS SCHEME DIVISION JALGAON.



Providing, constructing Connecting Main, Sump with overhead pump house, Providing &

installing Raw Water Pumping Machinery, Raw Water Gravity Main, Water Treatment

Plant , Pure Water Pumping Machinery, Pure Water Rising main, R.C.C.E.S.R.,

R.C.C.G.S.R., Distribution System, Chain link fencing ,Staff quarter,& Trial run of the

scheme.

CONDITION OF SCHEDULE 'A'

1) All materials in schedule 'A' as may be required for the work shall be taken from

the Department only.

2) The quantities in schedule 'A' are approximate and shall vary according to actual

bonafied use. The materials issued by the Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhiakran shall be

used only for Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhiakran's bonafied work.

3) Materials shall be made available for delivery on working days only,

during the official hours

4) All the materials remaining unused after the construction is completed, are to be

returned to the Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran store at the cost of the contractor .

5) The persons or firms submitting the tender should see that the quantities, issue

rate per unit and place are filled up by the Executive Engineer, prior to the submission of

the tender.

6) The contractor shall provide a pucca store which should be sufficient for stacking

adequate quantities of cement and other materials, so as to protect them from rains,

deterioration, damage or losses etc. The capacity of store for stacking cement shall be

sufficient to store atIeast 15 days requirement of cement. Double locking arrangements

should be provided for cement store one key will be kept with MJP's person and the

oilier with contractor.

84


7) Other materials provided by the contractor for ancillary and temporary works i.e.

not covered under this contract shall not be stored in this store.

8) The manner of stacking shall be such as would permit of easy counting of cement

and other materials issued from Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran stores at any time.

The stacking of cement shall be such that fresh stock would facilitate and ensure use of

old cement.

9) Materials other than mentioned in Schedule 'A' required for works shall be

procured by the contractor at his cost shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge

before its use if required by Executive Engineer, the samples of such materials shall be

tested at contractors cost in any approved laboratory by the MJP, material not

confirming shall be removed at once from site of work at contractors expenses.

10) Once the materials are issued to the contractor at the contractors cost, he shall

convey the same immediately to his store from the MJP store, failing which rent at 1% of

the cost of material supplied to him shall be received from the Contractor. The

contractor shall inspect the material before taking delivery of the same and shall sign the

receipt in token of having received the materials in sound and good conditions.

11) Once the materials are issued to the contractor he shall be responsible for the

safe custody of the material and prevent it from damage or losses. Damage and losses

noticed after the materials are issued shall be debited to contractors account.

12) The contractor shall make proper and economic use of all materials supplied to

him. By the MJP as Schedule 'A' material for the contracted works. Proper day to day

account of consumption of all such materials shall be maintained in register showing

receipt, use and balance and he shall submit extract thereof monthly to the Engineer In-

charge.

The Engineer In-charge, reserves the right to stop further issue of materials to

contractor, if the monthly account of the previously used material is not submitted by him

and he shall be fully responsible for the consequences arising out of this, Surplus

materials supplied to the contractor free of cost shall be fully returned by the contractor

85


to the MJP and delivered at the place as directed at his cost if any shortages are

noticed, or material found damaged or unserviceable conditions, such materials would

be recovered from the contractor at the same would be binding on the contractor.

13) The notes and conditions of Schedule 'A' will also form a part of agreement.

14) If any other materials such as pipes, specials etc. are available with MJP and

separable, they will be supplied at MJP's issue rate plus storage charges at Executive

Engineers discretion at MJP's stores.

15) MS Steel or HYSD Bars and bare required for casting pre-stressed pipe will have

to be brought by Contractor at site at his cost and it should be tested steel.

16) Sales tax as per Government rates shall be recovered from the contractor over

the cost of the surplus materials on returned. Surplus materials issued to agency under

schedule “A” shall be accepted by department after completion of work .However if the

agency does not return the surplus materials issued to him at free of cost the cost of

such material will be recoverd at double the issue rates or market rate whichever is

higher. The materials other than schedule “A “ should be procured by the agency , as

per requirement only.

17) Issue rate of the materials are inclusive of all taxes.

86


NOTES OF SCHEDULE 'B'

1) Rates mentioned in schedule are inclusive of the following.

a) Carting of the materials including loading and unloading of the same at the site of

the work.

b) Dewatering during entire construction and diversion of flow of water till the

completion of work.

c) All the taxes and royalty etc for providing materials by the contractor on site.

2) Keeping safe custody of materials issued to him or procured by him and

.payment received for such delivery till the completion of work.

3) All the works shall be carried-out as per the P.W.D. red book of standard

specifications ( Latest edition) detailed specifications or as directed by the

Engineer-in-charge.

4) The work is inclusive of clearance of site prior to the commencement of the work

,and on its completion in all respect shall hold good for all conditions of weather

and approach road conditions etc.

5) Water for construction and testing purpose shall be arranged by the contractor at

his own cost. The MJP shall not supply water nor any responsibility there of.

6) The quantities indicated are likely to vary or minus side, for which extra claim

shall be entertained, subject to the provision of clause-38 of the agreement form.

Quantities exceeding over estimated quantities as per clause-38 will be paid after

approval from the competent authority.

7) In case of contactors supply for all types of materials, manufactures test

certificate, third party inspection report etc should invariably be submitted, when

materials brought by contractor on site of works. All materials brought on site of

work should confirm to relevant I.S. specification ( Latest edition)

Only certified goods shall be accepted.

8) In case of E.I.R.L., if the item is not included' in M.J.P. D.S.R, related department

D.S.R. will be used.

9) Other material such as cement, steel metal, sand etc shall be confirming to

relevant I.S.S. Testing shall be done from the same from the nearest Polytechnic

I College of Engineering. Testing charges for above materials shall be borne by

the contractor.

87


10) Cement should be supplied as per IS 8112-1989 of 43 grade ordinary Portland

cement in HDPE bags. The cement samples should be got tested by the

contractor in Govt. laboratory at his own costs. Till satisfactory test certificate is

submitted to office he will not be allowed to use cement

11.) For concrete works, metal should be used of following sizes.

M 100 proportion (1:3:6) 25 mmto 40 mm size

M-150 proportion (1 :2:4) 10 mm to 20 mm size

:M-200 proportion (1:1:5:3) 10 mm to 20 mm size

M-250 proportion (1:1:2) 10 mm to 20 mm size

M-300 proportion (1:1/2:1) 10mm to 20mm size

12) All the materials required for the work shall be obtained by the contractor only

after written permission of the Engineer-in-charge. The payment for supply of

cement shall be given only after its use i.e. only on consumed quantity and not on

whole quantity brought on site. Any kind of excess ,material shall be removed

from the site of work only after written permission of the Engineer-in-charge.

13) The balance material shall be taken back by the contractor and payment will

recovered for the same at accepted tender rates.

14) Contractor should submit his own hydraulic, structural design for W.T.P.as per

obligatory data attached. And got approved from Reputed / Govt. Engineering

College and from The Superintending Engineer, Maharashtra Jeevan

Pradhikaran Circle. Nashik. '

15) 10% of cost of total sub work of pipe line work shall be retained till satisfactory

hydraulic testing is given as per l.S.code.

88


16) Only plain offer will be accepted and condition or conditional rebates will

not be accepted

17) In case of Supply of pipes valves etc by contractor, only 85% Payment shall be

released after supply & duly inspected by third party of (a) M/S Iteng Engineering

(A Division of Dr. Amin Controllers PVT Ltd ) (b) M/S SGS India Ltd.(c) M/S

Superintendence Company of India Pvt. Ltd. and 15% after satisfactory hydraulic

testing.

18) 10% of cost of item of water retaining structure such as WTP/ESR/ Sump shall be

retained till satisfactory hydraulic testing is given as per I.S. Code

19) For pumping machinery items 80 % payment shall be made on supply of

materials, 10% after erection, installation and remaining 10% will be released

only after test and trial run of whole pumping machinery unit is given.

20) Contractor should submit his own structural design for Sump well & pump house,

WTP ESR as per obligatory data attached, & got approved from Reputed /

Government Engineering College & from the Superintending Engineer,

Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran Circle Nashik.

21) All types of pipes, valves, special will be accepted after duly inspection of third

party. The charges for same shall be born by the contractor.

22) Other materials such as cement, Tor steel etc shall be conforming to the relevant

ISS.Testing charges for the same shall be born by the contractor.

23) ESR shall be based on contractors own design & contractor should bound to

execute structural design for the above work on IS. recently in forced and seismic

zone for Dhule District as per IS 13920-1993

24) The contractor is required to do refilling of the pipe line trenches before hydraulic

testing to avoid traffic hurdles, no payment for refilling of trenches of the pipe line

shall be payable till satisfactory hydraulic testing is given. Re-excavation required

if any during testing shall be done by the contractor at his own cost.

89


25) Line out for work shall be given subject to the availability of popular contribution

from concern Gram Panchayat.

NOTE:-Even though the tender is called for whole work of the scheme, the work order,

Will be given phase-wise i.e. after acceptance of tender, work order will be given for

work mentioned in phase-I After completion of work of Phase-I work order for phase-II

will be given and after completion of work of phase- II, work order for phase-Ill will be

given. The work of all phases should be completed within stipulated period only, other

Wise penalty action will be taken as per clause in the tender.

90



MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL SCHEME DIVISION, JALGAON.

SCHEDULE "B" OF TENDER

NAME OF SCHEME :- WALWADI WATER SUPPLY SCHEME TAL. & DIST. DHULE

(NAKANE TANK AS A SOURCE )

Memorandum showing the approximate quantity of works to be executed & rates thereof.

RECAPITULATION SHEET

Sr. ITEM AMOUNT

1 Connecting Main (500 MM Dia D.I. K- 7 L=700 M) Phase 1 6346829.00

Rs. 2504683.00

2 Sump With Overhead Pump house & Tank (RCCBPT) (Cap 150000 lit) Rs. 3842146.00 3 Raw water Pumping Machinery (50BHP VT Pump)

Phase 2 37750997.00

Rs. 2711366.00 4 Raw Water Gravity Main (Dia 350 MM D.I. K-7 L=3200 M) Rs. 4746604.00 5 Water Treatment Plant (Conventional Cap - 7.25 MLD ) Rs. 18500000.00 6 Pure Water Pumping machinery( 90 BHP V.T. Pumps & 25 BHP Centrifugal

monoblock pumps ) Rs.

4110349.00 7 Pure Water Rising Main ( 250 M.M.dia D.I.K.-9, L = 2790 M ,110 to 250

M.M.dia P.V.C.6 Kg/cm2 L= 4535 M ) Rs.

7682678.00 8 R.C.C.E.S.R. (Cap 3.00 , 2.00 , 1.50 Lac Lit)

Phase 3 51081358.00

Rs. 7384931.00 9 R.C.C.G.S.R. (Cap 4.60 Lac Lit) Rs. 2260168.00 10 Distribution System ( 75 to 250 MM Dia P.V.C. Pipe 4 Kg/cm2 L = 18776M &

75 to 225 mm dia H.D.P.E. pipe 6Kg/cm2 ,L=39620 M ) Rs.

30836171.00 11 Chain link fencing Rs. 2200286.00 12 Staff Quarter ( 2 No..) Rs. 917354.00 13 Trial Run of the scheme Rs. 204425.00 14 Water Meter Rs. 7278023.00

Net Cost Rs. 95179184.00

Say Total Rs. 95179184.00

91








Sub work No 1 :- CONNECTING MAIN FROM NAKANE TANK TO SUMP. (500 Mm Dia D.I. K- 7 L=700 M)

Cost put to tender Rs. 2504683.00

Quantity

Item No.& Description of Item Tender Rate

Unit Amount In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.1

Excavation for pipe trenches for works of transmission mains, leading mains, distribution system & for all types of pipe materials in all types of earthy or sandy materials, soils of all types, clay, mud, soft, average or hard murum, all types of disintegrated rock, shingles, brickbats, isolated boulders of any size, all types of rock including soft, hard & manjara rock by permissible & suitable methods such as blasting, control blasting, chiseling, wedging, line drilling & / or by use of mechanical means including excavation in all types of road surfaces such as W.B.M., Asphalt, Concrete road including trimming the surfaces by chiseling wherever required including removing the roots of trees met with during excavation, leveling the bed & keeping it clean & dry by dewatering & making ready for lowering laying of pipes, manual dewatering, excluding backfilling, including removing excavated stuff up to a distance of 50 meters and stacking the same as directed by Engineer in Charge, etc. complete.

1108.80

Lift 0.00 to 1.50 M.

268.86 Rs.Two hundred sixty eight Paise Eighty six only . Cum 298111.97

92


Quantity

Item No.& Description of Item

Tender Rate Unit Amount

In Figure In Words

238.70

Lift 1.50 to 3.00 M.

499.00 Rs.Four hundred ninety nine only . Cum 119111.30

ITEM NO.2

115.50

Filling in plinth and floors murum bedding in trenches with approved murum from excavated materials from foundation 15cm to 20cm layers including watering and compaction complete.

50.00 Rs.Fifty only. Cum 5775.00

ITEM NO.3

19.09

Providing and laying in situ Cement concrete of trap/granite/quartzite/ gneiss metal for RCC work in foundation like raft, grillage, strip foundation and footing of RCC columns and steel stanchions including normal dewatering, plywood form work, compaction, finishing and curing, etc, complete. (By weigh batching and mix design for M-300 only. Use of L & T, A.C.C., Ambuja, Birla Gold, Manikgad, Rajashree, etc. cement is permitted.) 4300.00

Rs.Four thousand three hundred only. Cum 82087.00

M - 200

ITEM NO.4

1.798

Providing and fixing in position steel bar reinforcement of various diameters for RCC piles, caps, footings, foundation, slabs, beams, columns, canopies, staircases. newels, chajjas, lintels, pardies, copings, fins, arches, etc. as per detailed designs, drawings and schedules; including cutting, bending, hooking the bars, binding with wires or tack welding and supporting as required, etc. complete. (including cost of binding wire)

49400.00 Rs.Fourty Nine thousand four hundred only. MT 88821.20

Tor Steel

93


Quantity Item No.& Description of Item Tender Rate Unit Amount

In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.5

Providing & supplying double flange sluice Valve conforming for IS 2906/14846 including warn gear arrangement as per test pressure stainless steel spindles caps including all taxes transportation etc comp.

1.00

500 mm Dia C.I.D.F. Sluice valve P.N. 1

105071.00 Rs.One lakh five thousand seventy one only. No 105071.00

ITEM NO.6

Providing and supplying ISI standard D.I. specials & fittings with sealing rubber gasket of S.B.R.,complete with Cast iron follower gland and M.S. nut & bolts coated or otherwise protected from rusting and suitable for D.I. pipes including cost of all labours and materials and transportation to stores / site, loading , unloading including all taxes , etc. complete.As per IS 9523

3163.00

S/S specials/ socketted branch / Flanged specials from 350 mm & above dia. 110.00 Rs One hundred ten only. Kg 347930.00

ITEM NO.7

Lowering laying and jointing with SBR ruber gaskets D.I. S/S pipes of various classes with D.I. / MS specials of following diameter in proper position, grade and alignment as directed by Engineer-in-charge including conveyance of material from stores to site of work, including cost of jointing materials and rubber rings labour, giving hydraulic testing etc. complete.

Note :- Only SBR rubber gasket to be used as per IS 5382 and IS 12820

700.00

500 MM Dia DI K-7 ( With Rubber ring joint )

318.00 Rs.Three hundred eighteen only . Rmt. 222600.00

94



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.8

1.00

Lowering, laying and jointing in position following C.I. D/F Sluice valves including cost of all labour jointing material, including nut bolts and giving satisfactory hydraulic testing etc.complete. (Rate for all class of valves.) 500 mm dia C.I.D.F. sluice valve PN 1

6924.00 Rs.Six thousand nine hundred twenty four only . No 6924.00

ITEM NO.9

Providing and constructing B.B. masonry valve chamber with 15 cm thick 1:3:6 proportion PCC bedding, excluding excavation, B.B. masonry in C.M. 1:5 Proportion precast RCC frame and cover, etc. complete as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

Note :- Wall thickness 0.23 m for depth 1.20 m and 0.35 m for balance depth exceeding 1.20 m

8.00

As above of 1.5 x 1.5M internal size and depth upto 1.5M .

13435.00 Rs.Thirteen thousand four hundred thirty five only. No 107480.00

8.00

a). Add for every increase of depth of 30cm or part thereof.

1767.00 Rs.One thousand seven hundred sixty seven only.

30 CM Depth 14136.00

ITEM NO.10

1072.72

Refilling the trenches with available excavated stuff with soft material first over pipeline and then hard material in 15 cm layers with all leads and lifts including consolidation, surcharging, etc. complete. 50.00 Rs.Fifty only. Cum 53636.00

95



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.11

300.00

Dewatering the excavated trenches and pools of water in the building trenches / pipeline trenches, well works by using pumps and other devices including disposing of water to safe distance as directed by Engineer-in-charge (including cost of machinery, labour, fuel) etc. complete. a) For Connecting main

3510.00 Rs.Three thousand five hundred ten only. Rmt. 1053000.00

Total Rs 2504683.47

SAY Rs. 2504683.00

Notes:- 1)For supply of material under this sub work 85% payment will be made after supply of material i.e. pipes, valves, specials etc at site of

work, 5% payment will be made after lowering, laying & Jointing of pipes with specials, valve & balance 10% payment will be released after satisfactory hydraulic testing of pipe line for remaining item of work under this sub work 90% payment will be released & 10% payment will be made after satisfactory hydraulic testing of pipe line.

96


MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL SCHEME CIRCLE, NASHIK. MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL SCHEME DIVISION, JALGAON.

SCHEDULE "B" OF TENDER NAME OF SCHEME :- WALWADI WATER SUPPLY SCHEME TAL. & DIST. DHULE

(NAKANE TANK AS A SOURCE ) Memorandum showing the approximate quantity of works to be executed & rates thereof.

Subwork No. 2 :- SUMPWELL WITH OVERHEAD PUMP HOUSE & ESR BPT Cost put to tender Rs. 3842146.00

Quantity


Unit Amount In Figure In Words ITEM NO.1

Job

Designing RCC structure for Sump with overhead pump house and overhead tank (R.C.C.BP.T.) based on obligatory data attached with tender from reputed R.C.C. structural designer having similar experence and approved from Reputed / Govt. engineering collage and competant authority of M.J.P. 43000.00

Rs. Forty three thousand only L.S. 43000.00

ITEM NO.2

Excavation in general in soft material comprising of soft soil, soft murum, sand, hard murum with boulders in wet or dry condition for Head Works i.e. Intake Well, Connecting Pipe, Jack Well, Pump House, Supply Well, etc. for following lift and lead of 150 M including barricating, gurading, disposing off surplus excavated stuff within a radius of 0.5 km. as directed by Engineer-in- charge, etc. complete excluding refilling.

147.78 Lift 0.00 to 1.50 M 216.00 Rs. Two hundred sixteen only Cum 31920.48

147.78 Lift 1.50 to 3.00 M 236.00 Rs. Two hundred thirty six only Cum 34876.08

147.78 Lift 3.00 to 4.50 M 256.00 Rs. Two hundred fifty six only Cum 37831.68

147.78 Lift 4.50 to 6.00 M 276.00 Rs. Two hundred seventy six only Cum 40787.28

147.78 Lift 6.00 to 7.50 M 296.00 Rs. Two hundred ninety six only Cum 43742.88

97


Quantity Item No.& Description of Item Tender Rate Unit Amount In Figure In Words

25.62 Lift 7.50 to 9.00 M 316.00 Rs. Three hundred sixteen only Cum 8095.92

ITEM NO.3

14.78

Providing and laying in situ Cement Concrete of trap/ Granite/ Quartzite/ gneiss metal for PCC work below foundation and footing including normal dewatering plywood form, work compacting curing finishing etc. complete . 3536.00

Rs. Three thousand five hundred thirty six only Cum 52262.08

PCC M 150

ITEM NO. 4

Providing and casting in situ C. C. of trap / granite / quartzite/ gneiss metal of approved quality for following RCC works as per detailed drawings and designs or as directed by Engineer-in-charge including normal dewatering, ,plywood form work, bully/steel prop ups compaction, finishing the formed surfaces with C. M. 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface wherever necessary or roughening if special finish is to be provided and curing, etc. complete. (By weigh batching and mix design for M-300 . Use of L&T, A.C.C., Abuja, Birla Gold, Manikgad, Rajashree, etc. cement is permitted.)

a ) For Raft Foundation In M- 300

41.22 Lift 0.00 to 5.00 M 5000.00 Rs. Five thousand only Cum 206100.00 b )For Vertical wallI in M- 300

27.67 Lift 0.00 to 5.00 M

6900.00 Rs. Six thousand nine hundred only Cum 190923.00

8.91 Lift 5.00 to 10.00 M

7590.00 Rs. Seven thousand five hundred ninety only Cum 67626.90

19.79 Lift 10.00 to 15.00 M

8280.00 Rs. Eight thousand two hundred eighty only Cum 163861.20

c ) For Beams & Lintel In M-300

11.52 Lift 0.00 to 5.00 M

6440.00 Rs. Six thousand four hundred forty only Cum 74188.80

4.36 Lift 5.00 to 10.00 M

7084.00 Rs. Seven thousand eightyfour only Cum 30886.24

98


Quantity Item No.& Description of Item


In Figure In Words

10.38 Lift 10.00 to 15.00 M

7728.00 Rs. Seven thousand seven hundred twenty eight only Cum 80216.64

d )For coloumn In M-300

11.78 Lift 0.00 to 5.00 M

6300.00 Rs. Six thousand three hundred only Cum 74214.00

7.79 Lift 5.00 to 10.00 M

6930.00 Rs. Six thousand nine hundred thirty only Cum 53984.70

1.05 Lift 10.00 to 15.00 M

7560.00 Rs. Seven thousand five hundred sixty only Cum 7938.00

e )For Slab,Landing, In M-300

16.13 Lift 0.00 to 5.00 M 6900.00

Rs. Six thousand nine hundred only Cum 111297.00

8.66 Lift 5.00 to 10.00 M 7590.00

Rs. Seven thousand five hundred ninety only Cum 65729.40

27.94 Lift 10.00 to 15.00 M 8280.00

Rs. Eight thousand two hundred eighty only Cum 231343.20

ITEM NO. 5


5.27 Lift 0.00 to 5.00 M

49400.00 Rs. Forty nine thousand four hundred only MT 260338.00

5.57 Lift 5.00 to 10.00 M

51870.00 Rs. Fifty one thousand eight hundred seventy only MT 288915.90

4.64 Lift 10.00 to 15.00 M

54340.00 Rs. Fifty four thousand three hundred fourty only MT 252137.60

99



In Figure In Words

92.49

Providing and fixing G.I. pipe railing having 1.0 M height consisting 50 x 50 x 6 mm thick M. S. angles as verticals at 1.5 M c/c, and additional posts at every corner with 3 rows of 25 mm dia G.I. pipes of medium class variety as horizontal and painting 3 coats of oil paint over 1 coat of anticorrosive paint of approved color and shade including cost of all labor, transporting bends to curved shape, etc. complete. 790.00

Rs. Seven hundred ninety only Rmt. 73067.10

ITEM NO.7

53.00

Providing and supplying ISI standard CI double flanged pipes including all taxes (Central and local), railway freight, insurance, unloading from railway wagon, loading into truck transport to stores / site, unloading etc. complete as directed by Engineer-in-charge. 8601.00

Rs. Eight thousand six hundred one only Rmt 455853.00

350 MM Dia

ITEM NO.8

Erecting and hoisting in position and jointing, testing M.S./ C.I. D/F pipes and specials in vertical position including cost of all jointing materials (rubber packing, nut bolts, etc.) labour, scaffolding, hydraulic testing etc. complete.

27.00 350 MM Dia

1226.00 Rs. One thousand two hundred twenty six only Joint 33102.00

ITEM NO.9

Providing & supplying double flange sluice Valve conforming for IS 2906/14846 including worn gear arrangement as per test pressure stainless steel spindles caps including all taxes transportation etc comp.

2.00 350 M.M. Dia C.I.D.F. Sluice valve PN 1 without bypass arrangement 49516.00

Rs. Forty nine thousand five hundred sixteen only No. 99032.00


Rs. Seventeen thousand nine hundred one only No. 17901.00

ITEM NO.10

Lowering, laying and jointing in position following C.I. D/F Sluice valves including cost of all labour jointing material, including nut bolts and giving satisfactory hydraulic testing etc.complete. (Rate for all class of valves.)

100




In Figure In Words


Rs. Four thousand six hundred fifty eight only No 9316.00


Rs. Two thousand seven hundred ninety six only No 2796.00

ITEM NO.11

Providing and supplying ISI standard CI flanged specials including all taxes (Central and local), railway freight, insurance, unloading from railway wagon, loading into truck transport to depermental store/ site, unloading stacking etc. complete.

1000.00 Above 350 MM Dia 64.00 Rs. Sixty four only Kg 64000.00

ITEM NO.12

Providing and fixing in position copper lightening conductor including copper rod of 20 mm dia as per upper terminal 1.5 M long with a knob at end and with conical spike at top, copper tape conductor 20 x 3 mm size, copper earth plate of 3 mm thick and 0.81 sqm. in area, clamps at 1 M centre to centre including, necessary excavation, laying and fixing the conductor, providing and fixing 40 mm dia G.I pipe up to 3 M height from ground and 0.5 M below ground including making all connections, filling the earthing pit with charcoal, salt, etc. and refilling and watering, etc. complete as per specifications laid down in relevant I.S. codes.

1.00 For tape of 10 M length

9206.00 Rs. Nine thousand two hundred six only No 9206.00

7.00 Additional tape length

244.00 Rs. Two hundred forty four only Mtr. 1708.00

ITEM NO.13

Providing, hoisting and fixing in position C.I. manhole, frame and cover of best quality and of required size and shape with locking arrangements including applying 2 coats of anti-corrosive paint, etc. complete

101




In Figure In Words

2.00

90 X 60 cm size weight 35 Kg. 2300.00

Rs. Two thousand three hundred only No. 4600.00

ITEM NO.14

1.00

Providing and constructing RCC ventilating shaft of diameters and height mentioned below with required number of RCC 15 x 15 cm size columns and RCC circular slab or dome over the pillars in M-200 including cost of all material and labour, providing and fixing steel or wooden frame & providing & fixing G.I. flyproof mesh of 26 gauge and providing and applying in 3 coats of oil paint to wooden or steel frame and cement paint to concrete structure. etc. complete as directed by Engineer-in-charge. 5900.00

Rs. Five thousand nine hundred only No. 5900.00

i ) 0.9 M dia x 1.35 M height

ITEM NO.15

20.00

Providing and fixing in position M.S. ladder 0.50 M wide consisting of 75 x 10 mm M.S. flats as stringers and 16 mm dia M.S. bars in double rows as steps placed at 25 cm c/c including cost of material and labour involved, welding, anchoring and applying 3 coat of anti-corrosive paint, etc. complete as directed by Engineer-in-charge. 1200.00

Rs. One thousand two hundred only Rmt 24000.00

ITEM NO.16

1.00

Providing and fixing water level indicator upto 5 M height including M.S. enamelled gauge plate 300 mm wide 3 mm thick, P.V.C. float, providing and fixing required accessories such as pointer, pulleys, nylon thread including cost of all material, labour, etc. complete. 7500.00

Rs. Seven thousand five hundred only No 7500.00

ITEM NO.17

3.00

Providing and constructing B.B. masonry valve chamber with 15 cm thick 1:3:6 proportion PCC bedding, excluding excavation, B.B. masonry in C.M. 1:5 Proportion precast RCC frame and cover, etc. complete as directed by Engineer-in-charge. 6843.00

Rs. Six thousand eight hundred forty three only No 20529.00

0.90 X 0.90 X 1.20 M

102



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.18

27.87

Providing Brick masonary in cement morter 1:6 using second class burnt bricks in superstructures including striking joints racking out joints watering of and scaffolding etc. complete . 2532.00

Rs. Two thousand five hundred thirty two only Cum 70566.84

ITEM NO.19

6.25

Providing and fixing rolling steel shutters fabricated from 20 gauge steel laths with side guides, bottom rail, brackets, door suspension shaft including rolling springs, locking arrangement and housing box of top with mechanical gear operation arragement including one coat of red lead primer complete. & overit two coat of oil paint etc comp. 2107.00

Rs. Two thousand one hundred seven only Sqm. 13168.75

ITEM NO.20

5.40

Providing and fixing in position Aluminium louvered windows / ventilators of various sizes with powder coating as per detailed drawings and specifications including aluminium frames 80 x 38 mm box type, 5 mm thick sheet glass louvers, clips / rubber plain P.V.C. gaskets of approved quality etc. complete. (Sample to be got approved from Exe. Engineer before use) Spec. No. As directed by Engineer in charge. 4147.00

Rs. Four thousand one hundred forty seven only Sqm. 22393.80

ITEM NO.21

1.48

Providing structural steel work in rolled stanchions fixed with connecting plates or angle cleats as in main and cross beams, hip and jack rafters, purlins connecting to truss members and like as per detailed desings and drawings or as directed by Engineer-in-charge including cutting, fabricating, hoisting, erecting, fixing in position, making riveted / bolted /welded connections and one coat of anticorrosive paints and over it two coats of oil painting, etc. complete. 51560.00

Rs. Fifty one thousand five hundred sixty only MT 76308.80

ITEM NO.22

202.20

Providing rough cast cement plaster externally in two coat to concrete , brick or stone masonary surfaces in all positions with base coat to 12 to 15 mm thick in C:M 1:4 and rough cast tretament 12 mm thick in proportion of 1:1 1/2:3 including scaffolding and fourteen days curing etc. complete.

200.00 Rs. Two hundred only Sqm 40440.00

103



In Figure In Words

624.22

Providing internal cement plaster 20mm thick in two coats in cement mortar 1:4 without neeru finish to concrete, brick surfaces in all position including scaffolding and curing complete. 142.00

Rs. One hundred forty two only Sqm 88639.24

ITEM NO.24

185.70

Providing and applying washable oil bound distemper of approved colour and shade to old /new surfaces in two coats including scafolding preparing the surfaces (excluding the primer coat ) complete . 23.00 Rs. Twenty three only Sqm 4271.10

ITEM NO.25

410.63

Providing and applaying two coat of water proof cement paint of approved manufactare and of approved colour to the plastered surfaces including scaffolding if nessary excluding primer coat cleaning and preparing the surfaces watering for two days complete ( sample and brand is to be got approved ) 22.00 Rs. Twenty two only Sqm 9033.86

ITEM NO.26

36.68

Providing and laying polished Shahabad Stone flooring 25mm to 30mm thick and of required width in plain / diamond pattern with black polished Kadappa stone slab for border or any other design on a bed of 1:6 cement mortar including cement float, filling joints with neat cement slurry, curing, polishing and cleaning complete. Spec. No. : Bd.M.4 Page No. 380 460.00 Rs. Four hundred sixty only Sqm 16872.80

ITEM NO.27

305.07

Refilling the trenches with available excavated stuff with soft material first over pipeline and then hard material in 15 cm layers with all leads and lifts including consolidation, surcharging, etc. complete. 50.00 Rs. Fifty only Cum 15253.50

ITEM NO.28

Job

Dewatering the excavated trenches and pools of water in the building trenches / pipeline trenches, well works by using pumps and other devices including disposing of water to safe distance as directed by Engineer-in-charge (including cost of machinery, labour, fuel) etc. complete. a) For sump of 7.50 m clear diameter lumpsum

Rs. One lakh seventy five thousand two hundred twenty only L.S. 175220.00

104



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.29

7.50

Providing and fixing M.S. chaquerred plate flooring of following thickness supported on M.S.angles (25 x 25 x 5 mm size) including welding, cutting and fabricating the plate to the required square or rounding shape, making holes in the plate, including providing and applying 3 coats of anticorrosive paint, etc. complete as directed by Engineer-in-charge. 8 mm thick 3900.00

Rs. Three thousand nine hundred only Sqm 29250.00

TOTAL Rs. 3842145.77

SAY Rs. 3842146.00

Special Notes for Sub-work No. 2

1 Quantities mentioned in the Tender are Approximate & Contractor has to Submit Detailed R.C.C. Structural Design based on obligatory data attached with Tender & get it approved from Reputed /Govt. Engineering College & M.J.P. Competaint Authority at Contractors Own Cost.

2 Total dewatering charges proposed in the tender is lumsum amount & 75 % is payable for Excavation & 25 % is payable for construction of well. Out of 75 % Excavation & breakup shall be as Under ,25 % for last 1 Meter Depth , 20 % for 2 Meter Depth which just above last 1 M depth ,15 % for 2 M depth which just above last 3 M depth ,15 % for the rest of depth from water table level .

3 0.5 % Payment will be held for smooth finishing to all Exposed Surfaces till Satisfactory smooth finishing as satisfied by Engineer in charge.

4 5 % payment will be with held for Cube & Steel testing till Satisfactory results are Obtained for Every R.A. Bill & will be Forfeitted if the Agency does not Produce the Result.

5 Only tested cement, Steel as per relevant IS shall be used by the contractor. The Contractor shall arranged & produced test Certficates of Cement, Steel, Concrete Cubes from Reputed Govt. polytechnic / Engineering College at his own Cost as per direction of Engineer in Charge.

6 The design should be prepared considering up lift pressure.

105







OBLIGATORY DATA AND REQUIREMENT FOR HEAD WORKS

SOURCE SITE :- Nakane Dam

1 SUMP WITH OVERHEAD PUMPHOUSE & TANK

Dia in Meter (clear ) 7.50

Average Ground Level in Meter 266.110

Top R.L. in Meter 266.610

F.S.L. of sump 262.500

Bottom R.L. in Meter 259.000

Invert R.L. of Connecting Main at Sump Well in Meter 262.000

Construction R.C.C. M 300

2 CONNECTING MAIN (From Nakane Dam to sump)

Dia in Meter 500 MM dia D.I. K-7

Length in meter 700.00

Invert R.L. At chember on D/S of Nakana dam 265.500

Invert R.L.At Sump 262.000

3 OVERHEAD PUMPHOUSE

Pump house Dia (Internal) in 'm' 7.50

Construction R.C.C. M 300 With B.B. masonary

Floor slab top in meter 266.61

Roof slab top R.L. of pumphouse in meter 273.26

Top R.L. of corbel beam in meter 271.61

4 OVERHEAD TANK (R.C.C.B.P.T.)

Capacity Provided 150000 Liters

106


L.D.L. of overhead tank in meter 277.00

F.S.L. of overhead tank in meter 280.00

Freebord in M 0.50

Construction M-300

B.C. of soil 10 MT/M2

One common structure of RCC sump, Pumphouse and overhead tank should be designed based on obligatary data as above

107





NAME OF SCHEME :- WALWADI WATER SUPPLY SCHEME TAL.:- & DIST. DHULE


Memorandum showing the approximate quantity of works to be executed & rates thereof. Sub work No 3 :- RAW WATER PUMPING MACHINERY


Quantity.



Item No.1 A: V.T.Pumpset

2.00

Providing, erecting, commissioning & Testing of water lubricated V.T. pump set Suitable for giving discharge of 336093 LPH against total head 24 mtrs….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

561391.00

Rs. Five lakh sixty one thousand three hundred ninety one only. Nos 1122782.00

Item No.1 B: Pressure gauge

3.00

i) Providing, installing, commissioning & Testing of 150 mm.dia. pressure gauges 0 to 10.50 kg/cm² ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

747.00 Rs. Seven hundred fourty seven only. Nos 2241.00

10.00

ii) Providing, erecting, commissioning & Testing of 15 mm.dia. midum duty G.I. pipe for connecting pressure gauge to rising main ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

98.00 Rs. Ninety eight only. Mtr 980.00

Item No.2: Sluice valve

Providing, installing, commissioning and testing of C.I.D.F. Sluice valve PN.1 rating ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

2.00 A: 250 mm dia. C.I.D.F. sluice valves 31341.00 Rs. Thirty one thousand three hundred fourty one only.

Nos 62682.00

108


Quantity. Item No.& Description of Item Tender Rate Unit Amount

In Figure In Words

Item No. 3: Reflux valves

Providing, installing, commissioning and testing of C.I.D.F. Reflux valve PN.1 rating with ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

2.00 A: 250 mm dia. C.I.D.F. Reflux valves 31601.00 Rs. Thirty one thousand six hundred one only.

Nos 63202.00

1.00 B: 350 mm dia. C.I.D.F. Reflux valves 69564.00 Rs. Sixty nine thousand five hundred sixty four only.

Nos 69564.00

Item No.4 A: C.I. D.F. Specials

500.00

Providing, errecting & testing of C.I.D.F. pipes & specials of various dia. as per detail specification ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

64.00 Rs. Sixty four only. Kg 32000.00 Item No.4 B: M.S. pipes & Specials

2000.00

Providing, errecting & testing of M.S. pipes & specials of various dia. as per detail specification ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

62.00 Rs. Sixty two only. Kg 124000.00

Item No.5: Dismentalling Joints

Providing, errecting, commissioning & testing Dismentalling joints of following dia including jointing material etc.comp.(2 for pump & one for flow meter) ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

1.00

300 mm.dia. For flow meter 15511.00

Rs. Fifteen thousand five hundred eleveen only. Nos 15511.00

2.00

250 mm.dia. For Pump 14263.00

Rs. Fourteen thousand two hundred sixty three only. Nos 28526.00

109



In Figure In Words

Item No.6: Flanged Joints

Providing, fixing & testing of flanged joints with cost of required jointing material of labours ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

24.00 i) 250 mm.dia. flange joints 824.00 Rs. Eight hundred twenty four only. Nos 19776.00

6.00 ii) 300 mm.dia. flange joints 854.00 Rs. Eight hundred fifty only. Nos 5124.00

Item No.7: Electric Motor (50 BHP)

2.00

Providing, erecting, commissioning & Testing vertical hallow shaft 1500 RPM SPDP Squirrel cage induction motor for the pump in item no. 1 a ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 175025.00

Rs. One lakh seventy five thousand twenty five only. Nos 350050.00

Item No.8: ATS Starter

2.00

Providing, erecting, commissioning & Testing of Air break contactor type fully automatic push button locally assembled oil immersed transformer unit to control motor 50 HP under item no.2 with contactor rating 200 / 70 / 70 ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 104379.00

Rs. One lakh four thousand three hundred seventy nine only. Nos 208758.00

Item No.9: L.T. Panel Board

1.00

Providing, installing, commissioning and testing of L.T. panel board cubical type ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 114239.00

Rs. One lakh thirty fourteen thousand two hundred thirty nine only. Nos 114239.00

110



In Figure In Words

Item NO.10: Cable

50.00

A: Incoming cable :- Providing, laying, connecting in circuit testing 3.5 core x 120 sqmm. Alluminium armoured PVC insulated Cable from transformer L.T. side to L.T. panel board ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.. in two run per phase.

971.00 Rs. Nine hundred seventy one only. Mtr 48550.00

70.00

B: Cable :- 3 core x 95 sqmm. . Providing, laying, connecting in circuit testing 3 core x 95 sqmm. Alluminium armoured PVC insulated from connection of MCCB in panel to starter to motor ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

713.00 Rs. Seven hundred thirteen only. Mtr 49910.00

30.00

C: Cable for capacitor 3 core x 16 sqmm. . Providing, laying, connecting in circuit testing 3 core x 16 sqmm. Alluminium armoured PVC insulated from connection of MCCB in panel to capacitor ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

233.00 Rs. Two hundred thirty three only. Mtr 6990.00

1.00

D: Providing, fixing to all cable ends as per requirement, the cable lugs and cable glands of required size ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

1386.00 Rs. One thousand three hundred eighty six only. L.S. 1386.00

50.00

E: Making underground trench wherever necessary for laying of various sizes cable, including all materials such as sand, bricks ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

74.78 Rs. Seventy four & Paise Seventy eight only. Mtr 3739.00

Item No.11 A: Earthing

6.00

Providing, errecting, commissioning of plate type earthing ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

1740.50

Rs. One thousand seven hundred fourty & Paise Fifty only. Nos 10443.00

111



In Figure In Words

Item No.11 B: G.I. Earthing strip

20.00

Earthing strip of suitable size used to connect the equipment to earth pit ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

78.60 Rs. Seventy eight & Paise Sixty only. Kg 1572.00

Item No.12: Electrification

1.00

Providing and fixing required electrifications inside the pump house and outside of pump house including point wiring, lighting fixtures, poles, cables ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

62483.00 Rs. Sixty four thousand four hundred eighty three only. Nos 62483.00

Item No.13: Lifting arrangement

1.00

Providing and erecting and commissioning lifting arragement A: 2 MT capacity C.P. Block ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

17769.00 Rs. Seventeen thousand seven hundred sixty nine only. Nos 17769.00

1.00 B: 2 MT Capacity Travilling trolly ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 11935.00

Rs. Eleveen thousand nine hundred thirty five only. Nos 11935.00

350.00 C: ISMB 200 ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 53.35 Rs. Fifty three & Paise Thirty five only. Kg 18672.50

Item No.14: Tools

1.00

Providing best quality tools and instruments for operation and maintenance of the water supply scheme ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

8471.00 Rs. Eight thousand four hundred seventy one only. Nos 8471.00

Item No.15: Name Board

1.00

Providing, fixing wall mounting type, name board duly painted with all detail machinery makes, modles .etc. comp. as per detail specification attached size 0.6x1 M. ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

1254.00 Rs. One thousand two hundred fifty four only. Sqm 1254.00

112



In Figure In Words

Item No. 16: Flow Meter

1 A: Providing and installing commishioning 300 mm dia full bore electromagnatic flow meter on rising main with all asserious etc. complete.as per detail specification .

222256.00 Rs. Two lakh twenty two thousand two hundred fifty six only.

No 222256.00

1 B: Fixing suaitable designed pannel cabinet with proper locking arragement etc comp. as directed by enginner in charge.

26500.00 Rs. Twenty six thousand five hundred only.

Mtr 26500.00

Total Rs. 2711365.50 Say Rs. 2711365.00

113







Memorandum showing the approximate quantity of works to be executed & rates thereof. Sub work No 4 :- Raw Water Gravity Main From R.C.C. Overhead Tank to W.T.P. (Dia 350 MM D.I. K-7 L=3200 M)


Quantity.



ITEM NO.1

7500.00

Providing and supplying ISI standard D.I. specials & fittings with sealing rubber gasket of S.B.R.,complete with Cast iron follower gland and M.S. nut & bolts coated or otherwise protected from rusting and suitable for D.I. pipes including cost of all labours and materials and transportation to stores / site, loading , unloading including all taxes , etc. complete.as per IS 9523

110.00 Rs One hundred ten only. kg 825000.00

For all types of specials bends ,tees and S/S specials /sockted branch /flanged specialas from 350 mm & above dia

ITEM NO.2

2000.00

Providing and supplying ISI standard M.S. specials of required thinkness with 3 coats of approved make epoxy paint (shalimar, ciba or mahindra & mahindra make ) from inside and outside including all taxes (Central & Local ) octri ,insepection charges , transportation to stores / site and stacking etc complete.

62.00 Rs Sixty Two only. Kg 124000.00

Double Flanged/socketted / Plain/ Machine ended specials for all diameter

114



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.3


4.00

350 M.M. Dia C.I.D.F. Sluice valve PN 1 without byepass arrangement

49516.00 Rs. Fourty nine thousand five hundred sixteen only. No 198064.00

3.00

150 M.M. Dia C.I.D.F. Score PN 1 valve without byepass arrangement

9460.00 Rs. Nine thousand four hundred sixty only. No 28380.00

ITEM NO.4

Providing and supplying Kinetic Double Orifice type Air Valves as per MJP’s standard specifications combined with screw down isolating valve ,small orifice elastic ball resting on a gun metal orifice nipple, large orifice vulcanite ball seating on molded seat ring, inlet face and drilled, including all taxes (Central and local), insurance, third party inspection charges, loading, unloading, transportation up to departmental stores / site, etc. complete.

7.00

With Third Party Inspection a) Kinetic Air Valve Flanged Type - PN -1. 50 mm dia 10860.00

Rs. Ten thousand eight hundred sixty only. No 76020.00

115



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.5

Providing and supplying C.I. D/F angle type spring loaded pressure relief valves of approved make and quality including all taxes (Central and local), octroi, inspection charges, transportation to departmental stores, etc. complete.

1.00

Pressure relief valves Type - PN -1 100 MM Dia

14046.00

Rs.Fourteen thousand fourty six only No 14046.00

ITEM NO.6

Excavation for pipe trenches for works of transmission mains, leading mains, distribution system & for all types of pipe materials in all types of earthy or sandy materials, soils of all types, clay, mud, soft, average or hard murum, all types of disintegrated rock, shingles, brickbats, isolated boulders of any size, all types of rock including soft, hard & manjara rock by permissible & suitable methods such as blasting, control blasting, chiseling, wedging, line drilling & / or by use of mechanical means including excavation in all types of road surfaces such as W.B.M., Asphalt, Concrete road including trimming the surfaces by chiseling wherever required including removing the roots of trees met with during excavation, leveling the bed & keeping it clean & dry by dewatering & making ready for lowering laying of pipes, manual dewatering, excluding backfilling, including removing excavated stuff up to a distance of 50 meters and stacking the same as directed by Engineer in Charge, etc. complete.

4408.00

Lift 0.00 to 1.50 M

268.86 Rs.Two hundred sixty eight Paise Eighty six only . Cum 1185134.88

116



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.7

456.00

Filling in plinth and floors murum bedding in trenches with approved murum from excavated materials from foundation 15cm to 20cm layers including watering and compaction complete. 50.00 Rs.Fifty only. Cum 22800.00

ITEM NO.8

Lowering laying and jointing with SBR rubber gaskets D.I. S/S pipes of various classes with DI / MS specials of following diameter in proper position, grade and alignment as directed by Engineer-in-charge including conveyance of material from stores to site of work including cost of jointing materials & rubber ring , labour , giving hydralic testing etc complete

3200.00

With Rubber Ring 350 MM Dia DIK-7 pipe

212.00 Rs. Two hundred twelve only. Rmt. 678400.00


ITEM NO.9


4.00

a)350 M.M. Dia C.I.D.F. Sluice valve PN 1 without byepass arrangement

4658.00 Rs. Four thousand six hundred fifty eight only. No 18632.00

3.00

b)150 M.M. Dia C.I.D.F. Score PN 1 valve without byepass arrangement

2688.00 Rs. Two thousand six hundred eighty eight only. No 8064.00

117



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.10

Lowering, laying and fixing in proper alignment and position all types of C.I. D/F angle type spring loaded pressure relief valves including all cost of all material, labour, cost of conveyance from stores to site of work and giving satisfactory hydraulic testing, etc. complete. (For all class of valves.).

1.00

Pressure relief valves Type - PN -1 100 MM Dia

377.00 Rs. Three hundred seventy seven only. No. 377.00

ITEM NO.11

Providing and fixing in position air valve shaft including providing and fixing GI Medium Class or 6 mm thick M.S. pipe shaft 2.70 M long over branch flange of air valve tee, providing PCC block of M-150 concrete 150 mm thick around the air valve tee including encasing of vertical shaft in PCC M-150 as shown in type design together with providing and making flanged joints wherever required and fixing of air valve over the shaft excluding cost of air valve and branch flanged air valve tee. etc. complete as per type design and as directed by Engineer-in-charge for following diameters of pipe lines (type design attached.)

7.00

Foundation on Murum and Harder Strata.for 350mm dia 5431.00

Rs. Five thousand four hundred thirty one only. No 38017.00

118



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.12


8.00

As above of 90 x 90 cm internal size and depth up to 1.2M .

6843.00 Rs. Six thousand eight hundred fourty three only. No 54744.00

Note :- Wall thickness 0.23 m for depth 1.20 m and 0.35 m for balance depth exceeding 1.20 m

ITEM NO 13

Providing and laying in situ Cement Concrete of trap,/ granite,/ quartzite,/ gneiss, metal for PCC work below foundation and footing including normal dewatering plywood form work compacting curing finishing etc. complete .

369.66 PCC M 150 3536.00 Rs. Three thousand five hundred thirty six only. Cum 1307117.76

ITEM NO.14

3356.15

Refilling the trenches with available excavated stuff with soft material first over pipeline and then hard material in 15 cm layers with all leads and lifts including consolidation, surcharging, etc. complete.

50.00 Rs.Fifty only. Cum 167807.50

TOTAL Rs. 4746604.14

SAY Rs. 4746604.00

119


Notes For Gravity Main.

1)For supply of material under this sub work 85% payment will be made after supply of material, pipe, valve, specials etc at site of work. 5% payment will be made after lowering, laying & Jointing of pipes with specials 10% payment will be released after satisfactory hydraulic testing of pipe line for remaining item of work under this sub work 90% payment will be released & remaining 10% payment will be made after satisfactory hydraulic testing.

120








Sub work No 5 :- WATER TRETEMENT PLANT (Conventional Cap - 7.25 MLD )



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.1

Designing (aesthetically), providing and constructing and commissioning Conventional Water Treatment Plant consisting of Civil Works, including cost of providing and applying Epoxy paint to inside surface of water retaining structures in contact with Chlorine and providing anti-termite treatment to entire structure below ground level, Mechanical and Electrical components of various sub-works as given below : including necessary hydraulic testing, structural testing, equipment testing and trial run for 3 months, etc. complete as directed by Engineer-in-charge . ( turn-key job ).

1) Aeration Fountain : Plan area not less than 0.625 square meter per MLD

2) Ventury Flume : With necessary devices, consisting of simple mechanical indicator ( Pedestal type gauge)

3) Flash Mixer Rapid mixing device, detention time 60 seconds to give velocity gradient 300 to 400 sec-1 vane mixer type confirming to IS 7090 of 1985

121



In Figure In Words

4) Flocculator : Confirming to I.S. 7208 of 1974 ( Type-C) with detention period of 30 minutes

5) Clarifier : Horizontal flow circular tank, detention period 2-5 hours, overflow rate 30 cubic meter per square meter per day ( tobe specified), Weir loading not more than 300 cubic meter per meter per day, with mechanical sludge scraper conforming to I.S. 10313/1982

6) Rapid Sand Filters and Filter House Filter designed for filtration rate of 5,000 liters per square meter per hour, minimum 2 beds for plant up to 10MLD for larger plants as specified , filters house with roof slab, pipe gallery and plat form minimum 5.5 meter in width

a) Filter Sand : Effective size 0.45 to 0.70mm, uniformity coefficient not more than 1.7, nor less than 1.3 , depth of water over sand 0.75M , free board 50 cm , gravel 0.45 M depth, sand and gravel confirming to I.S. 849 (I)-77 back wash by air wash, Standard appurtenances ( to be specified), rate of flow controller, filler gauge, sand expansion gauge etc.

b) Wash Water Tank : Capacity to be specified and suitable to supply water to wash 2 filter units at a time where the units are 4 or more.

c) Wash Water Pumps : Capacity to fill water tank in 1 hours with 100% standby

d) Air Blowers : Capable of delivering 600 LMP per square meter of free air, of filter area at 0.4 Kg/square cm at the under drains ( 100% stand by)

122



In Figure In Words

7) Chemical House in Two Storeys

a) Ground floor to accommodate 7 days alum requirement and sundry storage.

b) First floor to accommodate alum and lime tanks etc.

c) Solution tanks : Minimum 3 tanks ( One for preparation, Second for dosing and third as standby), each tank capable of giving 8 hours maximum dose without interruption, minimum free board 0.30M trays for dissolving, level indica tor mechanical agitation devices, solution feed and drain lines, solution feed device( Constant head device strength of solution up to 10% only) confirming to I.S.9222 part-I/1979.

8) Pure water Sump and Pump House

a) Capacity of sump : One hour of designed flow.

b) Pump House : Pump house of required size over the sump or by the side

9) Store House : Suitable for alum storage of three months requirement in mansoon with 10% extra capacity for other sundry articles.

10) Vacuum feed type chlorinators : make to be approved by MJP

a) Confirming to I.S. 10533- A Part-II 1983

b) Rate of withdrawal

Temperature Kg. of Chlorine discharge per day

Degree " C " Cylinders

45 67 Tonners

10 6.35 9.50 110

123



In Figure In Words

20 14.50 21.24 254

27 & above 18.70 28.12 315

c) Chlorinator equipment and container room : to confirm to I.S. 10553 Part-I 1983

d) 100% standby shall be provided

11) By pass arrangement - C.I. Or M.S. pipes

12) Drainage arrangement : RCC pipes up to plot boundary.

13) Electrical installation : Both internal and external including entire plant area.

14) Laboratory equipment : As per requirement ( as specified in tender)

15) Sanitary blocks : Carpet area-15 square meter minimum

16) Administrative block and internal road.

To accommodate office room, chlorine room, laboratory room, panel board room, blower room etc. andWBM road to connect all units from main gate of plot.

17) Rates given blow are inclusive of uplift pressure if any and dewatering during entire work.

18) These rates are applicable for seismic zones- 3

19) All RCC structure shall be constructed in M.300

Job Conventional Water Treatment Plant Capacity 7.25 MLD. 18500000 Rs.One crore eighty five lakh only.

L.S. 18500000

TOTAL Rs. 18500000.00

SAY Rs. 18500000.00

124


Notes for WTP 1 Contractor has to submit detailed Hydraulic design & RCC structural design & get it approved from Reputed /Govt. Engineering

College & M.J.P's Competent Authority at his own cost.

2 0.5 % Payment will be held for smooth finishing to all Exposed Surfaces till Satisfactory smooth finishing as satisfied by Engineer in charge.

3 5 % payment will be with held for Cube & Steel testing till Satisfactory results are Obtained for Every R.A. Bill & will be Forfeitted if the Agency does not Produce the Result.

4 Only tested cement,Steel as per relevant IS shall be used by the contractor. The Contractor shall arranged & produced test Certficates of Cement,Steel,Concrete Cubes from Reputed/ Govt.Polytechnic / Engineering College at his own Cost as per direction of Engineer in Charge.

5 10 % payment for RCC work of water retaining portion will be withheld till satisfactory hydraulic testing given by Agency.

6 W.T.P. Should be designed for 20 % overloading. 7 If Capacity of W.T.P. is increased or decreased due to any reason, The items in the tender will be deleted and for which extra item

will be prepared & approved by competent authority of M.J.P. & accordingly payment will be made to the contractor.

125

Contractor No. Of Correction Executive Engineer

MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL DIVISION, JALGAON

Name of Scheme:- Walwadi Water Supply Scheme,

Tal. Walwadi , Dist- Dhule

UNITWISE OBLIGATORY DETAILS FOR HYDRAULIC DESIGN FOR CONVENTIONAL W.T.P.

(CAP – 7.25 MLD)

I AERATION FOUNTAIN

a) Capacity (ultimate) 7.25 MLD or 0.302 ML/Hr

b)Area to be provided At the rate of 0.625 sq m./ML or 0.030 sq.m /

cum / hr. whichever is more

c) Min. number of cascade 4

d) Minimum Drop 0.80 to 1.00 m

Minimum rise of step 20 Cms

e) Collecting Channel Peripheral to the aeration fountain (free fall from

last step to channel shall be 20 Cm)

f) Free board Not less than 30 cms

g) Velocity 1 m/sec to 1.25 m/sec (Max)

h) Inlet of fountain 600 mm dia (I.D.) CI or MS / RCC central shaft

as per detailed specification.

i) Lip RL of A.F. 268.60 m.

j) Peripheral walkway 1.20 m wide (Minimum) connected to other

component.

k) Structure RCC (M-300)

II VENTURI FLUME

a) Capacity 7.25 MLD or 0.302 ML/Hr

b) Velocity in channel Not more than 0.6 m/sec.

c) loss of head 0.75 m (Maximum)

d) Free Board 0.30m (Minimum)

e) Access 1.2 m wide (Minimum) gallery connected toother

component.

126


f) Structure RCC (M-300)

g) Measuring Device Simple flow meter with dial type indicator for

measuring the flow of water for minimum 100

cum/hr & maximum 500 cum / hr accurate in

reading up to 20 cum/hr shall be provided &

fixed. Float chamber can be controlled by inlet,

outlet valve arrangement.

III DISTRIBUTION CHAMBER:

A distribution chamber shall be provided after flash mixer for ultimate stage

requirement with a provision to divert the additional flow in ultimate stage.

Suitable outlet with valve shall be provided.

IV FLASH MIXER:

a) Type RCC Circular –1 No.

b) Detention period Not less than 60 seconds flow 0.302 ML/hr

c) Outlet in separate RCC

chamber with proper

discharge regulating

arrangement

2 Nos. designed to carry 7.25 MLD discharge

with maximum velocity of 1.80 m/sec. and

minimum 0.8 m/sec (One no. shall be kept

closed)

d) R.P.M. of blade 100 to 150 RPM

e) Free Board 0.30 to 0.50 m for normal flow

f) Value of G to be achieved G = 300 / Sec-1

g) Prime mover Of adequate HP of maintain speed of 150 RPM

of blade (Designed for ultimate stage flow of

0.302 ML/hr)

h) Loss of head 0.40 m (Maximum)

i) Side water depth 3.50 m (Maximum)

j) Shaft and blade Stainless steel

k) Access 1.20 wide (minimum peripheral walkway

connected with other component.)

l) M.S. cover for Motor 6.0 mm thick M.S. Sheet cover for motor

127


V) CLARIFLOCCLATOR

a) No. of Units & type One No. of redial flow of 7.25 MLD

b) Rate of flow 0.302 ML/hr or 7.25 MLD

c) Detention period

i) Flocculator 30 Minutes

ii) Clarifier 2.50 hrs. Detention period (minimum) excluding

sludge storage capacity up to side water depth.

Note:- Capacity below clear side water depth of the clari-flocculater shall not

considered

d) SIDE WATER DEPTH

a. Flocculator 4.00 m maximum & 3.5 M Minimum.

b. Clarifier 4.00 m maximum & 3.5 M Minimum.

c. Free Board Not less than 50 cms

d. Floor Slope 1: 12 slope shall be provided towards central

sludge pit only.

e. Inlet Shaft RCC of adequate capacity with velocity between

0.8 to 1.80 m / sec. range.

f. Surface loading. 30 cum / sqm / day

g. Weir loading for clarified

water to be collected

200 to 300 cum / m / day

h. Type of Weir Peripheral launder and minimum 9.0 mm thick

S.S. / GRP (8 mm Thick ) right angle V notch to

give clear over fall in the launder.

i. Velocity at weir Not more than 0.3 m / sec.

j. Prime mover

i) Prime mover for blades 2 Nos. minimum and each not less than 2 HP

(should be designed by agency)

ii) Prime mover bridge 1 No. minimum of not less than 3 HP (should be

designed by agency)

k. Launder RCC M-300, outside the tank.

128


l. Velocity of flow in

flocculator inlet

0.80 m to 1.50 m/sec.

m Range of velocity

gradient "G"

10 to 75 per sec –1 3 differential setting with in

this range shall be possible with gear box

Agitator assembly 4 Nos. of paddle agitator

n. Velocity in launder Not more than 1 m / sec m maximum difference

in clarifier and launder FSL should be 30 cms.

o. Type of clarifier bridge Full diameter of flocculator Half diameter of

clarifier.

p. Dia. of drain pipe Designed by the agency (Min. of 300 mm dia.)

C.I. / D.I.

q. Sludge removal Mechanized unit with continuous removal of

sludge under pressure.

r. Bleeding pipe with telescopic valve arrangement & valves shall be provided in

separate RCC chamber.

s. Access 1.20 m width (Minimum) peripheral walkway

connected to other component.

s. Sludge scrapper Mechanical sludge scrapper conforming to I.S.

10313-1982 The separating wall between

clarifier & flocculator should be in R.C.C. M-300

Only. Brick wall will not be accepted

VI. FILTERS

Type Rapid Sand Gravity

Design Flow 7.25 mld (0.302 ML/hour)

a) No. of beds & type 2 Nos. of rapid gravity flow closed type with

closed control bay at one side of battery with

one unit as 100% standby.

b) Depth of filter sand 0.60 to 0.75m

c) Minimum depth of gravel 0.45 M

d) Rate of filtration 6000 Lit/sq.m/hr

e) Overloading to be

guaranteed

20% of above rate.

129


f) Carpet area of filter house

including entrance hall, main

panel board and air room,

office laboratory meeting

hall, rest room etc.

Not less than 125+75 sq.m. for two floors as per

layout sketch. With prominent location of

administrative block including filter beds with

operating and walkway.

g) Free Board Not less than 0.50 m

h) Rate of back wash water

Duration time of back wash

600 Lit/Sqm/min. of filter area.

10 Minutes.

i) Minimum free fall from

outlet weir to pure weir to

pure water channel

30 cms

j) Velocity in pure water

channel

1 to 1.5 m/sec with 20% over loading capacity

k) Under drain system Conventional A.C. pipe of designed dia. Class-

15 with C.I. header tees.

I) Lateral travel of wash

water up to the edge of

wash water gutter

Maximum 1.20m

m) Constant water level

above sand surface

Minimum 1.30m

n) Uniformity coefficient of

sand

1.30 o 1.70 mm

o)Effective size of sand with

Sp.Gr. 2.55 to 2.65

0.45 mm to 0.70 mm

p) Inlet sluice valve dia

for each filter bed

(Minimum)

300 mm Dia Min.

q) All outlet sluice valve dia.

for each filter bed

To be designed by agency to fulfill the

requirement

r) Drain valve of each filter

bed.

To be designed by agency to fulfill the

requirement

s) Min. control valves for

each filter unit

Filter inlet -1 No.,

130


Filter water outlet -1 No.

Wash water inlet -1 No.

Wash water outlet -1 No.

Air inlet -1 No.

t) Loss of head Maximum 1.80 to 2.0 m

VII AIR BLOWERS

No. of units two numbers(One working + one

stand bye.)

a) Rate of air supply 1.0 cum/Sqm of filter area

b) Duration of supply 5 minutes minimium

c) Working pressure 0.35 kg/sq.cm.

d) Diameter of piping Exclusively in CI pipes and should be designed

by agency to fulfill the requirement.

VIII CHEMICAL HOUSE AND CHEMICAL STORES

a) Structure RCC Framed with brick panels in two

storeys with necessary gantry, chain pulley

arrangement.

b) i) Carpet area of chemical

house

Not less than 75 sq.m on each floor i.e. ground

and first floor. Total 150 sq.m. (Minimum)

ii) Carpet area of chemical

house (to be constructed

separately)

50 sq.m. Total carpet area of should be

constructed separately.

c) Head room 5m for G.F. & 4m for F.F.

Units to be accommodate:

a) Ground floor

Air blower room / Chemical store / Entrance

room / meeting room.

b) First Floor Alum / lime / TCL solution tank, laboratory room

& toilet etc.

c) Alum solution tank 2 Nos. each of size not less than 8 hours dosing

+ 0.3 m free board.

d) Lime solution tank 1 Nos. each size not less than 8 hrs dosing

capacity + 0.3 m free board.

e) TCL Solution tank 1 No. of size not less than 8 hours dosing

131


capacity + 0.3 m free board

XI WASH WATER TANK

a) Construction RCC. The distance (clear vertical) between filter

house, roof slab and wash water tank, base slab

should be 2m.

b ) Capacity Capacity sufficient to clear 2 filter beds with

single compartment and one filter bed with two

compartments at a time.

c) F.S.L According to hydraulic design having min.,

residual head of 10 meter

d) Wash water outlets,

inlet,washout arrangement

To be designed in CIDF pipes according to the

requirements.

e) Outlets To be designed in CIDF pipes according to the

requirements.

f) Wash water consumption With maximum duration 10 minutes, 2 to 3% of

total flow in a day.

X. WASH WATER PUMP FOR BACK WASH WATER TANK

(Capacity to fill wash water tank in Two hours with 100 % stand bye.)

a) Type Electricity driven-centrifugal

b) BHP To be designed by agency to the requirement.

c) Discharge As per requirement.

d) Total Head 15m (approximate)

e) No. of Pumps 2 Nos. One to work at a time (with 100%

standby)

f) Gantry Suitable for lifting facility of minimum 2 MT

capacity. .

XI CHLORINATOR

a) No. of Units 2 No. for post-chlorination.

b) Dose Post-chlorination - 3 PPM.

c) Rated Discharge 7.25 MLD

132


d) Type Vacuum feed type of required capacity of dosing

e) Injector Booster pumps suitable for working and

standby. 2 nos each for post-chlorinator with 2.0

No. of 900 kg capacity tuner.

XII TCL DOSING INSTALLING (EMERGENCY)

a) No. of units

b) Total rated capacity

c) Capacity of tank.

d) Drive for mixing

One No. to suit 4 ppm dosing.

7.25 MLD for all tanks.

to suit 4.0 PPM dosing.

By electric power

XIII BYE PASS ARRANGEMENT

As per Schedule "B" and as per standard specification.

XIV DRAINAGE ARRANGEMENT

As per Schedule "B" and as per standard specification.

XV ELECTRIC ARRANGEMENT

As per detailed specifications, internal as well as external.

XVI LABORATORY

EQUIPMENT

As per detailed specification.

XVII SANITARY BLOCK As per detailed specification to be constructed

separately.

XVIII PURE WATER SUMP

a) Capacity 305000 Lit.

b) Type R.C.C: SUMP

c) L.S.L.

d) Length of suction trench

of 1.0 m depth

259.600 (obligatory) including suction pit and / or

drawl pit.

For full length of sump of 1.0 m width having

slope 15 cm (total) towards drainage chamber.

e) Outlet B / F / valves To be designed by agency to suit the

requirement

133


XIX PURE WATER PUMP

HOUSE

a) Floor area

b) Location

c) Height

64 sq.m (Min) 8 x 8 m ( Approximate)

Above sump or suitably located

6.50 m minimum

XX OBLIGATORY LEVELS

1) Lip of aeration fountain - RL. 268.60 m

2) Lip of outlet weir of inspection chamber of filter beds shall be less than 30 cms

above FSL of pure water channel at the point.

3) F.S.L. of launder of clarifier at outlet not less than 30 cm above F.S.L. of filter

bed.

4) F.S.L of flash mixer should be at least 40 cm above F.S.L. of clarifier.

5) L.S.L. of PWS at

RL.259.000

LSL below 259.00 M will not be accepted.

Note :- The above levels and minimum limits stipulated are obligatory and no reductions

are permissible, however other levels proposed shall be justified with supporting hydraulic

design subject to approval from Engineer-in-charge.

XXI VELOCITIES.

1) Velocity of wash water in wash water pipe line may be restricted to 2 to 3.0 m

per second and this be justified by supporting calculations.

2) Peripheral velocity of flocculation blades shall be within the range of 0.4 to 0.45

m/sec.

XXII LIMITS OF THE CONTRACTED WORKS

a) The raw water gravity main will end about 1.0 m below G.L. at the point 15.0 m

from the center of 350 mm dia. Duck foot bend at vertical pipe of the aeration

fountain.

b) Drainage arrangement collecting the waste water from filters, washout and

sludge from aeration fountain, flash mixer, clari-flocculators, sanitary block septic

tank, solution tanks etc. to be laid 100 mtr. in RCC NP-2 class pipes with required

diameter from common chamber is included in contract.

c) The limits of P.W. outlets is 15 m downstream of pure water sump .

134


OBLIGATORY REQUIREMENTS OF WORKS

The RCC conventional Water Treatment Plant shall be designed by the Contractor at his

own cost with the following obligatory data

CAPACITY 7.25 MLD for the plant is as a whole. For individual unit as per Schedule

"B" and detailed specifications.

OBLIGATORY LEVELS

1) Lip of aeration fountain 268.60 M

2) F.S.L of P.W. sump 263.600 M.

3) LS.L of. P. W. sump (pit) 259.600 M

4) LSL of P.W. Sump 260.600 M.

LAYOUT OF PLANT

As per contractor's own design, within the boundaries of the enclosed contour plan

marked as A, B, C, D except the areas reserved for other utilities. The layout .suggested

by the department on the contour plan is only indicative and not binding to the

contractor. To have an overall aesthetic appearance to the entire site of the plant, the

contractor should arrange orientation of various units and. layout in such a way that

finally it should wear an elegant look. the front face shall have a special and beautiful

architectural treatment as compared to other faces on sides and rear. The department

reserves the right to modify the layout, if considered necessary. The layout shall indicate

internal roads.

SCOPE OF WORK

The work shall start from the inlet of the aeration fountain as specified in the item's

specifications. It shall end at the last manhole of the drainage system, as indicated on

the contour plan.

The design of the contractor must include all the units of the plant as per Schedule

"B". He shall not be permitted to modify the scope of work as per Schedule "B" and

specifications, not any alternative offer from the contractor shall be entertained. The

offer shall be strictly in line with N.I.T. stipulations.

FOUNDATION

The minimum depth of foundation for any of structures of this plant shall be 1.20

meters. or upto the depth of which suitable storage to meet out the required bearing

135


capacity.

The design shall be based on bearing capacity as 10 tones/sq.m. If during actual

execution, strata encountered is found to be unsuitable for this specified bearing

capacity, then the contractor shall either deepen the foundation until the safe bearing

capacity is attained or else he shall modify and provide his design as would be suitable

to the actually available safe bearing capacity. The contractor shall have to carry out

such a change totally at his own cost and without any' liability to the department. The

contractor shall also be at liberty to modify his design suitably, in case he encounters

with a improved safe bearing capacity during actual execution, for which no deductions

shall be made in his financial offer. For deciding the safe bearing capacity, the actual

test carried out by the relevant I.S. specifications shall held good, strictly; The decision

of the Engineer-' in-charge shall be final and conclusive.

The offer of the contractor shall include excavation for all the units of the plant as per

Schedule "B" in all type of soft and hard strata, including all leads and lifts involved in

the work as per actual requirements at the site. It shall also include bailing or pumping

out of water right from commencement of work till its completion in all respects for the

entire plant unit as per Schedule "B".AII machineries, T&P staff etc. required for this job

shall have to be provided by the contractor at his own cost.

For any excavation, blasting operations shall be permitted only if the same is

admissible as per rules for department of explosive (State and Central Govt.). Any

damages or loss if occurred, during such operations will be at the total risk and cost of

the contractor. The contractor shall have to obtain prior permission of all the consequent

departments/ organizations if he wishes to carry out blasting operation in excavation or

for any other purposes.

CHANGES IN THE LOCATION OF PLANT SITE

If by chance, the site not indicated for locating the treatment plant is required to be

changed, for reasons beyond control of this department, still the offer of the contractor

shall hold good. If such a change necessities modifications in the design of the

department, the contractor shall have to do the same if there is additional expenditure

required it will be paid and if there is any saving, rebate will be taken from the

contractor.

TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION

Reinforced cement concrete cast in situ. Refer General Specification for P.C.C. and

R.C.C.

136


STRUCTURAL DESIGN

To be based on the following I.S. specifications

1) I.S. 456/2000 latest edition)

2) I.S. 3370 -2009(part IV)

Part I 1965

Part II 1965 Latest print/edition.

Part III 1967

Part IV 2009

3) I.S. 875 -1987 (Latest print / edition)

4) I.S. 1893 -1976 (Latest print / edition) IS 13920-1993

5) National building code of India Latest Edition a Publication of I.S.I.

6) Any other I.S. specifications, not mentioned above but relevant in the design,

construction, etc. shall be made applicable. For such application, nothing extra ..shall

be payable to the contractor.

CONSTRUCTION

The construction shall be carried out as per (a) relevant ISS (b) standard

specification's a book of Maharashtra Govt. (Latest edition).

Note: In case where alternative are mentioned in above publications, for 'design as well

as construction purposes, the approval of the accepting authority of the tender shall

have to be obtained for the particular alternative proposed to be used by the contractor.

If the department does not agree to that alternative, the contractor shall have to adopt

the alternative as suggested by the department, without extra cost.

Required land scaping of whole area of Water Treatment Plant as per site condition is

included in the scope of the WTP work . while submitting general arrangement drawing

with hydraulic design calculation of WTP Units internal roads with land scaping shall be

considered.

General requirements to be provided for in all the structures besides those

enumerated in schedule "b" obligatory data and detailed specifications

1) for civil works: (Appendix - "A") For all civil works, the requirements placed at

appendix A of this tender paper set shall to be compulsory followed.

2) for mechanical works: (Appendix-"B") The requirements place at appendix B shall

137


essentially govern the offer of the contractor.

3) for electrical work: (Appendix- C ') The requirements and specifications at Appendix C

of this tender set shall be binding on the part of the contractor wherever such works

occur in the offer.

4) for architectural works: The offer of the contractor should include architectural

treatment to all the plant structures including pure water sump and pump house to give

an elegant look to the complete premises. For this purpose, the firm should submit the

colored pictorial with a 3D sketch view drawings for approval of the department.

USE OF BARS FOR R.C.C. MEMBERS

Only high yield strength deformed cold twisted bars shall have to be used by the

contractor. Reinforcement design should be based considering use of HYSD bars only.

The stresses to be adopted for design purposes shall be

1) Maximum permissible tensile stress -1900 kg/sq. cm

2) Reduction in the permissible stress for surfaces in contact with water shall be as per

I.S. codes.

Specific requirements to be provided for in the design of the structures

1) All members of the structure in contact with water shall be in C.C. grade

M-300 only. In case of vertical walls of water retaining structures, the portions of wall

above F.S.L. shall also be of the same grade as that of the portion below it. The

minimum thickness of such members shall not be less than 20 cm

2) Wherever partition walls are provided in water retaining structures, those shall be

designed for the worst conditions such as one compartment full while other as empty.

3)The side walls of water retaining structure shall be designed for

a) Tank full condition without earth filling from outside. .

b) Tank empty condition when saturated earth pressure is existing from outside.

LEADS AND LIFTS .

Leads and lifts of construction material such as sand metal, etc. shall be confirmed by

the contractor prior to submission of his offer which shall includes all lead charges.

SOURCE OF RAW WATER SUPPLY :-

The source of raw water is surface water of of Nakane tank and it will be admitted

138


at the treatment works site through a 350 mm dia. D.I. gravity main. This main will

terminate with ordinary spigot end at a distance of 15 m from the center of duck foot

bend of the aeration fountain, from where the contractor shall connect his pipe line

leading to aeration fountain.

QUALITY OF RAW WATER

The results of chemical analysis for samples of water are given in the statement

attached. The results are for rough guidance. As regards the requirements and the

scope of the treatment works to be proposed, the contractor should carryout sample

tests independently at his cost of verify the data given or in order to have additional

data.

FOUNDATION CONDITIONS AND PRESCRIBED BEARING CAPACITIES

Indicative results of trial pits are shown on the drawing. But these are only for

guidance without obligation. The tenderizers shall verify these results by taking actual

trial pits on site and refilling them afterwards at his own cost. The foundation levels shall

be proposed with minimum depth of foundation as 1.2 m and they should be got

approved from the Engineer-in-charge. The bearing capacities of the actual strata met

with at the foundation levels shall wherever the required, got tested at Contractor's cost

and in the presence of Engineer-in-charge. Detailed design shall be prepared and

submitted by the Contractor and got approved from the department before the work is

started

DESIRED PERFORMANCE OF TREATMENT WORKS

The filtered water shall confirm to following requirements.

PHYSICAL QUALITY.

With the maximum turbidity of. water as P. P. M. the clarified water turbidity shall not

be more than 20 P.P.M. and that of filtered water should be below 1 P.P.M. as per

CPHEEO's standards.

The colour shall be restricted to 5 units of platinum cobalt scale. The test should not

be offensive. The water shall be free from any odour.

139


BACTERIAL PURIFICATION

a) For 90% samples throughout the month the MPN index of coliform bacterial should

normally be less than (1) one in 100 ml. None of the samples should contain an MPN of

coliform exceeding 10 per 100 ml.

b) It shall not contain more than 100 total colonies per cubic centimeters at 37° C

temperature after 24 hours incubation with Agar as culture media.

WASH WATER CONSTRUCTION

It shall not exceed 1.5% of the total water filtered as counted on the average of the

working during trial run.

WATER TIGHTNESS TEST

All the water retaining and carrying structures will have to be tested for their-

water tightness by filling them with water up to their designed F.S.L. Similarly, the

pipe line will have to be tested hydraulically.. Structures will be considered water

tight . when the reduction In filled up to level is not more than 6 mm In 48 hours. As

regards pipe lines, they should hold a pressure of 60 meters head of water of

.pressure as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge without reduction for thirty minutes.

The drainage pipe line should with stand a minimum pressure of 10. meters head of

water for 30 minutes, without reduction in it. The portion of structures below ground

level should be water tight against external water. There should be no seepage or

wet spot on the internal surface when ground is saturated with. water. The contractor

will have to give all such hydraulic tests by making his own arrangements for water

supply, filling and disposing off water after the test.

He shall repeat this test if necessary until the above results are achieved and

certified by the Engineer-in-charge without any claim for extra cost. The contractor

shall carry out the rectification's of the structure or pipe line to achieve the above

tests at his own cost. The structures and pipe lines shall be kept filled with water up

to F.S.L. after the above test are over at his own cost.

SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF VARIOUS ITEMS

The sub-works included in the schedule of works are for job work on lump-

sum basis. The various items of the sub-work are to fit imperfectly in the whole plant

physically, hydraulically, architecturally and mechanically so as to form an effective

working part of the whole plant as per specifications. Each sub-work will be

considered as complete when it is completed as per specifications and put into

commission, as per standard, as a successful component part of the whole plant.

140


TRIAL RUN

After the completion of work, the contractor shall run the plant with all it's

installations for a period of three months as a trial run. If the trial run is not started in

rainy season additional 3 months performance trial run of W.T.P. should be given by

the contractor in addition to 3 months trial run in other season without any extra cost.

During this period of three months, necessary chemical and electrical energy will be

supplied by the Department at it's cost.

The unskilled labour shall work under the guidance of contractor's qualified

and experienced supervisors, who will carry out necessary tests, instruct and train

the departmental staff in the method of operation within this 'period of 3 months. The

quotation for treatment works as a whole will include the services of contractor's

supervisors for the above period and no extra payment will be made.

Necessary log books in prescribed proforma shall be opened and day to day

result of observations shall be entered therein and shall be signed both by the

representative of the Department and the contractor for all days of the trial run. For

this purpose, it is quite necessary that all the equipment's, gaudiest, laboratory

instruments, and glassware etc. have to be installed and commissioned from the

very first day of trial run. Tile trial run period shall therefore start only after full

completion of works in all respects as per agreement and after full rectification of

defects in construction and installation as observed and pointed out by the

department before starting trial run.

The contractor shall inform officially the name of his authorized representative

who would be in charge of trial run period. The contractor shall also supply printed

manual maintenance, instructions and maintenance charts. Detailed completion

drawings of equipment’s duly glass framed shall be supplied free of cost to the

Department.

141


GUARANTEE PERIOD

The contractor shall guarantee the successful operation of plant for 12 months

period inclusive of 3 months trial run commencing not latter than by one month after

physical completion of the works. During this guarantee period if any defects and

short comings due to faulty design of the plant, defective mechanical and electrical

equipment’s or defective construction are observed, those will have to be rectified by

him without extra cost. Such defects shall be attended to by the contractor forthwith

as soon as reported by the Department. .

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT

All the mechanical equipment’s required for the working of plant shall be provided

of robust and durable type construction. The material used for the various items shall

be specially selected or best quality and should be full proof against physical. and

chemical ill effects of the water coming' in it's contact. All equipment’s shall run by

Electrical energy only. Disc valves and wooden planking for curves shall not be

'provided. All M.S. shutters and pen stocks shall be brass lined and with lifting

arrangement.

SPARE PARTS AND OPERATION TOOLS AND PLANTS

The contractor shall supply along with the tender papers full list of the spares

and particulars of the spare parts required to ensure uninterrupted operation of the

plant. The offer of the contractor shall include supply of all the tools and plants for

erection and maintenance of the plant as a whole and also the spare parts for item of

the plant which generally get worn out within two year's period. The names of firms

supplying the spare parts with trade numbers and probable normal and average

delivery period should also be mentioned in the list of spare parts.

COMPLETION DRAWINGS

Four sets of completion drawings for the whole plant showing details of each unit

and each equipment so that modifications if necessary later on could be done

without any difficulty shall be furnished by the Contractor at no extra cost.

142


MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL SCHEME CIRCLE, NASHIK. MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBEN & RURAL SCHEME DIVISION,

JALGAON.




BREAKUP OF PAYMENT

FOR SUBWORK OF WATER TREATMENT PLANT CAPACITY 7.25 MLD

Rs. 18500000 Sr No Particulars

PERCENTAGE AMMOUNT OF BREAKUP

1 Aeration Fountain 1 185000.00

2 Raw Water Channel with Parshal Flume 5 925000.00

3 Flash Mixer 3 555000.00

4 Clarriflocculator 14 2590000.00

5 Rapid sand Filter & Filter House 19 3515000.00

6 Wash water Tank, Pumps,Air Blower 13 2405000.00

7 Chemical House & Alum Store 13 2405000.00

8 Chemical Tank 2 370000.00

9 Pump House 3 555000.00

10 Chlorination Room , Chlorinators

7 1295000.00

11 Electrification

4 740000.00

12 Laboratory Equipment 1 185000.00

13 Bypass Arrangement 2 370000.00

14 Drainage Arrangement 3 555000.00

15 Sanitary Block 1 185000.00

16 Administrative Block & Internal Road 4 740000.00

17 Trial Run 5 925000.00

Total 100 18500000.00

Ratio of Works

1 Civil Works --- 60 % Cost of subwork 11100000.00

2 Mechanical Works --- 40 % Costo f subwork 7400000.00

Note :- The Contractor should submit itemwise detailed breakup to Civil & Mechanical work at the time of execution & got approved from Superintending Engineer Decision regarding detailed itemwise breakup of WTP,of Superintending Engineer is binding with Contractor.

143


Notes:-

1. The Hydraulic gradient shown on flow diagram shall be strictly observed. In no case, the

losses provided shall be reduced.

2. The Department has suggested the layout of the plant which enclose with the tender

document however the successful tenderer may propose a different layout keeping in mind

the essence of purpose and specification of the work . However this shall be subject to the

approval by engineer in chargers of the work or approval authority.

3. The successful tender on award of the work shall summit the hydraulic design along with

the works calculations for hydraulic losses and general arrangement drawings of the water

treatment plant to the Executive Engineer. in charge of the works. The general arrangement

drawings shall include the hydraulic flow diagram layout plan, key plan, plans of the

structure at various levels and sectional elevation showing various hydraulic and structural

level ,The contractor shall engage the services of the experienced and reputed designer for

the correct interruption of data and for submission of efficient design . After getting

approval to these drawings only then he shall proceed ahead with structural design of the

plant.

The contractor shall also submit the front elevation and side elevation of the plant. The

plant shall esthetically look good and if necessary elevation treatment may be given to

beautify the structure

4. The successful tenderer shall be ultimately responsible for the stability and soundness of

the various structures. He shall also be completely responsible for the quality of the treated

water and the efficiency of the unit process. The criteria for quality of treated water is

mentioned else where in the tenderer.

Desired performance of the water treatment plant

The treated water shall conformed with the following requirements

Physical and chemical quality

1. The Filtered water shall be clear in appearance with the turbidity less then 2 NTU on the

nephelometric turbid meter .

144


2. The Filtered water shall be free from colour with maximum limit of 10 on the platinum

cobalt scale

3. The turbidity of settled water shall be preferably 15 NTU with maximum limit up to 20

NTU

4. The continuous filter run shall not be less than 20 - 24 hours with a loss of head not

exceeding 2 M at the designed flow rate.

5. The duration of filter backwash shall not exceed 10 Min with water on the bed at close of

backwash having turbidity less than 20 -30 NTU

6. The wash water shall not exceed 2 % to 3% of the quantity of the treated water as

calculated for the duration of one year

7. At the commencement of filter run after backwash the initial headloss shall not exceed o

to 0.30 M

8. The PH value of filtered water shall be between 6.50 to 8.50

Bacteriological quality

9. In a standard plate count test , the filter shall not contain 100 total colonies per cubic cm

at 370 centigrade after 24 hour incubation on ager agent

10. In 90% of the sample examined through out any year, coliform bacteria shall not be

detected or the MPN index of , coliform micro organism shall be less than 1.00 None of the

sample should have an MPN index of coliform bacteria in excess of 10 .An MPN index of 8

– 10 should not in to occur in two consecutive samples (per 100 ml of sample )

145



MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBEN & RURAL SCHEME DIVISION, JALGAON.




Memorandum showing the approximate quantity of works to be executed & rates thereof. Sub work No 6 :- PURE WATER PUMPING MACHINERY


Quantity.



Item No.1:- V.T.Pump set

2.00

Providing, erecting, commissioning & Testing of V.T. water lubricated pump set having capacity of 203263 LPH against total head 71 mtrs with (5 mtr. colum length including bowl assly.) ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 435467.00

Rs. Four lakh thirty five thousand four hundred sixty seven only. Nos 870934.00

Item No.2:-CentrifugalMonoblock pump

2.00

Providing, erecting, commissioning & Testing of Centrifugal monoblock pump set having capacity of 96250 LPH against total head 32 mtrs .….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 59571.00

Rs. Fifty nine thousand five hundred seventy one only. Nos 119142.00

Item No.3:- Vaccum Pump

1.00

Providing, erecting, commissioning & Testing of Vaccum pump set with GI pipes,gate valves,Cable,Starter ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 94354.00

Rs. Ninety four thousand three hundred fifty four only. Nos 94354.00

Item No.4 A: Pressure gauge

6.00

Providing, erecting, commissioning & Testing of 150 mm.dia. pressure gauges 0 to 7 kg/cm² ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 747.00

Rs. Seven hundred fourty seven only. Nos 4482.00

146



In Figure In Words

Item No.4 B: G.I. pipes

25.00

Providing, erecting, commissioning & Testing of 15 mm.dia. midum duty G.I. pipe for connecting pressure gauge to rising main ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 98.00 Rs. Ninety eight only. Mtr 2450.00

Item No.5 A: Sluice valve

2.00

Providing, erecting, commissioning and testing of 200 mm.dia. Sluice valve PN.1 rating as per detail specification…. Etc. completed. ( For VT Pumpset ) ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 20697.00

Rs. Twenty thousand six hundred ninety seven only. Nos 41394.00

Item No.5 B: Sluice valve

2.00

Providing, erecting, commissioning and testing of 150 mm.dia. Sluice valve PN.1 rating as per detail specification ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 12148.00

Rs. Twelve thousand one hundred fourty eigth only. Nos 24296.00

Item No. 6 A: Reflux valve

2.00

Providing, erecting, commissioning and testing of 200 mm.dia. Reflux valve PN.1 rating as per detail specification.….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 19179.00

Rs. Nineteen thousand one hundred seventy nine only. Nos 38358.00

Item No. 6 B: Reflux valve

1.00

Providing, erecting, commissioning and testing of 250 mm.dia. Reflux valve PN.1 rating as per detail specification ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 31601.00

Rs. Thirty one thousand six hundred one only. Nos 31601.00

Item No. 6 C: Reflux valve

2.00


Rs. Eleven thousand eight hundred three only. Nos 23606.00

Item No. 6 D: Reflux valve

1.00


Rs. Nineteen thousand one hundred seventy nine only. Nos 19179.00

147



In Figure In Words

Item No. 7 : Flanged Foot Valve

2.00

Providing, erecting, commissioning and testing of 150 mm dia flanged foot valve as per detail specification.….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 2525.00

Rs. Two thousand five hundred twenty five only. Nos 5050.00

Item No.8 A: M.S. Specials

2000.00

Providing, laying, Jointing & commissioning of M.S.. flanged pipes & M.S.. specials ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 62.00 Rs. Sixty two only. Kg 124000.00

Item No.8 B: C.I. Specials

500.00

Providing, errecting C.I. Specials of various dia ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 64.00 Rs. Sixty four only. Kg 32000.00

Item No.9: Dismentalling Joints

Providing, errecting, commissioning & testing Dismentalling joints of following dia including jointing material ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.(2 for pump & two for flow meter)

1.00 A: 150 mm.dia. For flow meter(Market rate) 9881.00 Rs. Nine thousand eight hundred eighty one only. Nos 9881.00

3.00 B: 200 mm.dia. For 2 for V.T. Pump & one for Flow Meter 12008.00 Rs. Twelve thousand eight only. Nos 36024.00

Item No.10

Providing, fixing & testing flange joints of following dia including jointing material ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

6.00 A: 250 mm.dia. flange joints 824.00 Rs. Eight hundred twenty four only. Nos 4944.00

20.00 B: 200 mm.dia. flange joints 572.00 Rs. Five hundred seventy two only. Nos 11440.00

148



In Figure In Words

20.00 C: 150 mm.dia. flange joints 552.00 Rs. Five hundred fifty two only. Nos 11040.00

Item No. 11: Electric Motor (90 BHP)

2.00

Providing, erecting, commissioning & Testing of Electric motor suitable drive the item No.1A pump ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 356282.00

Rs. Three lakh fifty six thousand two hundred eighty two only. Nos 712564.00

Item No. 12: L.T.Panel Board

1.00

Providing, erecting, commissioning and testing of M.S. cubical L.T. panel board with accessories ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 343954.00

Rs. Three lakh fourty three thousand nine hundred fifty four only. Nos 343954.00

Item No.13: ATS Starter

2.00

Providing, erecting, commissioning & Testing of fully automatic operated starter, floor mounted oil immersed auto transformer with 50%, 65% & 80% tapping ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. ( Air break contractor 200x110x110 Amp) 161398.00

Rs. One lakh sixty one thousand three hundred ninety eight only. Nos 322796.00

Item NO.14: Cable

60.00

A: Providing, erecting, commissioning & Testing of P.V.C. insulated, XLPE/ PVC sheathed armourd alluminium conductor 31/2 core 185 Sqmm 1100 Volt grade cable ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 1423.00

Rs. One thousand four hundred twenty three only. Mtr 85380.00

40.00

B: Providing, erecting, commissioning & Testing of P.V.C. insulated, PVC sheathed armourd alluminium conductor 3.00 core 120 Sqmm 1100 Volt grade cable ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. (from panel to 75 HP motor) 869.00

Rs. Eight hundred sixty nine only. Mtr 34760.00

80.00

C: Providing, erecting, commissioning & Testing of P.V.C. insulated, PVC sheathed armourd alluminium conductor 3.00 core 10 Sqmm 1100 Volt grade cable ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. (from panel to 25 HP motor ) 191.00

Rs. One hundred ninety one only. Mtr 15280.00

149


Quantity. Item No.& Description of Item


In Figure In Words

30.00

D: Providing, erecting, commissioning & Testing of P.V.C. insulated, PVC sheathed cable for capacitor 3 X 16 sqmm aluminum, armourd cabale from connection of MCCB and Pannel on Capacitor .….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

233.00 Rs. Two hundred thirty three only. Mtr 6990.00

1.00

E: Providing, fixing required size glands, lugs to cable ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 5744.00

Rs. Four thousand three hundred ninety seven only. L.S. 5744.00

35.00

F: Providing a trench of suitable width & 0.9 m deep & laying provided cable & refilling the same with screened sand, bed of 0.2 m ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 74.78

Rs. Seventy four & Paise Seventy eight only. Mtr 2617.30

Item No.15: Transformer

1.00

Providing, Errecting, commissioning Step down wound out door type on load tap changer transformer 11KV /0.433 KV., 200 KVA capacity suitable for outdoor ---with third party inspection ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 358487.00

Rs. Three lakh fifty eight thousand four hundred eighty seven only. Nos 358487.00

Item No.15 B: Foundation plinth

1.00

Providing, laying , casting c.c. foundation blocks, supporting blocks for pumpsets , deliveryvalve support , panel base , in prop.1:2:4 including cost of all labour and materialcuring ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 6788.70

Rs. Six thousand seven hundred eighty eight & Paise seventy only. Each 6788.70

Item No.16: 4 Pole Sub-Station. .

1.00

Providing, errecting, testing , commissioning 4 pole structure foundation all required electrical accessories to receive 11 KV, 3 PH 50 Hz supply from transformer ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 196047.00

Rs. One lakh ninety six thousand fourty seven only. No 196047.00

150



In Figure In Words

Item No.17: Safety equipment

1.00

Providing safety equipments as per I.E. rules required for transformer substation ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 15367.00

Rs. Fifteen thousand threre hundred sixty seven only. No 15367.00

Item No.18 A: Earthing

16.00

Carrying out double earthing to all electrical equipments ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

1740.50

Rs. One thousand seven hundred fourty & Paise Fifty only. Nos 27848.00

Item No.18 A: Earthing Strip

50.00

Providing fixing G.I. Earthing Strip ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 78.60

Rs. Seventy eight & Paise Sixty only. Kg 3930.00

Item No.19: Electrification

1.00

Carrying out electrification to pump house ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 62483.00

Rs. Sixty two thousand four hundred eighty three only. Nos 62483.00

Item No. 20: Tools

1.00

Supplying hand tool ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 31116.00

Rs. Thirty one thousand one hundred sixteen only. Nos 31116.00

Item No. 21: Lifting arrangement

1.00

Providing and erecting and commissioning lifting arragement A: 3 MT capacity C.P. Block ….. Etc comp As per detailed

specification. 17769.00

Rs. Seventeen thousand seven hundred sixty nine only. Nos 17769.00

1.00

B: 3 MT Capacity Travilling trolly ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification. 11935.00

Rs. Eleveen thousand nine hundred thirty five only. Nos 11935.00

400.00

C: ISMB 300 ….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.

53.35 Rs. Fifty three & Paise thirty five only. Kg 21340.00

151



In Figure In Words

Item No. 22: Name Board

1.00

Providing, fixing wall mounting type, name board duly painted with all detail machinery makes, modles .….. Etc comp As per detailed specification.. 1254.00

Rs. One thousand two hundred fifty four only. Sqm 1254.00

Item NO. 23 A: Flow Meter 250 mm Dia.

1.00

Providing ,installing commissioning 250 mm dia full bore electromagnetic flow meter on rising main with all accessories etc completed.( For VT Pump ) 174339.00

Rs. One lakh seventy four thousand three hundred thirty nine only. No. 174339.00

Item NO. 23 B: Flow Meter 200 mm dia.

1.00

Providing ,installing commissioning 200 mm dia full bore electromagnetic flow meter on rising main with all accessories etc completed. ( For CF Pump ) 147385.00

Rs. One lakh fourty seven thousand three hundred eighty five only. No. 147385.00

Total Rs. 4110349.00

Say Rs. 4110349.00

152







Memorandum showing the approximate quantity of works to be executed & rates thereof. Sub work No 7 :- PURE WATER RISING MAIN ( 250 M.M.dia D.I.K.-9 L=2790 M ,110 to 250 M.M.dia P.V.C.6 Kg/sqcm L=4535M )

Cost put to tender Rs. 7682678.00 Quantity. Item No.& Description of Item Tender Rate Unit Amount

In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.1

Providing and supplying in standard lengths ISI mark rigid unplasticised PVC pipes suitable for potable water with solvent cement joints including cost of couplers, as per IS specification no. 4985 / 1988 including all local and central taxes, transportation, freight charges, inspection charges, loading, unloading, conveyance to the departmental stores / site and stacking the same in closed shed duly protected from sun rays and rains including cost of jointing material i.e. solvent cement, etc. complete (self fit type to be jointed with cement solvent).

1060.00

110 M.M.dia P.V.C.6 Kg/sqcm

142.00 Rs. One hundred fourty two only. Rmt 150520.00

153



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.2

Providing and supplying in standard lengths ISI mark rigid unplasticised PVC pipes for potable water with rubber ring joints including cost of rubber ring as per IS 4985-1988, all local and central taxes, transportation. freight charges, transit insurance, inspection charges, loading, unloading, conveyance to store / site and stacking the same in closed shed duly protected from sun rays and rains, etc. complete as directed.( With third party inspection )

270.00


323.00 Rs. Three hundred twenty three only. Rmt 87210.00

2155.00


549.00 Rs. Five hundred fourty nine only. Rmt 1183095.00

690.00


693.00 Rs. Six hundred ninety three only. Rmt 478170.00

360.00


866.00 Rs. Eight hundred sixty six only. Rmt 311760.00

ITEM NO.3

Providing ,supplying ISI standered rigid P.V.C. specials and fitting with soloution for above PVC pipes including cost of all labour and materials and transportion to store / site ,loading unloading including all taxes etc complete

PVC specials 6kg/cm2 Equal Tee

6.00 250.00 MM 1519.50 Rs.One thousand five hundred nineteen & Paise Fifty only . No 9117.00

154



In Figure In Words 6.00 225.00 MM 1519.50 Rs.One thousand five

hundred nineteen & Paise Fifty only . No 9117.00

10.00 200.00 MM 1480.00 Rs.One thousand four hundred eighty only . No 14800.00

6.00 160.00 MM 415.00 Rs.Four hundred fifteen only. No 2490.00

6.00 110.00 MM 157.85 Rs.One hundred fifty seven & Paise Eighty five only. No 947.10

Bend

7.00 250.00 MM 2853.50 Rs.Two thousand eight

hundred fifty three & Paise Fifty only . No 19974.50

11.00 225.00 MM 2121.25 Rs.Two thousand one hundred twenty one Paise Twenty five only . No 23333.75

12.00 200.00 MM 1416.50 Rs.One thousand four hundred sixteen & Paise Fifty only . No 16998.00

8.00 160.00 MM 754.30 Rs.Seven hundred fifty four & Paise Thirty only . No 6034.40

8.00 110.00 MM 198.10 Rs.One hundred ninety eight & Paise Ten only . No 1584.80

M.S. Flanges

100.00 M.S. Flanges 62.00 Rs.Sixty two only . Kg 6200.00

155



In Figure In Words Tail Piece

8.00 250.00 MM 413.45 Rs.Four hundred thirteen & Paise Fourty five only . No 3307.60

6.00 225.00 MM 319.80 Rs.Three hundred nineteen & Paise Eighty only . No 1918.80

6.00 200.00 MM 229.50 Rs.Two hundred twenty nine & Paise Fifty only . No 1377.00

4.00 160.00 MM 110.00 Rs.One hundred ten only . No 440.00 4.00 110.00 MM 37.20 Rs.Thirty seven & Paise

Twenty only . No 148.80 Reducer

2.00 250 X 110 773.30 Rs.Seven hundred seventy three & Paise Thirty only . No 1546.60

2.00 250 X 200 524.15 Rs.Five hundred twenty four & Paise Fifteen only . No 1048.30

4.00 250 X 160 684.25 Rs.Six hundred eighty four Paise Twenty five only . No 2737.00

2.00 200 X 160 767.60 Rs.Seven hundred sixty seven & Paise Sixty only . 1535.20

2.00 200 X 110 299.10 Rs.Two hundred ninety nine & Paise Ten only . No 598.20

3.00 160 X 110 179.40 Rs.One hundred seventy nine & Paise Fourty only . No 538.20

Coupler

20.00 250.00 MM 590.70 Rs.Five hundred ninety & Paise Seventy only . No 11814.00

20.00 225.00 MM 445.90 Rs.Four hundred fourty five & Paise Ninety only . No 8918.00

156



In Figure In Words 35.00 200.00 MM 312.30 Rs.Three hundred twelve

& Paise Thrty only . No 10930.50 35.00 160.00 MM 162.20 Rs.One hundred sixty two

& Paise twenty only . No 5677.00 38.00 110.00 MM 57.80 Rs.Fifty seven & Paise

Eighty only . No 2196.40

ITEM NO.4

Providing and supplying ISI standard D.I. specials & fittings with sealing rubber gasket of S.B.R.,complete with Cast iron follower gland and M.S. nut & bolts coated or otherwise protected from rusting and suitable for D.I. pipes including cost of all labours and materials and transportation to stores / site, loading , unloading including all taxes , etc. complete.as per IS9523

5200.00

For all types of specials bends tees & S/S/ specials /socketed branch / flanged specials 80 to 300 mm 91.00 Rs Ninety one only. kg 473200.00

ITEM NO.5

Providing and supplying ISI standard M.S. specials of required thickness with 3 coats of approved make epoxy paint (Shalimar, ciba or mahindra & mahindra make ) from inside and outside including all taxes (Central & Local ) octri ,inspection charges , transportation to stores / site and stacking etc complete.

2714.00

Double Flanged/socketted / Plain/ Machine ended specials for all diameter 62.00 Rs Sixty Two only. Kg 168268.00

157



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.6

Providing and supplying ISI mark CI D/F reflux valves (non-return valves ) of following dia including all taxes (Central and Local), railway freight, inspection charges unloading from railway wagon, loading into truck, transportation up to departmental stores/ site, unloading, stacking etc. complete. Reflux valves as per I.S.5312 Part I (1984)

1.00

A)100 M.M. Dia Reflux valve PN1without bypass arrangement 5272.00

Rs.Five thousand two hundred seventy two only. No 5272.00

1.00

B)200 M.M. Dia Reflux valve PN1 without bypass arrangement

16383.00

Rs.Sixteen thousand threee hundred eighty three only. No 16383.00

2.00

C)250 M.M. Dia Reflux valve PN1.6 without bypass arrangement 36098.00

Rs.Thirty six thousand ninety eight only. No 72196.00

ITEM NO.7


2.00

a)100 M.M. Dia C.I.D.F. Sluice valvePN 1 without bypass arrangement 6307.00

Rs.Six thousand three hundred seven only. No 12614.00

7.00

b)200 M.M. Dia C.I.D.F. Sluice valvePN 1 without bypass arrangement 17901.00

Rs.Seventeen thousand nine hundred one only. No 125307.00

4.00

c)250 M.M. Dia C.I.D.F. Sluice valvePN 1.6 without bypass arrangement 34613.00

Rs.Thirty four thousand six hundred thirteen only. No 138452.00

158



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.8

Providing and supplying Kinetic Double Orifice type Air Valves as per MJP’s standard specifications combined with screw down isolating valve ,small orifice elastic ball resting on a gun metal orifice nipple, large orifice vulcanite ball seating on molded seat ring, inlet face and drilled, including all taxes (Central and local), insurance, third party inspection charges, loading, unloading, transportation up to departmental stores / site, etc. complete.

10.00

a) Kinetic Air Valve Flanged Type -50 mm,dia PN -1.0

10860.00 Rs.Ten thousand eight hundred sixty only. No 108600.00

3.00

b) Kinetic Air Valve Flanged Type - 50 mm, dia PN -1.6

12873.00

Rs.Twelve thousand eight hundred seventy three only. No 38619.00

ITEM NO.9

8099.33

Excavation for pipe trenches for works of transmission mains, leading mains, distribution system & for all types of pipe materials in all types of earthy or sandy materials, soils of all types, clay, mud, soft, average or hard murum, all types of disintegrated rock, shingles, brickbats, isolated boulders of any size, all types of rock including soft, hard & manjara rock by permissible & suitable methods such as blasting, control blasting, chiseling, wedging, line drilling & / or by use of mechanical means including excavation in all types of road surfaces such as W.B.M., Asphalt, Concrete road including trimming the surfaces by chiseling wherever required including removing the roots of trees met with during excavation, leveling the bed & keeping it clean & dry by dewatering & making ready for lowering laying of pipes, manual dewatering, excluding backfilling, including removing excavated stuff up to a distance of 50 meters and stacking the same as directed by Engineer in Charge, etc. complete. Lift 0.00 to 1.50 M

268.86 Rs.Two hundred sixty eight & Paise eighty six only . Cum 2177585.86

159



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.10

899.93


ITEM NO.11

Lowering laying and jointing with SBR rubber gaskets D.I. S/S pipes of various classes with DI / MS specials of following diameter in proper position, grade and alignment as directed by Engineer-in-charge including conveyance of material from stores to site of work including cost of jointing materials & rubber ring , labour , giving hydraulic testing etc complete

2790.00

With Rubber Ring 250 MM Dia DIK-9 pipe

154.00 Rs.One hundred fifty four only. Rmt 429660.00


ITEM NO.12

Lowering, laying and jointing with P.V.C. pipes and specials of following class and diameter including cost of conveyance from stores to site of works including cost of all labour, material, except cement solvent, rubber ring, giving satisfactory hydraulic testing as per IS code, etc. complete (with cement solvent joint / ring fit joint).

1060.00 110 M.M.dia P.V.C.6 Kg/sqcm 31.00 Rs.Thirty one only. Rmt 32860.00

270.00 160 M.M.dia P.V.C.6 Kg/sqcm 41.00 Rs.Fourty one only. Rmt 11070.00

2155.00 200 M.M.dia P.V.C.6 Kg/sqcm 49.00 Rs.Fourty nine only. Rmt 105595.00

690.00 225 M.M.dia P.V.C.6 Kg/sqcm 54.00 Rs.Fifty four only. Rmt 37260.00

360.00 250 M.M.dia P.V.C.6 Kg/sqcm 59.00 Rs.Fifty nine only. Rmt 21240.00

160



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.13

Lowering, laying and jointing in position following C.I. D/F Reflux valves, including cost of all labour jointing material, including nut bolts and giving satisfactory hydraulic testing etc.complete. (Rate for all class of valves.)

1.00

A)100 M.M. Dia Reflux valve PN1without bypass arrangement 1710.00

Rs.One thousand seven hundred ten only. No 1710.00

1.00

B)200 M.M. Dia Reflux valve PN1 without bypass arrangement 2796.00

Rs.Two thousand seven hundred ninety six only. No 2796.00

2.00

C)250 M.M. Dia Reflux valve PN1.6 without bypass arrangement 3644.00

Rs.Three thousand six hundred fourty four only. No 7288.00

ITEM NO.14

Lowering, laying and jointing in position following C.I. D/F Sluice valves, including cost of all labour jointing material, including nut bolts and giving satisfactory hydraulic testing etc.complete. (Rate for all class of valves.)

2.00

a)100 M.M. Dia C.I.D.F. Sluice valvePN 1 without bypass arrangement 1710.00


7.00

b)200 M.M. Dia C.I.D.F. Sluice valvePN 1 without bypass arrangement 2796.00


4.00

c)250 M.M. Dia C.I.D.F. Sluice valvePN 1.6 without bypass arrangement 3644.00


161



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.15

Providing and fixing in position air valve shaft including providing and fixing GI Medium Class or 6 mm thick M.S. pipe shaft 2.70 M long over branch flange of air valve tee, providing PCC block of M-150 concrete 150 mm thick around the air valve tee including encasing of vertical shaft in PCC M-150 as shown in type design together with providing and making flanged joints wherever required and fixing of air valve over the shaft excluding cost of air valve and branch flanged air valve tee. etc. complete as per type design and as directed by Engineer-in-charge for following diameters of pipe lines (type design attached.)

13.00

Foundation on Murum and Harder Strata.for 250 mm dia

5431.00 Rs.Five thousand four hundred thirty one only. No 70603.00

ITEM NO.16


17.00

0.90 X 0.90 X 1.20 M

6843.00 Rs.Six thousand eight hundred fourty three only. No 116331.00

ITEM NO.17


162



In Figure In Words

202.09

PCC M 150

3536.00 Rs. Three thousand five hundred thirty six only. Cum 714590.24

ITEM NO.18

6730.60


TOTAL Rs. 7682677.75

SAY Rs. 7682678.00

Notes For Rising Main.

For supply of material under this sub work 85% payment will be made after supply of material i.e. pipes, specials, valve etc at site of work 5% payment will be made after lowering, laying and Jointing of pipes with specials, valve and balance 10% payment will be released after satisfactory hydraulic testing of pipe line for remaining item of work under this sub work 90% payment will be released and 10% payment will be made only after satisfactory hydraulic testing of pipe line.

163








Sub work No 8 :- R.C.C. E.S.R. (Cap 3.00 , 2.00 , 1.50 Lac Lit)


In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.1

Designing (aesthetically), and constructing RCC elevated service reservoirs of following capacity with RCC staging consisting of columns, internal and external bracings spaced vertically not more than 4.5 meters centre to centre for E.S.R. having capacity 500 m3 & not more than 6 m c/c for E.S.R.having capacity above 500 m

3 including

excavation in all types of strata, foundation concrete, cement plaster with water proofing compound to the inside face of the container including refilling disposing of the surplus stuff within a lead of 50 meters, all labour and material charges including lowering, laying, erecting, hoisting and jointing of pipe assembly of inlet, outlet, washout, overflow and bypass arrangements as per departmental design. providing and fixing accessories such as M.S. ladder, C. I. manhole frame and covers water level indicators, lightening conductor, G. I. pipe railing around walk way and top slab, providing spiral staire case from ground level to roof level, M.S.Grill gate of 2 Mtrs height with locking arrangement, B.B. masonry chambers for all valves, ventilating shafts, providing and applying three coats of cement paint to the structure including roof slab and epoxy paint to internal surface & anti-termite

164



In Figure In Words

treatment for underground parts of the structures and giving satisfactory water tightness test as per I.S. code, The job to include painting the name of the scheme and other details on the reservoir as per the directions of Engineer-in-charge.

Notes:

1. The design of the structure be in accordance with relevant (I.S.3370 - 2009 or revised)

2. The design shall satisfy the stipulation as per IS 1893-1984 and I.S. 13920/1993 for seismic force and I.S.- 11682/1985 for R.C.C. staging of overhead tanks.

3. For design having more than 6 columns, Providing of internal bracing is obligatory,. External bracing is also obligatory.

4.. The entire structure shall be in M-300 mix only.

5. Plain round mild steel bars grade - I confirming to I.S,432 Part-I or high yield strength deformed bars confirming to I.S. 1786 or I.S. 1139 shall be used, grade-II mild steel bars will not be allowed.

6. Irrespective of the type of foundation proposed in the design, one set of bracing be provided at the ground level.

7. These rates include providing, M.S. ladder for E.S.R's up to 2 lakhs liters capacity and providing spiral staircase for E.S.R. above 2 lakhs liters capacity.

8. Stagging shall have to be designed with stresses of M-250 for ESR. However all RCC construction should be done in M-300

165



In Figure In Words 9. These rates are including the cost of uplift pressure if

any and entire dewatering during execution. In case of water logging area where water is struck at shallow depth extra provision of dewatering shall be made as per site condition.

10.. 75% part rate shall be payable for reinforced concrete and plastering items of containers of E.S.R. till satisfactory hydraulic testing for water tightness is given ; and till that work shall be treated as incomplete.

1.00 a)R.C.C.E.S.R. at Saptashrungi colony Capacity 3,00,000 Lit. Staging hight 15 M 2292250.00

Rs.Twenty two lakh ninety two thousand two hundred fifty only. No 2292250.00

1.00

b)R.C.C.E.S.R. at Borse Nager Capacity 1,50,000 Lit. Staging hight 15 M 1537000.00

Rs.Fifteen lakh thirty seven thousand only.

No 1537000.00

1.00

c)R.C.C.E.S.R. at Adhar Nager Capacity 2,00,000 Lit. staging hight 12.M 1785000.00

Rs.seventeen lakh eighty five thousand only.

No 1785000.00 ITEM NO.2

Providing and supplying ISI standard CI double flanged pipes including all taxes (Central and local), railway freight, insurance, unloading from railway wagon, loading into truck transport to stores / site, unloading etc. complete as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

158.00 250 MM Dia C.I.D.F. Pipe 5125.00 Rs.Five thousand one hundred twenty five only.

Rmt 809750.00

83.50 200 MM Dia C.I.D.F. Pipe 3803.00 Rs.Three thousand eight hundred three only.

Rmt 317550.50

166



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.3

Providing and supplying ISI standard CI flanged specials including all taxes (Central and local), railway freight, insurance, unloading from railway wagon, loading into truck transport to departmental store/ site, unloading stacking etc. complete.

5550.00 D/F Specials ( Up to 300 MM Dia) 60.00 Rs.Sixty only. Kg. 333000.00 ITEM NO.4

Providing and supplying double flange sluice Valve conforming for IS 2906/14846 including worn gear arrangement as per test pressure stainless steel spindles caps including all taxes transportation etc comp.

8.00 C.I.D.F. Sluice valve 250 MM Dia PN - 1 without bye pass arrangement

27697.00 Rs.Twenty seven thousand six hundred ninety seven only.

No 221576.00

4.00 C.I.D.F. Sluice valve 200 MM Dia PN - 1 without bye pass arrangement

17901.00 Rs.Seventeen thousand nine hundred one only.

No 71604.00

ITEM NO.5

Making cross connection to existing distribution main of any type including excavation, breaking and removing exiting pipes, lowering, laying of specials and pipes in their position, refilling, closing the water supply in that area, dewatering and restarting the water supply, etc. complete as directed by Engineer-in-charge for following diameters of existing pipeline, irrespective of diameter of branch line (the number of joints involved will be paid separately depending upon the nature of joints and required pipes, valves and specials will be supplied free of cost at stores).

167



In Figure In Words 4.00 300 MM Dia 3047.00 Rs.Three thousand fourty

seven only. No 12188.00

2.00 250 MM Dia 2506.00 Rs.Two thousand five hundred six only.

No 5012.00

TOTAL Rs. 7384930.50

SAY Rs. 7384931.00

Notes for ESR

1 The Contractor should Quote his offer on own Design based on the Obligatory Data attached with the tender. 2 0.5 % Payment will be held for smooth finishing to all Exposed Surfaces untill Satisfaction of Engineer in charge. 3 5 % payment will be with held for Cube & Steel testing till Satisfactory results are Obtained for Every R.A. Bill & will be

Forfeitted if the Agency does not Produce the Result. 4 The Snowcem Painting should be done only after hydraulic testing & finishing works is Completed. 5 The Centering for base Beam & Slab should be got approved from Engineer In Charge before fabricating Reinforcement.

6 Bracing at G.L. level shall be Provided. 7 The Break Up of Payment shall be as per Enclosed Statement. 8 Only Plain Offer will be accepted & Condition Or Conditional Rebates / Offers Will not be Accepted 9 Only tested cement,Steel as per relevant IS shall be used by the contractor. The Contractor shall arranged & produced

test Certficates of Cement,Sand, Steel, Metal, Concrete Cubes from Reputed/ Govt. Polytechnic / Engineering College at his own Cost as per direction of Engineer in Charge.

10 In case of changes required during exacution for foundation of RCC ESR , the excess or saving in quantities will be payable /deductable as per MJP s circular No. 105 Dated 15.10.2005

168







OBLIGATORY DATA AND REQUIREMENT FOR PROPOSED R.C.C.E.S.R.

Sr No Particulars

Proposed R.C.C. E.S.R. At Saptashrungi Nager

Proposed R.C.C. E.S.R. At Adhar Nager 2

Proposed R.C.C. E.S.R. At Borse Nager

1 Capacity in Liters 300,000 200,000 150,000

2 Average Ground Level in Meter 273.030 264.280 268.000

3 Foundation Level in Meter 270.030 260.280 265.000

4 Outlet R.L. in Meter 288.030 276.280 283.000

5 Water Depth in Meter Max. 5.00 M Max. 5.00 M Max. 5.00 M

6 Free Board in Meter 0.50 0.50 0.50

7 F.S.L.in Meter 293.030 281.280 288.000

8 Safe Bearing capacity in T/M2 20.00 10.00 20.00

9 Copper lightening Conductor at Top of Reservior as per Standard Specification & as per I.S. 2309-2-1069 & 3043/1960 ( Nos ) 1.00 1.00 1.00

10 Water level Indicator Mercury Type. ( Nos ) 1.00 1.00 1.00

11 CI/ MH frame Cover of size 900x600 MM weighing not less than 35 Kg as per Std Specification ( Nos )

2.00 2.00 2.00

12 G.I. heavy Pipe Railing of 25 MM Dia in Three Rows with 50x50 6 MM Angle as Post as per Standard Specification ( Nos )

At Gallery Level & At Top of Reservior.



169







BREAK OF PAYMENT FOR ESR FOR SUBWORK OF ELEVATED SERVICE RESERVOIR

Sr No Particulars

PERCENTAGE BREAKUP

1 Submission & Approval of Structural Design & Drawing

2%

2 Excavation of Foundation 3%

3 Footing & Column Upto G.L. 9%

4 Columns & Braces Upto Bottom of Container 20%

5 Floor Slab & Gallery 20%

6 Vertical Wall

a )Half Height 10%

b ) Remaining Height 10%

7 Roof Slab 8%

8 Plaster, Finishing. Painting 2%

9 Watertightness Test 10%

10 Miscellaneous Such as Errection of Inlet, Outlet, Overflow Pipes, Construction of Chamber, M.S. Ladder, Ventilator Etc.

6%

Total 100%

170








Sub work No 9 :- R.C.C. G.S.R. (Capacity 460000 Litres )


In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.1

Designing (aesthetically), and constructing RCC ground service reservoirs in M-300 mix. of required capacity including excavation in all types of strata, foundation concrete, container walls, bottom slab top RCC roof slab / or dome, 20 mm thick cement plaster with water proofing compound in CM 1:3 proportion. to inside face of the container, including epoxy paint from inside including refilling and disposing of surplus stuff within lead of 50 M, all labour and material charges, for laying and jointing of pipe assembly for inlet, outlet washout, over flow and bye-pass arrangement consisting of C.I./ M.S. D/F. pipes, specials and valves of given diameters. providing and fixing accessories such as M.S. ladder inside and outside, C.I. Manhole frame and cover, at top slab, B.B. masonry chamber for all valves, ventilating shafts, including giving satisfactory hydraulic test and water tightness test as per IS code and providing three coat of cement paints to all expose surface of structure including roof surface etc. complete as per design data, criteria, obligatory requirements and detailed specifications.Anti-termite treatment shall be given for underground portion of the structure.

171



In Figure

In Words

Note:-

1. The designing shall be in accordance with various relevant I.S. specification ( I.S. 456/2000, I.S. 875- 1987, I.S. 3370-2009 or revised

2. Only M.S bars grade I confirming to I.S. 432 Part_I or high yield strength deformed bars confirming to I.S. 1786 or I.S. 1139 shall be used grade II M.S. bars shall not be used

3) Entire structure shall be in M-300 only.

4) The scope of pipe assembly work shall be upto 5 Meter beyond outside face of the wall, cost of pipes valves and specials is not included in the rate but labour cost for laying and jointing is included

5) The job includes designing the structure for uplift pressure and dewatering if require doing entire execution and disposal of surplus excavated stuff with in lead of 50 Meters as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

6) G.S.R. outlets shall be with bell mouth of approved pattern in bottom slab and cost of designing bell mouth is included in the rate Sump well includes cost of suction pit required at bottom.

7. For pipes diameters up to 300mm only CI pipes and CI specials shall be used. For pipe diameters above 300mm M.S. pipes and specials of thickness minimum 10mm shall be used with proper anticorrosive epoxy treatment from inside and outside

8) Cost of pump house is not included in these rates.

9) Above rates are applicable for seismic zones- 3

172



In Figure In Words

10) 75% part rate shall be payable for reinforcement, concrete and plastering items of all types of G.S.R's and sumps till satisfactory hydraulic testing for water tightness test is given ; and till that work shall be treated as incomplete.

1 Cost of 4,60,000 Lit. Capacity at Sainik Colony 1888000.00

Rs.Eighteen lakh eighty eight thousand only. No 1888000.00

ITEM NO.2

Providing and supplying ISI standard CI double flanged pipes including all taxes (Central and local), railway freight, insurance, unloading from railway wagon, loading into truck transport to stores / site, unloading etc. complete as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

44.00 250 MM C.I.D.F. Pipe 5125.00 Rs.Five thousand one hundred twenty five only.

Rmt 225500.00

ITEM NO.3

Providing and supplying ISI standard CI flange specials including all taxes (Central and local), railway freight, insurance, unloading from railway wagon, loading into truck transport to departmental store/ site, unloading stacking etc. complete.

598.00 Below 300 Dia 60.00 Rs.Sixty only. Kg. 35880.00 ITEM NO.4


173



In Figure In Words 4.00 C.I.D.F. Sluice valve 250 MM Dia PN - 1 without bye

pass arrangement 27697.00 Rs.Twenty seven thousand

six hundred ninety seven only.

No 110788.00

TOTAL Rs. 2260168.00

SAY Rs. 2260168.00

Notes for GSR

1 The Contractor should Quote his offer on own Design based on the Obligatory Data attached with the tender.

2 0.5 % Payment will be held for smooth finishing to all Exposed Surfaces untill Satisfaction of Engineer in charge.

3 5 % payment will be with held for Cube & Steel testing till Satisfactory results are Obtained for Every R.A. Bill & will be

Forfeitted if the Agency does not Produce the Result.

4 The Snowcem Painting should be done only after hydraulic testing & finishing works is Completed.

5 The Centering should be got approved from Engineer In Charge before fabricating Reinforcement.

6 The Break Up of Payment shall be as per Enclosed Statement.

7 Only Plain Offer will be accepted & Condition Or Conditional Rebates / Offers Will not be Accepted

8 Only tested cement,Steel as per relevant IS shall be used by the contractor. The Contractor shall arranged & produced

test Certficates of Cement, Sand, Steel, Metal, Concrete Cubes from Reputed Govt. Polytechnic /Engineering College at

his own Cost as per direction of Engineer in Charge.

9 In case of changes required during excavation for foundation of RCC GSR , the excess or saving in quantities will be

payable /deductable as per MJP s circular No. 105 Dated 15.10.2005

174







OBLIGATORY DATA AND REQUIREMENT FOR FOR PROPOSED R.C.C.G.S.R.

Sr No Particulars Proposed R.C.C. G.S.R. At sainik colony

1 Capacity in Liters 460,000

2 Average Ground Level in Meter 294.400

3 Foundation Level in Meter 293.400

4 Outlet R.L. in Meter 294.400

5 Water Depth in Meter 5.00

6 Free Board in Meter 0.50

7 F.S.L.in Meter 299.400

8 Safe Bearing capacity in T/M2 20.00 9 Copper lightening Conductor at Top of Reservior as per

Standard Specification & as per I.S. 2309-2-1069 & 3043/1960 ( Nos ) 1.00

10 Water level Indicator Mercury Type. ( Nos ) 1.00 11 CI/ MH frame Cover of size 900x600 MM weighing not less

than 35 Kg as per Std Specification ( Nos ) 2.00

12 G.I. heavy Pipe Railing of 25 MM Dia in Three Rows with 50x50 6 MM Angle as Post as

per Standard Specification ( Nos )

At Top of Reservior.

175







BREAK OF PAYMENT FOR GSR

Sr No Particulars

PERCENTAGE BREAKUP

1 Submission & Approval of Structural Design & Drawing

2%

2 Excavation 8%

3 Bed concrete/ Bottom slab 25%

4 Vertical wall

a) Half Height 15%

b ) Remaining Height 15%

5 Roof Slab 10%

6 Plaster, Finishing. Painting 7%

7 Watertightness Test 10%

8 Miscellaneous Such as Errection of Inlet, Outlet, Overflow Pipes, Construction of Chamber, M.S. Ladder, Ventilator Etc.

8%

Total 100%

176








Sub work No 10 :- DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM


In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.1

Providing and supplying in standard lengths Polyethylene Pipes , confirming to I.S. 4984 / 14151 / 12786 / 13488 with necessary jointing material like mechanical connectors I.e. thread / insert joint / quick release coupler joint / compression fitting joint or flanged joint , including all local & central taxes , transportation & freight charges , inspection charges , loading / unloading charges , conveyance to the departmental stores / site & stacking the same in closed shade duly protecting from sunrays & rains , etc. complete.

10.00

225 MM Dia H.D.P.E. Pipe 6 Kg/cm2

870.00

Rs.Eight hundred seventy only. Rmt 8700.00

105.00


675.00 Rs.Six hundred seventy five only. Rmt 70875.00

345.00


576.00 Rs.Five hundred seventy six only. Rmt 198720.00

954.00


457.00 Rs.Four hundred fifty seven only. Rmt 435978.00

177



In Figure In Words

683.00


352.00 Rs.Three hundred fifty two only. Rmt 240416.00

487.00 125 MM Dia H.D.P.E. Pipe 6 Kg/cm2

280.00 Rs.Two hundred eighty only. Rmt 136360.00

1456.00 110 MM Dia H.D.P.E. Pipe 6 Kg/cm2 206.00 Rs.Two hundred six only. Rmt 299936.00


156.00 Rs.One hundred fifty six only. Rmt 422292.00


112.00 Rs.One hundred twelve only. Rmt 3681776.00

ITEM NO.2

Providing and supplying in standard lengths ISI mark rigid unplasticised PVC pipes suitable for potable water with solvent cement joints including cost of couplers, as per IS specification no. 4985 / 1988 including all local and central taxes, transportation, freight charges, inspection charges, loading, unloading, conveyance to the departmental stores / site and stacking the same in closed shed duly protected from sun rays and rains including cost of jointing material i.e. solvent cement, etc. complete (self fit type to be jointed with cement solvent).

500.00

250 MM Dia P.V.C. Pipe 4 Kg/cm2

553.00 Rs.Five hundred fifty three only. Rmt 276500.00

219.00


452.00 Rs.Four hundred fifty two only. Rmt 98988.00

166.00


354.00 Rs.Three hundred fifty four only. Rmt 58764.00

46.00


286.00 Rs.Two hundred eighty six only. Rmt 13156.00

178



In Figure In Words

679.00 160 MM Dia P.V.C. Pipe 4 Kg/cm2 210.00 Rs.Two hundred ten only. Rmt 142590.00

1038.00


159.00 Rs.One hundred fifty nine only. Rmt 165042.00

332.00 110 MM Dia P.V.C. Pipe 4 Kg/cm2 95.00 Rs.Ninety five only. Rmt 31540.00

524.00 90 MM Dia P.V.C. Pipe 4 Kg/cm2 77.00 Rs.Sevety seven only. Rmt 40348.00

15272.00 75 MM Dia P.V.C. Pipe 4 Kg/cm2 55.00 Rs.Fifty five only. Rmt 839960.00

ITEM NO.3 Providing ,supplying ISI slandered rigid P.V.C./H.D.P.E.

specials and fitting with solution suitable for above said PVC pipes & H.D.P.E pipes including cost of all labour and materials and transportation to store / site ,loading unloading including all taxes etc complete.

Specials 4 kg/cm2 pressure for P.V.C. Pipes

1.00 315 mm Dia 90 0 Bend 4195.70 Rs.Four thousand one hundred ninety five & Paise Seventy only

No 4195.70

2.00 250mm Dia 90 0 Bend 1975.85 Rs.One thousand nine hundred seventy five & Paise eighty five only

No 3951.70

2.00 250mm Dia 45 0 Bend 1975.85 Rs.One thousand nine hundred seventy five & Paise eighty five only

No 3951.70

1.00 225mm Dia 90 0 Bend 1507.80 Rs.One thousand five hundred seven & Paise eighty only

No 1507.80

1.00 200mm Dia 90 0 Bend 996.90 Rs.Nine hundred ninety six & Paise Ninety only

No 996.90

1.00 180mm Dia 90 0 Bend 757.60 Rs.Seven hundred fifty seven & Paise Sixty only

No 757.60

179



In Figure In Words

1.00 160mm Dia 90 0 Bend 538.60 Rs.Five hundred thirty eight & Paise Sixty only

No 538.60

2.00 140mm Dia 90 0 Bend 343.60 Rs.Three hundred fourty three & Paise sixty only

No 687.20

12.00 110 mm Dia 90 0 Bend 139.60 Rs.One hundred thirty nine & Paise Sixty only

No 1675.20

5.00 110 mm Dia 45 0 Bend 139.60 Rs.One hundred thirty nine & Paise Sixty only

No 698.00

12.00 90 mm Dia 90 0 Bend 74.65 Rs.Seventy four & Paise Sixty five only

No 895.80

5.00 90 mm Dia 45 0 Bend 74.65 Rs.Seventy four & Paise Sixty five only

No 373.25

Tail piece without M.S. Flange

8.00 315 mm.dia. 841.45 Rs.eight hundred fourty one & Paise Forty five only

No 6731.60

12.00 250 mm dia 413.45 Rs.Four hundred thirteen & Paise Forty five only

No 4961.40

10.00 200 mm.dia. 229.50 Rs.Two hundred twenty nine & Paise Fifty only

No 2295.00

16.00 160 mm.dia. 110.00 Rs.One hundred ten only No 1760.00

24.00 110 mm.dia. 37.20 Rs.Thirty seven & Paise Twenty only

No 892.80

6.00 90 mm.dia. 21.90 Rs.Twenty one & Paise Ninety only

No 131.40

Tee

4.00 315x315x315 2621.80 Rs.Two thousand six hundred twenty one & Paise Eighty only

No 10487.20

180



In Figure In Words

1.00 280x280x280 1962.15 Rs.One thousand nine hundred sixty two & Paise Fifteen only

No 1962.15

2.00 250x250x250 1400.00 Rs.one thousand four hundred only

No 2800.00

1.00 200x200x200 628.00 Rs.Six hundred twenty eight only

No 628.00

1.00 180x180x180 209.00 Rs.Two hundred nine only No 209.00

6.00 160x160x160

209.00 Rs.Two hundred nine only No 1254.00

5.00 140x140x140 168.65 Rs.One hundred sixty eight & Paise Sixty five only

No 843.25

6.00 110x110x110 110.00 Rs.One hundred ten only No 660.00

20.00 90x90x90 70.00 Rs.Seventy only No 1400.00

Reducer

1.00 315x140 1642.70 Rs. One thousand six hundred fourty two & Paise Seventy only

No 1642.70

1.00 315x200 1259.20 Rs. One thousand two hundred fifty nine & Paise Twenty only

No 1259.20

1.00 280x160 1464.75 Rs. One thousand four hundred sixty four & Paise Seventy five only

No 1464.75

2.00 250x160 684.25 Rs.Six hundred eighty four & Paise Twenty five only

No 1368.50

2.00 225x90 465.90 Rs.Four hundred sixty five & Paise Ninty only

No 931.80

181



In Figure In Words

1.00 200x160 767.60 Rs.Seven hundred sixty seven & Paise Sixty only

No 767.60

1.00 200x140 767.60 Rs.Seven hundred sixty seven & Paise Sixty only

No 767.60

1.00 200x110 299.10 Rs.Two hundred ninety nine & Paise Ten only

No 299.10

2.00 160x140 248.00 Rs.Two hundred fourty eight only

No 496.00

2.00 160x110 179.40 Rs.One hundred seventy nine & Paise Forty only

No 358.80

2.00 140x110 145.45 Rs.One hundred forty-five & Paise Forty five only

No 290.90

8.00 140x90 145.45 Rs.one hundred forty-five & Paise Forty five only

No 1163.60

1.00 140x75 169.50 Rs.One hundred sixty nine & Paise Fifty only

No 169.50

7.00 110x90 62.50 Rs.sixty two & Paise Fifty only

No 437.50

End Cap

3.00 110 mm.dia. 25.60 Rs.Twenty five & Paise Sixty only

No 76.80

50.00 90 mm.dia. 16.00 Rs.Sixteen only No 800.00

850.00 M.S.Flanges 62.00 Rs.Sixty only Kg. 52700.00

copuler

40.00 P.V.C Pipe 250 M.M. dia. 405.10 Rs.Four hundred five & Paise Ten only

No 16204.00

40.00 P.V.C Pipe 200M.M. dia. 218.60 Rs.Two hundred eighteen & Paise Sixty only

No 8744.00

182



In Figure In Words

45.00 P.V.C Pipe 160M.M. dia. 114.50 Rs.One hundred fourteen & Paise Fifty only

No 5152.50

80.00 P.V.C Pipe 110 M.M. dia. 40.10 Rs.Fourty & Paise Ten only

No 3208.00

80.00 P.V.C Pipe 90M.M. dia. 22.70 Rs.Twenty two & Paise Seventy only

No 1816.00

40.00 P.V.C Pipe 75 M.M. dia. 14.60 Rs.Fourteen & Paise Sixty only

No 584.00

Specials for H.D.P.E. Pipes (6kg/cm²)

1282.00

Electro fusion Coupler Size 75 mm

536.00 Rs.Five hundred thirty six only. No 687152.00

146.00 Electro fusion Coupler Size 90 mm

615.00 Rs.Six hundred fifteen only. No 89790.00

98.00


941.00 Rs.Nine hundred fourty one only. No 92218.00

24.00


1599.00 Rs.One thousand five hundred ninety nine only. No 38376.00

203.00

Spigot 90 Deg. Bend for Electro fusion joint without coupler, Size 75 mm 394.00

Rs.Three hundred ninety four only. No 79982.00

45.00


Rs.Four hundred sixty five only. No 20925.00

12.00


Rs.Six hundred fourty one only. No 7692.00

10.00


Rs.One thousand seven hundred eighty six only. No 17860.00

78.00

Electro fusion Equal Tee, Size 75 mm

1203.00 Rs.one thousand two hundred three only. No 93834.00

18.00


1752.00 Rs.One thousand seven hundred fifty two only. No 31536.00

183



In Figure In Words

18.00


2360.00 Rs.Two thousand three hundred sixty only. No 42480.00

11.00


5380.00 Rs.Five thousand three hundred eighty only. No 59180.00

32.00

Spigot Reducer for Electro fusion joint without coupler Size 90 x 75 mm 536.00

Rs.Five hundred thirty six only. No 17152.00

18.00

Spigot Reducer for Electro fusion joint without coupler, Size 110 x 90 mm 697.00

Rs.Six hundred ninety seven only. No 12546.00

12.00

Spigot Reducer for Electro fusion joint without coupler, Size 160 x 110 mm 1369.00

Rs.One thousand three hundred sixty nine only. No 16428.00

16.00

Spigot Long Neck Pipe End with MS Flange for Electro fusion Joint, size 75 mm 322.00

Rs.Three hundred twenty two only. No 5152.00

16.00

Spigot Long Neck Pipe End with MS Flange for Electro fusion Joint, size 90 mm 404.00 Rs.Four hundred four only. No 6464.00

14.00


Rs.Six hundred sixteen only. No 8624.00

11.00


Rs.One thousand five hundred eighty only. No 17380.00

211.00

Spigot End Cap for Electro fusion joint without coupler, size 75 mm 308.00

Rs.Three hundred Eight only. No 64988.00

22.00


Rs.Three hundred fifty one only. No 7722.00

35.00


Rs.Four hundred ninety three only. No 17255.00

ITEM NO.4


184



In Figure In Words

6.00

250 M.M. Dia C.I.D.F. Sluice valve PN 1. without bypass arrangement

27697.00

Rs.Twenty seven thousand six hundred ninety seven only. No 166182.00

4.00

200 M.M. Dia C.I.D.F. Sluice valve PN 1. without bypass arrangement 17901.00

Rs.Seventeen thousand nine hundred one only. No 71604.00

22.00


Rs.Nine thousand four hundred sixty only. No 208120.00

34.00

100 M.M. Dia C.I.D.F. Sluice valve PN 1. without bye pass arrangement 6307.00

Rs.Six thousand three hundred seven only. No 214438.00

72.00


Rs. Four thousand seven hundred thirty seven only. No 341064.00

ITEM NO.5

49480.02

Excavation for pipe trenches for works of transmission mains, leading mains, distribution system & for all types of pipe materials in all types of earthy or sandy materials, soils of all types, clay, mud, soft, average or hard murum, all types of disintegrated rock, shingles, brickbats, isolated boulders of any size, all types of rock including soft, hard & manjara rock by permissible & suitable methods such as blasting, control blasting, chiseling, wedging, line drilling & / or by use of mechanical means including excavation in all types of road surfaces such as W.B.M., Asphalt, Concrete road including trimming the surfaces by chiseling wherever required including removing the roots of trees met with during excavation, leveling the bed & keeping it clean & dry by dewatering & making ready for lowering laying of pipes, manual dewatering, excluding backfilling, including removing excavated stuff up to a distance of 50 meters and stacking the same as directed by Engineer in Charge, etc. complete. Lift 0.00 to 1.50 M 268.86

Rs.Two hundred sixty eight & Paise Eighty six only . Cum 13303198.18

185



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.6

6185.00


ITEM NO.7

Lowering laying and Jointing HDPE pipes by heating to the ends of pipes with the help of Teflon coated disc & hot flame blower to the required temperature and then pressing the ends together against each other , to form a monolithic & leak proof joint by thermosetting process. The pressing may be required to be done with jig fixtures etc. complete. with all material labour as directed by Engineer-in-charge ,including giving satisfactory hydraulic test.

10.00


124.00 Rs.One hundred twenty four only. Rmt 1240.00

105.00 200 MM Dia H.D.P.E. Pipe 6 Kg/cm2 96.00 Rs.Ninety six only. Rmt 10080.00

345.00 180 MM Dia H.D.P.E. Pipe 6 Kg/cm2 86.00 Rs.Eighty six only. Rmt 29670.00

954.00 160 MM Dia H.D.P.E. Pipe 6 Kg/cm2 86.00 Rs.Eighty six only. Rmt 82044.00

683.00 140 MM Dia H.D.P.E. Pipe 6 Kg/cm2 81.00 Rs.Eighty One only. Rmt 55323.00

487.00 125 MM Dia H.D.P.E. Pipe 6 Kg/cm2 60.00 Rs.Sixty only. Rmt 29220.00

1456.00 110 MM Dia H.D.P.E. Pipe 6 Kg/cm2 53.00 Rs.Fifty three only. Rmt 77168.00

2707.00 90 MM Dia H.D.P.E. Pipe 6 Kg/cm2 50.00 Rs.Fifty only. Rmt 135350.00

32873.00 75 MM Dia H.D.P.E. Pipe 6 Kg/cm2 36.00 Rs.Thirty six only. Rmt 1183428.00

186



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.8

Lowering, laying and jointing with P.V.C. pipes and specials of following class and diameter including cost of conveyance from stores to site of works including cost of all labour, material, except cement solvent, rubber ring, giving satisfactory hydraulic testing as per IS code, etc. complete (with cement solvent joint / ring fit joint).

500.00 250 MM Dia P.V.C. Pipe 4 Kg/cm2 49.00 Rs.Fourty nine only. Rmt 24500.00

219.00 225 MM Dia P.V.C. Pipe 4 Kg/cm2 46.00 Rs.Fourty six only. Rmt 10074.00

166.00 200 MM Dia P.V.C. Pipe 4 Kg/cm2 39.00 Rs.Thirty nine only. Rmt 6474.00

46.00 180 MM Dia P.V.C. Pipe 4 Kg/cm2 36.00 Rs.Thirty six only. Rmt 1656.00

679.00 160 MM Dia P.V.C. Pipe 4 Kg/cm2 32.00 Rs.Thirty two only. Rmt 21728.00

1038.00 140 MM Dia P.V.C. Pipe 4 Kg/cm2 29.00 Rs.Twenty nine only. Rmt 30102.00

332.00 110 MM Dia P.V.C. Pipe 4 Kg/cm2 25.00 Rs.Twenty five only. Rmt 8300.00

524.00 90 MM Dia P.V.C. Pipe 4 Kg/cm2 21.00 Rs.Twenty one only. Rmt 11004.00

15272.00 75 MM Dia P.V.C. Pipe 4 Kg/cm2 18.00 Rs.Eighteen only. Rmt 274896.00

ITEM NO.9


6.00



4.00



22.00


Rs.Two thousand six hundred eighty eight only. No 59136.00

187



In Figure In Words

34.00



72.00


Rs.One thousand three hundred nine only. No 94248.00

ITEM NO.10


138.00

0.90 X 0.60 X 1.20

5706.00 Rs.Five thousand seven hundred six only. No 787428.00

Note :- Wall thickness 0.23 m for depth 1.20 m .

ITEM NO.11

Providing and Laying in situ cement Concrete M.150 of trap/ granite/ quartzite/ gneiss metal for PCC work below foundation & footing including normal dewatering , plywood , formwork, compaction ,finishing & curing etc complete

658.94 PCC M 150 3536.00 Rs. Three thousand five hundred thirty - six only. Cum 2330011.84

ITEM NO.12

42268.42


TOTAL Rs. 30836171.12

SAY Rs. 30836171.00

188


Notes For Distribution System

For supply of material under this sub work 85% payment will be made after supply of material i.e. pipes, valves, Specials

etc. at site of work 5% payment will be made after lowering, laying & Jointing pipes with special & valve, and balance

10% payment will be released after satisfactory hydraulic testing of pipe line for remaining item of work under this sub

work 90% payment will released and remaining 10% payment will be made only after satisfactory hydraulic testing of pipe

line.

189








Sub work No 11 :-CHAINLINK FENCING (830 Rmt With Construction )


In Figure In Words

Item No. 1

Excavation for foundation / pipe trenches in earth, soils of all types, sand, gravel and soft murum, including removing the excavated material up to a distance of 50 meters and lifts as below, stacking and spreading as directed, manual dewatering, preparing the bed for foundation and excluding backfilling, etc. complete.

300.09 Lift 0.00 to 1.50 M.

112.00 Rs. One hundred twelve only. Cum 33610.08

Item No. 1b

Excavation for foundation / pipe trenches in hard murum including removing the excavated material up to a distance of 50 M and lifts as below, stacking and spreading as directed by Engineer-in-charge, normal dewatering, preparing the bed for foundation and excluding backfilling, etc. complete.

300.09

Lift 0.00 to 1.50 M. 126.00

Rs. One hundred twenty six only. Cum 37811.34

190



In Figure In Words

Item No. 2


90.03

PCC M 150

3536.00 Rs. Three thousand five hundred thirty - six only. Cum 318346.08

Item No. 3a

336.11

Providing uncoursed rubble masonry of trap / granite / quartzite / gneiss stones in cement mortar 1:6 in foundations and plinth of inner walls / in plinth of external walls including bailing-out water manually, striking joints on unexposed faces and watering complete. Spec. No. : Bd.H.1 Page No. 329 1153.00

Rs. One thousand one hundred fifty three only. Cum 387534.83

Item No. 3b

180.06

Providing uncoursed rubble masonry of trap / granite / quartzite / gneiss stones in cement mortar 1:5 in basements including scaffolding, bailing-out water manually, racking out joints when plastering is to be done striking joints where no pointing or plastering is to be done and watering complete. Spec. No. : Bd.H.2 Page No. 329

1187.00

Rs. One thousand one hundred eighty seven only. Cum 213731.22

Item No. 4

800.25

Providing tuck pointing with cement mortar 1:3 for stone masonry including scaffolding and curing complete. 52.00 Rs. Fifty two only. Sqm 41613.00

191



In Figure In Words

Item No. 5

36.01

Providing and Casting in situ, cement concrete M-15/1:2:4 of trap/granite/quartzite/gneiss metal, moulded or chamfered as per drawing or as directed including centring ,formwork, compacting, covering newly laid concrete by gunny bag, plastic or tarpaulin, roughening them if special finish is to be provided and curing and finishing if require etc. complete. For coping to plinth or parapet

3290.00 Rs.Three thousand two hundred ninety only Cum 118472.90

ITEM NO.6

800.25

Providing and erecting chain link fencing 1.6 M. height with G.I. chain link of size 50 x 50 mm 8 gauge thick and fixed 75 mm above Ground level vertical M.S Angle of 40 x 40 x 6 mm size embedded in C.C. block of 1:4:8 mix of size 450 x 450 x 670 mm. at 1.75 M. c / c with iron bar 16 mm dia as hold fast including welding link with angle frame at 30 cm c / c nuts and bolts and horizontal M.S. Angles at top and bottom of 25 x 25 x 5 mm size and vertical M.S. flat 35 x 5 mm and 25 x 5 mm horizontal including cross support of 40 x 40 x 6 mm Angles both sides at every corner or bends embedded in concrete blocks of 1:4:8 of size 450 x 450 x 670 mm including 3 coats of oil painting etc. complete. Additional Item Spec. No. : As directed by Engineer in charge. 961.00

Rs.Nine hundred sixty one only. R.M 769040.25

ITEM NO.7

7.00

Providing and fixing M.S. gate 2.5 M wide for compound with 40 mm dia M.S.black pipe medium class, approved grill work, RCC M - 150 side pillars of 25 cm x 40 cm x 2.5 M height, its foundation, finishing, painting etc. complete. 23000.00

Rs.Twenty three thousand only. No. 161000.00

192



In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.8

7.00

Providing and fixing Wicket gate 1.0 M wide for compound with 40 mm dia M.S.black pipe medium class, approved grill work, RCC M-150 side pillars of 25 cm x 40 cm x 2.5 M height, its foundation, finishing painting, etc. complete. 14000.00 Rs.Fourteen thousand only. No. 98000.00

Item No. 9

960.30

Providing and applying two coats of water proof cement paint of approved manufacture and of approved colour to the plastered surfaces including scaffolding if necessary, excluding primer coat cleaning and preparing the surface, watering for two days complete. (Sample and brand is to be got approved from Executive Engineer before use)

22.00 Rs.Twenty two only. Sqm 21126.60

Total Rs. 2200286.30

SAY Rs. 2200286.00

193








Sub work No 12 :- STAFF QUARTER



In Figure In Words

Item No. 1a

Excavation for foundation / pipe trenches in earth, soils of all types, sand, gravel and soft murum, including removing the excavated material upto a distance of 50 meters and lifts as below, stacking and spreading as directed, manual dewatering, preparing the bed for foundation and excluding backfilling, etc. complete.

25.68 Lift 0.00 to 1.50 M.

112.00 Rs. One hundred twelve only. Cum 2876.16

Item No. 1b

Excavation for foundation / pipe trenches in hard murum & boulder W.B.M. in road including removing the excavated material up to a distance of 50 M beyound the area and lifts as below, stacking and spreading as directed by Engineer-in-charge, normal dewatering, preparing the bed for foundation and excluding backfilling, etc. complete.

34.60

Lift 0.00 to 1.50 M.

141.00 Rs. One hundred fourty one only. Cum 4878.60

194



In Figure In Words

Item No. 2

9.64

Providing and laying in situ cement concrete of trap/granite/quartzite gneiss metal for PCC work below foundation and pointing including normal dewatering , plywood formwork compaction finishing and curing etc complite . P.C.C. M-150 3536.00

Rs. Three thousand five hundred thirty - six only. Cum 34087.04

Item No. 3a

43.90

Providing uncoursed rubble masonry of trap/ granite/ quartzite/ gneiss stones in cement mortar 1:6 in foundations and plinth of inner walls/in plinth of external walls including bailing-out water manually, striking joints on unexposed faces and watering complete. Spec. No.: Bd.H.1 Page No. 329

1153.00 Rs. One thousand one hundred fifty three only. Cum 50616.70

Item No. 3b

46.14

Providing uncoursed rubble masonry of trap/ granite/ quartzite/ gneiss stones in cement mortar 1:6 in superstructure including raking out joints when plastering is to be done/striking joints when no plastering is to be done watering and scaffolding complete.

1185.00 Rs. One thousand one hundred eighty five only. Cum 54675.90

Item No. 4

50.60

Providing tuck pointing with cement mortar 1:3 for stone masonry including scaffolding and curing complete. 52.00 Rs. Fifty two only. Sqm 2631.20

195



In Figure In Words

Item No. 5

Providing and casting in situ cement concrete M-15 /1:2:4 of trap/ granite/ quartzite/ gneiss metal, molded or chamfered as per drawing or as directed including centering, form work, compacting, covering newly laid concrete by gunny bag, plastic or tarpaulin, roughening them if special finish is to be provided and curing and finishing if required etc. complete. (The cement mortar 1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honeycombed surface only. Wooden planks/shuttering will not be allowed)

6.92

(i) for coping to plinth or parapet m-150

3290.00 Rs. Three thousand two hundred ninety only. Cum 22766.80

Item No. 6

Providing Brick masonry in cement mortar 1:6 using __ bricks in superstructure including striating joints, raking out joints, watering and scaffolding complete.

47.42

i) Using Second Class Burnt Bricks

2532.00 Rs. Two thousand five hundred thirty two only. Cum 120067.44

Item No. 7

Providing Bricks masonry in cement mortar 1 .-4 using __ bricks in half brick thick wall including mild steel longitudinal reinforcement of 2 bars of 6 mm diameter/2 hoop iron strips 25 mm X 1.6 mm at every third course, properly bent and bounded at ends scaffolding, raking out joints and watering complete.

5.88 i) Using Second Class Burnt Bricks

440.00 Rs. Four hundred fourty only. Cum 2587.20

196



In Figure In Words

Item No. 8

58.08

Filling in plinth and floors / trenches with contractor’s murum for bedding in 15cm to 20cm layers including watering and compaction complete. 50.00 Rs. Fifty only. Cum 2904.00

Item No. 9

6.74


Item No. 10

17.64

Providing and fixing single leaf paneled door C.C.T.W. 60mm.x 100mm. frame without ventilator, shutter 35mm.thick as per detailed drawing consisting C.C.T.W. vertical styles & top rail 95mm. x 35mm. & lock & bottom rail 195mm. x 35mm. & panel with 12 mm. thick particle board (Conforming I.S..3097:1980 ) including iron oxidized fixtures & fastenings & T.W. beading at junctions of panels inserted including 3 coats of oil painting complete. Additional Item. Spec. No. As directed by Engineer in charge.

3480.00 Rs. Three thousand four hundred eighty only. Sqm 61387.20

Item No. 11

15.12

Providing and fixing box framed steel windows of various sizes as per detailed drawings with welded square bars 12 mm at 10 cm centre to centre without hot dip zinc coating without/with ventilator including fabrication, glazing with non-actinic/ plain/ obscured glass panes of approved type and quality, all fixtures and fastenings without teak wood boxing, and architraves and finishing with one coat of primer complete.

2833.00 Rs. Two thousand eight hundred thirty three only. Sqm 42834.96

197



In Figure In Words

Item No. 12

1.08

Providing and fixing steel ventilator fully glazed partly top hung and partly fixed as per detailed drawing, without hot dip zinc coating including fabrication, glazing with 3mm thick plain/ obscured glass panes of approved type and quality and fastenings without teak wood boxing, architecture and oil painting in two coats etc. complete.

1968.00 Rs. One thousand nine hundred sixty eight only. Sqm 2125.44

Item No. 13

Providing and casting in situ cement concrete of M-200 grade of trap granite / quartzite / gneiss metal for R.C.C. beams and lintels as per detailed designs and drawings or as directed including placing in position plastic cover block of required size at 90 cm. C/C each main bottom bars to stamping at sides to give required clear cover from all sides in R.C.C. Beam, centering, formwork of plywood / steel, compaction, covering newly laid concrete by gunny bag, plastic or tarpaulin, finishing the formed surface with cement mortar 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening if special finish is to be provided and curing etc. complete. (Excluding reinforcement. The cement mortar 1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honeycombed surface only. Wooden planks / shuttering will not be allowed)

2.34

RCC M 200

5070.00 Rs. Five thousand seventy only. Cum 11863.80

198



In Figure In Words

Item No. 14

Providing and casting in situ cement concrete of M-200 grade of trap granite / quartzite / gneiss metal for R.C.C. chhajja as per detailed designs and drawings or as directed including centering, formwork of steel, compaction, covering newly laid concrete by gunny bag, plastic or tarpaulin, finishing the formed surface with cement mortar 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening if special finish is to be provided and curing etc. complete. (Excluding reinforcement. The cement mortar 1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honeycombed surface only. Wooden planks / shuttering will not be allowed)

1.94

RCC M 200

5195.00 Rs. Five thousand one hundred ninety five only. Cum 10078.30

Item No. 15

Providing and casting in situ cement concrete of M-200 grade of trap granite / quartzite / gneiss metal for R.C.C. slabs and landings as per detailed designs and drawings or as directed including fixing plastic cover block of required size at 27 Nos in per 10Sqm to reinforcement to give a clear cover of 15 mm in R.C.C. Slabs, fixing fan hook box of 100 mm diameter PVC or MS materialwith required depth with holes or notches as required, bottom with 12 mm dia. M.S. bar bent to shape with hooked ends for fan hook and painting to exposed surface, centering, formwork of steel, compaction, covering newly laid concrete by gunny bag, plastic or tarpaulin, finishing the formed surface with cement mortar 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening if special finish is to be provided and curing etc. complete.

199



In Figure In Words

(Excluding reinforcement. The cement mortar 1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honeycombed surface only. Wooden planks / shuttering will not be allowed)

12.94

RCC M 200

5195.00 Rs. Five thousand one hundred ninety five only. Cum 67223.30

Item No. 16

1.72


49400.00 Rs.Fourty Nine thousand four hundred only. MT 84968.00

Item No. 17a

351.60

Providing internal cement plaster 12mm. thickinsingle coat In cement mortar 1:3 without neeru finish to concrete or brick surfaces, in all position including scaffolding and curing complete. 103.00

Rs. One hundred three only. Sqm 36214.80

Item No. 17b

351.60

Providing neeru finish to plastered surfaces in a all positions except ceiling including scaffolding and curing complete. 20.00 Rs. Twenty only. Sqm 7032.00

Item No.17c

229.56

Providing internal cement plaster 20mm. thick in two coats in cement mortar 1:3 without neeru finish, to concrete, brick surface. in all positions including scaffolding and curing complete. 155.00

Rs. One hundred fifty five only. Sqm 35581.80

200



In Figure In Words

Item No.18

64.62

Providing and laying polished Kotah stone flooring 25mm to 30mm thick and of required width in plain/diamond pattern on a bed of 1:6 cement mortar including cement float, filling joints with neat cement slurry, curing, polishing and cleaning complete.

660.00 Rs. Six hundred sixty only. Sqm 42649.20

Item No.19

28.06

Providing and laying coloured glazed tiles 148.5 mm x 148.5 mm in size and 5.5 to 6.6 mm thick for flooring in required position laid on bed of 1:1 lime mortar or 1:6 C.M. including neat cement float, (excluding all specials required like round edge tiles, corner, cups etc.) filling joints with neat white cement slurry curing and cleaning complete.

730.00 Rs. Seven hundred thirty only. Sqm 20483.80

Item No.20

2.00

Providing and fixing 1st class white glazed earthenware "Orissa type" w.C. Pan 600 x 400 mm size including 'P' or 'S' trap UPVC soil and vent pipe up to the outside face of the wall, 1:5:10 cement concrete bedding, 10 liter fiber high level flushing cistern with fittings, inlet pipe with stop tap, bracket for fixing the cistern, 32 mm dia. UPVC flush pipe with fitting and clamps, 20 mm dia. UPVC over flow pipe with mosquito proof coupling, chain and pulley, painting of the exposed pipe and cutting and making good walls and floor, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.) 4181.00

Rs.Four thousand one hundred eighty one only. No. 8362.00

201



In Figure In Words

Item No.21

12.00

Providing and fixing screw down bib/ stop tap of brass including necessary socket union nut, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Executive Engineer is necessary before use) 166.00

Rs. One hundred sixty six only. No. 1992.00

i) 15 mm dia.

Item No.22

4.00

Providing and fixing P.V.C. long arm Nahani Trap of 8 cm diameter including PVC grating, bend and connecting piece of UPVC pipes up to the outside face of the walls making good damaged surface, testing etc. complete. 347.00

Rs. Three hundred fourty seven only. No. 1388.00

Item No.23

2.00

Providing and fixing 15 mm dia screw down wheeled stop tap of brass including necessary sockets /union nut, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.) 147.00

Rs. One hundred fourty seven only. No. 294.00

Item No. 24

4000.00

Providing, hoisting and fixing in position sintex or equivalent high density polyethylene UV stabilized conforming to IS-12701; water storage tank with necessary connection, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample by Executive Engineer is necessary before use.)

8.00 Rs. Eight only. Lit 32000.00

Item No.25

Providing & fixing on walls/ ceiling/ floors, medium grade having embossed ISI Mark following diameter galvanized iron pipes With screwed sockets, joints & necessary galvanized iron fittings such as sockets, back nuts, elbows, bends, tees, reducers, enlargers, plugs, clamps etc. including necessary

202



In Figure In Words

drilling holes in walls, slabs etc. & remaking good the demolished portion to restore the same in original condition neatly, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Executive Engineer is necessary before use)

70.00 25 mm dia

230.00 Rs. Two hundred thirty only. M 16100.00

110.00

15 mm dia

135.00 Rs. One hundred thirty five only. M 14850.00

Item No.26

8.00

a) Providing & constructing Brick Masonry Inspection Chamber 60cm x 45cm including 1:4:8 cement concrete foundation 1:2:4 cement concrete channels half round G.S.W.pipes, Brick Masonry, plastering from inside and airtight 75 mm thick R.C.C. cover etc. complete.

1786.00 Rs.One thousand seven hundred eighty six only. No. 14288.00

Size 60 x 45 CM

Item No.27

2.00

Providing and fixing hume pipe septic tank 900mm diameter with vent pipe and cap including necessary (excluding excavation and laying) material & labour charges etc complite. 5486.00

Rs.Five thousand four hundred eighty six only. No. 10972.00

Item No.28

Providing and fixing following diameter.UPVC soil / vent / waste SWR pipe/Rain water pipes of required diameter conforming to IS 13592 and IS 4985 to with stand 2.5 kg/cm2 including necessary fixtures and fittings such as bends, tees, single junction, double junctions and joining with rubber and lubricants on wall by means of clips or in ground including necessary excavation, laying filling trenches, testing etc. complete

203



In Figure In Words

20.00

i) 110 mm dia.

192.00 Rs.One hundred ninety two only. R.M. 3840.00

50.00 ii) 160 mm dia.

420.00 Rs.Four hundred twenty only. R.M. 21000.00

Item No.29

351.60

Providing & applying washable oil-bound distemper of approved colour and shade to old & new surfaces in two coats including scaffolding, preparing the surfaces, (excluding the primer coat.) complete.

23.00 Rs.Twenty three only. Sqm 8086.80

Item No. 30

229.56

Providing and applying washable acrylic emulsion paint with roller finish in 2 coats of approved colour and shade to existing surface including scaffolding, preparing the surface to receive paint and applying putty etc. complete. Spec. No. : As directed by Engineer in charge.

68.00 Rs.Sixty eight only. Sqm 15610.08

Item No.31

50.00

Providing and fixing electrical point of approved quality for lighting purpose including all material and labour etc. complete. 554.00

Rs.Five hundred fifty four only. Point 27700.00

Item No.32

Providing and fixing kadappa stone slab 25 to 30 mm including all types of material and labour as directed by engineer in charge etc. complete.

36.10b For Kitchen plate from for two quarter unit

554.00 Rs.Five hundred fifty four only Sqm 20000.00

TOTAL Rs. 917353.52

Say Rs. 917354.00

204








Sub work No 13:- TRIAL RUN


In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.1

Job

Commisioning running and maintaining the scheme to quantites, rated capacity, including manning necessary personnel such as operator, valveman, etc. as per requirements of the scheme and who should also administer chemical dose for a period of3 month for individual scheme together with training of personnel spared by MJP/ Local Body and handing over the scheme to Local Body after completion of the above period as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

40885 Rs Fourty thousand Eight hundred eighty five only. L.S. 40885.00

ITEM NO.2

Job

Running and maintaining the scheme to quantites, rated capacity, including manning necessary personnel such as operator, valveman, etc. as per requirements of the scheme and who should also administer chemical dose for a period of12 months.after Commissioning and handing over the scheme to Local Body after completion of the above period as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

163540.00

Rs One lakh sixty three thousand five hundred forty only. L.S. 163540.00

TOTAL Rs. 204425.00

SAY Rs. 204425.00 Note:- After completion of all subwork in the tender Third party inspection of the scheme will be done. The department shall be bear the cost of such third party inspection. However the cost of repairs, modifications etc. due to poor quality of work, shall be recoverable from the contractor. (As per Govt. Resolution No. Grapadha /1109/ Pra-ka-104 (A)/WS-07 dt.17.3.2010.

205








Sub-Work No. 14:- FLOW METER

Cost of Sub Work Rs.

7278023.00

Quantity. Item No.& Decription of Item


In Figure In Words

ITEM NO.1

1.00

Manufacutre, supply and commission Electromagnetic Flow Meter (EMF), for Raw/Pure water with accuracy 0.5% of measured value & protection as per given specifications for size 100 mm-1000mm Including sensor, transmitter surge arrestor, cable GI duct if suitable size for 25 mtrs. sensor , transmitter surge arrestor, 25 Mtrs / each flow meter, including the pipe cutting, leveling and installation of flow meter in the pipelines with necessary tool tackles, cranes etc., as may be required at site & based on technical specifications (Annexure-A) attached 500 mm.dia. 493303.00

Rs. Four lakh ninety three thousand three hundred three only Nos 493303.00

ITEM NO.2

Providing installing& giving satisfactory field testing of flanged ends bulk water meter EEC mark having remote reading facility with FGI 250 cast iron body class B confirming as per ISO ISO-4064 marked to read in metric system along with manufactures test & guarantee certificate including cost of all materials & labours etc comp.

Eec mark removable mechanism type having provision of remote reading facility

206


Quantity. Item No.& Decription of Item Tender Rate Unit Amount

In Figure In Words

4.00

200 mm dia ( for Adhar Nager , Om Nager , Saptashrungi Nager ESR & Sainik Colony GSR )

35636.00

Rs. Thirty five thousand six hundred thirty six only Nos

142544.00

1.00

150 mm dia ( for Borse Nager ESR )

27466.00

Rs. Twenty seven thousand four hundred sixty six only

27466.00

2.00

100 mm dia ( for Nayana Nager , Gayatri Nager ESR)

21775.00

Rs. Twenty one thousand seven hundred seventy five only Nos

43550.00

ITEM NO.3

Providing installing C.I. Strainer ("T" basket type type with flanged ends and stainless steel or brass mesh with operating of 2.50 to 3.00mm and suitable for opertingpressure of 16 kg /cm2

4.00

200 mm dia ( for Adhar Nager , Om Nager , Saptashrungi Nager ESR & Sainik Colony GSR )

29981.00

Rs. Twenty nine thousand nine hundred eighty one only Nos

119924.00

1.00

150 mm dia ( for Borse Nager ESR )

16189.00

Rs. Sixteen thousand one hundred eighty nine only

16189.00

2.00

100 mm dia ( for Nayana Nager , Gayatri Nager ESR)

8950.00 Rs. Eight thousand nine hundred fifty only Nos

17900.00

ITEM NO.4

1600.00

Providing, laying ,and testing M.S. pipes / specials /Flanged as per requirement for installation of meter 62.00 Rs. Sixty two only Kg

99200.00

ITEM NO.5

Manufacturing,Suppling of C.I mechanical compression flanged/socket Tail Pieces (Popularly known as IT.M

flange/socket tail piece) suitable for making flanged connection with the plain barrel of C.I. spun pipes (As per I.S. 1536/2001) & D.I. pipes (As per I.S. 8329/2000) The tail piece to be supplied complete with sealing rubber

207


Quantity. Item No.& Decription of Item Tender Rate Unit Amount

In Figure In Words

gasket of S.B.R.cast iron follower glands & mild steel nut-bolts. The whole assembly should be mechanically & hydraulically tested to the provision as laid down in I.S. 1538/1993. The rates are inclusive of cost of material, forwarding charges,saletax, loading, transportation & unloading at departmental store. etc complete as directed.

4.00 200 mm dia

3065.00 Rs. Three thousand sixty five only

12260.00

1.00

150 mm dia

2366.00

Rs. Two thousand three hunderd sixty six only

2366.00

2.00

100 mm dia

1314.00

Rs. One thousand three hunderd fourteen only

2628.00

ITEM NO.6

Providing installing& giving satisfactory field testing of Domestic water meter, horizontal inferential single or multi jet g type with magnetic drive dry dial suitable for ambient 50 c temperature duly sealed against tamprining complete, with couplings at both ends & confirming to class B along with manufactures test certificate& guarantee certificate including cost of all materials & labours the rates includes providing & supplying of 15mm dia. meter on existing consumer connection /new connection including cost of required materials such as pipe, saddle, union ferrule etc. with required labour charges etc complete.

3570.00

EEC mark ( with provision of remote reading facility ) multijet 15 MM Dia

1764.90

Rs. One thousand seven hundred sixty four & Paise Ninety only Nos

6300693.00

Total Rs 7278023.00

Say Rs 7278023.00

208



MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL SCHEME DIVISION JALGAON

NAME OF WORK :- WALWADI VILLAGE WATER SUPPLY SCHEME, TALUKA &DISTRICT:- DHULE

BAR CHART

S.N. Name of Sub works

2012 2013 2014 2015

Quarter of The Year

II III IV I II III IV I II III IV I

Months 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

1 Connecting

Main

2 Sump well

with overhead

pump house

3 Raw water

P/Machinery

4 Raw water

Gravity Main

5 Conventional

Water Treatment

Plant

209


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

6 Pure water

Pumping

Machinery.

7 Pure water

Rising Main.

8 RCC ESR's

9 RCC GSR's

10 Distribution

system

11 Chain link

fencing and

M.S.Gate

12 Staff Quarter

13 Test and Trial

of scheme

14 Water Meter

210






(NAKANE TANK AS A SOURCE ) Weighted Average Rates for Pipe Line Work ( For Excavation)

Sr No Name of Subwork Total Quantity ( Cum ) Total Ammount( Rs )

1 Connecting Main

Soft soil 392.70 43982.40

Hard Murum 385.00 48510.00

Soft Rock 138.60 51975.00

Hard Rock by blasting Lift 0.00 to 1.50 M 192.50 92400.00

Hard Rock by blasting Lift 1.50 to 3.00 M 238.70 119111.30

Total Quantity 1347.50 355978.70

2 Raw Water Gravity Main

Soft soil 1216.00 136192.00

Hard Murum & boulder 912.00 128592.00

Soft Rock 1216.00 456000.00

Hard Rock by controll blasting 1064.00 510720.00

Total Quantity 4408.00 1231504.00

3 Pure water Rising Main

Soft soil 2999.75 335972.00


Soft Rock 1199.90 449962.50

Hard Rock 1499.88 719942.40

Total Quantity 8099.33 1844248.70

4 Distribution System.

Soft soil 14844.01 1662529.12


211


Sr No Name of Subwork Total Quantity ( Cum ) Total Ammount( Rs )

Soft Rock 9896.00 3711000.00

Hard Rock By Chelling 9896.00 6185000.00

Total Quantity 49480.02 13651534.53

Gross Qty & Amount for lift 0.00 to 1.50 M 63096.15 16964154.63

Average Rate Rs (Total Ammt / Total Qty.) 268.86

Proposed Rate 268.86 per Cum

Gross Qty & Amount for lift 1.50 to 3.00 M 238.70 119111.30

Average Rate Rs (Total Amt / Total Qty.) 499.00

Proposed Rate 499.00 per Cum

Sr No. Strata Classification % of Strata

1 Soft soil (Lift 0.00 to 1.50 M ) 30.84%

2 Hard Murum (Lift 0.00 to 1.50 M ) 0.61%

3 Hard Murum boulder (Lift 0.00 to 1.50 M ) 28.77%

3 Soft Rock (Lift 0.00 to 1.50 M ) 19.73%

4 Hard Rock by Controlled blasting Lift 0.00 to 1.50 M 4.37%

5 Hard Rock By Chiselling Lift 0.00 to 1.50 M 15.68%

For 0.00 to 1.50 M 100.00%

6 Hard Rock by Controlled blasting Lift 1.50 to 3.00 M 100.00%

Note:- The Quantity exceeds beyond tender limit as per clause 38 then the above%of strata classification will be considered

0

Contractor No. Of Correction Engineer In Charge

For Authorised use only

MEMBER SECRETARY

MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN, MUMBAI

CHIEF ENGINEER

MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL , THANE

SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER,


B-1 TENDER

FOR Name of Scheme :- Walwadi Water Supply Scheme

Tal. & Dist.Dhule

Providing, constructing Connecting Main, Sump with overhead pump house &

overhead tank Providing & installing Raw Water Pumping Machinery, Raw

Water Gravity Main, Water Treatment Plant , Pure Water Pumping Machinery,

Pure Water Rising main, R.C.C.E.S.R., R.C.C.G.S.R., Distribution System, Chain

link fencing ,Staff quarter,& Trial run of the scheme.

( B-1/ ______ for 2012-13)

VOLUME – II

i

DETAILED ITEMWISE SPECIFICATION & GENERAL SPECIFICATION

OFFICE OF THE

EXECUTIVE ENGINEER,



1




NAME OF SCHEME:- WALWADI WATER SUPPLY SCHEME, TAL. & DIST :- DHULE


tank , Providing & installing Raw Water Pumping Machinery, Raw Water Gravity Main, Water

Treatment Plant , Pure Water Pumping Machinery, Pure Water Rising main, R.C.C.E.S.R.,

R.C.C.G.S.R., Distribution System, Chain link fencing ,Staff quarter,& Trial run of the scheme.

INDEX

Sr. No. Description Page No.

1 General Conditions. 2 17

2 Special Conditions of Contract 18 28

3 Sub work wise & Item wise Detailed

Specifications. 29 361

4 Water sample Report 362 364

5 List of Drawings. 365 365

2


GENERAL CONDITIONS

Unless otherwise specifically provided for either in tender items or in

specifications on the schedule of supply of materials, all items in the tender are inclusive

of cost of all materials required for the execution of the items and these, as, are

provided as per relevant ISS on standard specifications.

All the materials used in the work shall be of best quality and any materials

rejected shall be removed from the site within 24 hours.

All other rules regarding Workmen's Compensation, etc. shall be binding on the

Contractor.

All items to be executed in the course of the work have to be executed by the

Contractor as specification in the P.W.D. Hand books, the books of standard

specifications, published by the Public Works of Government of Maharashtra, relevant

I.S. specifications, latest editions, and practice in vogue, at the rates as per rules of the

M.J.P. and conditions of agreement in this respect. The Contractor shall be responsible

and liable to pay for damage to public property caused by him. He should keep the

accounts of such materials in suitable book which would be available for inspection to

the Engineer in charge. The Contractor shall be responsible for proper handling and

safe custody of all material delivered by him for use on work. The material including

pipes shall be procured by the Contractor as per requirement of work and no excess

material shall be procured. Only used material shall be paid to the Contractor.

For all accidents on the contracted works the Contractor shall be responsible to

pay the compensation to the sufferer or his legal dependents as per the Legal

Compensation Act in force.

The Contractor shall engage an authorised agent or an experienced qualified

supervisor for the work capable of managing and guiding the work on his behalf.

He shall take such orders as may be given to him by the Engineer in charge from

time to time and shall be responsible to carry them out promptly.

A work order book shall be maintained at the works site. The Contractor shall sig .

the orders given by the Engineer in charge & Sub-Divisional Officer and shall carry them

promptly. After completion of the work, the work order book shall be surrendered to the

M.J.P.

Quantities given in the tender are approximate and are liable for variation.

Excavation of the trenches will be according to actual strata met with. The Contractor

3


shall have no claim for compensation on account of any variation in the quantities and

also for any variation in the depth for trenches shown in the drawings.

The Contractor shall at his own expenses make all necessary provisions for

housing, water supply and sanitary arrangements for his employees and for the work

under tender shall pay direct to the authorize concerned all taxes and other charges.

The Contractor shall also comply with all requirement of the Health Department in

regard to anti-malaria

All items occurring in the work and as found necessary in actual execution shall be

carried out in workmanship like manner as per specifications given in P.W.D.Hand Book

and as per the current specifications prevalent in M.J.P as per orders of the Engineer in

charge as stated above.

It must clearly understand that the conditions of the contract and specifications

are intended to be rigidly enforced and no relaxation on the ground of conditions

prevailing is to be allowed.

The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for breach of laws of local bodies,

Government etc. while using private or public conveyance procuring and stacking

materials. Employment of labour etc. and he will meet out- all expense in this contract

without any claim whatsoever on the M.J.P. and the M.J.P shall not take any

responsibility on this account before entering any property, plot, land, premises or areas

etc. the Contractor shall make his own independent investigation through the Collector

or Inspector of Land Records, etc. on his own about the ownership of the plot, etc. and

he will be liable for action for act of encroachment, trespass, etc. committed by him or

his labour or for the steps taken by the party concerned.

The Contractor shall have to clear the site of work before the commencement of

work and after the completion of the work without any extra cost. The Contractor shall

construct at his cost a temporary shed of about 20 sq. m. As per specification, carpet

area for use as office for inspection of the work by officers and for discussing the details

of work writing work order, etc. Necessary furniture such as chair's tables, wooden box,

etc. will be constructed and provided for within fifteen days from the date of receipt of

work order. It will be maintained properly till the work is completed. The shed and

furniture will be allowed to be taken back by the Contractor after the work is completed.

The M.J.P shall not pay any rent, charges for the shed, etc. and no M.J.P’s materials will

be issued by the M.J.P. for his shed.

4


A jeep able service road, wherever necessary shall be provided and maintained

by the Contractor as his cost till the completion of the work.

The Contractor shall arrange for final lineout of works at his own cost under supervision

of responsible representatives of the M.J.P.

All cement concrete shall be weigh batched, machine mixed and machine

vibrated unless otherwise instructed by the Executive Engineer.

The Contractor shall furnish a list of machinery in his possession, which he proposes to

use on the work.

The contractor shall follow the instructions in general under notes for guidance of

page 1 & 2 of the P.W.D. Hand Book Volume-1

LABOUR REGULATION.

The Contractor will have to abide by the provisions made under the Contract

Labour (Regulations and Abolition) Act 1970 and Rules made there under by

Government of Maharashtra, License shall have to be produced prior to starting of work.

No refund of quarry fees and Royalties. The Rate’s quoted shall be inclusive of all

quarry fees and Royalties for minor mineral, such as stone, Murum soils, sand etc. after

getting no objection certificate from Revenue Department for clearance of Royalties and

fees of materials, minor mineral etc. on completion of works the security deposit will be

release only.

Rates of the item of supply of pipes and valves mentioned in Schedule 'B'

are inclusive of Third Party Inspection.

C.P.M. chart shall be submitted by the contractor. To whom allotted the tender & get

approved by Engineer in charge.

5



MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL SCHEME,DIVISION JALGAON

Name of Scheme:- WALWADI WATER SUPPLY SCHEME Tal.& Dist- DHULE


tank , Providing & installing Raw Water Pumping Machinery, Raw Water Gravity Main,




GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

GC 1 PROCUREMENT OF MATERIALS AND PAYMENT OF TAX

Unless and otherwise specifically provided for in the schedule 'A' of materials

attached to the tender, all materials required, of approved type, for completion of the

work as per specification, shall be procured by the contracting firm. The rate quoted for

the items shall inclusive of all costs of materials and labour and it shall also cover all

taxes viz. sales taxe, (VAT) & local taxes such as octroi etc, that are payable by the firm

under the law of land.

GC 2 IMPORT LICENSE AND PROCUREMENT OF IMPORTED MATERIALS

The contractor, however may offer the imported materials and goods which are

readily available in the market or which can be made available in the course of

execution, on approval of competent authority but importing the spares and assembling

Indigenously is not acceptable unless backed by warranty of original manufacturer of

parts who shall take responsibility for the assembled equipment’s I machines etc.

GC 3 ACQUAINTANCE WITH SITE CONDITIONS AND WORKS CONDITION, ETC.

The contracting firm shall study and investigate the site in general, the conditions

in respect of approaches, labour, water supply, climate, quarries and the data included

in the tender papers and get it verified from the actual inspection of site etc. before

submitting the tender. In case of any doubt about any item or data included in the or

otherwise it sall be got clarified by applying in writing to the S.E. M.J.P. Urban & Rural

Circle Nashik, 3 days in advance before the date of pre-tender conference.

Once the tender is submitted, it shall be concluded that the firm has verified and

made itself conversant with all the details required for completing the work as per tender

conditions and specifications.

6


All the items have to be executed in the course of work as per specifications in the

PWD handbook, the books of standard specifications published by the PWD or MJP of

the Govt. of Maharashtra, relevant IS specifications, latest editions and practice in

vogue and as per the rules of the MJP and conditions of the agreement in this regard.

The contractor shall be responsible & liable to pay for damage to public property

caused by him. [The contractor shall be responsible for proper handling and safe

custody of all materials delivered by him for use on the work. The material including

pipes shall be procured by the contractor as per requirement of the works and no

excess material shall be procured, only used material shall be paid to the contractor.

The contractor should keep the accounts of such material in suitable book, which will be

available for inspection to the Engineer in Charge.

Quantities given in the tender are approximate and are liable for variations.

Excavation of the trenches will be according to actual strata met with. The contractor

shall have no claim for compensation because of any variation in the quantities and for

any variation in the depth of trenches shown in the drawings. It must be clearly

understood that the conditions of contract and specifications are intended to be rigidly

enforced and no relaxation on the ground of conditions prevailing is allowed.

The contractor shall be entirely responsible for breach of laws of local bodies,

State or Central Government etc while using public or private conveyance for procuring

and stacking materials, employment of labours etc. He will meet out all the expenses in

this context without any claim whatsoever on the M.J.P. and M.J.P. shall not take any

responsibility on this account.

GC 4 CHANGE IN SITE ALIGNMENT OR ORIENTATION

No compensation shall be paid because of changes in site, alignment or

orientation of the proposed work, within the work site marked on plan attached to the

tender.

GC 5 SITE INVESTIGATION &TEMPORARY OFFICE ARRANGEMENTS

Before entering the plot, property, land, premises etc, the contractor shall make

his independent investigation regarding plot, land, premises etc through the Collector,

Inspector of land records etc on his own about the ownership of the plots. He will be

liable for action for act of encroachment, trespass etc committed by him or his personnel

or for the steps taken by the party concerned.

7


The contractor shall have to clear the site of work before commencement of work

& after the completion of the work without any extra cost.

The contractor shall construct at his cost a temporary shed/office having area 20

sq.m. with adequate, office furniture such as chairs, tables, wooden box etc at site of

work for use as office for inspection of work by officers and for discussing the details of

work, writing work order etc.

It shall be constructed and provided within 15 days from the date of receipt of

work order. It shall be maintained properly till the work is completed. The shed &

furniture will be allowed to be taken back by the contractor after the work is completed.

The M.J.P. will not pay any rent, charges for the shed and no M.J.P’s materials will be

issued by the M.J.P. for this shed

A jeep-able service road, wherever necessary shall be provided and maintained

by the contractor.

GC 6 WATER SUPPLY FOR CONSTRUCTION AND HYDRAULIC TESTING

The M.J.P. has no water supply arrangement at site. The Contractor has to make

his own arrangement at his cost for water required for construction, testing, filling etc

either from local bodies or from elsewhere by paying the charges directly and arranging

tankers etc as per necessity. No claim for extra payment on account of non availability:

of water nearby or extra lead for bringing water shall be entertained All required piping

arrangements and pumping if required for water shall be made by-him at his cost. If

contractor fails to pay the water charges to local bodies or private parties, these shall be

recovered by the MJP from his bills. In case M.J.P’s water supply is available, a

connection at suitable place may be sanctioned but all further arrangements of pumping

if required, piping etc shall be done by him at his cost and water charges in such case

shall be paid by the contractor at the rates decided by the Engineer in Charge, shall be

final and binding on contractor.

Whenever Schedule 'B' provides for any dewatering item, payment shall be

admissible under that item. But apart from that item, no extra claims for dewatering

required for executing various tender items, and for executing such items in wet

conditions shall be entertained; as all these expenses are deemed to be included in the

dewatering item. Similarly, power supply required by the Contractor for execution of

work shall be arranged by himself at his cost.

For hydraulic testing of Leading mains, Rising mains, Distribution mains

8


(pipelines), a Suitable section as directed by Engineer in Charge shall be taken for such

testing from time to time during progress of the work & satisfactory test given for that

section. All testing apparatus, gauges, connections, etc and water required for testing

shall be arranged by the Contractor at his cost. M.J.P. does not take any responsibility

to supply water for testing. If there is any delay in testing, the contractor shall refill the

trenches for the time being and reopen them at the time of testing at his own cost. The

refilling shall not be paid till satisfactory hydraulic test is given.

Satisfactory Hydraulic test shall be regarded when this section under test shall

withstand the specified pressure as directed by Engineer in Charge for about 15 minutes

without operating the pump.

During the hydraulic testing the entire pipeline specials and all joints in that

section appears to be dry. The test pressure shall be as per MJP's circular No.

MJP/RCC/332 dated 31.12.97. During testing if any joint/any special/any valve/any

packing are found leak, they shall be repaired or redone by the contractor at his cost till

the test is found satisfactory. Similarly any pipe, collars, specials show hair cracks, leaks

etc during testing, the contractor shall replace them with sound pipes and specials

together with new joints entirely at his own cost till satisfactory hydraulic testing is given.

GC 7 SUPERVISORY STAFF

The Contractor shall have a well-qualified Public Health Engineer and water and

wastewater chemist on his establishment. He shall also engage an experienced

qualified Resident Engineer who is well versed with design aspect of RC.C. work, to be

in touch with day-to-day progress of the work and he should be authorised to receive

instructions form the Engineer-in-charge from time to time and shall act on them

promptly. The contractor shall; during working hours, maintain Engineers, supervisors

having sufficient training and experience to supervise the various items and operations

of the work.

Orders and directions given to such Engineers, supervisors or other staff of the

Contractor shall be deemed to have been given to the contractor. For this purpose the

contractor shall communicate to the M.J.P. The Name; Qualification and Experience of

such Engineer to be appointed for execution of this work. The Engineer of the contractor

who will be responsible for this work, by whatever designation he may be known, will be

specified on award of the contract shall atleast once in a fortnight inspect the work and

discuss with the Engineer-in-charge on the conduct and progress of the work.

9


GC 8 LABORATORY

The Contractor shall have a laboratory for carrying out tests required to be

conducted in connection with tender arrangement. Such as compression testing (Cube

testing machine) sieve analysis equipment, soundness tests equipment for bricks etc.

Other tests should be carried out in the Govt. Laboratory at the cost of contractor.

GC 9 WORK ORDER BOOK

A bound work order book shall be maintained at the work site by the contractor,

which will be in the custody of the M.J.P. This will be a permanent record. The Resident

Engineer of the. Contractor shall sign below the orders recorded by the Engineer in

Charge, and higher departmental officers in token of having received them. He may take

out a copy there of if required. Will not record any remark in the work order book but

may take up the matters recorded therein.

GC 10 JOINT SURVEY

The contractor shall satisfy himself regarding the correctness of the layouts,

levels etc. as are shown in the drawings or given in the specifications. Before starting

the work he shall also carry out, at his own cost, survey of the whole work-site jointly

with departmental (M.J.P.) representative. Major discrepancies, if any, noticed between

departmental (M.J.P.) drawings and the joint survey shall be informed in writing to the

Engineer-in-charge and got set-right by him where necessary. Such deviations as may

arise out of the joint survey shall not vitiate the provisions of contract and shall not

entitle the Contractor to any extra claims in any way. L-section in 2 sets should be

submitted before starting of the work.

While tendering, the Contractor should study the site condition and strata to be

met with and the deviation in the data given by the MJP and cover the actual

requirement of the jobs to be provided for quoting the rate of the item. The safe bearing

capacity for any strata will be decided by the Engineer -in-charge generally with

reference to the value given in the Public works Department Hand Book for respective

strata or by actual tests in case of doubt at the cost of the Contractor. The maximum

permissible bearing capacities of different strata should not exceed the following limits.

Trial pit results are indicative.

10


i) Soil 5 M.T./sq.m.

ii) Average murum 20 M.T./sq.m.

iii) Average Soft rock. 30 M.T./sq.m.

GC 11 LAYOUT CHECKING

The Contractor shall provide all labour, skilled and unskilled and all materials

needed and shall himself carry-out the line-out & checking of works, taking

measurement, testing of hydraulic and other structures, as directed, without any extra

cost. The contractor will also provide proper approach and access to all the works under

execution and stores without any extra cost.

GC 12 REFERENCE POINTS

After the joint survey has been plotted and approved by the Engineer-in-charge,

permanent base lines and bench marks shall be established by the Contractor so as to

serve as reference points and dimensional control of works. He should prepare and

submit a plan showing such reference points with their full description.

GC 13 PROGRAM OF WORK

The programme of work as envisaged by the Department is given in the form of

bar chart. Both physical as well as financial programme is given in it. This is the

minimum programme required to be achieved for implementation of clause-2 of the

tender, however the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer-in-Charge within 15 days

from the date of work order to start the work, a program indicating progress to be

achieved for completion as per contract agreement. This shall not be less than the one

envisaged by M.J.P. and shall be got approved.

The progress schedule shall be in the form of bar charts, Statement forms, Daily

out-turn of quantities etc. If the program is found defective in any respect or

impracticable the same shall be modified as required, if the actual progress of work lag

behind at any stage, revised program by accelerating the progress to be achieved shall

be drawn up, keeping the target of completion unchanged. The program schedule in the

form of bar chart is attached separately.

Normally, a period of about 3 to 4 weeks will be required for scrutiny and approval

of the competent authority to the design and detailed drawings from the date of receipt

from the Contractor by all concerned authorities. The contractor shall be fully

11


responsible for the delay that would be caused in scrutiny or giving approval to the

design and drawings due their being incomplete, shabby and haphazard manner without

any illustrative dimensioned sketches in design and due to non-submission of reference

book called for. No extra time limit shall be granted on account of legitimate time

required in carrying out scrutiny as mentioned above by the Project implementing

Authority and due to improper design and drawing submitted by the contractor.

GC 14 APPROVALS FOR MATERIALS TO BE USED

Samples in large enough quantity of materials and descriptive data therefore

requiring prior approval shall be furnished to the Engineer-in-charge in good time before

the collection of such materials and equipment so as permit testing.

The samples shall be properly marked. to show the name of the materials name

of manufacturer, place of origin and item for which it is to be used. Only on approval, the

material of approved quality shall be brought on site. Samples approved shall be on

exhibition at all time, properly stored and prevented from deterioration for purposes of

comparison with the materials brought on site of work from time to time for use on work.

While materials are being brought on site samples there of will continuously be tested to

verify if they are according to specifications and such lots of them which are below

specification shall be rejected and shall forth with be removed from the site of work. All

the materials used in the work shall be of best quality and any material rejected shall be

removed from site within 24 hours.

GC 15 SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF VARIOUS ITEMS

The sub works included in the schedule of works are job work’s. The various

items of the sub-works are to fit in perfectly in the whole plant physically, hydraulically

and architecturally to form effective working part of the whole plant as per specifications.

Each sub-work will be considered as complete when it is completed as per specification

and put in to commission as per standard as a successful component part of the whole

plant. The contractor will have to use on site best quality of material approved by the

Engineer-in-charge and no claim shall be entertained in case desired quality of material

is required to be brought from the longer distance.

12


GC 16 CHECKING QUALITY OF WORK

The Contractor shall, at any time during continuance of the contract offer of work

done or, if necessary, pull down a reasonable part work enough for such inspection and

testing as the Engineer-in-charge without any extra cost. Sampling and testing of routine

concrete work and other civil work, items shall be done in accordance with NBC practice

and ISS up to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge.

GC 17 INSPECTIONS

Though the offer is on lumpsum basis, the Contractor shall give not less than

seven day's notice in writing to the Engineer-in-charge about the work, which is

proposed to be covered or placed beyond the reach of inspection and verification of

sizes for doing the same. If any work is covered without such written notice, the same

shall be uncovered at the cost of the Contractor and in default there of on payment or

allowances shall be made for such work. These requirements apply for the component

items executed for the sub-work for which lumpsum is quoted.

GC 18 USE OF STEEL

The contractor shall use Tor / mild steel conforming to IS 1786-1979 or latest

edition etc. that shall be of standard tested quality and grade-I type, acceptable to the

M.J.P. The Engineer in charge of M.J.P. shall get the steel tested at the cost of

Contractor and permit its use if the stresses are within limits as per relevant ISS, steel

not satisfying the requirements shall be rejected and shall have to be replaced with

quality steel. The mild steel plate to be used for manufacture of pipes should be of

tested quality and manufacturing of pipe should be as per I. S. 3589 of 2000 or IS 5504

of 1969 with latest modifications.

GC 19 EXTRA ITEM

It is binding on the Contractor to carry out such extra work pertaining to the

completion of work and as will be ordered by the Engineer -in-charge. The payment for

this would be decided on the basis of sanctioned schedule of rates of the Division or

accepted rate analysis on actual cost basis as would be a roved by the competent

authority. In this regard, the decision of the Superintending Engineer will be

final and binding on the Contractor.

13


GC 20 NO INTEREST ON DUES

No interest will be payable by the M.J.P. on the amount due to Contractor

pending final settlement of claims.

GC 21 DISPOSAL OF THE EXCAVATED MATERIALS

All materials obtained from any excavation as required to be carried out under this

contract will be the property of M.J.P. and the contractor shall not have claim on it. The

excavated stuff if approved by the M.J.P. can be used by the Contractor free of cost for

the construction of this work. The surplus excavated materials remaining after the use of

other items shall be transported outside within a lead of 5 Kms. and disposed off as

directed by the Engineer-in -Charge without any extra cost.

GC 22 ACTIONS IN CASE OF NON-COMPLIANCE

Failure to comply with the foregoing conditions will result in M.J.P. taking action at

the risk and cost of the Contractor. Submission of the tender binds the Contractor for

complying with the requirements of the M.J.P. conditions and specifications without any

extra payment.

GC 23 TENDER TO BE STRICTLY ACCORDING TO THE TENDER CONDITIONS

AND ALL OTHER SPECIFICATIONS

It should be clearly noted that tenderer has to strictly comply with conditions and

specifications laid down in this document and the clarifications given in writing on and

after the pretender conference.

No variations are permissible at the time of tendering.

GC 24 HOUSING AND FOODGRAINS FOR LABOUR

The Contractor will have to abide by the provisions made under the Contract

Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970 and Rules made there under by

Government of Maharashtra, License shall have to be produced prior to starting of work.

All the rules regarding minimum wages act, Workman's compensation and other labour

acts etc. shall be binding on the Contractor without any claim on the M.J.P.

The Contractor shall be fully responsible for making arrangement entirely at his

own cost for housing all labour employed by him and make necessary and satisfactory

14


arrangements such as water supply, sanitation etc. for them as required under Rules

and Laws of State, Central Govt. or Local body. The Contractor shall also arrange for

food grains for the labour where it is not available in open market. The Contractor shall

also comply with all requirements of health in view .of anti-malaria.

GC 25 ACCIDENTS ON WORKS

The Contractor shall be fully responsible for any accidents that may occur to the

labour on his work on duty and report the same to the Engineer-in-charge and

concerned Government Labour Department and Authority and shall pay necessary

compensation as per rules. The Contractor shall insure the work site as well as the

labour as per rules.

GC 26 NO REFUND OF OCTROI DUTY AND ROYALTY CHARGES

In respect of provisions made in clause NO.36 of the printed conditions of

agreement form it is to be made clear that octroi duty and royalty charges paid to the

local body or Govt. on materials brought against this tendered work will not be refunded.

GC 27 INCOME TAX

2.2 % on gross value of each bill or the rate, additional surcharge educational

cess etc. as per income tax law in vogue from time to time shall be deducted towards

income Tax and certificate to that extent shall be issued by the Engineer -in-charge.

GC 28 ACCEPTANCES BY DESIGNERS / CONSULTANTS / EQUIPMENT

SUPPLIERS

Contractor while submitting the tender shall furnish name / names of the process

designers / consultants for the hydraulic and process design of the plant as also the

names of the structural designers along with their qualifications, experience in the field,

addresses and written consent letters from the designers for agreeing to design the

treatment plant. (Please refer Appendix "H"). This will also be applicable for the sub

work of designing providing constructing RCC ESRs.

Consent letters from the process designers / consultants should indicate the work

of such type of capacity not less than 7.25MLD water treatment plant at one place &

3.00 lakh liters ESR at one place designed by them and satisfactorily commissioned

with documentary evidence of having done so and reference certificates from the

15


authorities for designing and satisfactorily commissioning of such filtration plants, etc.

The contractor should indicate also the names of the manufacturers and erectors

of mechanical equipment for water treatment plant of capacity of at least 7.25 MLD. At

one place together with their consent letter of having agreed to supply, erect or

supervise erection with satisfactory commissioning. The contractor should indicate the

name of Consultant for the design and implementation of Automation of the plant and

SCADA system and enter into agreement with' such consultant and shall submit the

same with tender. The Contractor and such Automation Consultant shall be jointly and

severally responsible for the fully automatic functioning of the plant with SCADA.

The contractor, process designers / consultants and manufacturers of mechanical

equipment should produce an agreement on stamp paper worth Rs. 100 (minimum)

having agreed to jointly design, construct and satisfactorily commission the water

treatment plant and take joint responsibility to rectify the defects during Defect Liability

Period.

GC 29 RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR FOR DESIGN, DRAWING AND WORK

Even though, the design and drawings are approved by the competent authority

of the M.J.P. the contractor shall be fully responsible for the technical and arithmetical

correctness and soundness of the design and drawings and for the safety of the works

executed on the basis of such approved design and drawings and for the damages and

failure etc. of the works so constructed whether due to bad workmanship or faulty

design and shall on account claim any compensation and repairs or reconstruction to

such damages or failure of the work. It shall have to be done by the contractor entirely at

his cost.

GC 30 DESIGNS AND CONSTRUCTION OF RCC WORKS

1) RCC design shall be based on IS. Code of practice and following are the relevant IS

for safe permissible stresses and other details. Detailed criteria are enclosed separately.

a) IS 456-2000 Table VI:-IS code of practice for PCC and RCC (IInd Edition)

b) IS 875:- Code of practice for structural safety of building and loading standards

(revised.)

c) IS 3370 Part I to IV :- Code of practice for water containers.

d) IS 1893 -1984, IS 13920 - 1993 for seismic Loadings (latest edition. ).

e) IS 800 (Latest edition) :- Code of practice for structural steel and steel work.

f) I.S. 13920-1993

16


NOTE: -Modular ratio 'M' shall not be greater than 280/(30bc)

where 30 bc is permissible compressive stress in concrete Clue to bending in N/sq. mm.

The basic design requirement, criteria and dimensions mentioned hereafter

should be strictly adhered to.

The intending tenderer should acquaint himself thoroughly with conditions as well

as needs of M.J.P. before tendering and designing the structure.

Grade of cement concrete for RCC works for various items shall be as under:

Item Grade. Nominal Mix.

For all the members such as columns M-300 1:1/2:1

Braces beams and the members coming in

contact with water.

2) RCC slab shall not be less than 125 mm in thickness.

3) The above Indian standards current on the date of tender shall be applicable to the

design of structure. Items not specifically covered by the Indian Standard code of

Practice reference shall be made to relevant standard specifications. If none of the

standard have provision on any item relating to design, in such matters the decision

of the M.J.P. will be final and binding on the Contractor.

4) Wind-Loading.

Provision shall be made in the design for the basic wind loading at The rate of

100 kg/sq. m. of exposed area of water tank and staging.

5) Seismic Loading.

Provision shall be made in the design for seismic loading as per the zone III of

IS 1893 (Latest edition) & IS 13920 - 1993 for which the seismic acceleration

coefficient is 0.04 and the importance factor 1.5 is applied to this. Thus, the basic

seismic acceleration coefficient to be adopted in the design is 0.06G and this is

obligatory.

6) The minimum depth of foundation for individual footing should not be less that 1.50

m.

17


7) Free Board.

Minimum free board required from soffit of beam / slab should not be less than 30

cms. The tank foundation and other members shall be designed for free board full

condition.

8) Age factor.

Age factor should not be considered for design.

9) For structure having more than 6 columns internal braces are obligatory. One set of

brace shall be provided at G.L., which is obligatory.

10) For wash water tank, 1.2 m. wide gallery should be provided at floor level, which

should be designed, for a load of 500 Kg/sq.m.

11) One RCC staircase shall be provided upto gallery and the roof level of ESR / wash

water tank.

12) Thickness of container member shall be checked for non-cracking check.

13) All cement concrete shall be machine mixed and machine vibrated unless otherwise

instructed by Engineer- in - Charge.

18



MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURALSCHEME ,DIVISION JALGAON

NAME OF SCHEME:- WALWADI WATER SUPPLY SCHEME,TAL. & DIST :- DHULE

Providing, constructing Connecting Main, Sump with overhead pump house &

overhead tank , Providing & installing Raw Water Pumping Machinery, Raw Water


Rising main, R.C.C.E.S.R., R.C.C.G.S.R., Distribution System, Chain link fencing ,Staff


SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

SC 1 GENERAL

a) The quoted rate shall be total rate for the completed item of work as per the

specifications and shall be inclusive of all incidental charge such as lifts. Leads for

material, water for construction etc. The rates for excavation are inclusive of the fine

edge of excavated pit beyond foundations. .

b) The tenderer must obtain on his own responsibility and his own expenses all the

information, which may be necessary for the purpose of making a tender and for

entering into a contract and must consider and satisfy himself with all local conditions,

sites and quarries, means of accesses, the nature of rock material to be met with in all

execution and all materials pertaining to work.

c) All the items occurring in the work & as found necessary in actual execution shall be

carried out in workmanship like manner as per specification given in PWD handbook

and as per the current specifications prevailing in MJP and as per orders of Engineer-in-

Charge.

Specifications of items stipulated for other sub works, shall be made applicable, where

relevant.

SC 2 OUTLINE OF WORKS.

a) The work will be executed on the lines of plans attached to tender documents. The

plans are, however, liable to be changed and a stratum as shown there is approximate.

The sub works of Water Treatment Plant, Elevated Service Reservoirs is on the Own

design of contractor and hence the approved designs and plans after complete

exploration shall constitute the plan for execution.

19


..

b) The item of work and their approximate quantities are given in Schedule "B' of the

tender.

c) The rate quoted by the Contractor are supposed to be inclusive of all taxes and

duties, octroi, works contract tax, and no payment on this account or on account of any

increase in taxes duties/octroi etc during the implementation period will be allowed.

d) In case of dispute regarding the provisions of any item precedence to decide

provision will be as follows.

i) Provisions in the Schedule- 'B'

ii) Specifications.

iii) Drawings.

SC 3 UNIT

a) The rates quoted for each item are for units mentioned in Schedule-B against each

item.

SC 4 SITE CONDITIONS

a) It shall be presumed that the Contractor has satisfied himself as to nature and

location of the works, general and local conditions, particularly those bearing on

transport, handling. storage of material, availability of labour weather conditions and has

estimated the cost and quoted his rates accordingly M.J.P. will bear no responsibility for

lack of such acquaintance with site conditions and consequences thereof.

b) Set of tender documents and conditions (up to a maximum of three sets) at the

discretion of the Engineer in Charge, will be supplied to the Contractor after acceptance

of tender.

SC. 5 EXTRAS, OMISSIONS AND DISCREPANCIES

In all cases of the omissions, doubts or discrepancies in the dimensions in the drawing

and item of work reference shall be made to the Engineer in Charge, whose elucidating

and elaboration shall be considered final.

20


SC. 6 SUPPLY OF MATERIAL BY THE CONTRACTOR.

a) The Contractor shall supply all materials mentioned in Schedule 'B' and for all excess

quantities, extra items etc. This shall be confirming to relevant ISS.

CI/DI/PVC/BWSC/MS/GI/HDPE pipes and its joints, All valves etc. will be accepted, only

after due inspection of third party inspection agencies appointed by M.J.P. The charges

for the same shall be borne by the Contractor. Items such as specials, etc. shall be as

per relevant ISS, third party Inspection shall not be insisted.

b) Other material such as cement, tor steel, metal, sand etc. shall be confirming to

relevant ISS. Testing charges for cement, tor steel, reinforcement steel shall be borne

by the Contractor. Ultratech cement and O.P.C. (43 Grade) shall preferably used for

water retaining structure.

c) 85% of procurement price will be paid to the Contractor on receipt of pipes, valves,

etc. with due inspection, 15 % amount will be release after lowering, Laying, Jointing &

Hydraulic testing of pipe line.

d). The Contractor shall provide, at the site of work satisfactory storage for not less than

one month's average consumption of works. The Cement shall be stored in a manner

that will satisfy the Engineer in Charge the arrangement of storage and utilization of

cement shall be in the order of its arrival at the stores and the Contractor shall maintain

satisfactory records, which would at any time show the dates of receipt and proposed

utilization of cement lying in the storage.

e) The Engineer-in-charge shall at all the times have access to the stores and sites,

method of storage records, and security provided by the Contractor. The Contractor

shall comply with instruction that will be given by Engineer in Charge, in this behalf.

f) The rate quotated by the contractor are supposed to be inclusive of all taxes & duties,

octroi, work contract tax & no payment on this account or on account of any increased

in tax, duties, octroi etc. during the implementation period will be allowed.

The Contractor shall further at all times satisfy the Executive engineer on

demand by production of books, of submission of returns in proforma as directed, other

proofs, that the cement supplied is being used for the purpose for which it is supplied

21


and the Contractor shall at all times keep his records up to date and make available to

the Engineer in Charge

SC 7 MATERIALS.

a) The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for obtaining rubble, khandki,

headers, metal, sand, murum etc. from M.J.P. or private quarry. Applications of the

Contractor for reasonable area of Government land required for this purpose can be

recommended to Revenue Authorities without and guarantee for making the land for

quarry available. All the materials involved in the construction shall be of best quality

and specifications and shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before

use. If necessary, materials shall be got tested from the Laboratory at his cost.

Samples requiring approval shall be submitted by the Contractor, to the Engineer-in-

charge in good time before the use of each material. The samples shall be properly

marked to show the name of the materials place.

b) The Contractor shall provide all labour, skilled as well as unskilled, pegs, lime,

strings, site rails (wooden as well as steel, etc.) as and when required as per

approved design and make available such other materials for surveying, lining out,

setting out, checking of work, taking measurements, testing hydraulic and other

structures, without any payment by the M.J.P. to him. He will also provide proper

approach and access to all his works and stores without any extra cost over his

tendered rates for the items to be inspected.

c) Rates quoted include clearance of sit (prior to commencement of work and its

closure) in all respects and hold good for work under all conditions of sites, moisture,

weather etc.

d) Failure to comply with any of the above instructions will result in the M.J.P. doing the

needful at the risk and cost of the Contractor, These conditions are for all items and

as such no extra payment shal1 be made for observing these conditions.

e) The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for quarrying of rubble, stone, and

murum sand, lime, metal etc

22


f) Overburden in a quarry will have to be removed by the Contactor at his own cost.

g) Unless a separate item is provided in Schedule 'B' minor dewatering of foundations

in excavation and during the construction if required shall be done by the Contractor

without claiming extra cost.

h) Masonry shall be kept wet for at least 21 days and concrete work shall be kept wet

for at least 28 days commencing from the date of its final laying in position. In case

during execution curing is found inadequate, it will be carried out by M.J.P. & the

cost there of shall be recovered from the Contractor. The Contractor shall make his

own arrangements for getting water at site at his own cost. .

i) The proportions of cement concrete specified in the Schedule 'B' are nominal and

are only an indication of approximate proportion of cement, fine aggregate and

coarse aggregate which may have to be altered suitably at site to obtain the desired

strength and work-ability. However quantity of cement shall not be less than the one

specified below.

Nominal Mix (By Weigh Batching)

1: 1/2:2 (M 300) 9.20 bags/one cum of Cement Concrete or as per mix design

1: 1:2 (M 250) 8.5 bags/one cum of Cement Concrete or as per mix design

1: 1 ½: 3 (M 200) 6.9 bags/one cum of Cement Concrete

1:2:4 (M 150) 5.9 bags/one cum of Cement Concrete

Nominal Mix (By Volume Batching)

1: 1/2:2 (M 300) 9.90 bags/one cum of Cement Concrete or as per mix design

1: 1:2 (M 250) 9.20Bags/one cum of Cement Concrete or as per mix design

1: 1 ½: 3 (M 200) 8.10 Bags/one cum of Cement Concrete

1:2:4 (M 150) 6.30Bags/one cum of Cement Concrete

In case of major items of concrete for RCC works the Contractor shall prepare test

blocks as per IS Specifications for testing its tensile and compressive strength at his

own cost. These blocks will be tested in any of the Government test laboratories at

the cost of the Contractor. The number of the test block frequency etc shall be as per

I.S. 456-2000 & acceptance criterion of concrete shall be as per I.S. 456-2000.

23


SC 8 PAYMENT AGAINST EXCESS QUANTITIES OF VARIOUS ITEMS

a) Before making payment of excess quantities as per rules, the concerned

Engineer in Charge should get himself satisfied regarding genuineness of the

claim and he should also exercise a compulsory check minimum 5% of

measurements for a particular item. Responsibility of information regarding _ the

excess beyond quantities as per Schedule 'B' of the tender for approval to

Superintending Engineer & also for correctness of claims to be submitted in

future shall rest with junior Engineer/ Deputy Engineer! Engineer in Charge/

Auditor and Divisional Accountant also scrutinise the proposal for approval and

concerned authorities should consider the exact position of the revised estimates,

if necessary due to this excess.

b) For executing any quantity, the excess over the quantity specified in the tender,

the Contractor should be authorised by the Engineer in Charge in writing.

c.) Failure to comply with any of the above instruction will result in the M.J.P.’s doing

the needful at the risk & cost of the contractor. These conditions are for all items

& as such no extra payment shall be made for observing these conditions.

d) While asking' the Contractor to execute such excess quantity, the concerned

Engineer in Charge should inform the Contractor in writing specifically that the

payment in excess of quantities specified in the tender will be made only after

following concerned prescribed rules.

SC 9 DAMAGE BY FLOODS OR ACCIDENT.

The Contractor shall take all precautions against damage by floods and from

accidents. No compensation will be allowed to the Contractor for his plant, material and

work, etc. lost or damaged by floods or from other causes. The Contractor shall be liable

to make good any part of material which is in charge of the Contractor and which is lost

or damaged by floods or from any other cause. If the work executed is damaged,

trenches filled due to any reason. Contractor shall have to make it good at his cost only.

24


SC 10. TESTING OF STRUCTURE

In case of works which creates reasonable doubts about the quality of

workmanship or of arterials used in the construction, the Superintending Engineer may

order the Contractor to satisfy the M.J.P. by carrying out a suitable load test or test of

the structure or parts there of, in the manner as prescribed in IS 456-2000, Code. of

Practice for plain and reinforced concrete for general building construction in clause-l7,

on page-30, or as may be. Approved by him, in regard to the sufficiency of the strength

as, designed arid in the event of any deficiency being noticed as a result of the test, the

Contractor shall carry out necessary strengthening or dismantling as may be directed by

the Superintending Engineer.

The load test and strengthening or dismantling whenever directed shall be carried

out by the Contractor entirely at his risk and cost and to the entire satisfaction of

Engineer-in-charge or his authorized agent and till then the work shall not be considered

to have been completed. No payment for dismantled work shall be made.

SC 11 RATE ANALYSIS IN CASE OF EXTRA ITEMS.

In case of the EIRL the Contractor shall supply Rate Analysis based on labour

and material in case he is called upon to do so. Extra charge of claims in respect of

extra work shall not be allowed unless the work to which they relate are in the spirit and

meaning of the specification or unless such work arc ordered in writing by the Engineer-

in-charge and claimed for in the specified manner before the work is taken in hand.

SC 12 WATER REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION & DEWATERING

The Contractor has to make his own arrangement at his cost for water required

for construction, testing, filling, structures, etc. either from local bodies or from

elsewhere by paying the charges directly and arranging tankers, etc. as per necessary.

No claim for extra payment on account of non availability of water nearby, or extra lead

for bringing water shall be entertained. All required piping arrangements and pumping if

required for water shall be made by the Contractor at his cost. If Contractor fails to pay

the water charges to local bodies or private parties these shall be recovered by the

M.J.P. from his bills.

25


In Case M.J.P.’s water supply is available a connection at suitable place may be

santioned but all further arrangement of pumping if required, piping etc. shall be done by

the contractor at his cost & water charges in such a case shall be paid by the contractor

at the rate as decided by the Executive Engineer which shall be final & binding on the

contractor.

Whenever Schedule 'B' provides for any dewatering item payment shall be

admissible under that item, but apart from that item, no extra claims for dewatering

required for executing various tender items, and for executing such items in wet

condition shall be entertained as well these expenses are demand to be included in the

dewatering item.

SC13 LEADS AN D LIFTS

Unless otherwise specifical1y mentioned in the tender item, the tendered rate for

all items in tender shall cover all lifts and leads encountered for the execution of the

work as directed and no extra claims for additional lifts and leads shall be entertained.

SC 14 REFILLING THE TRENCHES

Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the tender or a separate item is

provided in Schedule 'B' all the sides of excavated trenches after the work is completed

or in progress are to be filled by the Contractor to the original ground level from

excavated stuff at no extra cost to the M.J.P.

SC 15 DIMENSIONS FOR PAYMENT OF RCC / PCC MEMBERS

Unless otherwise specifically mentioned in tender items, the net dimensions of

RCC or CC Members actually cast are only admissible for payment under RCC or plain

CC items. No increase in dimensions due to plastering or finishing shall be admissible

for payment under RCC or plain CC items.

SC 16 CEMENT TO BE USED

Cement that will be supplied by the Contractor shall be in Jute / PVC bags and

shall be of 43 Grade of Ultratech, Ambuja, ACC, Birla Gold, Manikgarh make etc.

26


SC 17 NO CLAIMS FOR DESILTING OR DEWATERING OF TRENCHES.

No claims for any de-silting of trenches, foundation. etc. filled due to floods,

untimely rains or any other reasons whatsoever shall bc entertained and Contractor

shall have to do this de-silting operation together with dewatering operations entirely at

his cost.

SC 18 ELECTRICITY REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION

Electricity supply required for construction of work and for labour camp, etc. shall

be arranged by the Contractor at his own cost.

SC 19 PERFORMANCE PERIOD

After completion of successful completion of hydraulic testing in all respect, the

performance period shall start from the date of regular commissioning. During the

performance period which shall be of 24 months, the contractor shall supervise the

maintenance and performance of the WTP, Pumping Machinery. ESRs, Leading Mains,

Rising Mains & distribution mains etc with all its installation to its full designed capacity.

SC 20 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENTS

All the mechanical equipment required for working of the plant shall be provided

of robust and durable type conforming to relevant IS specified for the constituent

material and construction

It shall be noted that the equipment shall be compatible for actuations electrically

and automated operations using sensors. This is prime important while selecting the

different equipments. This includes the cost of labour, skilled and unskilled, tools, lifting

tackle, valves, controlling devices prime movers, etc.

The material used for the various items shall be specially selected for the job and

should be durable and of best quality and proof against physical and chemical ill-effects

as a result of the quality of weather coming in its contact. The valves of filter operation

27


shall be Electric Actuators driven and others shall be manually operated. The torque

selection calculations, Design of the actuator, gear box (spur / worm) shall be got

approved from the Engineer-in-charge . All the C.I. head stocks/wheels of valves etc.

shall be smooth finished so that on painting they present a smooth appearance. They

should be painted with synthetic enamel paint of approved quality.

28


ACQUAINTANCE WITH SITE CONDITIONS AND WORK CONDITIONS.

A. The Contractor shall study the site conditions; general conditions and data included

in the tender papers and get it verified from actual inspection of the site etc. before

submitting the tender. In case of doubts about any items or data included in this

tender or otherwise, it shall be got clarified by applying in writing to the Executive

Engineer, 15 days in advance before date of submission of the tender. Once the

tender is submitted, it shall be considered that the Contractor has verified and made

himself conversant with all the details as required for quoting the rates and

completing the work as per tender conditions and specifications.

B. Contractor shall not sell or otherwise dispose off or remove except for the purpose of

this contract, the rubble, stone metal sand or other material which may be obtained

from any excavation, made for the purpose of the contract. All such materials shall

be M.J.P.'S properly and shall be disposed off in the manner and at place as may be

directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Contractor may with the permission of the

Engineer-in-charge in writing and when directed by him, use any of the materials free

of cost.

C. Other unforeseen items cropped up in the course of work will have to be done by the

Contractor as per specifications in P.W.D. H and Book Volume I and II and will be

paid at mutually agreed rates, ISS and standard practice in vogue.

D. Extra charge of claim in respect of extra work shall not be allowed unless the work to

which they relate are in the spirit & meaning of the specification are unless such

works are ordered in writing by the Engineer in charge & claimed for in the specified

manner before the work is taken in hand.

29






DETAILED ITEMWISE SPECIFICATION

SUBWORK NO 1 :- CONNECTING MAIN

Item No 1 :- Excavation in all types of strara etc. complete.

EXCAVATION FOR PIPE TRENCHES

(For all types of pipe materials and for transmission mains. Leading mains, distribution

system etc.)

1.1 The classification for all excavation met shall be only in one category as under.

Excavation in all types of strata met with during excavation of pipe trenches which may

include (but shall not restricted to) following types of strata such as all types of earthy of

sandy materials, soil’s-of-all types clay mud, soft, average of hard murum i.e. all kinds of

disintegrated rock. shingles, sand made-up soils bricks, bars and isolated boulders of

any size all types of rock including soft and hard rock & Manjara type of rock which may

be removed by blasting chiselling and /or by use of mechanical means, Excavation

required in WBM "roads. concrete, roots of trees etc, included under this item. Blasting

will not be permitted in inhabited localities or in vicinity of proportions where damage of

human life and property will involved in the opinion of the Engineer-in- charge, or by

Police authorities. Necessary permission for by the contractor at his cost and in case he

does not get permission for blasting or gets such permission only for the part length of

pipe line in that case work will have to be done by chiselling and / or by mechanical

means at the quoted rates only.

1.2 The excavation may be done manually usual types of tools such as pick axe,

phavra, crow bars, chisels, hammers, wedges, hammers etc. and for mechanical means

such as power driller, flock cutter, pavement breaker etc. driven with the, help of air

compressor / tractor etc. and / or with the help of modern equipment's available for

excavation such as JCB, Pock land etc. attached with required types of attachments and

/ or tools to take up the excavation work. In short the excavation required to be done for

pipe line work which shall also include the excavation required for pipe supporting

structures; pipe line protection, measures such as pipe encasing, thrust block, fixity

blocks, welding pits or similar excavation work required in connection with laying and

securing the pipe line of any pipe materials etc, ill all types of strata met with at the site

30


and carried out by whatever required means shall be treated as covered under this item

and not be payable under any other item of the tender (unless specifically mentioned to

that effect) or shall not be payable at separate rate based on Schedule of Rate or

market rate by treating the same as extra work. In case big boulders are lifted with the

help of cranes or any other suitable manual / mechanical means, the same shall also be

deemed to have been included-under this item.

1.3 The excavation shall be taken down to such depths as shown in Schedule-B, L -

Section of pipe lines, specifications, drawings and / or as directed and shall be done in

extra sections shown in drawings and stipulated in specifications elsewhere herein.

Extra excavation done over and above specified for whatever reasons shall not be paid

for, The bottom of the pits shall be perfectly leveled before laying of pipe line or laying of

concrete or masonry and shall be watered and thoroughly rammed.

1.4 The section of excavation, however may be increase correspondingly, if

necessary as directed by the Engineer-in- charge, for such extra depths and such

increased section as directed by Engineer-in- charge . shall be admissible for payment

at respective tendered rates.

1.5 All foundation pits shall be filled on the sides of masonry and concrete by the

excavated stuff to the original surface of ground as required, watered and rammed in 20

cm, thick layers and the tendered rate includes this operation.

1.6 Excavated material from pipe trenches / foundations shall not be placed nearer than

1.2 m from the edges of excavation. If the tender item specifies any specific limits for

placing of excavated material than the material shall not be stored within that specified

limit of 1.2 m from the edge of the trenches whichever is more.

In case of excavation in town and inhabited places it shall be strongly fenced and lighted

during night by red lights in charge of watchman at Contractor's cost. Material should not

be dumped on road. if the pipe line work is through a busy traffic then necessary

arrangements for controlling the traffic by engaging required proper type of persons at

both the ends of blocked road with red and green flags shall be engaged to avoid traffic

congestion.

Unless otherwise specific lifts and are mentioned in the tendered item the tendered rate

shall be for all lifts an leads involved in the work. The Contractor shall provide shoring

and strutting of approved size and type of normal conditions wherever necessary

excavation in soft materials without extra cost unless otherwise provided for in

separated tender item.

31


1.7 Excavation carried out in excess of the width specified shall be at Contractor's

own risk and shall not be measured, so also the excavation carried out in excess of the

required depth shall be made good to the required level by selected excavated material,

concrete or masonry of proportion as directed by the Engineer-in- charge without extra

cost. The tendered rate for excavation items shall include lifting and removing / the

excavated material for proper disposal in the vicinity of 50 m from centre of the trench as

directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

1.8 Unless otherwise provided in the contract the work of refilling of the trenches. shall

be treated as included under this item. At the time of refilling of trenches, the top of

refilled surface shall be adequately above the original ground level to accommodate

settlements of the refilled material. The refilling shall be done in Iayers of 25 to 30 cm

duly watered and properly rammed.

1.9 If there is no separate item of dewatering in the tender, the Contractor's tendered

rate shall include all required for dewatering (either manually or through Diesel / Electric/

Petroll, Kerosene driven pump sets. No separate payment will be admissible even for

dewatering in nalla and/or river portion.

1.10 In case of pipe trenches, the Engineer-in-Charge may reduce the width of trench

wherever a hard strata is met with, if the feels adequate width to lay the pipe line is avail

able in order to reduce the quantity, In such cases. the Contractor will be paid on the

actual measurement basis.

Any damage arising out of such damages to cable, pipe lines, or private public

institutions shall be made good by the contractor at his cost and if he fails to make good

such losses than the Engineer may recover the same from tile contractor from any

payment due to him.

The excavation for foundation of chairs and / or pedestal etc. shall be as per

drawing and details specified or as per instructions of Engineer in charge and the

refilling of sides of foundation shall be treated as included in the item.

If blasting is permitted by appropriate and competent authority & also by the

Engineer in charge then only the blasting shall be resorted to & the conditions specified

by the competent authorty while granting which permission and the safety measures

specified for explosive use shall be strictly adhered to for blasting operation. .

32


Mode of Measurement of Payment

Excavation for trenches shall be measured correct to nearest centimeters. The

quantity shall be worked out in cubic meter for payment purposes. Measurement for

payment shall be made as per dimensions shown on the drawings or as directed by

Engineer-in-Charge or as per actual whichever is minimum. Excavation to dimensions in

excess of the above will not be measured or paid for. If as per instructions of Engineer in

charge excavation depth have to carry below the level shown in drawing, the additional

depth will be paid at the same rate only. Dimensions shall be measured correct to two

places of decimals of a meter and individual quantity shall be calculated corrected to two

places of decimals of cubic meter. In case of pipe trenches, the Engineer in charge may

reduce the width of trench wherever a hard stratum is met with. If he feels adequate and

just sufficient to lay the pipeline in order to reduce the hard quantity. In such cases the

Contractor will be paid on the actual measurement.

No extra cost will be paid for putting the pipe all along the trenches before laying

in the trenches. Average width of excavation trenches that shall be admissible for

payment for various diameters of pipeline (excepting PVC/H.D.P.E. pipes) shall be as

under.

S.N. Internal dia of pipe Width of excavation

of trench Nature of Strata

1 80 mm.dia. below 0.70M. In soft and hard material

2 100 mm 0.75M. In soft and hard, material

3 150 mm 0.75M In soft and hard material

4 200 nun 0.85M In soft and hard material




8 400 mm 1.10 M In soft and hard material

9 450 mm - 1.15 M In soft and hard material



33


12 600 mm

1.25 M

In soft and hard matetial




16 More than 750 mm

Dia O. D.+0.60 M In soft and hard material

In Case of PVC/HDPE Pipes Following trench Width shall be Adopted.

Sr.

No. Outside Dia of Pipes Width of Excavation of Trench

Nature of

Strata

1 Up to 110 MM 0.70 M In Soft & Hard Material

2 140 MM 0.75 M In Soft & Hard Material

3 160 MM 0.75 M In Soft & Hard Material

4 I8O MM 0.80 M In Soft & Hard

Material

5 200 MM 0.80 M In Soft & Hard

Material


Material


Material


Material


Material

Any width excavated more than above shall not be measured and paid for.

The Contractor shall carry out extra excavation for collar pits at joints wherever

necessary and such extra collar pit excavation shall not be admissible for payment and

will not be measured.

During excavation and till the trenches are properly refilled, if any public or private

water tap connections, telephone wires, cables etc. are damaged, the Contractor shall

reinstate them at his cost.

34


Any damage arising out of such damages to cables, pipelines or private public

institutions shall be made good by the .contractor at his cost and if he fails to make good

such losses then the Engineer-in-charge may recover the same from the contractor from

any payment due to him or by other way.

The Contractor shall at his own cost give the satisfactory hydraulic testing which

shall include all labour cost of water to feed and while testing, repairs required shall

have to be carried out by the Contractor. No extra cost shall be paid. The mode

measurement of payment shall be on cubic meter basis. As the mode of payment is on

cum basis and on average wetted rate the payment & excavation is not done till the

trench is excavated at required depth.

Item No 2 :- Filling in plinth and floor murum bedding from available stuff in

trenches etc. complete.

The murum to be used shall be of approved quantity soft murum to be laid in 15

cms average thickness to the grade as directed by the Engineer in charge The width

admissible for payment shall be the same as per excavation trench width admissible

under excavation item. The murum bedding shall be provided where there is black

cotton soil or hard material below pipes or wherever directed and it shall be well

rammed so as not to sink the pipe line. Extra excavation for murum bedding, wherever

required as above shall be admissible for payment under excavation tender items.The

mode of measurements of payment shall be on Cubic meter basis.

Item No 3 :- Providing & laying R.C.C. ………….etc Complete.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

GS 1 SAND AND METAL

Sand and coarse aggregate (metal) shall be stored separately on site on hard

ground so as to keep them free from foreign materials such as soil, clay, glass etc. In

case of machine crushed metal separate depot shall be prepared for different sizes of

metal and suitable proportion to form a dense mix as directed by the Engineer in charge

shall be taken from these different sizes of metal.

35


GS 2 FORM WORK

2.1 The wooden shuttering planks shall be not less than 40 mm thick or such other

thickness as may be allowed by the Engineer in charge for a particular job. The entire

form work, whether of steel, plywood or wooden planks, shall be very strongly proposed

and braced with sufficiently strong vertical and horizontal members and the entire

supporting structure shall be sufficiently strong to take up the load of concrete and all

stresses it may be subjected to without any deflection. The Contractor shall be wholly

and fully responsible for any defects in the entire form work and its supporting structure.

2.2 The formwork shall be very smooth and entirely free from any dust particles direct

and its inner surface shall be oiled for the easy facility of form removal and shall be

watertight.

GS 3 MIXING

3.1 Good clean water shall only be used for mixing. Arrangements for bringing such

water shall be done by the Contractor at his cost. The quantity of water to be used shall

be as directed by the Engineer in charge on the basis of correct water cement ratio & site

conditions. The water measuring apparatus shall be provided by the Contractor at his

cost.

3.2 For R.C.C. Reservoirs and for other works which in the opinion of the MJP are

important the concrete shall be only machine mixed. The mixing shall be continued for at

least 8 minutes after all materials and water are placed in the drum which shall revolve

for 14 to 18 revolutions or as specified by the manufacturers of the cement The mixer for

this purpose shall be brought by Contractor at his cost and MJP does not take any

responsibility for supply of mixer which could be conveniently spared to the Contractor,

will be issued to him on hire basis Contractor's request., as per rules in force from time to

time. If as a result of break down of mixer during concreting hand mixing has to be

resorted to temporarily. Only such work which is considered absolute essential by the

Engineer In-charge shall be allowed to be done by hand mixing and the entire operation

of hand mixing and precaution thereof shall be taken as will be directed by the Engineer.

in charge. For hand mixing first cement and sand will be dry mixed in required

proportions by turning over the mixture for sufficient time till it is of uniform colour The

required quantity of aggregate shall then be added and the mixture again turned over for

at least five times. the required quantity of water shall then be added gradually through

rose pieces attached to the can until process of turning is in progress and till is of uniform

36


consistency where such hand mixing is allowed as a result of area requirement and no

extra payment for this excess cement shall be admissible.

3.3 For works other than mentioned in above paragraph, hand mixing will be allowed

only after written permission of MJP in such cases, cement to be used shall be as per

standard requirement only.

3.4 Normally the standard cement consumption will be as under: For one cum of

concrete

For any other mix the cement consumption shall be as decided by the Engineer

In-charge . The consumption as mentioned above shall be for the gross RCC column

actually cast. The cement required for finishing, rendering cement, wash, etc. shall be in

addition to above.

GS 4 CONCRETE LAYING

4.1 The forms shall first be lightly moistened before laying concrete. The concrete shall

be placed in position within 20 minutes after adding water to the mix and shall be slowly

deposited in its place and not thrown or dumped from a height shall be placed in uniform

layers. For vertical walls or water retaining structure water stoppers shall be provided.

4.2 For columns the concrete shall be laid in maximum 1.2 M height at a time. For

vertical walls of reservoir it shall be laid in maximum 0.6 M height only at a time.

GS 5 TAMPING, RAMMING AND CONSOLIDATING

5.1 For all RCC Reservoirs and other works which are considered by the MJP to be

important mechanical vibrators shall invariably be used by the Contractor at his cost. The

Contractor shall provide at least 2 vibrators in good working condition, so as to have one

as a standby and to prevent interruption in work. The concrete being laid shall be

vigorously vibrated during laying and also loaded by bars where vibrator cannot reach so

that dense and complete filling is assured. The Contractor shall make his own

arrangements for procuring vibrators at his cost and the MJP does not

Guarantee that they will be supplied on hire. .

1:2:4(M-150) 1:1.1/2:3 (M-200) 1:1:2( M250) 1:1/2:1( M300)

5.90 bags 6.90 bags 8.50 bags 9.20 bags

37


5.2 For all other works consolidation and tamping shall be manual labour by rodding

vigorously by M.S. bars, throughout for a sufficient time and in such manner as directed

by the Engineer in charge. Adequate number of _labours shall be set apart specifically

for tamping and ramming with relievers.

5.3 The efficiency of tamping and consolidation shall be judged by absence of any air

pockets and absence of honey combing_Any defective consolidation and tamping shall

be entirely on Contractor's risk and costing will have to be entirely pulled down if so

directed and redone properly entirely at the cost of the Contractor.

GS 6 CURING

6.1 All RCC work will be watered and kept constantly wet for 28 Days after initial setting

curing shall be done by means of wet gunny bags and ponding as directed by the

Engineer- In –Charge. This operation shall start immediately after initial setting of the

concrete. If the contractor fails to water the concrete continuously ,it will be done

immediately at contractors Cost.

6.2 REMOVAL OF FORM

It shall be generally as under, subject to the written approval and modification by the

Engineer- In- charge

1) Column and Beam Sides 3 Days

2) Vertical Walls 6 Days

3) Bottom of Slabs and Domes 10 Days

4) Bottom of Beams. 14 Days

Bottom of Beams of Span 4.5 M and above 21 days

GS 7 INSPECTIONS

The work of each category of operation i.e. completion of form work placing,

reinforcement, concreting, removal of formwork, etc. must be got inspected by the site

Engineer of the MJP before commencing and succeeding operation in case of RCC

elevated reservoir and major. RCC jobs. In all cases, however, before the concrete is laid

it must be got inspected and approved by the Deputy Engineer the concreting shall be

commenced with approval of the Deputy Engineer. In case of RCC reservoirs and other

major works concreting must be done in presence of Deputy Engineer. In case of failure

38


to comply with above specifications, the work is liable to be pulled down if directed by

Engineer in charge and redone at full cost of the Contractor. No measurements will be

recorded for any work which is done Contrary to specifications and no payment thereof

shall be admissible.

GS 8 FINISH AND QUALITY OF CONCRETE.

8.1 The RCC work cast shall be of dense mix, homogenous without any honey combing

true in size alignment and shape. Any defective work shall not be entitled for full tendered

rates for payment and if the defects are major no measurements and payment are

admissible and Contractor shall have to pull down such defective work and redo at his

cost. The decision of the Executive Engineer-in - charge regarding such defective work

and the decision. viz. pulling it down or reducing rates as may be necessary shall be final

and binding on the Contractor.

8.2 All RCC work shall be finished as directed by the Engineer in charge. It should be

clearly understood that the finishing is not meant to cover the casting defects but only to

give a smooth appearance. In case of RCC reservoirs and other major RCC works

Contractor shall not commence finishing unless and until Engineer in charge has

inspected the casting of concrete after removal of form and has satisfied about its quality

failing which it shall be regarded that casting was defective and action deemed fit as per

clauses mentioned some where else in this tender, will be taken since finishing has to

commence immediately after removal of forms. The form work removal in RCC reservoirs

and other major work shall be done in presence of Engineer- in- charge/ Deputy

Engineer.

8.3 Surfaces not in contact with form work and not subject to any plaster shall be

finished by a float to present a smooth and uniform appearance. Surfaces which are in

contact of form work but for which no plastering is provided as per plan and estimate -

shall also be finished smooth, and sand faced as directed. Surfaces for which plastering

is to be done, as per separate provision of plastering plans and estimates, shall

immediately in removal of forms, be roughened for bond by a pointed tamping tool.

8.4 In case, whether would be specified in the tender item or not the finish shall be such

as to match with the rest of the structure to present a harmonious appearance. It shall

consist of 3 coats of cement wash, rendering, plastering float finished faced. etc. as per

the requirement at site and as directed by the Engineer in charge. and Contractor shall

have to do it at his own cost. Failure to do proper finishing as directed shall result in

39


payment at reduced rates only to the Contractor and the decision of the Engineer- in-

charge. in this respect shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

GS 9 TESTING.

9.1 All structures meant to hold water shall be tested for water tightness test at

contractor's cost, by filling them to desired level. The water tightness test shall be

considered satisfactory when the fall in water level after the container is filled to the FSL

is not more than 6mm in 24 hours or 40 mm in 7 days and there is no sweating from

outside or bottom whatsoever.

9.2 Contractor's has to make his own arrangements for water for testing at his cost and

these arrangements shall be such that immediately after initial setting of plaster, the

containers are filled with water. After the satisfactory water tightness test the container

shall be kept .constantly filled with water at contractor's cost till the completion of work.

9.3 Till satisfactory water tightness test is given by the contractor at his cost, to the

satisfaction of Engineer- in - charge only 90 % tendered rates shall be admissible for

payment for RCC concrete items.

9.4 In case of RCC elevated reservoirs and other major RCC works from batches or

concrete mix actually being laid, testing cubes shall be cast

periodically as directed by Engineer in charge .in presence of his representative and

these cubes shall be got tested after they have attained their full. strength from a suitable

testing laboratory and obtaining test results at full cost of contractor.

The charges of this viz. moulds, labour for casting, materials, conveyance charges to and

fro laboratory including TA of staff members and laboratory test charges, etc are included

in the tender rates and they shall be recovered from contractor's bill . The ultimate

compressive strength as revealed from these test shall not be less than as below

28 days Test :

Cube casting appearance of concrete will be as specified in I.S 456 -2000 relevant ISS .

Unacceptable quality concrete shall be demolished and redone without any extra cost by

contractor.

1:2:4 1:1.5:3 1 : 1 :2 1:1/2:1

150 kg/cm2 200 kg/cm2 250 Kg/cm2 300Kg/cm2

40


The Executive Engineer at his discretion consider sub standard work at a suitable

reduced rate, provided such weak concrete is restricted to such members and in such

quantities which in the opinion of Engineer will not endanger the safety of the structures

Executive Engineer decision in such cases shall be final and binding on the contractor.

GS 10 MEASUREMENTS

10.1 The measurements shall be the units as mentioned in the schedule B' and break

up schedule..

10.2 Mode of measurements Shall be :

a) Columns :- Height from top of footing to bottom of beams shall be measured as

column

b) Braces for column shall be measured as net between column faces.

c) For straight beams duly ribs between column Top & slab Bottom surface shall be

measured to beams and rest in slabs.

d) For ring beams the full section of beams from bottom to top shall be measured in

beams and quantities laying outside the full beam section in beams slant walls, slabs, etc

as the case may be shall be measured in the respective slant wall, vertical wall, flat slabs

etc as the case may be.

e) Vertical wall shall be measured for net quantity outside columns, beams, slabs.

f) No deductions shall be made for reinforcement in RCC work.

10.3 The measurement under RCC works for net dimensions cast as directed without

any allowances for rendering, finishing etc. The mode of measurement of payment shall

be on cubic meter basis.

Item No 4 :- Providing fixing M.S. Tor Reinforcement etc Complete

REINFORCEMENT

4.1 The Contractor has to procure it from open Market at his cost. The bars shall be

scrapped thoroughly for removing any scales, rust, etc. before use in work. Bars that may

be found defective in any way shall not be allowed to be used. The reinforcement is to be

fabricated and placed in position as per the approved design to be intimated by the

Contractor during execution from time to time

The hooks, laps, anchors, cover, etc. shall be as directed by the Engineer in charge..The

contractor has to place in position the reinforcement as directed and to secure it by

binding wire to be provided at Contractors cost. Any additional reinforcement provided by

Contractor in addition to approved design and directions shall not be measured and paid

for.

41


4.2 To ensure that the minimum cover required for slabs, beams, etc. is provided.

Separators of precast or cast in situ CC block with wires embedded shall be used and

shall be, tied to the reinforcement with wires. Between 2 or more layers of reinforcement,

separators, of 20 mm or 25 mm size bars as directed shall be used duly tied. The

separators of M.S. bar piece shall not be admissible for payment. the G.!. binding wire

shall not be admissible for payment.

4.3 When Contractor has to bring steel then it shall be only tested one and Contractor

shall produce the manufacturers rolling mills test certificate without which it shall not be

accepted. Further the Contractor shall arrange to get tested any samples from steel

brought at site in a laboratory at his cost from nearby Government College of

Engineering or any other reputed institute, and results should be submitted to MJP

Defective steel shall be rejected. The mode measurement of payment shall be on M.T.

basis.

Item No 5 ) :- Providing and supplying Sluice Valves/ Non return valve(Reflux

valve ),Air valve, Pressure relief valve etc Complete.

Providing & fixing of sluice valves, Reflux valve, scour valves, Air valves etc.

The items include providing Sluice Valves as per IS 2906/14486.Reflux valve as

per I.S. 5312-1984, Air valve as per I.S. 10845 & Pressure relief valve as per required

pressure as mentioned in the respective item in schedule B

Unless otherwise specifically mentioned in the tender items are required sluice

valves, scour valves, air valves, reflux valve, Pressure relief valve etc shall be supplied

by the contractor as per I.S. The materials supplied shall be as per requirement. The

valves are to be carted to the site from supply place, lowered in the trenches and jointed

to the pipeline as directed with cost of all jointing materials, such as lead aloe-rope

rubber packing nuts and bolts fire wood, etc. and the labour cost, which included in the

tender items. The joints may be either flanged or S & S lead joints depending upon the

nature of valves supplied and contractor shall have no extra claims for any particular

type of joint required to be done. The required number of jointing fixing these valves is

included in the tender item. If there is delay in supply of these materials by the on

account of their non availability, no claims for any compensation shall be entertained.

The measurement will be per number of valve and the length for tail pieces will be

payable under item of laying and jointing 85% amount will be paid on its supply and

remaining amount will be released on completion of fixing and testing. The mode of

measurements of payment shall be on number basis.

42


Item No 6 :- Providing and supplying D.I./ Specials …. etc Complete.

The items include supply of D.I. specials suitable for D.I. pipe as per IS 9523

includes all taxes, transportation as stated in the description of item D.I. specials

required for the work shall be supplied by the contractor as per inspection for the

Engineer in charge , excess DI specials will not be accepted at the time of final bill.

The mode of measurement of payment shall be on weight ( Kg) basis.

Item No 7 :- Lowering laying jointing D.I. Pipe ……..etc. complete.

The tender item covers lowering, laying & jointing of Dl pipes as well as Dl

specials, pipe pieces etc as per requirement with the help of rubber gasket joint and as

directed by the engineer in charge. The cost of conveyance of these materials from

place of site of work is included in the tender item.

Tender rate includes jointing DI pipes with providing rubber gaskets joints with

cost including laying & jointing DI specials by appropriate means as mentioned in

Schedule. 'B'. The method of jointing with rubber gasket joint is as under.

The rubber gasket is inserted in the socket of the pipe which is facilitated by applying a

thin film of lubricating oil in such a way that the bulb of gasket is forward at the back end

socket. The gasket has to be properly cleaned before insertion; it has to be ensured that

it fits evenly around the whole circumference of the socket removing any bulge that will

prevent the entry of spigot end; then a thin film of lubricant is applied to gasket inside

surface and outside surface of entering spigot end for one inch distance after cleaning it.

The tackle should be supported the pipe to be jointed shall be supported centrally by

trestles so that it is clear at the trench bottom. The spigot of pipe shall be carefully

aligned and inserted in the adjoining socket untill it makes contact with the rubber

gasket.

The spigot shall be forced inside the socket past the gasket untill the spigot

reaches the end of the socket. The forceful insertion has to be achieved with crowbars

jacks & lower etc as per literature of TISCO.

However before lowering of pipes in trenches a layer of murum bedding shall be

provided below pipeline.

The mode of measurement of payment shall be on Running meter basis.

Item No 8 :- Lowering laying jointing Reflux valve , Sluice valve …etc Complete.

Fixing of different types of valves

Specification as per I.No. 5 of sub. Work No. 1

43


Item No 9 :- Providing and Constructing B.B. Masonry etc Complete.

The work is to be done in workmanlike manner as per type designs of the M.J.P.

and as directed .The cost of excavation in all strata which is in addition to the pipeline

trench excavation is included in this item, while the excavation covered under the

pipeline trenches coming in the chamber is admissible for payment separately under

respective tender item of excavation for pipeline trenches. the tender items cover 1:3:6

C.C bedding 15 cm thick on the well rammed bottom 23 cm thick B. B. masonry walls in

CM 1:6 cement plaster 12 mm thick in CM 1:2 from inside & cement pointing 1;2 from

outside. 1:2:4 C.C. either plain or RCC as required 10 mm thick for coping & providing &

fixing manhole frame & cover 1Mx 0.5 M This is a completed item & any Incidentals not

mentioned above but are necessary as per type design are deemed to be included in

this item.

The finished top of chamber shall be flushed with road surfaces and shall not

caused any hindrance to the traffic.

The measurement shall be on the basis of completed number of chamber.

Item No 10 :- Refilling the trenches etc Complete. Refilling the side of Excavated Trenches of pipeline - etc complete.

In No case the contractor shall be allowed to refill the trenches in hard excavated

portions be filled by the boulder or the excavated stuff. the soft murum & soft strata

from excavated stuff from distance place shall refill this portion of trench, No extra cost

shall be paid.

After the pipelines are laid , tested, the refilling of trenches with excavated stuff

shall be done approximately in 20 to 30 cm layers, higher than road or natural ground

level, to allow for sinking afterward ,this refilling shall be done in15 cm thick layers, duly

watering, compacting each layers immediately in contact on or under pipe shall have no

stones or chips, but only soil or soft murum selected from the excavated stuff after

refilling of it is sunk below road level after some time till completion of work the

contractor shall have make good at his cost

Before lowering of all pipe in trenches a layer of murum selected from excavated stuff shall be provided below pipeline for proper grading and to act as cushion etc. The mode of measurement of payment shall be on Cubic meter basis.

Item No 11 :- Dewatering for headwork etc Complete.

This item includes the entire dewatering operation from start of work till its

completion in all respects. In case of wells abandoned-due to inadequate yield the

payment for dewatering shall be reduced proportionally by a ratio of actual available yield

44


with the required yield.

All machinery piping, Fuel and Lubricating Oils and Electricity .

Consumption charges, electrical connection charges, etc. required for pumping

machinery and together with erecting labour and running charges are to be borne by the

contractor under this item. The trenches shall be kept free of water during the entire

construction and arrangements to dispose off the bailed out water shall be properly made

by the contractor. The job also includes removal of muddy water, muddy paste etc.

If at any time during excavation till this completion. The work is filled with water or

debris either due to untimely rains or due to underground springs being struck during

excavation, slide slips or due to any cause whatsoever, the contractor has to do all the

dewatering during dewatering operations or due to coffer dam, etc on account of any

reason whatsoever, the contractor shall be fully responsible for and shall have to

shoulder all responsibility of compensation, etc. at his cost.

If the work is continued for more than one working season or beyond the

stipulated time limit due to any reason what so ever, the contractor has to do all the

dewatering & removing & trench cleaning operations entirely at his cost. If any accidents

occurs during dewatering operations or due to coffer dam on account of any reason what

so ever, the contractor shall be fully responsible for & shall have to shoulder aii

responsibility of compensation etc. at his cost in short, this item of dewatering covers the

materials and labour cost for. the entire period of execution from start till completion of

work together with all eventualities mentioned above.

Till the work is completed, part rate shall be admissible against this item, as

decided by Engineer in charge, whose decision shall be final and binding on the

contractor.

This item is operative only when dewatering operations are actually required to

be done during execution and the payment shall be on the basis of units as mentioned in

schedule 'B'.

The dewatering job item is for various units as mentioned in tender item itself.

The dewatering sets or other machinery, if taken on hire from the M.J.P. shall be

returned by the contractor after the work is completed in the same condition as was at

the time of hire or otherwise the contractor shall have to pay the repair charges and

other charges if any for making it good. the mode of measurements of payment for

Intake well, Jackwell with pump house shall be on Number basis and for connecting

main, Approach bridge on Running meter basis.

45







SUBWORK NO 2 :- SUMPWELL WITH OVERHEAD PUMPHOUSE & OVERHEAD TANK

Item No 1 :- Designing RCC Sump & Overhead Pump house….. etc complete.

The Job covers preparing & submitting the RCC structural design of sump & pump

house with overhead ESR from the reputed RCC designer also has doing the similar

type of work in four copies based on the obligatory data attached with tender & get it

approval from Reputed Govt. college of engineering & S.E. M.J.P. U & R circle Nashik.

The mode of measurement as on job basis.

Item No 1 ( a ) :- Designing and constructing RCC Sump etc complete.

WATER RETAINING STRUCTURES SUCH AS ESR GSR / SUMP. ETC

a) Constructing Storage Reservoirs viz. ESR, GSR, SUMP on Contractor own Design.

1) The Reservoir will be a covered RCC container supported on RCC column with

footing and intermediate braces, etc. as per drawings.

2) Suitable MS ladders spiral stair for ESR of capacity 3, 00,000 liters and above with

landing at regular intervals for approach to the gallery and top slab of ESR shall be

provided.

RCC cantilever catwalk (Gallery of 1.0 meter width GI pipe railing shall be provided a

floor level. preferably at junction of floor slab and vertical walls.

Ventilators shall be provided on top slab of ESR.

One number of CI Manhole frame and cover shall be provided and fixed in the

roof of tank and at catwalk way.

One M.S. ladder shall be provided and fixed for access into the tank through

manhole left in the roof. Ladders shall be provided as per specifications. Water level

indicator assembly of approved type shall be provided and installed.

Lightening arrestor as per IS specifications and conforming to I.E. Rules shall be

provided and fixed .Vertical and horizontal piping of C.I. flanged ,pipes, C.I. specials of

46


required sizes for inlet, outlet and overflow arrangements together with suitable sluice

valves shall be provided as per drawings. For washout one tee shall be fixed on the

outlet pipe with one valve of suitable diameter

Sluice Valve of required size shall be fixed for inlet, outlet and washout. These

valves shall supplied by the Contractor conforming to relevant ISS and of makes

approved by M.J.P .Required no. of B.B .masonry chambers of size 0.45 x 0.9 M with

manhole frames and covers shall be provided and constructed at suitable locations for

sluice valves.

Water proof cement plaster of CM 1:2 proportion 20 mm thick shall be provided

for inside surface of the tank; including roof slab bottom.outside surface of tank,

exposed faces of columns, braces, beams catwalk bottom portion slab and any

exposed surface of the tank shall be provided with smooth finish and then three coats

of approved shade of Snowcem paint as per colour scheme approved by the MJP shall

be rendered.

Letters indicating capacity of tank, name of scheme and year of construction shall

be .either embossed or engraved on vertical wall of tank and shall be painted with

suitable shade of oil paint in two coats.

On completion of work hydraulic test or water tightness test shall be given as per

standard specifications. Therefore, required water arrangements shall be made by

Contractor at his own cost.

3) Since this is lump sum offer, the interim payments will be given as per



Since this is water retaining structure, Contractor shall give a satisfactory

hydraulic test of the tank. This test shall be considered as water tightness test and

accepted if the structure appears bone dry form outside after filing with water up to full

supply level and the dram in water levels is not more than 40 mm in 7 days. For this

purpose the water filling arrangements shall be made by the Contractor at his own cost

including cost of water pumping arrangements. etc.

If during testing and damages occurs to the structure, it will be the responsibility

of the Contractor to rectify the same. Until satisfactory water tightness test is given on

completion of work, interim payments to be made at different stage of works, up to 90%

shall be released on completion of work and remaining 1 0% after giving required water

tightness test.

47


MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION

1.SAND METAL AND BRICKS.

sand, metal and bricks of best variety within a lead of 30 km. will be insisted. Samples

of these will have to be got approved prior to use on work

CEMENT

Ultra tech OPC ( 43 Grade) cement in Jute/PVC bags (weighing 50 kg. each)

shall be_ used for all water retaining structures.

REINFORCEMENT,

The steel to be used shall be of grade Fe-250. Fe 450 as per design. The

Contractor shall have to procure the steel form open market. The steel procured by

Contractor shall be only tested one and the Contractor shall produce manufacture's test

certificate Without which it shall not be accepted. further the Contractor shall .arrange

to get tested any samples from steel brought at site by him in Laboratory at his cost

and result should by submitted to the CMC. Defective steel brought by Contractor shall

be rejected and will not be allowed to be used..

At least three samples of each diameter should be tested from every 5 tonnes or

part thereof. Tested lots only will- be permitted to be used.

4 CONCRETE

The PCC ( and RCC works shall be as per IS 456/2000 Concrete mixer shall be

used for preparing concrete. Vibrator shall be used to consolidate concrete while placing

in position.

While concreting. Representatives samples in form of test cubes shall be taken by the

CMC. Supervisor and shall be tested under his supervision. Charges of testing shall be

borne by the Contractor and will be recovered from bills payable to him.

WATER LEVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY.

Mercury water level indicator with 15mm dia, required G.I. pipes (Medium Duty)

stop cocks ( 2 Nos). necessary fixtures. suitable for staging height up to 15 M and

water depth up to 5 M to represent depth of water in tank; etc. shall be. provided-and

48


,fixed by the Contractors as per direction of CMC. The indicator should be fixed to

exterior face of column at about 1.5 m above ground level at site or as per requirement

of Engineer in charge.

6. LIGHTENING ARRESTOR

Lightening arrestor conforming to IS and Indian Electricity Rules shall be

provided. The lowermost portion of tape for 2 metre above ground level and 2 meters

below ground level shall be enclosed by 50 mm GI pipe of Medium class.

7 PIPE RAILING AT FREE END OF CATWALK

Railing shall be of GI pipes B class not less than 25 mm diameter in the three

rows and shall be fixed in position to RCC posts or M.S. angle posts of size 65mm x 65

mm x 6 mm. 1.0. meter in height, located at a maximum distance of 1 M. clc. The railing

and the posts shall be provided with two coats of oil paint of approved shade.

8.M.S.LADDER

One number of M.S. ladder shall be provided and fixed to give access into to tank

through manhole in the roof slab. The ladder shall be comprising of 65 mm x 6mm

M.S. angles placed at 45 cm. apart with 16 mm diameter M.S. bars in double rows as

steps at 20 cm. clc .

9. CENTERING WORK

Before starting the work of ESR, the Contractor should submit design of centering

and its detailed drawings for approval by CMC. This set of drawings shall be kept at

site. This conditions shall be applicable for the ESR with Contactor's design.

B)- SPECIFICATIONS AND DESIGN CRITERIA FOR RCC ESRS/ GSRS / SUMP

WITH CONTRACTOR'S OWN DESIGN.

DESIGNING. PROVIDING AND CONSTRUCTING RCC E.S. R.

1 GENERAL NOTE

1.1 The contractor shall quote his offer in Schedule 'B' for the complete work of con

strutting RCC ESR to be carried out as per his own design based on given data i e he

shall tender the offer in Schedule 'B' for construction of elevated tank of required

capacity including fixing pipes, specials, valves and providing and fixing, lightning

49


conductor, C.I manhole frame and cover, water level indicator ventilator, etc. complete

with his own design and drawings. The design shall be got checked from the institutes

like Engineering College remarks shall be complied and scrutiny charges, shall be borne

by the Contractor.

1.2 The contractor shall submit the name, qualifications and experience of design En-

gineer who has prepared detailed RCC calculations or who will prepare design and

drawings on acceptance of the tender. The authorized representative of the designer

will have to inspect and certify the works at foundation level and every beam level.

1.3 The design Engineer has to prepare and submit a note on design methodology and

construction and drawings in two copies though the contractor.

The note should indicate general description, and salient features of the design covering

the following points.

1. Capacity

2. Shape and type

3. Staging height of tank indicating various levels

4. Safe bearing capacity assumed in the design or safe bearing capacity of strata based

actual investigation report of laboratory and type of foundation provided with proper with

proper justification.

5. Maximum and minimum subsoil water level.

6. Site plan showing location of ESR.

7. Line diagram showing dimensional and sectional elevation with important levels.

8. Design parameters proposed to be adopted for detailed design.

1.4 This note on design will be subjected to thorough check by the Engineer in charge

of the owner and the tender will be accepted and work order issued by the competent

authority only after verification that the design to be offered will fulfil the requirements of

the design as per tender specification.

1.5 After acceptance of tender, the contractor will have to submit three copies of detail

design and drawings of the structure within 30 days of acceptance of the tender.

1.6 The Design Engineer will be required to attend the office of Engineer in charge for

preliminary discussion for scrutiny remarks, etc. whenever required with all reference

data books, IS specifications, etc. at his own cost.

1.7 It will be binding on the design Engineer of contractor to clarify, modify redesign

within 15 days of communication of remarks. Even though design will be approved by

owner, it will be the entire responsibility of the Design engineer and the Contractor.

50


1.8 On approval of the design, contractor shall supply, free of cost, eight sets of design.

and drawing duly bound for use of the Owner. The Contractor shall also furnish the

details of steel requirement along, with program of execution for completion of work

within the time limit stipulated in the tender.

1.9 Security deposit of the tendered shall be forfeited if he fails of modify design as per

scrutiny remarks within specified time after Ievy_ of compensation as per tender

agreement.

1.10 Even though the design and drawing submitted by the Contractor are approved by

the Owner/ Engineer-in-Charge, the Contractor will not be relieved of his contractual

obligations to hand over the structure in sound condition, duly tested.

1.11 In case of any damage/ failure either during construction, testing or after

commissioning ., whether due to faulty design or defective construction, all repairs or

reconstruction of the structure shall have to be carried out by contractor entirely at his

risk and cost. No claim for such repairs/ reconstruction shall be entertained.

SPECIAL OBLIGATORY CONDITIONS OF DESIGN FOR WATER RETAINING

STRUCTURE/GSR/SUMPS-STORAGE RESERVOIRS WITH OWN DESIGN

DISIGN CONDITION

The Contractor can alternatively quote his own design with following conditions.

1 The design of R.C.C. ESR shall be carried out by a designer having minimum

qualification of graduation in Civil Engineering / Structural Engineering. He shall sign the

design and affix his name and stamp.

The design shall be carried out in conformity with following IS code.

a)IS 456/2000

b) IS 3370-Part I and IV

c) IS 875

d) IS 11682

e) IS 1893 with inclusion of seismic zones as per latest circular.

f) IS 1786 for cold worked steel high grade deformed bars.

( Tor steel of 415 grade and Mild steel grade I shall only be used.)

9) IS 13920/1993 for ductile detailing. applicable for ESR under seismic zone III,IV and

V (recent edition of IS shall be refered.)

h) BSI Publication S.P. 34 (5 and T) 1987.

51


3. The free board shall be included in the depth of water for design purposes.

4 Minimum free board shall be 500 mm measured below bottom of roof beam.

5 Maximum actual water depth shall not exceed 5.0 M

6 Clear Cover for reinforcement shall be provided as follow:

a) Footing / Raft 50 mm at bottom and sides 40mm at top

b) Columns 40 mm

c) Branches ,beams, slab(Bottom and roof) 25 mm

vertical wall, gallery

7 Minimum thickness of container members shall be as below.

a) Bottom slab and vertical wall 200 mm

b) Roof slab 120 mm

8. The design and casting of container members which includes bottom and roof beams

,bottom Slab ,roof slab, vertical wall and gallery, shall be done in M 30 grade of

concrete(1:1/2: 1 proportion)

9. The staging of ESR (column, braces, footing / raft) shall be designed in M 25 Grade

of concrete (1:1:2 Proportion.) however, casting shall be done in M 30 grade of

Concrete (1:1/2 : 1proportion)

10. The staging shall be designed for ductile detailing as per IS 13920 /1993, whenever

applicable.

11 The width of braces shall be maximum of the following in case of Earth Quake

Zone III & above.

a) 250mm or

b) 75% of column side (column diameter in case circular column)

12. Minimum width of braces in case of Earth Quake Zone I and II shall be 200mm

13. Width to depth ratio in case of braces shall preferably be more than 0.30

14. Increase in permissible stresses in braces, for earth Quake /wind force design, will

not be allowed. .

15. The centre to centre distance between braces shall not exceed 4.50 M. At the joints

of braces and columns, the links to the column bars shall be tied properly and this shall

be thoroughly checked before concreting.

16.Wherever annular raft is provided, the inside and outside width of raft shall be

52


provided in such way that the centre of gravity of upward reaction shall co-inside with

column/ raft -beam centre.

17. Uplift pressure on the foundation of structure should be considered as per available

water table at site in rainy season however, minimum uplift up to 50% of depth of

foundation below ground level should be considered in the design.

18. 20 mm thick cement plaster with CM 1:2 proportion with water proof compound shall

be provided to the container from inside (including foot beam slab/ dome etc.)

19. The shape of container may be square or circular. Similarly the column shape may

also be square or circular.

20. Minimum size of column (width or diameter) shall not be less than 300mm Columns,

if required to be provided inside container, for supporting roof ring beams/dome/slab,

may be provided as per design requirements, following minimum cover requirements.

However the size shall not be less than 200 x 200 mm (or 200 mm dia)

21. Minimum dia of main bars in the footing shall be 10 mm and minimum clear distance

between reinforcing bars shall not be more than 180 mm.

22. Water density shall be taken as 1000 Kgl Cum and live load on gallery shall be

considered as 300 Kg / Sqm. Minimum load of water proof treatment on roof slabs shall

be taken as 100 Kg/Sqm.

23. The diameter, weight per meter, tensile strength and minimum elongation properties

of steel, brought by the contractor! supplied by the department, shall be got tested from

the approved laboratory before using it. It shall be used only when the test report

indicates that the steel is in accordance with the 1.5. specification and design

presumptions.

24 i) The inlet, outlet, overflow and by pass piping shall be of cast D.F. pipes only M.S.

pipes will not be allowed.

ii) Spout type overflow arrangement shall not be allowed. Overflow arrangement shall

be from top to bottom as a vertical pipe assembly with proper drainage arrangement.

iii) for all duck foot bends for inlet, outlet and overflow arrangement, individual columns

with footings resting at foundation level of ESR. column/ raft shall be provided.

iv) The manhole frame and covers, provided in the roof slab, shall be of cast iron only.

Mild steel covers shall not be allowed.

The above four condition i.e. 24(i), 24(ii), 24(iii), 24(iv) shall be of followed without

substitutes and equals. No M.S. piping and spout type overflow arrangement shall be

accepted, even if rebates, etc. are offered.

53


V )Inlet outlet. Bye pass and scour valves with chambers shall be provided. The

horizontal piping for inlet, overflow, bye pass up to 5 M from outer brace shall be

provided and laid without any extra cost.

vi) Lightening conductor, water level indicator, central ventilator and M.S. ladders/ RCC

staircase shall be provided as per Dept. specifications.

25 The design submitted by the Contractor, shall be got checked from the nearest

Government engineering College/ Government Polytechnic/ reputed Engineering

College / reputed consultants, for which the scrutiny charges shall be born by the

Contractor. The delay in checking design from the third party as above shall be treated

as the delay on the part of contractor for operation of tender clauses.

26 The Contractors who have already successfully constructed, tested, as per

provisions of 1.5. 3370, and commissioned minimum three no of ESR shall only be

allowed to quote for alternative offers for the work on own design basis.The Contractor

desiring to quote for alternative offer, based on their own design, will be required to

submit a certificate to above effect, at the time of pre-qualification. The certificate shall

be signed by an officer of rank not below Executive Engineer. The tenders shall be

invited, based on the departmental designs only, while those pre-qualified as above,

may quote alternative offer. The alternative offers shall be in the form of additional

amount / rebate in terms of fixed sum over the main offer. The main offer (Departmental

Design based) shall essential be quoted. The officer accepting the tender shall be

competent to decide whether to accept the alternative offer shall be accepted only in

cases where it is beneficial to the Chalisgaon Municipal Council .

27 Size of inlet, outlet, overflow, bye pass piping and vaves including scour valve shall

be specified as per actual requirements and makes of valves shall also be specified as

per standard practice.

28 Capacity of the container of the tank shall be volume of the water it can store

between the designed full supply level and the lowest supply level.

29 Height of staging shall be the vertical difference between lowest supply level and the

average ground level at the site of tank.

NOTE :- Above condition shall also be applicable for design of RCC E5R s of capacity

, more than 5.0 lakh litres and above except for condition at Sr. No.26 and with a

change in condition at Sr. no. 9, that the design as well as construction of staging

shall be in M 300 only( ie 1: 1/2: 1 Proportion)

54


RECTIFICATION OF DEFECTIVE MEMBERS

If it is found that certain members are defective and are found giving acoustical or

vibrational disturbance even though these may be structurally sound, rectification of

such member should be done by the contractor free of charge and to the satisfaction of

Engineer in Charge

CRITERIA FOR DESIGN OF R.C.C. GROUND TANK /ESR

The structural design of water tank shall conform to the following standards,

specifications and codes of Practice of 1.S.

I.S. 456 Code of Practice for plain and reinforced concrete (latest edition)

IS: 875 Code of practice for structural safety of building, loading, standards

(latest edition)

IS: 3370 Code of Practice for concrete structures for storage of liquids

Pare I to IV (latest edition)

IS: 1893 Criteria for earthquake resistance design of structures (latest edition)

Other ISS (latest edition)

2. GENERAL

Capacity of the container of the tank shall be volume of the water it can store


2.1 Free Board is the indication of space provided above full supply level and shall be

measured at a vertical distance above FSL up to soffit of beam supporting the

roofs slab/ dome. Free Board shall be minimum 50 cm below soffit of beam or

slab, in case of domed roof, free board may be reduced up to 15 cm.

2.2 The walls of container shall be designed for free board full condition.

2.3 The tank foundation and other members of the structure shall be also designed

for free board full condition.

2.4 Parts of the tank in contact _with stored water and enclosing water vapour above

F.S.L. shall be in concrete M 300 even in richer grade

2.5 The allowable bearing pressure Or safe bearing capacities are indicated in

Schedule B. The tenderer is, however advised to verify actual strata before

tendering and designing the structure and offer suitable design with full

justification.

55


2.6 Not with standing anything mentioned above if directed by the Engineer in charge

the contractor shall carry out actual strata exploration as mentioned in para 0.2 of

IS 1892 1979 through a Government laboratory and adopt bearing capacity so

arrived for the design.

2.7 The factor of safety be adopted as per clause 6.1 (a) of 15-6403-1971.

2.8 If the foundation consists of individual column footing minimum clear distance

between centre of column shall be equal to twice the width of footing and clear

distance between edges of footing shall be not less than width of footing. .

2.9 The foundation should be checked for negative pressure on soil due to combined

direct and bending stresses. Negative pressure shall not be allowed on the

foundation soil.

2.10 Classification of soil and characteristics of soil relevant to S.B.C. and A.B.B. shall

be as per the soil investigation reports of Governments institution /Government

approved investigators.

2.11 For the design of foundation of the raft type, the Plate Theory shall be adopted.

2.12 In normal circumstances, minimum 100 mm thick plain cement concrete with 100

mm projection all around in grade M.100 with coarse aggregate as metal shall be

provided as leveling course. Where injurious soils or aggressive water are

anticipated the leveling course shall be of grade not weaker than M-150 and if

necessary sulphate resisting or other special cement shall be used and the

thickness of the leveling course shall be kept not less than 150 mm. The ground

level within the foundation area of the structure shall be consolidated properly

with suitable slope to drain out rain water. outside the foundation zone. .

2.13 In the vicinity of mines, collieries and blasting sites or areas which may be

subjected to blast or shock, the tank shall be designed for dynamic forces adopted

to shock.

2.14 Column may be assumed as fixed at the top of footing.

2.15 Following shall be the minimum thickness of various members of the tank

container:

Roof slab 120 mm

Bottom slab 200 mm

Roof dome 80 mm

Vertical wall of container 200 mm

56


3 LOADS

3.1 For all RCC and PCC components unit weight of concrete shall be takes as

25000 N/Cum and 24000 N/ Cum respectively.

3.2 Water load and snow load shall be taken as per IS 875-1964 or its latest revision.

3.3 Seismic forces shall be as per IS 1893 (its latest revision)

4. DESIGN

4.1 Shape of structure shall be most economical as directed by Engineer in charge

and shall be selected depending upon site conditions.

4.2 Design shall be on the worst possible combination of various loads, moments,

shears, resultant stresses in the tank following cases.

i) Tank full

ii) Tank Empty

iii) Uplift pressure if any

Tank full means depth of water inside the container is up to full height of

the container including free boards. .

4.3 Design shall be based on accepted bases and methods of design as well as the

provisions of .IS 3.3.70, IS 456, IS 13.43, Code of Practice for pre-stressed

concrete IS 2210. (Latest edition of IS shall be referred)

However, methods based on experimental investigation as mentioned in para

18.2 C in IS 456 1978 shall not be entertained.

4.4 Design of members other than those excluded by Clause 5.4 above (ie. Roof

,walls ,floor, etc. of the container) shall be based on consideration of adequate

resistant to cracking as well as adequate strength . Calculation of stresses shall be

as per para 3.3.2 of IS 3370 Part, II) (its latest revision). .

5. PERMISSIBLE STRESSES IN CONCRETE FQR RESISTANCE TO CRACKING

5.1 For calculations relating to the resistance of members to cracking the permissible

stresses in tension (direct and due to binding) and shear shall conform to the

values specified in Table 1 of IS 3370 {Part II}.he permissible tensile stresses due

to bending apply to the face of the member in contact with the liquid. In members

57


with thickness less than 225 mm and in contact with the liquid on one side, these

permissible stresses bending apply also to the face remote from liquid.

5.2 FOR STRENGTH CALCULATIONS

For strength calculations, the permissible concrete stresses shall be in

accordance with Para 44 of IS 456/2000 where the calculated shear stresses in

concrete alone exceeds the permissible value reinforcement acting in conjunction

with diagonal compression in the concrete shall be provided to take the whole of

the shear. The maximum reinforcement shall confirm Clauses 25.5.1.1. and

25.5.1.2 of IS 456/2000

6. PERMISSIBLE STRESSES IN STEEL.

6.1 For strength calculations (concrete assumed to be cracked) the permissible

stresses in reinforcement shall be as per table 2 of IS 3370 (Part II) (its latest

revision) For to steel. the stress shall be as per IS 1786-1979 for cold worked

steel high strength deformed bars for concrete reinforcement or its latest revision.

6.2 The modular ratio 'm' for different concrete mixes shall be as under:

Grade of concrete Modular ratio 'm'

M: 150 19

M: 200 13

M250 11

M300 10

6.3 Modulus of elasticity of concrete EC shall be taken as 5700 Eck where EC is the

characteristic cube strength t of concrete in N/Sq. mm as per clause 5.2.3.1 of IS

456/2000

7. AGE FACTOR

Age factor for increasing strength shall not be considered for the design.

8. UNITS:

Design should be in Metric units only.

58


9 . DETAILING

9.1 MINIMUM REINFORCEMENT FOR WATER RETAINING MEMBERS

The minimum reinforcement in walls, floors, roofs in each of two directions at

right angles shall have an area of 0.3% of the concrete section in that direction

for sections up to 100 mm thick. For sections of thickness greater than 100 mm

and less than 450 mm the minimum reinforcement in each of the two directions

shall be linearly reduced form 0.3% for 100 mm thick sections to 0.2% for 450

mm thick section. For section of thickness grater than 450 mm minimum

reinforcement in each directions shall be kept at 0.2%. In concrete sections of

thickness 225 mm or more, two layers of reinforcing steel shall be placed one

over each of the section to make up the minimum reinforcement specified in this

clause.

9.2 The minimum reinforcement specified in 9.1 above may be decreased by 20% in

case of high yield strenght deformed bars conforming to IS 1786 or IS 1139

(Latest revision of 155 shall be followed.)

9.3 COVERS TO REINFORCEMENT

Minimum clear cover to reinforcement shall be as per is 456 and 3370 (Latest

revision shall be referred.)

For members of structure in contact with water effective cover shall not be more

than 60 mm. for bars subjected to bending stresses. For bars subjected to pure

tension the effective cover shall not be more than 75 mm.

9.4 SPACING OF REINFORCEMENT

9.4.1 Spacing of reinforcement shall be as per para 25.3 of IS 456 /2000

9.4.2 Spacing of lateral ties for column shall satisfy the provisions of para 25.5.3.2 'C’

of IS 456/2000

9.4.3 Reinforcing steel which accounts for resisting moments, tension etc. i.e. other

than temperature and shrinkage steel, shall comprise of minimum 8 mm dis. for

ribbed bars and 10 mm dia. for mild steel bars. For compressive members, the

minimum dia of main reinforcement shall not be less than 12 mm dia.

NOTE :- 1) In case of dispute regarding interpretation of any above clauses, the

decision of the owner or his representative will be final and binding on the

designer and contractor.

59


2) In case of any clause not included in the above criteria, the decision of the

owner or his authorized representative will be final and binding on the designer

and contractor.

Item No 2 :- Excavation in all types of strara etc. complete.

GENERAL

Following specifications are in amplification OR in addition to the specification_

for the respective items given in P.W.D. Hand Book Volume I and II (Latest Edition),

Red Book of Government of Maharashtra and shall be strictly adhered to. Relevant ISS

shall also be referred.

ALIGNMENT

Alignments and line out for the work is to be given by the M.J.P. officials and the

work shall be carried out as per the M.J.P. line out and alignment for which Contractor

has to provided at his cost all materials such as sight-rails, boning rods, peg nails,

chunnam flags, etc. and also the required labour for line outs. The cost of constructing

pillars, platforms for temporary bench marks is also to be borne by the Contractor.

IDS I -EXCAVATION IN SOFT MATERIALS AND HARD MATERIALS

The classification for all excavation met with shall be in two categories only, as under.

SOFT MATERIALS

Soft materials shall include all type of earthy or sandy materials, soils of all types,

clay, soft, average hard murum i.e. all kinds of disintegrated rock, shingles, clay, sand,

made-up' soils, bricks, bats and isolated boulders up to the size of 0.1 cum. The

excavation macadam bound surface shall also be classified in soft materials.

HARD MATERIALS Hard materials will include boulders of size bigger than 0.1 cum, all types of rock,

soft and hard, which can be best removed by blasting. Blasting will not be permitted in

inhabited localities or in vicinity of properties, where damage to human life and property

will be involved in the opinion of the Executive Engineer and in that case work will have

to be done by chiseling and the like methods in the same tendered rates.

By the term SOFT ROCK is meant rock in masses but of a softer variety

crystalline in structure, which is otherwise like hard rock. It only indicates the degree of

60


softness, but will not include the disintegrated masses of rock, which generally have

fractures or cleavages. Soft rock can be removed by a pick but for mass removal

blasting has to be done. On hard rock a crow bar or a pick will only rebound removing

but in significant quantity. The excavation in asphalt or concrete shall be classified as

hard materials. The excavation shall be taken down to such depths as shown in

drawings & / or as directed & shall be done in extra section shown in drawing and

stipulated in specifications elsewhere herein. Extra excavation done over and above

specified for whatever reasons shall not be paid for. The bottom of the foundation pits

shall be perfectly leveled before any concrete or masonry is put in and shall be watered

and thoroughly rammed. No filling will be allowed for brining the foundation pit to proper

level.

The excavation may go down deeper by 3.0 M more to reach proper foundations

and arriving certain levels, etc. for which necessary payment shall be made.

The section of excavation, however, may be increased correspondingly, if

necessary, as directly by the Engineer in charge for such extra depths and such

increased section as directly by Executive Engineer, shall be admissible for payment at

respective tendered rates. All foundation pits shall be filled on the sides of masonry and concrete by the excavated

stuff to the original surface of ground - as required, watered and rammed, in 20 cm thick

layers and the tendered rate includes this operation.

Excavated material from foundations shall not be placed nearer than 1.2 M

from the edges of excavation.

In case of excavation in towns and inhabited places, it shall be strongly fenced

and lighted during night by red lights in charge of watchman at Contractor's cost.

Material should not be dumped on road.

Unless otherwise specific lifts and leads are mentioned in the tendered item the

tendered rate shall be for all lifts and leads involved in the work. The Contractor shall

provide shoring and strutting of approved size and type for normal conditions wherever

necessary for excavation in soft materials without extra cost unless otherwise provided

for in separate tender item.

Excavation carried out in excess of the width specified shall be at Contractor's

own risk and shall not be measured. So also the excavation carried out in excess of the

required depths shall be made good to the required level by either concrete or masonry

61


of " proportion as directed by the Executive Engineer without extra cost. The tendered

rate for excavation items shall include lifting and removing the excavated materials for

proper disposal in the vicinity as directed by the Executive Engineer.

Nothing extra shall be paid for removal of masonry concrete structures, or for

removal of stumps or roots of trees met with during excavation and for filling of holes or

hollow due to removal of roots, etc. or existing originally which shall be filled up by earth

and will be rammed and leveled.

If there is no separate item of dewatering in the tender, the Contractor's tendered

rate shall include manual bailing, draining. of the trench and the excavation shall be kept

free from water, while the work is in progress in a manner as may be directed by the

Engineer.in charge When there is a tender item of dewatering then payment shall be a

admissible under dewatering required for all items in the tender from start till- its

completion. In either case the excavation item shall be dry as well as in wet condition

unless otherwise separate items exists for wet excavation the mode of measurements of

payment shall be on Cubic meter basis.

Item No. 3 :- Providing & laying P.C.C. ……… etc Complete.

Specification as per Item No 3 of Sub work no. 1

Item No. 4 :- Providing & laying R.C.C. ……… etc Complete.


Item No. 5 :- Providing fixing M.S. Tor Reinforcement etc Complete


Item No 6 :- Providing fixing G.I.Pipe Railing etc. complete.

The item shall be executed as specified in the tender item and as shown on

drawing. The vertical supports shall be properly fixed at base either in masonry or

concrete by nuts and bolts duly embedded in the form, right anchorage holes in the

vertical support to pass G.I. piping in it or welding to fix the G.I. pipes to supports

62


together with M.S. cleats etc are included in this item. The G.I. piping shall be provided

along with required specials, fixtures, fastenings, etc and G.I. piping shall be bent in

circular or spiral railing pipes and shall be jointed by G.I. Collars or welded as per

necessary. The diameter of G.I. piping, number or rows, size and type to vertical posts

together with its centre to centre distance height etc shall be as specified in the tender

item an in absence thereof as per the MJP type design in force. The rate shall also

include 2 coats of approved shade oil paint cost of all the materials which shall be

procured by the contractor, labour involved for executing this item is included in tender

item. The measurements and the payment shall be on the basis or lengths in running

meters occupied by the completed railing assembly in plan. The mode of measurement

of payment shall be on Running meter basis.

Item No 7 :- Providing & supplying C.I.D.F Pipes etc. complete.

The items includes supply of pipes as per IS 1536/1989 including loading,

unloading ,& carting of pipes at sites of works Mode of measurement of payment shall be

on Running meter basis.

Item No 8 :- Erecting, laying and fixing in position CI/MS pipes and specials for

inlet, washout, overflow etc.

The item included erecting, fixing and jointing pipes and specials for inlet, outlet,

washout, overflow etc as described in tender item. The pipes and the specials of any

category are to be erected and joined under ground or above either in horizontal or

vertical or inclined direction as per requirements with all leads and lifts involved in the

work. The erecting shall be in perfect line and level Necessary supporting girders, ropes,

chain-pulley, etc if required shall be arranged by the contractor at his own cost.

The item includes cost of all labour and materials for jointing such as lead, nuts

and bolts, rubber packing etc. The materials shall be procured by the contractor from

open market at his own cost. The tendered rate includes both lead and flanged joints

depending upon the nature of pipes and specials and no extra claims for any

modification, increase or decrease in joints of any category shall be entertained. In case

of lead joints the standard lead consumption for lead shall be as per specifications of

item of pipe line . works.

The cost involved in fixing pipes and specials in walls, etc together with leak proof

arrangements thereof required is included in the tendered rate and no extra claims for

63


any provision required shall be entertained.

Satisfactory hydraulic test shall be given by contractor at his cost which is included

in tender item. During testing if any joints are found leaky they shall be repaired at the

contractor's cost.

Pipes are found leaky, cracked, during testing they shall be removed, replaced

refixed and jointed with good pipes and specials.

Two coats of anti-corrosive black paint shall be given to the pipes and specials

above ground and cost thereof is included in the tender item. The job shall include laying

of pipes and specials up to ground, sluice valves for inlet, outlet washout, overflow, etc

and their interconnection, etc as required and directed by the MJP.

. Erecting, laying and fixing in position CI/MS pipes and specials for inlet, washout,

overflow etc.







The item includes cost of all labour and materials for jointing such as lead, nutsand

bolts, rubber packing etc. The materials shall be procured by the con tractor from open

market at his own cost. The tendered rate includes both lead and flanged joints




item of pipe line . works. The mode of measurement of payment for pipes are on Running

meter basis & Specials on Weight ( Kg ) Basis.

Item No 9 ) :- Providing and supplying Sluice Valves etc Complete


Item No 10 :- Lowering laying jointing Sluice valve …etc Complete.


64


Item No 11 :- Providing & supplying C.I.D.F.Specials etc. complete.


Item No 12 :- Providing fixing in position Copper Lightening Conductor

etc. complete.

Items includes providing and fixing 20 mm dia copper rod as per upper

terminal1.5 m long with knob at end with conical shape at top with copper tape

coundctor20x3 mm size & 0.81 Sq/M in area with providing 40 mm dia G.I/pipes up to 3

meter hight from G.L. including making connection filling earthing pit with charcoal ,salt

etc as per I.S. and as directed by Engineer In Charge , The mode of measurement of

payment shall be on number basis for tape of required length

Item No 13 :- Providing & Fixing in position of C.I. manhole frame and cover etc

Complete.

The cost of providing the above item is included in tender item. These are to be

properly fixed at place and manner as directed painting with two coats of anti-corrosive

black paint is also included in this item. If locking arrangements are required they shall

be done by the contractor as directed without any extra cost. The mode of

measurements of payment shall be on Completed Number basis.

Item No 14 :- Providing & constructing RCC ventilating shaft ………..etc

Complete.

Providing and constructing RCC ventilating shaft of diameters and height

mentioned below with required number of RCC 15 x 15 cm size columns and RCC

circular slab or dome over the pillars in M-250 including cost of all material and labour,

providing and fixing steel or wooden frame & providing & fixing G.I. fly proof mesh of 26

gauge and providing and applying in 3 coats of oil paint to wooden or steel frame and

cement paint to concrete structure. etc. complete as directed by Engineer-in-charge. The

mode of measurement of payment shall be on completed number basis.

Item No 15 :- Providing & Fixing of M. S. Ladder etc Complete.

Ladder shall be manufactured as per details provided in the tender drawing. All

the material and labour required for executing the item are to be provided' by the

contractor at his cost. The ladder shall be properly fixed at site as directed and the

65


bottom and top shall be properly embedded in masonry or concrete and duly bolted with

nuts and other arrangement as directed. The bottom if resting on ground shall be

embedded in 1:2:4 C.C. block as directed at contractor's cost.

In order to have stiffness to the, ladder cross supports. or stiffeners at suitable

intervals as directed shall be provided of suitable M.S. plates duly embedded in walls

and welded to ladder. The cost of these stiffeners is to be painted with two coats of

anticorrosive paint of approved shade. The rate includes bending, cutting, scrapping the

M.S. plates, bars and welding and jointing thereof is also included in this item. the mode

of measurements of payment shall be on Running meter basis

Item No 16 :- Providing water level indicator ……. etc Complete.

The indicator shall be of 300 mm wide float M.S. enameled gauge plate mounted

3 mm thk PVC . Providing & fixing required accessories such as pointer ,pulleys, nylon

thread ,counter weight ,indicating arrow etc shall be provided .The entire unit shall be got

approved from the engineer in charge . The water level indicator shall be able to read

water depth up to 3 .0 m . The mode of measurement of payment shall be on completed

number basis.

Item No 17 :- Providing and Constructing B.B. Masonry valve chamber etc.

Complete.


18 :- Providing and Constructing B.B. Masonry etc Complete.

UCR/ CR, BRICK MASONRY,KHANDKI FACING ETC.

18.1 The masonry shall be either UCR/ Cr Khandki facing, B Bmasonry etc as specified

in the respective tender items.

18.2 For stone masonry either UCR/CR or khandki facing with 1:4 Proportion cement

mortar, which has to retain water, the percentage of mortar shall be between 40% to 45

% of the gross built- up masonry and in no case less than 40 % The cement to be used n

masonry shall be on the basis of this percentage. If less cement is used proportionate

reduced rate shall only be paid and if the masonry is constructed with less percentage of

the mortor than specified above and if in the opinion of MJP it is not suitable to rtain

water pressure, it shall have t be dismentalled and redone at contractors cost with correct

percentage of mortar.

66


18.3 For all other masonries viz. UCR/CR/BB etc the percentage of mortar shall be as

per P.W.D. hand book specifications and cement to be used shall be based on these

percentages.

18.4 For CR masonry, khandki facing masonry etc all courses shall be of equal height,

to be specified by the Engineer in charge and only one row of khandkies shall be allowed

in one course.

18.5 Tender rates of masonry item, unless otherwise mentioned specifically in the

tender items, shall include scaffolding, watering, curing and cement pointing in C.M. 1:2

to the exposed faces, where necessary and as directed.

18.6 For masonries meant for water retaining structures, the contractor shall give a

satisfactory water tightness test at his cost to the satisfaction of MJP till such as

satisfactory water tightness test is given. only part rates (90%) as directed by the

Engineer in charge shall be admissible for payment and the decision of Executive

Engineer for such part regarding reduced rates, shall be final and binding on the

contractor. It shall be contractor's responsibility to give the water tightness test and he

may use standard waterproofing compounds at his cost in the mortar.

18.7 In all other items viz materials like sand, stones, joints, headers, khandkies etc,

the PWD hand book specifications ( latest edition) and specifications given in standard

specification Book ( Red book) shall apply.

18.8 The wall of masonry should be truly vertical on both faces or should be truly as

specified grade.The height of masonry should not be raised at more than 1 M. per day.

The mode of measurement of payment shall be on Cubic meter basis.

Item No 19 :- Providing fixing Rolling Steel Shutter etc Complete

Providing and fixing rolling steel shutter fabricated from 18/20 guage steel laths

with side guides bottom rail, brackes,Doors suspension shaft, rolling springs locking

arrangement and housing at the top including painting Complete.

General :- The Rolling steel shutters shall be of approved make and design and shall be

suitable for fixing in the position ordered ie. Outside. inside, on o below lintel or between

jambs The shutter shall be of manually operated pull or push up types up to 10sq .m.

area. If the area of the shutter is between 10 sqm To 13 sqm three ball bearing shall be

provided for easy operation. The particulars of the shutters shall generally be as under

unless any other suitable Changes are proposed by the approved manufacturer and

accepted by the Engineer.

67


The shutter shall be constructed with curved slats or laths from mild steel sheets

of the specified guage. The laths shall be machine molded and straightened with a

effective bridge, depth of 16 mm. These slats shall slide into one another forming a

continuous hinge throughout their length and shall be fitted with alternating end loc. The

mode of measurement of payment shall be on Sq meter basis.

Item No 20 :- Providing fixing Alluminium windows etc Complete.

The items includes all materials and labours required for aluminum windows

mentioned in schedule B sample should be got approved before supply of required

materials from Engineer In Charge & Items to be executed as per direction of Engineer In

Charge. The mode of measurement of payment shall be on Square meter basis.

Item No 21:- Providing fixing Structural Steel works etc complete.

21.1 This item covers fixing MS/RS girders, M.S. angle, channels, flats, base plates

gusset plates, cleat, bracket, etc and other accessories as per requirement and as

directed and fabricating the assembly by cutting, drilling holes etc and erecting and fixing

item as site with necessary rivetted or welded joints, fixtures with nuts and bolts etc

wherever necessary together with their proper fixing and embedding in masonry or slabs

of concrete as directed. Structural steel works materials shall be procured by the

contractor from open market at his cost. The item includes 3 coats of oil paint of shade

as directed to all structural work.

21.2 All above operations including cost of materials and labour thereof are included in

the tender item. The measurement and payment shall be on the weight basis in the unit

as mentioned in schedule 'B' actually erected at site as directed shall be admissible for

payment RSJ channels, angles, flats, gusset plates, brackets, base plates, cleats,

packing pieces actually used as directed shall be admissible for payment but not the

rivets, nuts and bolts, etc. The riveted or welded joints or fixing with nuts are included in

the tendered rates. The specifications for this item given in standard specification ( Red

Book) Published by B and C department will be followed. The mode of measurement of

payment shall be on Weight( MT ) basis.

Item No 22 :- Providing and applying cement plaster 12mm to15mm thick

etc. complete.

22.1 12 mm, 20 mm and 25 mm cement plaster either plain or waterproof.

68


The plastering items shall be executed in thickness and cement mortar of proportions as

detailed in respective tender items, Similarly , plastering shall be either ordinary or

waterproof as specified in tender item.

22.2 In case of waterproof plaster, standard and approved waterproofing compounding

shall- be mixed in cement mortar in required percentage as directed and then the plaster

is applied. Unless and until the water tightness test is given by the contractor to_the

satisfaction of the Engineer- in- charge only part rates shall be paid.

22.3 The finishing shall be either smooth or rough cast as may be directed by the

Engineer -In –charge Unless otherwise specifically mentioned in the tender item.

22.4 Neeru finish wherever directed by the Engineer in charge. shall be done from inside

at no extra cost.

22.5 Specification given for this item in standard specifications Book (Red book)

published by B and C Department shall be followed.

22.6 Curing and watering shall be done as directed and plaster shall be in alignment and

level. Any substandard work is liable to be rejected and shall have to be redone at

contractor's cost; sand to used shall be of approved quality only.

22.7 Cost of all scaffolding is included in the tender rate. The mode of measurement of

payment shall be on Square meter basis.

Item No 23:- Providing and applying cement plaster internal 20 MM thick etc.

complete.

Plastering

23.1 12 mm, 20 mm and 25 mm cement plaster either plain or waterproof.

The plastering items shall be executed in thickness and cement mortar of

proportions as detailed in respective tender items, Similarly , plastering shall be either

ordinary or waterproof as specified in tender item.

23.2 In case of waterproof plaster, standard and approved waterproofing compounding

shall- be mixed in cement mortar in required percentage as directed and then the plaster

is applied. Unless and until the water tightness test is given by the contractor to_the

satisfaction of the Engineer- in- charge only part rates shall be paid.

23.3 The finishing shall be either smooth or rough cast as may be directed by the

Engineer -In –charge Unless otherwise specifically mentioned in the tender item.

23.4 Neeru finish wherever directed by the Engineer in charge. shall be done from inside

69


at no extra cost.

23.5 Specification given for this item in standard specifications Book (Red book)

published by B and C Department shall be followed.

23.6 Curing and watering shall be done as directed and plaster shall be in alignment

and level. Any substandard work is liable to be rejected and shall have to be redone at

contractor's cost, sand to used shall be of approved quality only.

23.7 Cost of all scaffolding is included in the tender rate. The mode of measurement

of payment shall be on Square meter basis.

Item No 24 :- Providing and applying washable Oil bound Distemper etc complete.

Bd.P.4 Providing and applying washable distemper of approved colourand

Shade to old and new surface in 1/2/3 coats, including scaffolding preparing the surface

to receive the priming and finishing coats complete.

Distemper :- Washable distemper of' approved make, colour and shade shall be used. It

shall conform to I.S. 427-1965. Approved quality distemper like Shalimar, Lakaki or of

equivalent type shall be used.

Scaffolding - This may be double or single as per Bd.P.1.3.

Preparing the surface :- The surface to be distempered shall be cleaned

and all cracks, holes and surface defects shall be repaired with gypsum and allowed to

set hard. All irregularities shall be sand papered smooth and wiped clean. The surface so

prepared must be completely dry and free from dust before distempering is commenced.

In the case of walls newly plastered, special care shall be taken to see that it is

completely dry before any treatment is attempted.

For the old surface which had earlier been distempered :- The surface shall be

cleaned of grease, dust etc. The flakings of previous coatings if any, shall be taken off.

All cracks, holes and surface defects shall be repaired with gypsum and allowed to set

hard and then send papered smooth and wiped clean. But in case the surface are

coloured or white washed, the wash must be removed thoroughly first.

Priming coat :- The priming coat shall be applied over the completely dry surface in the

manner recommended by the makers in the case of patent distempers. when no priming

coat is specified by the manufacturer a finely powdered chalk mixed with a thin solution

of glue shall be applied to prepare a good, hard background, the coating when dry being

rubbed as clean and smoothes possible.

70


Application of distemper :- The instruction of the makers shall be followed regarding

preparation of the surface and application of priming and finishing coats. Distemper shall

not be mixed in a larger quantity than is actually required for a day's work. Hot water

should be used to. prepare the mixture. Distemper shall be applied in dry weather with a

board stiff brush in long parallel strokes. The treated surface shall, be allowed to dry and

harden. The next coat of distemper shall laid on in exactly the same manner as the first

one but only after the earlier coat laid has thoroughly dried. The number of coats of

distemper to be applied shall be as mentioned in the item. The brushes used should

never be allowed to rest on the bristles and after the use they should be carefully and

thoroughly cleaned. .

Item to include :- the rate shall include all labour, materials, equipments and tools for

carrying out the following operations

1) Providing the primer and distemper and mixing the distemper.

2) scaffolding.

3) Preparing the surface to receive the priming and finishing coats.

4) Applying the priming coat.

5) Applying the distemper as specified above in the number of coats mentioned in the

item. Bd.P.4.7

Mode of measurement and payment Same as for item No.Bd.P.1

Providing and applying washable oil bound distemper of approved colour and

shade to old and new surfaces in 1/213 coats, including scaffolding, preparing the

surface to receive the priming and finishing coats complete.

General :- The specifications for this item shall be the same as for item No.Bd.P.4 except

that washable oil bound distemper of the approved shade of colour conforming to I. S.

428-1969 shall be used after applying priming coat of petrifying liquid or other primer a

way be recommended by the manufacturers of the distemper.

Mode of measurement and payment :- As per Item Bd.P.51.& on Square meter basis.

Item No 25 :- Providing and applying water proof cement paint etc complete.

The work shall be carried out as per the description of the tender item and as

directed by Engineer in charge. It shall be whitewashing, distempering and/or snowcem

painting shade and make shall be as directed by the MJP and for decorative purpose.

Engineer in charge. may ask for different shades to be provided for different components

or different parts of the same component which the contractor shall have to do within his

71


tendered rate only at no extra cost. cost of priming coat as directed scaffolding etc is

included in the tender item. The work shall be executed as per the specifications of

P.W.D. Hand Book latest edition and specification for painting in standard specification

Book ( Red Book) published by B and C Department. The mode of measurement of

payment shall be on Sq/ M basis.

Item No 26 :- Providing and laying polished Shahabad Stone flooring ..etc.

complete.

Providing and laying polished Shahabad Stone flooring 25mm to 30mm thick and

of required width in plain / diamond pattern with black polished Kadappa stone slab for

border or any other design on a bed of 1:6 cement mortar including cement float, filling

joints with neat cement slurry, curing, polishing and cleaning complete. Spec. No. :

Bd.M.4 Page No. 380 and as directed by Engineer in charge. The mode of measurement

of payment shall be on square meter basis.

Item No 27 :- Refilling the trenches etc Complete.


Item No 28 :- Dewatering for headwork etc Complete.


Item No 29 :- Providing fixing M.S. chequred plates etc complete.

The items includes providing and fixing M.S Chequred plates of 6/8 mm thickness

supported on M.S. Angles of 25x25x5 MM including welding or spot welding & cutting

at end chequred plates to the required shapes making wholes in the plates including

anticorrosive paint in two coats with all materials and labours etc completely as directed

by Engineer In Charge & as per general practice of M.J.P. the chequred plate s should

not be less than as required and shall be paid on sq/M basis.

72




NAME OF WORK:- WALWADI WATER SUPPLY SCHEME

TAL & DIST :- DHULE

Sub Work No. :- Detailed Specifications of Raw Water Pumping Machinery.

Note :- Procurement of Pumping Machinery and allied equipments shall be allowed after

50 to 60 % completion of civil work.

Item No. 1 : V.T. PUMP.

The tenderer shall provide install and commission the V.T. pump sets (Water

Lubricated type) of approved make. Suitable for discharge 336093 LPH @ 24 meters

head with column pipe, discharge head, strainer etc., Losses in column pipes shall be

assessed by the Tendered and shall be included in the design head of the pump.

PUMP DUTIES

No. of pumps (duty + stand bye) 1 + 1

Individual pump discharge 336093Lph

Design discharge level 280.00 mtr

lowest suction level in Jack well 259.00 mtr

Over head pump house floor level 266.61 mtr

Static head 21.00 mtr

Length of Rising Main 18.00 mtr

Dia of Rising Main 250 mm D.I.K-9 ID.

Total frictional losses in pipe line 0.0238mt.

Residual head 2.0 mtr

Total head 24 mtr.

Head ranges 18mtr. To 27 mtr.

Shut off head in mtr Not less than 28

73


The pump shall confirm to IS 1710, 1972, with latest modifications from time to time.

Efficiency of the pump shall not be less than 75% at duty point under any

circumstances.

Construction and design details of the pump set shall be as follows:

A) V.T. PUMP : 1) Pump shall be water lubricated type.

2) Number of stages shall not exceed 2 Nos.

3) Speed – 1500 RPM (synchronous).

B) IMPELLERS : Impellers shall be of Bronze conforming to IS 318, grade II. Impeller

shall be dynamically balanced.

C) WEARING RING : It shall be of Bronze conforming to IS 318, grade II and shall be of

renewable type. It shall be held in place by screwing against rotation, press fit locked

with pins.

D) PUMP SHAFT : Pump Shaft shall be of stainless steel grade 410 and diameter shall

not be less than 40 mm dia or nearest commercial size.

E) LINE SHAFT :- Line shaft with coupling shall be in length 1.5 M or less and shall be

of stainless steel grade 410 since water lubricated. The diameter of the shaft shall not

be less than 40 mm or nearest commercial size The lesser size of Line shaft shall not be

accepted as length of shaft is more.

F) COLUMN PIPE :-Column pipe shall be of M S fabricated heavy duty flanged type dia

250 mm, length 1.50 M or less suitably designed to have total suspended length of

column assembly. Thickness of column pipe shall not be less than 8 mm. Total column

pipe length including Bowl assembly and Strainer is 6.00 Meter. The distance between

total depth and discharge head shall be matched with required length of distance piece.

G) LINE SHAFT BEARINGS: - Cut-less rubber bearing at 1.5 M spacing for total

column assembly including spiders (bearing holders) shall be provided.

74


H) STRAINER: - GI suction Strainer shall be flanged type heavy duty with hardware

shall be provided.

I) SUCTION BELL MOUTH :-Entrance dia of bell mouth shall be such that the suction

velocity shall not exceed 1.5 mtr/sec and shall be of M S heavy duty or CI. The shape

and curvature of the bell mouth shall be designed to streaming the flow to bowl suction.

The thickness of bell mouth shall be not less than 8 mm.

J) DISCHARGE HEAD :Discharge head shall be of CI or fabricated from MS it shall

incorporate full dia elbow, stuffing box with renewable bushing and taping for pressure

gauge. It shall be of robust construction and shall be designed to support entire load of

pump assembly. Bottom face of discharge head shall be flat and machined.

K) SOLE PLATE :- sole plate of MS 30 mm thick machined from both sides shall be

provided. The size of sole plate shall be suitable as per requirement at site. Suitable

opening for bowl assembly the center. The sole plate shall be fix with nutbolt on frame

of ISMB 200 X 100 mm and shall be machined. The frame shall be anchored by nut-

bolts to the provided girder and further braced to achieve rigidity. The sole plates shall

be kept on frame and blue matched to extend at least 60% of contact area. If necessary

uneven surface shall be smoothed with polish papers or smooth file. The sole plate shall

be perfectly leveled with straight edge and precision level. The sole pate shall have

tapped holes to receive discharge head. Sole plate welded to bottom of discharge head

is not acceptable. The leveling sim between sole plate and discharge head is not

acceptable.

L) The pump shall be driven by electrical hollow shaft motor.

M) For pre-lubrication, a pre-lubrication tank of 200 liters Capacity of GI with MS stand

shall be provided, connection of 25 mm dia GI pipe shall be taken from rising main after

the Sluice valve and shall be connected to the pre-lubrication tank and assembly

bearing. An isolating wheel valve heavy duty (pneumatic type) shall be provided on the

25-mm dia pipeline.

75


N) Special tools i.e. two pairs of erecting clamps of forged steel for the column pipe

assembly & line shaft as recommended by the manufacturer. Adjusting nut spanner

shall be supplied. All nut bolts and washers shall be of S/S. For Each Pump.

FACTORY TEST: -

The factory test shall be carried out by third party inspecting agency approved by

M.J.P. & in presence of competent authority of M J P. The field-test should be carried

out in presence of the competent authority of the department. The contractor shall

arrange all required test equipment’s duly calibrated. All the necessary charges shall be

borne by agency. (T.P.I. circuler is attached)

A) HYDROSTATIC TEST :-

Following items shall be tested at hydrostatic pressure equal to I.5 times shut off

head of bowl assembly or two times working head whichever is higher.

1) Bowl assembly

2) Discharge head

3) Column pipes.

B) PERFORMANCE TEST :-

The test shall generally be carried out, as per IS 9127 code of Acceptance test for

pump class-C. The test shall be carried out at full speed full load at manufacturer work.

The test shall cover 6 points i.e. duty point, 2 above, 2 below and shut off head with

power consumption.

Make- As per List Attached

Item No.1 (B):- PRESSURE GAUGE

Pressure gauge 150 mm.dia. having scale 0 to 7 kg/cm2 shall be supplied

and fitted on delivery side of each pump set with syphon tube and cock

arrangement. One no of pressure gauge 0 to 7 kg/cm2 shall be fixed on rising

main as directed with 15 mm. dia. G.I. pipe and required material.


76


ITEM NO.1 C - 15 MM Dia G.I. Pipe

Providing .lowering .laying & jointing 15 mm Dia GI B class pipes for

Pressure Gauge connected from Rising main The item includes saddle pieces

for tapping connection – required GI specials etc completed. The GI pipes shall

be laid from rising main upto inside the pump house. The pipe shall be laid below

the ground level pipe on wall shall be fired with necessary clamps. The quantity is

tentative payment will be made on actually laid quantity on meter a\basis.

Approved Make :- As Per List Artteched

Item No. 2 (A) & (B): SLUICE VALVE (I.S. 780 )

The CIDF sluice valves shall be of approved make & of double flanged heavy

duty water works pattern, inside screw, non rising spindle type with hand wheel. The

sluice valve shall confirm IS 780 rating PN 1.0 The valve shall be installed as directed

by the Engineer In-charge, including of all jointing material and with concrete support.

Cost of the C.C. block is deemed to be included in the quoted rates. Manufacturers test

certificate shall be furnished along with the supply of Sluice Valve.

Delivery side : 250 mm Dia

Material of construction:-

1) Body, dome cover hand wheel confirming to relevant IS


Item No. 3 (A) & (B) : REFLUX VALVE

The CIDF reflex valves shall be of approved make & heavy duty water works

quality with G.M. seat single door type, free closure and with low head loss

characteristic when in open position. The valve shall be of PN 1.0 rating and confirming

to I.S. The valve shall be installed as directed by the Engineer In-charge, including of all

jointing material and with concrete support. Cost of the C.C. block is deemed to be

included in the quoted rates. Manufacturers test certificate shall be furnished along with

the supply of valve.

Delivery side : 250 mm Dia

Rising Main side : 350 mm Dia (With T.P.I. as per circuler attached)

Material construction:-

77


.

1) Body ring & door faces. Leaded gun-metal gr-318.As per I.S. 5312.


Item No. 4 ( A & B ) : CI/MS SPECIALS:

This item includes providing, erecting, jointing, welded CI / MS pipes and specials

including all jointing materials. All specials shall be give two coats of anti-corrosive paint

and suitably supported by C.C. block is deemed to be included in the quoted rate. The

delivery shall be connected to existing delivery pipe as directed by Engineer in charge

quantity mentioned is tentative payment will be made on Kg basis as per actual quantity

provided and fixed. The work of making flanged joints with required material will be

measured

MS special and piping required should be fabricated from 8 mm thick MS plate

conforming to IS 226. All flanges should be 20 mm thick drilled as per IS 1538.

The welding of MS pipes and flanges shall be generally by any of the process as

described in IS 3589 and welding standard shall confirm to IS 822 & 823. All the MS

pipe and specials shall be painted with two coats on anti-corrosive paints.

Item No. 5 : DISMENTALLING JOINTS

Providing erecting and commissioning M.S. dismantling joints as per requirement

and department approved range and specification including machining and rubber rings

and suitable 16 Kg2 working pressure with required flanges of suitable size with nut bolt

etc comp. the joint should have through long bolt so that during normal pressure there

should be no sliding of sliding flanges L.O.F. (length over flange ) should not be less

than 75% of dia

Item No. 6 : FLANGE JOINTS

Providing fixing & testing of flange joints with cost of required jointing materials

such as rubber packing nut bolt , white paste etc to be used for flanged joints are

included in this item .

78


Item No. 7: V H S MOTOR (Minimum 50 H.P.)

The tenderer shall provide, install and commission vertical hollow shaft motor

of approved make with required material, having capacity of 50 H.P.with Energy

Efficient to drive the V T pump under .

The torque-speed and the current-speed characteristics of the motor shall be suitable to

accelerate the drive equipment to full speed, without exceeding the starting current of 2

½ times the full load current on A.T.S. starting.

The motor shall be flanged mounted vertical hollow shaft with non-reversible

ratchet. The motor shall be statically and dynamically balanced and critical speed shall

be in the range of 80% and 120% of the motor speed. The motor shall be of screen

protected drip proof construction with degree of enclosure protection conforming to IP-

23 or superior. The motor shall be designed for continuous operations and shall conform

to IS 325.

The motor shall be provided with heavy-duty friction bearing, grease lubricated type.

The terminal box shall be suitable for termination of power cable. The rated horsepower

of the motor shall be at least 20% more than power requirement of the pump at the duty

point and stipulated head range. The motor shall be suitable for supply system 415 V, 3

Ph, 50 C/S with voltage variation of ± 10% and frequency variation of ± 3%. The

insulation shall be ‘F’ class. Suitable size cable entry box shall be provided to the motor

terminal cover. The rated speed should not be more than 1500 RPM (Synchronous).

Manufacturers test report, certificate with O & M manual shall be furnished with each

motor.


Item No. 8 : FULLY AUTOMATIC A.T. STARTER

Providing, installing and commissioning fully automatic air brake contactor type

floor mounted auto-transformer starter locally assembled, having oil immersed copper

wound auto-transformer with first filling of good quality of transformer oil, oil gauge, level

indicator, drain plug, etc., and shall be provided with 50% 65% and 80% tapping. It shall

be suitable to accelerate the pump (item No.1) to full speed with 65% tapping. Magnetic

Over-load relays and Under-voltage relays, complete and duly installed in position as

directed including all misc. materials and hardware to complete the job shall be

79


provided. Wiring connection shall have feature to prevent Zero voltage condition while

changing from tap to full voltage.

The starter shall be suitable for motor to work at 375 – 440 V, 3 Ph, and 50 c/s

electric supply. The starter shall be provided with negative sequence current operated

single phasing preventer. One suitable scale Ammeter of 200 Amp shall be provided on

the starter with required CT’s. The rating of the main contractor shall not be less than

200 Amps and of auxiliary contactor shall not be less than 70 Amps. Indicating lamps for

ON & OFF indications shall be provided. The starter shall be installed in position on C.C.

(1:2:4) foundation or on channel frame. The complete job should be executed as

required and as directed by the Engineer in charge, complete with painting with

conventional paint. The item includes the required tested transformer oil for first filling

with test certificate and test and trial. Suitable size cables end boxes for incoming and

outgoing terminals of the starter shall be provided. The starter shall be designed for

minimum 6 operations/hr. uniformly distributed with equal period of interval over an

hour. Cubical box for starter size 1.25 M. height 0.75 M. width & 0.45 Mtr. Depth.

The contractors shall be made of 200 /70 /70 rating anti-shield silver cadmium

oxide and contact system shall be designed with minimum balance to ensure long

contact life. Hour meter shall be fixed.

FACTORY TEST: -





borne by agency. .

The test repot, O&M manual with circuit diagram shall be supplied with each starter.


Item No. 9 : PANEL BOARD

Providing, fabricating, installing, testing and commissioning cubical industrial type

dust and vermin proof panel board from 16 SWG and 14 SWG MS sheet, 50 X 50 X 6

80


mm size MS angle iron frame with free standing MS channel base frame of ISMC 100 X

75 mm.

The front and the rear door shall be provided with hinges and locking

arrangement. The indicating devices and operating switchgear shall not be mounted

above 1.6 meter from floor level. The panel board shall be painted with one coat of red

lead paint and two coats of enamel paint of approved shade & as per I. S.6005.

The contractor should get approval for designing the general layout, drawing and

wiring diagram of the panel boards from the Engineer in charge or the competent

authority of the department before commencement of the fabrication work.

The panel board shall be fitted with the following accessories:

1) M.C.CB. For Incomer- 1 No Triple pole M.C.C.B. of 200 Amp. x 25 KA capacity with

thermal overload relay for incoming shall be provided. The M.C.C.B. shall have

switching mechanism of quick make and quick break type utilizing a trip free toggle

mechanism. The M.C.C.B. shall be provided with handle mechanism to facilitate

operation of breaker from outside the panel door and interlocking arrangement with door

shall also be provided.

It shall confirm to relevant I.S. M.C.C.B. shall be provided with earth leakage

circuit relay with required current balance transformer as per requirement of

MSEDCL authority. M.C.C.B. shall be provided with shunt release and shall have

push button tripping arrangement with on/ Off indication lamp. M.C.C.B. shall

have R.Y.B. phase indicating lamps.

2) Alluminium bus bar of 200 A capacity for full length of panel board shall be

provided with R.Y.B. phase and neutral and mounted on insulators of appropriate

capacity. The bus bar shall be painted with standard colour code.

3) M.C.C.B. :- Triple pole M.C.C.B. of 125/100 A capacity with thermal overload

relay- 3 Nos. The breaking capacity be shall be 16 KA. The M.C.C.B. shall have

shunt release & push button tripping arrangement and shall have ON/OFF

indicating lamp ( 2 for individual motor & 1 spare)

4) Front operated type panel switch 63 amp/500 volt for capacitor - Total 3 nos

81


( 2 No’s for capacitor & 1 spare)

5) Triple pole front operated, FFO switch for 32 A- 2 No. ( for Internal and

External Lighting )

6) Capacitor- 20 KVAR- 2 No power factor improvement Mix Dielectric capacitor

banks suitable for 415 V x 3 phase 50 cycles floor mounted with discharging

devices capacitor bank is to connected in circuit with MCCB unit under serial No.

4 of this item. The capacitor shall be 15 KVAR bank 2 No. The necessary cable

and lugs / glands etc. are deem to be included in this item.

7) Rotary change over switch four pole 100 A X 500 V front operated------- 1 no

8)Voltmeter-0 to 500 V.150 sq.mm type flush mounted with selector switch -1 No.

9) Ammeter – 1 No. 0 – 300 suppressed scale Ammeter

C.T. operated ammeters with selector switch set of 3 nos. CTS of suitable

ratio for measuring current of motors with 0 – 300 amp. range. size of ammeter

shall be 150 sq.mm flush mounted for measuring total load of the system. CT’s

shall be of class of accuracy 1, burden 15 VA.

10) Ammeter – 2 No.

150 mm size square, flush mounted ammeter of range 0 to 200 A with

suppressed scale connected in circuit for measuring current of motors for pump

sets for measuring individual load of motors with CTS & Selector switch.

11) Coloured Indicating 25 mm neon lamp – 1 set

12) M.C.C.B. shall have two indicating neon lamps separately for on-off

indication.

13) 16 Amp socket and switch point shall be provided on panel.- 1 No

14) Open execution type Panel switch 32 Amp 250 Volt DP Switch – 1 No

82


15). Earthing terminals on Panel shall be provided.- 2 Nos

16) Rubber matting 6 mm thick suitable for 22 kv shall be laid in front of L.T.

panel and starter – 2 sq.mtr.

17) Suitable size quartz watch to be fixed at suitable place – 1 No.

18) Hour meter – 2 No ( To be Fixed on Starter)

19) ELR with required C.B.T.

20) Danger board – 2 No

.The internal wiring shall be in proper size with color code clip at the end of

each wire.

The panel board drawing, wiring diagram shall be furnished and get

approved from department prior to fabrication and supply, panel shall have cable

entire from bottom with suitable glands. All incoming and out going feeders shall

have on indications. The panel shall be installed as directed by Engineer-in-

charge.

All the wiring of the panel board shall be of RYB copper conductor. PVC insulated

wires of suitable size only. It shall be carried out by using cable clips. The wiring inside

the panel board shall be in engineering manner, with cable clips at required length.

Necessary extra looping length for cables and wire shall be provided.

FACTORY TEST: -





borne by agency. .

1.Revieve of raw materials test certificate and quality control procedure.

83


2.Routine test

3.Checking components and wiring diagram, control circuit and operation of panel.

4.Insulation resistance test

5.High voltage test

6.Power frequency test

7.Fault simulation

8.Revieve of type test certificate of breaker.

THE DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS OF THE PANEL BOARD ACCESSORIES SHALL

BE AS UNDER: -

BUS BAR:

Bus bar shall be of electrolytic Alluminium of cross-section size to suit 200 Amps

load and of withstanding the electro-mechanical forces due to short circuit.

The neutral bar shall not be smaller than half cross-section of main bus bar. The

bus bar chamber and supported on unbreakable non-hydroscopic supports rigidly held

to the framework. The bus bar shall have separate special screwed cover with

ventilating louvers. The temperature rise of the bus bar shall not exceed 55°C over an

ambient temperature of 40°C. the bus bar shall be PVC insulated with colour code for

phase indication. The bus bar shall be easily accessible for inspection. The power

distribution bus bars or cables shall be bolted clamp type. The parallel bus bars shall not

be used for main bus bars or distribution.

MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER:

All the MCCB shall be provided with tripping devices with inverse type

characteristics for over load protection and instantaneous protection against short

circuit. MCCB shall have spring assisted quick make-brake manually operated trip free

front operating mechanism. It should display ON & OFF position of H.T. handle. It

should be calibrated at ambient temperature with higher and lower temperature

84


compensation. Each MCCB shall have the capacity as mentioned above and shall be of

approved make only.

SWITCH FUSE UNIT;

All insulating switches shall be double break type quick load break type and have

the rating to suit the load connected on it. The ON-OFF position shall be clearly marked

on the panel. The mechanical interlocking shall be provided so that the door opens

only in OFF position of switch. The switch shall confirm to IS 4047 and IS 4237.

HRC FUSES:

HRC cartridge fuse shall be of link type of power and control non-deteriorating

have adequate fault capacity to show health and trip condition fuses shall confirm

IS2208.

INDICATION LAMP;

The indicating lamp shall be of filament bulb types of 160V rating with series

resistance for different voltages. The oil and dust proof unbreakable suitable

polycarbonate lenses shall be used to improve appearance and illumination.

SELECTOR SWITCH:

The selector switch shall be with three position & off units designed for heavy-

duty application and handling for robust design. The required position shall be engraved

in the front plate.


POWER FACTOR IMPROVING CAPACITOR :

The Mix Di Electric capacitor shall be suitable for operation on 3 phase 50 Hz 400

V +/- 10% supply with externally discharging resistances.

The capacitor shall be supplied in hermetically sealed unit each of same capacity

with non-inflammable and non-oxidizing synthetic impermanent if used and shall be

complete connected with switch fuse unit and earthing devices. HRC fuses and self

discharging, resistance connected with common bus bar with adequate capacity. The

capacitor shall be designed to withstand electro-dynamic and thermal stresses caused

85


by transit over current during switching. The capacitor banks shall be of robust design

and shall confirm to IS 2834.

The capacitor bank shall be mounted on a base fabricated from 50 mm X 6 mm

angle and shall be installed as directed by Engineer in charge.

RUBBER MATTING:

The 22 kV 6 mm thick 1 meter width rubber mating of approved make shall be

provided for panel boards and starters.

QUARTZ WATCH

Providing and installing the electronic quartz watch with required setting, having

figure of SBC 50 mm, and shall be fixed on panel. Rectifier of suitable capacity if

necessary shall be provided and fixed without any extra cost.

HOUR METER:

Hour meter with Totaliser shall be provided for measuring pumping hours of

each pump set.

Item No. 10 : CABLE .

1) 3.50 Core x 120 Sq.mm Aluminum conductor PVC / XLPE insulated armoured

cable to be laid in Double run from supply point to panel

2) 3 Core x 95 Sq.mm Alluminium conductor PVC insulated armoured cable to be

laid from connection of MCCB in LT panel board to starter & starter to motor etc comp

3) 3 core x 16 sq mm Alluminum conductor PVC insulated armoured cable to be laid

from panel to capacitor

D) Lugs and Glands :- Providing fixing all cable ends as per requirement the cable

lugs and the cable glands of required size etc comp.

This includes the work of providing, laying & jointing PVC sheathed, PVC

insulated aluminum conductor armored cable of approved make. Cable shall

satisfactorily withstand without damage due to transportation to site, installation at site,

cabling from control switch board to different motors, capacitors and operation under

86


normal and short circuit condition of various system to which the respective cables are

connected when operating under climatic conditions prevailing at the site. The cable

length shown in schedule B is tentative and can be vary on both side. Payment will be

made as per actual supply and laying.

The cable shall be aluminum conductor, PVC insulated and sheathed galvanized

flat steel wire armored cable. Cable shall confirm with IS 1554. The cable shall be

suitable for satisfactory performance when laid on trays or through conductor under a

power supply system, voltage variation of ± 10% of frequency variation ± 3%. The size

and length estimated for cables as per cable schedule are indicative only. The cable

shall be connected to the equipment’s with the help of water tight flange type cable

glands.

All cable shall be supported by conduits or cable trays, trenches run in air or in

cable duct channel. This shall be installed in exposed & run parallel or perpendicular to

dominant surface with right angle turn made of symmetrical bend of fittings. When

cables are run on cable trays that they shall be clamped at minimum intervals of 2000

mm or otherwise as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

Each cable whether power or control, shall provide with a metallic or plastic tag of

an approved type, bearing of cable reference number indicated in the cable and a

conduit list (prepared by the contractor) at every 5 M run or part thereof and at both

ends of the cable adjacent to the terminations. Cable routing is to be done in such a way

that cables are accessible to any maintenance and for easy identification. Shaft bending

and kicking of cable shall be avoided. The minimum ratio of PVC insulated cable 1100 V

grade shall be 1.5 D where ‘D’ is overall diameter of the cable. Installation of other

cables like high voltage co-axial screened, compensating, mineral insulated shall be in

accordance with the cable manufacturers recommendations, wherever cables cross

roads and water, special care should be taken or the protection of the cables in

designing the cable channel. In each cable run some extra length shall be kept at

suitable point.

Trench :- Making a trench of suitable width and 0.90 m deep and laying

provided cable and refilling the same with screen sand bed of 0.20 m thick to embed the

cable and bricks to placed on both side lengthwise and top widthwise all over the cable

run and refilling the excavated earth without stone on hard material and making the

surface proper with 0.15 m crown on top .

87



Item No. 11 A : EARTHING:-

Supplying & erecting 2.5 mtr. long 40 mm dia G.I .pipe with perforated cross

holes at 150 mm center to center the hole the Galvanized cast iron earth plate of size

60X60X0.6 cms buried in specifically prepared earth pit 3.50 Mt. below ground level with

alternate layers of charcoal and salt with 1mtr. long 19mm dia GI pipe with funnel with a

wire mesh for watering and brick masonry chamber 30cm,X 30cm & 25 cm deep with

C.I. cover complete as per para 73 of IS 3043 with necessary length of earth strip bolted

with lug to the plate and connected to the nearest switch gears with socket as per

direction and duly tested by earth tester and recording the results.

Item No. 11 B :Earthing Strip:- Supplying & erecting earthing GI strips of 25 mm

x 6 mm used for earthing and laying in ground, trench or erected on the wall with

necessary clamps fixed on the wall joints painted with bituminous paint in an approved

manner.

Item No. 12 : ELECTRIFICATION TO PUMP HOUSE:

The item includes electrification to pump house. The wiring shall be done in

copper conductor 1.5 Sq.mm wire, PVC insulated only. PVC conduit flat of suitable size

shall be used for encasing. Following electrical fittings shall be provided :

The following electrical equipment shall be provided & fixed.

Internal Electrification

1. 2 nos X 18 watt CFL Street light fitting with Energy Efficient – 7 nos

2 . Supplying and erecting Pedestal Fan 600 mm sweep qscillating type suitable

to work 230 Volts 50 cycles 1440 RPM with speed regulator – 2 nos

3 . Exhaust Fan heavy duty 230 Volts AC 50cycles 450 mm 1400 RPM complete

to be erected as directed by Engineer- in – charge.

4. Bulkhead fitting cast alluminium enameled body with 25 watt CFL – 2 nos

88


External Electrification

1.150 watt HP S.V. street light lamp fitting with bracket fixture etc. erected on

pole G.I. heavy duty 80 mm- 6 mtr. long with all required accessories & cable – 2

Nos ( To be installed on pole) & 2 no. to be erected on wall of pump house as

directed by Engineer-in-charge.

Pole foundation :- Providing CC foundation including excavation of the pole with

60 X 60 cm and 180 cm deep in 1:3:6 cement concrete (20 to 25mm stone metal

)and 45X 45X45 cm plinth duly plastered and with necessary curing and finishing

etc comp.

2. Required size aluminum conductor PVC cable shall be provided & laid

Suitably with required Kit-Kat fuse on poles or wherever required.

3. Supplying pedestal fan 600 mm sweep oscillating type suitable to work on

230 Volts 50 cycles 1440 RPM with speed regulator-1 No

Item No.13:- GANTRY ARRAGEMENT :

1. Providing and Errecting Hand operated 2 MT capacity 6 M. lift Geared

travelling trolley, lift tested to 50% overloading.

2. Providing fixing ISMB 200 in pump house for mounting geared monorail

trolley girder shall be fixed in walls exactly on the top of the pump sheets this

item includes required civil work

3. 2 ton capacity triple spar gear C.P. block with swiveling hook having lifting

range of 6 M and load chain.

4. The convene of department the item includes the operation during trial and

other testing material etc.

Item No. 14 : PROVIDING TOOLS:

Providing hand tools as mentioned below :

89


1) Double ended open jaws spanner of selected carbon steel and chrome plated size 6-

32 mm (set of 12 pieces) ---------------------------------------------------- 1 set.

2) Ring spanner set (bi-hexagonal) 6-32 mm (set of 12 pieces)--------- 1 set.

3) Hacksaw frame with blade ---------------------------------------------------------- 1 No.

4)Insulated combination cutting pillar 150 mm ----------------------------------- 1 No.

5) Ball pen hammer 800 grams ------------------------------------------------------- 1 No.

6)screwdriver electrical patterned blade for selected steel chrome plated size

8 X 200 mm ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 No.

6 X 300 mm ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 No.

7)screwdriver Engineering patterned blade for selected steel chrome plated size

5 X 200 mm ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 No.

5 X 300 mm ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 No.

8) Adjustable screw-wrench 300 mm ------------------------------------------------ 1 No.

9) Tabular box spanner set -------------------------------------------------------------- 1 No

10)Long Nose Player ------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 No

11) Electric supply tester ------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 No.

12) Pipe-wrench stilton pattern selected carbon steel

450 mm --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 No.

600 mm ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 No.

13) Tool box M.S. of size 50x30x30 cm---------------------------------------------- 1 No

14)Steel level 300 mm -------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 No

90


15) Electronic continuity tester ----------------------------------------------------------- 1 No.

Acceptable make – As per sheet attached

Item No.15:- NAME BOARD

Name plates board should made from 20 gauge M.S. sheet fixed on T.W.

bottom frame. The back ground should be in white colour. The size of name plate

board should be 1200 mm x 800 mm and have shown following details.

Name of department

Name of scheme

Details of pump i.e. make, type, discharge, head Sr. No. etc.

Details of Motor i.e. make, type, H.P. Sr. No. etc.

Details of Transformer i.e. make, capacity, oil capacity Sr. No. etc.

Details of starters i.e. make, type, Sr.No. etc.

Date of installation of each set.

Name of suppliers and addresses.

.

Item No16:- Electro Magnetic Flow Meter

Providing , installing and commissioning of electromagnetic flow meter with accuracy

±±±± 0.5 % of measured value and protection as per given specification including sensor,

transmitter, surge arrestor, cable duct, separate / PVC of 25 mm dia for 25 mtr. The job

include the pipe cutting, levelling and installation of flowmeter in the pipe line with

necessary tools, trakles, cranes etc. As may be required @ site and based on technical

specification.

1) 300 mm dia. ---------------------- 1 No.

Mandatory Accessories:

1) The sensor should be as per IP-68 protection & with flanges of up to PN 10 rating

from CS-1 No.

91


2) The sensor coil housing shall be lP- 68 This protected against external magnetic

field.

3) The transmitter shall have one current 4mA-20 Ma output.

4) The current output shall be galvanically/optically isolated. It shall be fitted with

switched mode power supply capability 85-260 V & 45-65 Hz to cope with power

transients without damage.

5) Signal & power cables not more than 50 Mtrs length/each.

6) Conduit pipe (PVC Plumbing) 25 mm diameter with suitable rating: Suitable conduit

duct for route rig of cable with suitable digging, laying & concealing the duct- 25

Mtrs/each.

7) UPS working on 230 V AC, 50 Hz power supply suitable for 12 hrs continuous

operation-I No.

8)Data storage capacity with built in or separate for date time, actual flow rate, totaliser

and error messages if any with storage capacity of 120 days at 5 minutes interval data

logging- I No.

9)21 inch ,80 column Dot matrix printer of EPSON, WIPRO or Hewlett Packard make

with printer interface unit for printing of stored data as per 8)- 1 No.

10) proper earthing shall be provided for protection against high voltage surge.

11) Suitable over voltage protection unit for protection of instrument from higher voltage

(up to 275 V — 300 VAC)

B) Working Conditions & Specifications

a) Water Temp.: 10°to 50°

92


b) Water Quality: Raw water, turbid in nature Portable chlorinated water.

c) Operating pressure: 10— 15 Kg/cm 2

d) Pipeline MOC: Cl, DI, MS with/without mortar lined, Non-metallic pipes. HS & PSC.

e) Pipe condition: pipe shall be running full. Full Bore Bi-directional Electromagnetic

Flow meters shall be designed, manufactured & calibrated to International standards

with accuracy of +/- 0.5% of reading.

g)The supplier should have full lSO-9000 series accredation & full it aceable calibration

methods to either of the two primary standard means of testing i.e. mass (ISO 4185) or

volume (ISO 6817).

h) Each meter shall be wet calibrated at the place of manufacturing with 3 point

calibration at sufficient flow rates. The testing facility shall be duly accredited in

accordance to ISO 17025.

I) The sensor shall be of standard length as per ISO 13359.

j) The sensor shall have built in stainless steel grounding electrode & empty pipe

detection. Any ground probes, rings flanges or straps will be strictly not acceptable.

k) The liner material shall be either, Certified Hard Rubber (HR) with Drinking water

approval or Polyurethane (PU) & Teflon.

l) The sensor & transmitter shall be capable of working in tropical environment.

m)The meter body shall be flanged or with custom connector as per the requirement

water designs will not be acceptable.

n) The housing of flow meter shall be Dicast Alluminium painted steel with suitable anti

corrosive paint.

o)The flow meter shall be suitable for both submergence as well as burial installation

and shall withstand all necessary natural shocks.

93


p) The transmitter & sensor shall not have any EMI interferences in the actual flow

meter reading.

q) The transmitter shall be wall mounted type with a 2 line display for the indication of

Actual Flow rate & totalized value. The material enclosure shall be sufficient to

guarantee of 5 year operation life.

r) The transmitter shall be capable of fully programmed with push buttressing HART

communicator. It shall have a set-up menu so that all relevant parameters

may be user-set from the self-prompting driven menu.

The repeatability shall be 0.1% or reading or better, minimum +1- 0.5mm/s.

s) The transmitter shall have one scale pulse output.

One current (HART) output. The current output shall be galvanically isolated. It shall be

fitted with switched mode power supply capability 85-260 V & 45-65 Hz

to cope with power transients without damage.

t) The totalized value shall be protected by EEPROM during power outage, and utilizes

an overflow counter.

u) The flow meter shall be provided with remote display suitable without any signal

booster/amplifier for distance up to 150 Meters. for online MIMIC

C)Sensor / Transmitter cable of following specification:

3 x 0.38 mm2 PVC cable with common, braided copper shield 0.7mm dia) & individually

shielded cores-with empty pipe detection 9 EPD) 4x0.38 mm2 PVC cable with common,

braided copper shield 0.7mm dia) & individually shielded cores. Conductor

resistance <I 420 p21m permanent operating temperature 20+/- 80

b)Repairs/replacement of components/spare parts as may be necessary during the flow

meter inspection.

c) Free replacement of the spare parts & consumables as necessary.

94


d)Emergency visit to site within 48 hours for attending any major trouble shooting and

break downs.’

e)Technical training/trouble shooting training to the user by the supplier.

f) Providing complete technical details on instrument with necessary manuals.

D)General Terms and Conditions:

a)General specification with accessories ( except required for each type of meter

specified) working conditions, mandatory accessories, calibration, inspection testing

manufacturers test certificates, installation & commissioning guarantee & training shall

be common for all flow meters as mentioned above. The additional /optional accessories

mentioned above to be considered as per project & site requirements.

b) The above prices are inclusive of import duty as applicable in year 2010.

c) The above prices inclusive of countervailing duty (CVD) as applicable in year 2010

with education cess of 2% on CVD. Also includes necessary charges for customs

clearances clearing & forwarding charges in India.

d) The above prices are includes local inland transportation from manufacturer’s

godown/customs godown up to sites anywhere in Maharashtra.

e)The above prices includes necessary packing & forwarding charges as applicable for

each project.

t) VAT 12.5% currently applicable are included in above rates.

g) Octroi charges are not included in above rates & shall be as per actual which will be

included wherever applicable in estimates for meter up to site storage.

h)The above prices are inclusive of Marine and inland insurance of flow meters up to

site storage.

95


i) Meter shall be procured with prior permission from concerned Superintending

Engineer/Chief Engineer.

j) Planning for installation of meter shall be done during execution of pipe work. Straight

pipe length of 5 D or more on upstream side and 2 D or more on

downstream side of meter is necessary( D is diameter of flow meter) The meters shall

be installed so as to have a linear flow with pipe running full.

E) Calibration, Testing & Inspection

The flow meters shall be pre-calibrated at the manufacturer’s place as per

international standards given above. Additionally as may be required 10%

of total supply lot shall be inspected tested at below mentioned institutes in India or third

party inspection through MJP approved agencies to be carried at manufacturer’s place.

Testing in India

a. FCRI , Palakkad

b. IDEMI, Mumbai

c. CWPRS, Pune

d. Any other institute approved by MJP

Manufacturer’s Guarantee, Certificate & Training the flow meters shall be

supplied with manufacturer’s test certificate as per international standards

given above. Calibration certificates with 12 months guarantee for the trouble free

performance & give adequate training for handling flow meter & installation in

field so that trainees can carryout the job independently.

F) 6 Month’s 0 & M towards flow meter &. Accessories:

96


Item No.16 B:- Panel Cabinet

Fixing flow meter transmitter to internal walls of building in a suitably designed

panel cabinet with proper locking arrangement with glass window on front door for

seeing the reading of transmitter and data logger without opening of the panel cabinet. It

should house complete ancillaries and including the provision for connection of electrical

power supply from near by apparatus. The panel cabinet shall be prewired and with

suitable gland entires.

Acceptable Make :- As per list attached

97







SUBWORK NO 4 :- RAW WATER GRAVITY MAIN

Item No 1 :- Providing and supplying D.I. Specials etc. complete.

The item includes supply of D.I. specials suitable for D.I. pipe as per I.S. 9523

including all taxes transportation as stated in the description of item.

Also the D.I. specials required for the works shall be supplied by the contractor

as per instruction from the Engineer In Charge, excess D.I. specials will not be accepted

at the time of final bill.

Item No 2 :- Providing and supplying M.S. Specials etc. complete.

The Item includes providing and supplying M.S. Double flanged / Socketted /plain

ended/ Machine ended specials suitable for diameter as required and of

required thickness and including all material , labour charges with epoxy paint from

inside and outside inclusive all taxes ( Central and local ) inspection charges ,

transportation to stores /site and stacking etc complete as per requirement. The mode

of measurement of payment shall be on weight (Kg) basis.

Item No 3 :- Providing , Supplying Fixing Sluice Valves ……etc Complete.


Item No 4 :- Providing and supplying Kinetic Double Orifice Air Valves etc

Complete.

This item includes supply of Kinetic flanged typr Air valves as per IS 10845 and

approved make of MJP also specification as per Item No 5 of Sub work no. 1.

98


Item No 5 :- Providing and supplying C.I.D.F. angle type spring loaded Pressure

Relief Valve ……etc. complete.


Item No 6:- Excavation in all types of strara etc. complete.

Specification as per item No 1 of Sub Work 1

Item No 7 :- Filling in plinth and floor murum bedding in trenches etc.

complete.


Item No 8 :- Lowering ,laying and jointing D.I. pipes etc. complete.


Item No 9 :- lowering ,laying and joining C.I.D.F Sluice Valves /Score valve/ Reflux

Valves etc. complete

Specification as per Item No 5 Sub Work 1.

Item No 10 :- lowering ,laying and joining C.I.D.F. angle type spring loaded

Pressure Relief Valve ……etc. complete.

Specification as per Item No 5 of sub work . No. 1

Item No 11 :- Providing and fixing Air Valve shaft etc. complete.

Specification as per Item No 5 of sub work . No. 1 And Also item includes providing 6

mm thick M.S. pipe shaft or G.I. pipe of medium class of 2.7 m Long ,branch flange tee

of Air valve, P.C.C. M150 bed concrete of 150 mm thick and PCC M 150 concrete

encasing around the vertical shaft as shown in the drawing as per departmental design

99


& drawing, items include labour charges for fixing the Air Valve over the shaft & laying

jointing of flanges etc ,Item does not include the cost of valves as well as cost of branch

flange tee & as directed by the Engineer In Charge. The mode of measurement of

payment shall be on Number basis.

Item No 12 :- Providing and constructing B. B. Masonry chamber etc. complete.


Item No 13:- Providing & laying P.C.C. 1:2:4 ( M150 ) etc Complete.

Specification as per item No 3 of Sub work No 1

Item No 14- Refilling the trenches etc Complete.


100




NAME OF SCHEME:- WALWADI WATER SUPPLY SCHEME, TAL. & DIST :- DHULE.


SUB WORK NO. 5 :- WATER TREATMENT PLANT CAP – 7.25 MLD AND SUMP.

Item No 1 A) Designing , constructing ,and commissioning Unconventional Water

treatment plant of 7.25 MLD Capacity etc Complete.

DETAILED ITENWISE SPECIFICATION FOR TREATMENT PLANT GENERAL

These specifications as laid down hereinafter are in amplification' of the

requirements already specified in preceding pages of this tender and further fully

complementary to it. The elaborate specifications for electrical works are given

separately in addition to the following. Additional specifications for mechanical work and

civil work are separately given.

Item No.1 AERATION FOUNTAIN (CASCADE TYPE)

A) Design and Construction

This shall be of cascade type and designed for an ultimate, stage flow 7.25

mld or 0.302 Ml/hr. having minimum area at 0.625 sqm/ mid or 0.030 sqm/ cum./hr.

rate of flow. Risers and treads of the cascades shall be minimum 20 cm and 0.50 m

respectively The peripheral launder shall receive water under 20 cms clear overfall

condition, To achieve splashing, sufficient height shall be provided to the launder above

F.S.L.

The cascade shall be finished with broken pieces of glazed colored tiles set in

cement concrete, giving aesthetic appearance. The lip of aeration fountain should be at

R.L 268.60 m. Fountain lip opening shall be provided with M.S. jali made up of flats of

size 75 mm x 6 mm with Maximum opening of 75 mm. The jali should be curved in

shape of segment of sphere with central rise of 0.40 m. The jali can be detachable. It

should be painted with an epoxy anticorrosive paint, smooth lip spillage shall be

achieved.

The item shall have a baffle wall, stilling chamber and a side chamber for float.

The item shall include construction of entire length of channel starting form the launder

of aeration fountain to the receiving point at flash mixer. Reference I.S. to be followed

I.S. 6059 and I.S. 9117 of latest edition and CPHEEO manual of Govt. of India.

101


B) Accessories

A both side walkway of 1.20 M width; with 32mm G.I. pipe railing in three row at the

outer edge of minimum 1 M height with M.S. angle past 65x65x6 mm and as per

specifications shall be provided.

C) MECANICAL EQUIPMENTS

The central inlet to the fountain shall be of RCC shaft of required thickness and

dia inlet and outlet with bell mouth at its top increased to suitable diameter from the duck

foot bend M.S pipes valves extending up to 15 m distance measured from center at

duck foot bend shall be provided by the contractor with required specials as per site

condition.

ITEM NO 2 VENTURY FLUME, STILLING CHAMBER & FLOW MEASURING

EQIDPMENT.

A) Design:

The flume shall be designed as the open channel type for flow of 7.25 MLD. with

free board of not less than 30 cm. The measuring flume shall have a baffle wall, stilling

chamber & side chamber for float. This item shall include construction of entire length of

channel starting from launder of aeration fountain to the receiving part of the flash mixer.

Reference I.S.I. to be followed I.S.I. 6059 and I.S.I. 9117 latest edition shall be

followed.

B) Accessories:

The walkway at one meter width with 32rnm G.I. pipe railing in three rows at the

outer edge as specified in mechanical Engineering works specifications shall be

provided.

C) Electrical & Mechanical Equipments:-

Float operated open channel flow indicator shall be provided and installed

near the flume with transmitting device to transmit reading to an Integrator &

recorder to be installed in first floor of Chemical House. The later will operate on

220/230 volts single phase electric supply. The 1000 Nos. of standard chart (daily) to

read in suitably digited liters 5 tracing pens, ink and all necessary accessories will be

provided. The measuring devices shall have a capacity of measuring minimum flow 100

cum/hour maximum flow of 500 cum/hour correct up to a rate of 20 cum/hour as per

I.S.I. 6756, 6-6 and 2032 of latest edition.

102


In order to reduce head loss, the measuring device shall be on venturiflume

principle. It shall have, however, to be ensured that the channel does not head up due to

churning of water in the flash mixer. There should be clear overfall from channel to

further unit. The channel and aeration fountain channel shall be provided with a drain

pipe with valve for purpose of washing. At this time channel shall be provided with

penstock gate in M.S. to separate out from wash mixer.

IEM NO.3: FLASH MIXER

A) Design and Construction

The flash mixer 7.25 mld (0.302 ML/ hour) shall be constructed in R.C.C.

Finished with cement plaster in 1:3 mix. at the water face. The unit shall be provided

with R.C.C. slab partly covering the tank, for locating the driving unit of the agitator and

for approach to the same. The F.S.L. of flash mixer shall be 0.2 m below the sill of

channel.

The minimum detention time for flash mixer shall be 60 seconds for the ultimate

stage flow of. 7.25 MLD or 0.302 ml/hr rate with side water depth of maximum 3.50

meter. It should have arrangement to receive the measured and chlorinated raw water

dose aluminium sulphite solution and immediately and violently disperse the solution

throughout the bulk of water in a flash mixing chamber, The hydraulic design should be

such that the accuracy of the flume is not affected by the hydraulic behavior of the

section. .

The design should provide flash mixing chamber, with submerged mixers shaft

driven from overhead motors and gear box each designed to impart turbulent energy

into the water at an anticipated rate of 2.5 kw minimum Alminium sulphate shall be

dosed immediately adjacent to the flash mixing device

Dosing of Aluminium sulphate solution shall preferably be by extended

transparent pipe line up to roof slab level of flash mixer chamber to unable visual

inspection of the dosing be made. The Contractor shall supply the mixing machines at

first class standards with design life' of 20 years. They shall. be top entry mixing units

safely supported at top level from a cross and beam arrangement above the mixing

chamber.

B) Accessories

The walkway of 1.20 width shall be provided with 32 mm dia G.I. pipe railing in

three row as specified in general specification attached.

103


C) Electrical and Mechanical Equipments

This will consists of the following.

i) Frame agitators with stainless steel blades and stainless steel vertical shaft mounted

on bearing of sufficient strength to prevent vibration. The shaft shall not be less than 50

mm dia. The mixing speed shall be between 100 to 150 rpm. The shaft shall be

detachable above water level by means of coupling with Galvanized bolts.

The Contractor shall take care in his mixer design and installation, to ensure that

there is no possibility of oil or grease leakage from the machine findings its way to the

flash mixing chamber. The machine shall be provided with lifting eyes to facilitate its

withdrawal.

The flash mixing chamber shall be flitted with suitably arranged bottles or film to

achieve optimization of mixing with rapid mixer and to minimize swirl in the chamber.

The overflow arrangement for inlet channel of flash mixer be provided

with vertical chute and piping up to wash water drain.

The Electrical motor of suitable horse power, starter and reduction gear-{Not

less than 3 HP)

ii) Suitable size outlets with proper controlling arrangements of flow.

iii) Water tight penstock on the inlet.

iv) Protective covers of M.S. sheets duly painted for motor.

v) C.I. pipe lines between flash mixer and clariflocculators, shall be provided with control

valves and suitable chambers.

vi) Flash mixer draining arrangements shall be provided with a suitable sluice valve and

chamber.

vii) 2 m.dia. room over it to safe guard the equipment..

Item No.4:- CLARIFLOCCULATORS

A) Design

The Item includes construction of RC.C. radial flow clariflocculators with central

flocculation chamber of 30 minuets detention period, and outer annular clarifier of 2.50

hours (minimum) detention period surface loading rate of Not exceeding 35 cum/sqm/

day for a flow at 0.302 ml/hr and with 20% overloading Additional volume upto the side

water depth equaling 25% capacity or sufficient capacity for sludge storage shall be

provided, however, capacity below S.W.D. shall not be considered. Peripheral launder

to clariflocculator shall be provided to take clarified water to the launder. Suitable No. of

104


right angled V-notches be provided on launder wall or suitably.

The shape, depth and size of inlet and outlet. of clariflocculator shall be so

designed that the gentle overturning motion given to the water in the flocculating zone

shall bring about complete agglomeration of floc to the maximum possible extent so as

to achieve quick settlement in the clarifier zone with a view to lower the turbidity below

20 PPM and preferably 10 JTU when there is maximum raw water turbidity. In short

(a) Turbidity not more then 20 J.T.U. (b) Suspended solids not more than 10 mg/lit c)

Total AL. not more then 0.3 mg/lit. For water leaving the clariflocculator; shall be

achieved. Wherever pre-chlorination Unit is provided, residual chlorine of 0.2 mg/Iit, for

water leaving the clariflocculator shall be maintained.

1) Construction

The outer clariflocculator wall shall be in R.C.C. of thickness not less than 20 cm.

The bottom slab shall be in RC.C. of minimum thickness of 20.cm, It shall have a slope

of 1 in 12 from outer periphery towards the center. The flocculator wall shall be 15 cm

thick in RC.C. with cement plaster on both the sides, The central inlet to the flocculator

chamber shall be RC.C./M.S. out coated and inside lined, shaft of adequate diameter

with suitable slot opening at the top.

This includes providing, laying, lowering, jointing C.I. pipes of suitable diameter

from flash mixer outlet to central inlet shaft of the flocculation chamber. The portion of

C.I. pipe below the floor of the clarilflocculator will be encased in C.C. M-200 with

adequate cover of 20 cm from all sides. The flocculator wall shall rest on R.C.C. ring

beam and column of suitable section and height so that water from flocculator will pass

on to clarifier radially below the flocculator wall.

The sludge pipe from the central sludge pocket up to chamber of nearest drainage

system shall be of C.I "LA" class S & S type. The pipes will be encased in C.C. M-200

up to cover to 20 cm on all sides for length below the floor of the clarilflocculator. The

diameter shall be not less than 200 mm. It should be possible to remove the entire

sludge accumulated at the center of the pit of the clariflocculator by gravity alone to the

last drop when it is to be emptied for repairs or so.

It also includes sluice valve of equal dia to that of pipe line with extended spindle and

wheel. A telescopic bleed device shall be provided separately and drained in the sludge

chamber. There shall be R.C.C. circular launder outside the edge of vertical wall and

extending over to the whole periphery around the weir and launder shall be connected

at suitable points to inlet chamber or pipe of the filter unit. The launder shall be designed

105


to take full flow in one clariflocculator and size should be such that minimum clear free

fall in the launder shall be maintained even in such conditions, expected during

bypassing one unit of clariflocculator. The launder should not be provided inside the

clarifier using either side of weir from launder of clarifier, clarified water channel of 7.25

mld cap will lead to filter inlet.

Accessories

The clarifier will have 1.20 M wide peripheral walkway all around with G.I. pipe

railing 32mm dia in three rows at the inner/outer circumference as per general

specifications. for mechanical Engineering works.

Mechanical and Electrical Equipments

This includes providing and erecting standard mechanical equipment with

required electrical wiring, required size cable shall be incorporated during the

construction switches etc. complete. In flocculation chamber, flocculator paddles made

of M.S. section of suitable size and M.S. flats fixed to central stainless steel shaft of

suitable dia. (not less than 50 mm and as per I.S. 7208/1974) should be provided. The

flocculator blade shall be of M.S. plate.

The stainless steel central shaft shall be provided with guide bearings to the

bottom suitable for under water use. Even in the case of Dorroliver type flocculator

mechanism offered by the tenderer ,the paddles shall be in M.S. and guide shafts if

used shall be in stainless steel. The paddle area of flocculatior shall be 10 to 25% of

tank sectional area in the plane of shaft and the paddle tip velocity should be 0.15 to

0.16m/sec.

The distance between the paddle tips should be maximum one meter. The

flocculator driving mechanism .shall comprise of 400/440 volts., 3 phase AC. motor of

suitable HP. (minimunn 2 HP) with approved make starter connected by worm

reduction gear of suitable ratio through flexible coupling (or V pulley drive) and

transmitted through pinion and transmitted through pinion and bevel wheel drive.

Bevel shaft shall be connected to flocculator shaft through ,rigid couplings.

The worm reduction gear shall be suitable for 24 hours continuous operation. the

design calculation justifying the section of gear material, material of construction,

lubrication ,torque requirement, reverse torque suitability of of gear box etc shall be

submitted for approval the equipment of clarifier shall consist of a lattice girder bridge.

The panel shall be suitable for outdoor installation and approved make switch

fuse units shall only be assembled. The panel drawing should be got approved prior to

106


manufacturing and brought to site only after inspection. by the Engineer of the

Department.

The bridge will be of entire diametric length of flocculator and half the clarifier and with

trolley rails resting on the clarifier wall as well as flocculator wall. The bridge path shall

consists of a 1.5 meter wide walkway made of welded and bolted R.S. section; of

suitable size and fitted with M.S. grill of removable angle frames and using 15x5 mm

flats with maximum opening equal to 50mm.. 2 Nos. scraper arms with scraper .blades

of suitable size covering the entire diameter of the clarifier being suspended from the top

of bridge should be provided:

The driving mechanism for the bridge shall consists of 400/440 volts A.C. motor

of suitable HP (minimum 3 HP) with approved make starter, jointed through coupling to

work reduction gear transmitted by chain drive imparting slow motion to the driving mild

steel wheel, moving on rails. The bearing shall be housed in high grade C.I.. housing

with G.M. bush for rigidity. Special current collector for transmission of electric power

from outside to the different units of bridge shall be provided. The clarifier bridge

mechanical equipment should be given two coats of anticorrosive epoxy paint

application. ,

Access staircase in M.S. with both side railing for access to clarifier walkway

shall be provided at maximum 50 m intervals on periphery. The clarifiers shall be

connected by walkway at suitable points. & minimum performance

(i) Turbidity not greater than 10 JTU

(ii) S.S. Not greater 10 mg/lit.

(iii) Total Al not greater than 0.3 mg/lit.

NO.5: FILTER HOUSE, RAPID GRAVITY SAND FILTERS

FILTER ANNEX

A) Design

The rapid sand filter units shall be closed with closed control bay at center in a

filter house filter bed open to sky should not be accepted the location of filter shall not be

on P.W. sump There shall be minimum 2 Nos. of filter beds and each can be operated

independently. Together, they will deal with a flow 7.25 mld capable of filtering at the

rate of 6000lits/sqm/hr. The system should be designed such that it should be possible

to overload the filters by 20% without affecting the quality of filtered water. It is proposed

to backwash to filter with air wash at the rate 1.0 cum/sqm/min. of filter bed area at

107


0.35 kg/sqcm pressure at the under drains and followed by water at the rate of 600

litre/sqm/ minute of the filter bed area for a duration of 10 minute. It shall be ensured

that the lip level of filter trough is kept minimum 50 cm. above the surface of sand to

accommodate expansion of sand bed.

i) 1.20 m wide walkway all round the filter beds with 3 rows of G.I. pipe railing of 32 mm

dia as specified in the general specifications for mechanical engineering works.

ii) Space for housing air blowers and panel board in a filter annex room with adequate

working space

iii) An office room of minimum 15 Sqm carpet area.

iv) The width of filter control house shall be minimum 3.50 m.

v) Pressure reducing arrangement to reduce pressure of water supplied from wash

water tank for back-washing the filter beds if necessary.

vi)Each unit shall be complete in all respects with inlet valves, wash water inlet valve

wash water outlet valves, slow start arrangements, requisite instruments for rate of flow

indicator, rate of flow controller and loss of head indicators of dial type. wash water

measuring device etc. The velocities permissible in different conducts and valves of filter

house shall be as below

a ) At inlet to filter 1 .00 m/sec

b) At inlet to wash 2.00 to 2.50m/sec

c) At outlet of-wash water 2.00 to 2.50 m/sec

d) At outlet of filtered water 1.00 to 1.5 m/sec

e) Air inlet 25.00 m/sec

The filter outlet controller should be capable of delivering an occasional flow 1.5

times the designed one hydraulically.

Filter inlet and outlet channels shall be designed for 20% hydraulic overloading

with free board of minimum 50 cm.

Filter Media

This shall consist of properly washed quartz sand of effective size between 0.45

mm to 0.70 mm with a uniformity coefficient between 1.30 to 1.50 The gravel media

shall be as per standard specifications of rapid gravity filters. The filter bed shall consist

of 0.6 to 0.75 m of sand supported on 0.45 m of gravel. The filter sand shall be granular

hard, durable well-washed and screened. It shall be free :from clay, dust, shale, loom,

organic impurities, vegetation and other impurities and shall not contain more than 10%

micaceous matter.

108


The sand crushed and powered and inmpersed in concentrated hydrochloric

acid shall not lose more than 1.5% of weight calculated as CaC03 and not more than

2% weight shall be lost in case of sand crushed/powered after burning. The friability

Weight cost after milling for 15 minute (750 strokes) shall be less than 10% and for 30

minutes (1500 strokes) shall be less than 20%. The gravel shall be hard, durable and

shall not disintegrate under the action of water.

The smallest and largest size shall be 3 mm and 50 mm respectively. The

contractor shall specify the size and thickness of each layer of filter media (gravels and

sand).

Construction

The filter house and filter annex building shall be of R.C.C. framed structure

And filter house will comprise of closed filter beds and closed control bay filter Annexure

shall be double storied. Ground floor comprise of entrance hall with porch at main

control door, air blower room, panel board installation, wash water pumps general

administrative block 1.5 M. wide stair case from Annex room to operating floor of filter

house shall be provided. Open space for access to chemical house, filter house and first

floor office room shall be provided. The Contractor may propose the office at mezzanine

floor of Annex building.

Two Nos R.C.C. stair cases 1.2 m wide shall be provided for going from the

operating platform to inspection gallery. These stair cases shall be provided with G.I.

pipe hand railing as specified in the general specifications. The steps of staircase shall

be provided with C.C. chequerred tiles. Dimensions of the brick walls, external and

internal should be appropriate for the function of wall to serve and shall not be less than

23 cm. For brick masonry there shall be sponge finished cement plaster in C.M. in 1:3

mix from outside and inside face of the wall shall be plastered in C.M. in 1:3 mix and

smooth finished with neeru. The thickness of plaster shall be 12 mm. for brick masonry.

The inside face of inspection chamber, float chamber and the filtered water

outlet channel connecting portion shall be provided with 10 mm. thick first class quality

white glazed tiles, with white glazed corner etc. set in white cement.

The chamber shall be provided with suitable bulk head fittings for illumination.

The control chambers shall be covered with M.S. angle framed wooden covers with both

side surfacing of kitply and inspection chambers shall be provided with M. S. angle

framed both side M.S. mesh protected transparent cover. The inspection box and

filtered water outlet channel shall be in R.C.C. The cover of channel shall be in R.C.C.

109


slab finished with marble mosaic tiles, of approved colour, shade and size.

There should be four openings of 90 x 60 cm. for getting into the channel and

these will be fitted with 90 x 60 cm heavy duty C.I. manhole frame and cover the width

of the passage (walk way) around and between the two adjacent filter beds shall be 1.20

M. minimum. Walk way around and filter units shall be provided with 32 mm. dia triple

row G.I. pipe hand railing as specified in the general

specifications. Railing shall also be provided along the pipe .gallery.

The clear height shall be 4.5 M minimum above filter operating platform level to

roof slab bottom the roof and the ceiling etc. shall be finished as specified in the general

specification for civil engineering works. The minimum difference in the operating floor

and the walk way level on top of P.W. channel shall be 2.70 M.

Special attention shall be paid for the details of architectural features such as

elevation, rendering of wall, the dimension, shape and material of construction and

colour of the walls.

The position of inspection box, R.C.C. stair case, location of air blowers etc.

should be chosen to offer very neat and tidy appearance to the filter house.

Office:- 15 Sqm. officer's cabin, and waiting room 5 Sq.m 10 Sq.m.respectively.

Sanitary Block: 10 Sq.m. (only accommodation is included in this item) on each floor.

The ground floor of the filter annex should accommodate, entrance hall and of

minimum15 sq.m. Administrative block area with entrance counter, phone and point

intercom system (points as approved by Engineer-in-charge) ten chairs etc.

A decorative partly glazed and partly paneled large size door should open to

connecting segment to both rows of filters. The ground floor shall also accommodate an

office of minimum 15 sq.m. The office shall be well furnished with furniture, table, chair,

racks as directed by Engineer-in-charge. There should be one sanitary block of

minimum 10 sq.m. area and exactly below the block as on first floor. First floor block will

be attached to chemical house.

D) Mechanical equipments

i) Piping: Under this arrangement, inlet piping, with regulating arrangement of approved

type, outlet pipe with central valves, filter back wash piping waste water discharge piping

with valves and air pipe from the blowers upto the under drainage system with suitable

control valves, and air releases with necessary piping, extended spindle pen-stock and

operating C.I .hand wheel etc. as required shall be provided. All valves should be

capable of being operated from operating floor.

110


All pipes shall be of C.I L.A class with flanged joints. This also includes the

required number of specials to negotiate bends and interconnections etc. The complete

piping for back wash of water shall be provided suitable to wash two filter beds at a time.

ji) Under drainage system: This shall be provided with A.C. pressure pipe class 15 with

plain ended C.I. tees to be laid over R.C.C. flooring. The under drainage system shall be

designed. for the washing rate which shall not exceed 600 liters/sqm/minute. The under

drainage system shall consist of manifolds and laterals as per design of the contractor to

satisfy the obligatory requirement.

The ratio of the area of the manifold to the total area of laterals drawing into the

manifold shall be 1.5 to 2. Wash water gutter (Laterals and main) shall be properly

designed so that while functioning it facilitates complete bed washing, there is no filter

bed carry over and loss of filter material, wash water travel shall not exceed 1.20 M

transversely.

Height of lip of the gutter shall be designed taking into consideration the bed expansion

during back wash. Duration of water wash should not exceed 10 minutes in any case.

The quantity of back wash water used shall riot exceed on an average 2.00% of total

quantity of filtered water as counted on average of year's working.

The piping shall be sufficiency fixed.. to R.C.C. floor to prevent its getting

detached from the floor. The under drain system shall be capable of taking an overload

of 20%. Separate under drain system for air scour shall not be accepted. The under

drain system should be capable of taking an overload of 20% as stipulated above. So

also the filter outlet control system should also be capable of taking an occasional

overload of 20% of the rated capacity hydraulically.

iii) Complete system of waste water draw off for collecting and disposing of waste

water during cleaning of filter beds shall be provided as per above requirements.

iv) Flow control System : the Filter shall work on decline rate principal.this system

shall be designed and provided as indicated in CPHEEO manual March 1991 page No

226 to 227. this system is to be provided with only if asked for otherwise conventional

system is to be provided. complete set of outlet control gear with automatic control

together with slow start controller should be provided. Each filter unit shall be provided

with a filter control system to regulate the flow of water through filters at designed

discharge. An' open adjustable control system based on head loss introduced between

filter outlet pipe and filter weir will be preferred. The system shall work at constant F.S.L.

111


in the filters. The system shall have a slow starting mechanism, rate setter and

arrangement to ensure that the filter does not go dry. The notch shall be of brass-and

calibrated in cum/hr.

v) Complete set of latest type of rate of flow and loss of head indicators should be

provided with suitable engraved brass dials or one side of which FLOW is graduated

and HEAD on the other. Equipment is to be complete with brass pedestals and dials

suitably engraved to read in metric units.

vi) Two units with 100% stand by i.e.. two units of electric motor driven air blower shall

be provided for supply 1 cum/sqm/hr of free air per square meter of one filter bed area.

Air blower should be capable of washing one filter unit at a time. This free air shall be

capable of washing one filter unit at a time. This free fall shall be released at pressure

of 0.35 kg/sq.cm. at the under drains. The piping reading the compressed air to the filter

units shall be of flanged C.I pipes only. Requisite air filters shall be provided to control

the air supply to the fitter.

To maintain uniform supply of the air throughout the bed area, requisite and. adequate

number of main feeding vertical pipes shall be provided to feed group of laterals.

vii) The central main external door to annex building shall be in best seasoned teak

wood first class, polished and shall be with special decorative features, fixtures and

fastenings of approved design.

The size, shape and finish of the door shall be specially selected so as to enhance the

get up of the filter house. The entrance of the filter house shall be in tie form of a

foyer/porch of minimum size 4 x 4 M with decorative props. The window sills shall

consist of full length of approved marble slab.

viii) General Layout And Carpet Area: The general layout and provision of carpet areas

in the fitter house and filter annex building shall be generally as under

Approximate details floor wise

1. Filter bed with operating & walkways 100 sqm

2 Laboratory, Sanitary block office, rest room, passage etc. 50 sqm

Ground floor

Entrance Hall, meeting hall, chemical store air blower, 75 sqm

walkways excluding machinery space.

Total 225 sq/m

112


ITEM NO.6 BY-PASS ARRANGEMENT

A) Design and Construction: By pass arrangement shall be provided as per details

mentioned in schedule 'B'. The arrangements shall be designed for a flow of 5.0 mld

plus 20% overload. It shall also include construction. of R C.C.chambers of suitable size

wherever necessary. It should be possible to by pass.

i) Flash mixer and clarifloccuiators.

ii) Filters totally and / or partially.

iii) Flash mixer and clariflooculators and filters.

iv) Individual units of clariflocculators shall be designed to take water to the chlorination

point of pure water channel in the filter house proper.

The inlet, and outlet piping and conveying and leading mains for each of the

units or clariflocculators should be capable of conveying additional-flow so as to be

useful during the period when one unit is by-passed for repairs etc. The hydraulic design

of clarriflocculators shall be such that in case of bypass of one clariflocculator the free

board provided as per the original design shall not be substantially reduced. The

tenderers should submit the hydraulic design in such case alongwith the hydraulic

design with 20% overloading condition as specified.

The period of bypass will be minimum possible required for various units and

repairs, whether panel otherwise. During this period the hydraulic capability of various

units will be utilized to the maximum but in any case no unit shall be over flooded nor

the quality of pure water be deteriorated beyond acceptable limits. The contractor shall

give trial of such hydraulic bypass and limits of end quality achieved.

i) Piping: pipes and specials shall be of C.I.'LA' class, below, structure and in other

places they may be RC.C. P-2 class.

ji) C./. D/F sluice valves, sluice gates, pen stock, etc. at suitable points shall be provided

with operating guide-rod and wheel etc. The C.I. sluice gates, pen stock etc. should be

reputed make and must have ISI certification mark and should confirm to the relevant

latest ISS sluice valve shall be used exclusively when the difference of water pressure

on both the sides exceed 1.00 m.

ITEM No.7: WASHWATER TANK ,

a,) Desiqn and Construction

The tank shall be of R. C. C. with a capacity of wash water tank should be sufficient for

113


cleaning 2 filter beds at a time, at the rate of 600 litrs.sqm/min. for 10 minutes duration

and shall be provided either on the top of filter house or at a suitable location. The tank

shall be, at such and elevation as would give an effective head of 10M at the under

drain of the filter beds. A divide wall upto F.S.L. shall be provided. Other details shall be

as per DS-16 (a).

b) Allied Items

I) Water level indicator: Two Nos. of water level indicators shall be installed at both the

ends of operating-platform in the filter house.

ii) Two R.C.C. flighted staircases for access to the top of the tank and two Nos. M.S.

ladder inside the tank.

iii) 2 Nos. of C.I. heavy duty manhole covers with frames of size 1.2 M x 0.9 M with

locking arrangements .

iv) C.I. cowl type ventilators Nos. of size 100 mm dia or suitable R.C.C. ventilators of

adequate size. with suitable architectural appearance

v) Lightening conductor 1 Nos. as per relevant I.S. Specifications.

Piping and valves

Two wash water outlets and two distribution outlets (if capacity of tank is

inclusive of distribution reservoir) overflow connected to distribution ex-valves and wash

out shall be provided as per requirements. All such piping shall be C.I.D.F only. All

outlets shall be provided with equal diameter sluice valves. One 150 mm dia additional

outlet piping will be designed, provided and laid duly tested by the contractor. It shall be

provided for water supply to staff quarters, sanitary block, laboratory, chemical house,

gardening etc. C.I. distribution pipe line from wash water tank up to the various units are

included in the contract. For water supply to quarters a C.I. Tee of 100 mm diameter

shall be provided on this line, with 100 mm dia. sluice valve.

G.I Railing

On roof slab of the wash water tank 32 mm dia G. I. pipes in three rows and of

1.0 M height should be provided. With necessary vertical angle post 65x65x6 mm or

RCC post as suitable.

Wash water pumps (1 No w+ 1 No standby) of suitable rating alongwith panel

board sulice valves, cables, starters, earthings shall be got approved by component

authority.

114


ITEM NO 8 : CHEMICAL HOUSE AND STORE AND CHEMICAL FEEDING

EQUIPMENT.

A) Desiqn

The building shall be constructed in two floors and floor area should not be less

than 75 sq.m. on each floor. It shall be a R.C.C. framed structure in columns and

beams with brick paneling of minimum 23 cm thickness.

B) Area And Location

The chemical house shall be so located that the chemicals could be

conveniently and easily fed and controlled between the aeration fountain and flash mixer

and fed by gravity.

C) Construction

a) Ground Floor

The ground floor shall accommodate alum store for 90 days Chlorine gas and

lime for 30 days TCL powder 7 days requirement and lime platform type alum Neighing

machine of 1.00 M.T. Capacity. The plinth of the Chemical house shall be 0.6 m M

above G..L.. The clear height-of ground floor shall not be less than 6.00 M.

Chlorine tonner should be store adjacent to Alum, lime store shall be of a frame

structure in RCC the height of store shall be 6 M. The frame should be designed to take

the load of both way moving gantry of 2.50 M.T. capacity of the Alum, lime and Chlorine

tonner storage room should have separate entry with large size rolling shutters,

adequate ventilation and heavy 'flooring to take the load of chemical. Area for chemical

storage i.e. for Alum and lime and chlorine tonner, TCL powder at ground floor.

C)First floor

The first floor shall accommodate size RCC alum solution tanks and feeding

equipment to suit a maximum dose of 50 mg/litr sand two lime and one TCL solution

tank for pre-chlorination and post chlorination .similarly it shall also accommodate

laboratory having minimum area of 30 sq.m. and room for housing vacuum chlorinators.

Space for vacuum chlorinator shall be 6 sq.m./per each chlorinator.

The height shall be 5.00 M. The entire construction should be of RCC structure

in columns and beams as specified with panels of 23 cm thick walls. All the Civil works

of the building and brick work plastering pointing, flooring, painting doors, windows, etc.

complete shall be as per standard specifications.

D ) Mechanical And Other Equipment’s

A dissolving tray of R.C.C. trough with holes or slots shall be provided on each

115


lank for placing the alum cakes. The alum solution tank shall be fed with pure water by

means of G.I. piping and valves of adequate size from wash water tank. Each solution

tank shall be provided with brass gauge plate level indicator. The top of the solution tank

shall be covered with 50 mm thick wooden planks properly fixed with rounded edges

and painted in three coats of oil paint. The alum mixing 8addles shall be of stainless

steel of enough section and size. The common shaft shall be driven by an electric motor

through worm gear.

Necessary wash out arrangements shall be provided. An R.C.C. operating

platform at suitable level and of width 1.20 M and length covering all the tanks shall be

provided. All the tanks shall have independent outlets, feeding the dosing tank. In

addition, there shall also be adequate capacity for lime solution and T C..L. solution tank

with allied equipment to work in emergency situation.

The solution does shall be drawn into a constant head rubber lined R.C.C:

dosing tank of suitable size and fed to raw water just where if leaves the measuring

flume. Automatic dose adjusting arrangement for proportionate dosing shall be provided

at the dosing tank. The dosing tank shall be provided with M.S. rubber lined cover arc

P.V.C. automatic ball valve etc.

All the valves, pipes and fittings for dosing and' washout shall be non-corrodable

material and should be of adequate size. The gantry girder mechanical arrangement of

1.5 M.T. capacity shall be made by the contractor to handle the chemical on ground-

floor. Both side movement should be operated and controlled electrically and it should

provide for manual operational facility also. In addition to the above one MT capacity

simple chain pulley block fixed to' a hook in the Top slab of first floor shall be provided to

lift the chemicals to top floor from chemical store. The chain pulley block should be of

Morris/Elephanta make.

An opening of 1.2 M size in first floor for lifting alum bags from ground floor to

first floor shall be provided. The opening of the floor shall be provided with 32 mm dia.

G.I pipes railing in triple row and 1.0 M. height. The operating platform of solution tank

shall be provided with G .I. pipe railing. The tank shall provided with 1.2 M. wide

access staircase with 15 cm. wide M.S. plate-stringers of 10 mm. thickness and 20 cm.

rise.

The hand-railing shall be 1.0 m height with G..I . posts & three rows of 32 mm.

dia (internal) G. I. pipe (medium duty) on both sides Precaution shall be taken to ensure,

continuity of feeding alum solution by gravity and prevention of gas hazards, corrosion

116


and dust nuisance. Accuracy of the dosing equipment t shall be an essential

requirement.

The solution tanks shall be lined with white glazed tiles of 8 mm. thick, the

chemical house, platform, staircase, chemical store shall have flooring of corrosion proof

tiles. The layout of the chemical store should be such as to facilitate direct unloading of

the chemicals from truck. The contractor may suggest the adaptability of the provisions

in case the Board desires to use liquid alum.

ITEM NO.9: WASH WATER PUMPSETS

A) Design

1 No. of wash water pump sets as described under the statement of obligatory

requirement shall be provided to work at a time and 1 No. of pump sets as standby.

Hence total 2 nos. of pumps shall be provided with 100% standby. The same pumps

shall be used for pure water pumping as well as for wash water pumping. A room of

suitable size of 7.5 Sq.m. area to accommodate these pump

sets shall be provided in filter annex room.

B) Allied Item

i) Piping and valves: The piping shall be provided consisting of suction and delivery up

to wash water tank inlet. It shall be C.I. 'LA' class of suitable dia. All piping shall be

double flanged pipes and specials.

Each pump set shall be provided with strainer, C.I Foot valve and 1 No. of C..I. D/F.

sluice valve, one reflux valve etc. on delivery side.

The test of pumping machinery shall be given for a period of 100 hours non-stop.

Performance of machinery will also be observed in the entire performance period.

A panel board of suitable capacity shall be provided with all fixtures thereon, suitable for

these pumping sets. The model of pump & panel board details equipment shall be got

approved from component authority before supply.

ITEM No. 10 CHLORINEROOM AND CHLORINATORS.

A ) Design ; Two numbers of vacuum chlorinators having a capacity to treat 5.0 mld at

dose of 4 P.P.M. should be provided one for pre-chlorination and one for post

chlorination.

B) Construction

Disinfection will be achieved through chlorine gas for this purpose. Not less than

117


2 Nos. of vacuum type chlorinators of reputed make (Pennwalt) equivalent make with all

accessories shall be provided and erected as per makers specifications. Dosing

capacity of each shall be up to 5 Kg/ hour for 5-10 mld cylinders / Tonners shall be

housed in Chemical house at ground floor and chlorinators at first floor. There should be

no direct access from filter house to chlorine room. It should have an independent direct

entrance. The carpet area shall not be less than 20 sq.m. for chlorine cylinder Tonners

storage room and 16 sq.m. for chlorine room.

The chlorine cylinder room shall be located and designed for facility of removing

and bringing in, large chlorine cylinders Tonners. There should be provision of weighing

machine of adequate capacity to weigh and keep the cylinder on top of cradles during

use. The chlorination room shall be -provided with additional ventilators at floor level

also. Exhaust fans at least 2 Nos. should also be provided at floor lever of chlorination

room. Chlorine cylinder I Tonners store room should be designed to accommodate at

least 2 Nos. of tonners at a time, all on cradles. The arrangement of storing shall be a

confirming to provision of bylaws prepared for Gas storage by the Central Govt. 1981.

The piping conveying gas to chlorination room shall be concealed below detachable

false flooring.

For movement of cylinders /Tonners from truck to cradles and in between cradles

shall be done with a 2.00 MT capacity gantry. The offer of the character shall include

cost of tested chlorine cylinders 2 numbers tonner of 900 kg capacity with first fill

chlorine gas. to be installed before commission and also the cost includes to take

necessary permission from Deptt. of Explosive etc. as required,

C) Piping.

This shall be provided form the chlorinators up to the point of application and

shall be of PVC with suitable specials. Piping shall also be provided for supply of pure

water 10 the chlorinator from a suitable tapping point.

I) The safety equipment for chlorine gas cylinder/ tonners handling such as gas mask

with artificial in-hailing arrangement of a reputed company in 3 sets to be provided.

Chlorine leak detection and control equipment shall also be provided in 3 sets. Chlorine

tank of required size shall be provided for supply.

Item No. 11 : EMERGENCY DISINFECT ION ARRANGEMENT

A) Design

The arrangement is proposed for disinfection of water by T.C.L. the capacity of

118


each T.C.L. solution tank shall not be less than 8 hours (1 kg T.C.L, in 40 liters of

water). There will be 3 numbers of tanks.

B) Construction

The emergency disinfection T.C.L. tank shall be located in the chlorination room.

The chlorination room should be have a separate entrance. Tank walls shall be lined

from inside with bitumen rubber paint or any other suitable anticorrosive materials.

Additional ventilators shall be provided at floor level.

C) Accessories

Approach ladder and walking platform 1.20 M. wide with G. I. railing as specified

In the general specifications for mechanical engineering works shall be provided, if the

tank top is more than 1 M. above the floor level.

D) Piping

This includes all the piping encased in A.C . pipes for solution outlet and drawn

up to the point of discharge and G.I. piping with valves for feeding pure water to tanks,

right from tapping point.

E) Mechanical Equipment

The tanks shall be provided with electrically operated by suitable stainless

steel mixing shaft fixed with S.S. mixing paddles.

A dosing arrangement consisting of constant head dosing box with stainless

steel bail valve and polythene float -and-stainless steel orifice with stainless steel taper

shall be provided to administer a does 0.4 PPM of chlorine at each -place. A solution

level indicator shall be provided to each tank.

Item No.12:- LABORATORY EQUIPMENT

The laboratory shall be suitably accommodated on the first floor of filter house.

The contractor shall provide the laboratory equipment of the latest and up

to-date design and shall consist of.

i) Two turbidity rods for measuring the turbidity of raw water

ii) a) A latest type optical turbidity meter for measuring the clarity turbidity of filtered and

settled water.

b) A turbidity meter specially to measure turbidity of pure water with digital display along

with two No. of spare kits.

iii) One electrically operated PH meter (Aquascope) with full range of

119


comparator discs with necessary reagents.

iv) Two Chloroscopes for measurement of residual chlorine with necessary reagents.

v) One nesslers apparatus with tubes and discs for measurement for colour on cobalt

scale with necessary reagents.

vi) One wash basin of large size for laboratory use with inlet pipe connections from main

and washout pipe arrangement upto manhole.

vii) One prestogen board of 2.5 M x 1.5 M size with black back-ground and white and

coloured plastic letters for exhibiting characteristics of raw, treated and disinfected

water, daily doses and consumption and balance stock of the chemicals, daily quantum

of water pumped and treated water capacity of treatment plant.

viii) One marble slab of 25 mm thick and one M2 size with teakwood frame, engraving

the letters is' directed, fixing the slab in the wall of filter house etc. be provided.

ix) Plastic buckets of 7 to 8 liters capacity - 6 Nos.

x) Aluminium pipe of about 1 2 mm. dia 3.5 M. long with nylon net of 30 cm. dia at end

including curved M.S. strip at end etc. - 4 Nos.

xi) Two analytical chemical balances with glass case, one of weighing capacity up to

200 grammas and sensitivity up to 0.1 miligramme along with a weight box One

mechanical balance of 1 kg capacity with dial display shall be provided with sensitivity of

1 gm.

xii) Stainless steel tongs of 200 mm. size

a) Crucible Silica with lid 20 c.c. size 2 Nos

b)Test tubes 15 cm. & 20 cm. size 24 Nos

c) Volumetric pipettes range varying 10 Nos

from 1 cc to 100 cc

d) Measuring flask range varying

from 100 cc to 1 000 cc 12 Nos.

e) Beakers - 10 Nos.

f) Funnels 75 mm.- 150 mm. size. - 4 Nos.

g) Weighing bottles - 2 Nos.

h) Wash bottles 1000 cc - 2 Nos,

i) Burettes 25 cc - 6 Nos.

J) Reagent bottles of different capacity 4Nos.

k) Chemical flask 250 cc. - 6 Nos.

120


L ) Porcelain crucible 25 cc. - 4 Nos.

m) Measuring cylinders 100 cc to 500 cc 6 Nos.

n)Distillation flask 1000 cc. 1 Nos.

o) Cooks flask assorted - 12 Nos.

p)Pipette stand for 12 pipettes - . 3 Nos.

q )Test tube stand - 5 Nos.

xiii) One electrically operated Beaker_ laboratory flocculator for stirring solution.

X ) Two numbers of Computer sets with printer and UPS branded Computer set of

HCL,HP,ACCER,DEL with core to duo 2.93 processor,2gb ddr 3 RAM,HDD-320GB

DVD writer,Windows,7 HB Operating system,18.5 “ LCD Monitor ( Screen ), Lazor A4

size printer of HP, Canon, TVS brand, UPS of Digital Sinewave type of well known

brand.

(xiv) Sampling Table

This shall be provided for collecting samples of raw water, settled water, filtered

water and chlorinated water with necessary pumps if required. Clarity bowls, glazed sink

piping and teak wood trench-polish table size not less than 1 x 2 M

With glass cover and aluminium top for supporting the same, on which the

bowls 3.are mounted. All fittings for the table shall be of chromium-plated. Individual

supply lines of the sampling table shall be marked, (preferably on the push rod of the

cocks) with distinctive letters such as raw, settled, filtered etc.

xv) The whole assembly shall form a pleasing central feature. Each bowl shall be

provided with lighting arrangement in the background for clear vision. The equipment

shall also include drain connecting the manhole outside the filter house.

xvi) Two sets of instruction manual for. Operation of flash mixer clariflocculator, filers,

venturflume and the flow recording equipment and the chlonnator shall be provided .at

no extra cost.

xvii) The contractor shall identify and provide all necessary reagents and chemicals so

as to enable the chemist and his assistants to satisfactorily test the samples and

analyses them .for a period of 1 years. .

xviii) The contractor shall provide 1 No. of Godrej large size Almaries and Godrej book

case one number of large size Godrej table and 4 Nos. of chairs, along with 4 Nos. of

cushioned stools.

Xix ) A quartz type battery operated 30 cm dia wall clock.

121


Item No. 13 : INTERNAL ROADS

The item shall include designing the works to an attractive layout leveling of the

works site and construction of internal W.B.M. roads of 6 M total width with carriage

way 3.50 Mtr. Width with asphalt topping 40 mm thick. With side gutters and

approachable to each Unit of the plant. Total length of such a road should be minimum

from entrance gate on and ending on exit gate on.

The construction of roads shall include laying foundation, soling, necessary for

the sub-base, compacting and finally laying the premix bituminous carpet of 3.5 M

,width and 40 mm compacted thickness to proper grade, camber and alignment on 400

mm thick compacted sub base including all labour and material etc., complete as per

standard specifications and as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

ITEMNo. 14 : C.C.T.

Design and Construction

C.C.T. shall be having minimum contact time of 30 minutes, and capacity shall be

design minimum as required. The construction should be in R.C.C. and should be just

near to the pure water sump. There should be clear overfall from C.C.T. F.S.L. to P.W.S

for complete mixing, round, the end baffles may be suitably designed and provided. The

entry from P.W. channel shall be by clear overfall in C.C.T by minimum 15 cm.

ITEM No. 15 : PURE WATER PUMP HOUSE WITH MONO RAIL ARRAGEMENT

Desiqn and Construction

Pure water pump House shall be located on P.W.S suitably or separately and

shall have 64 sqm( sixty four ) as minimum area. Height of pump house shall be 5 m

minimum. Ventilation shall be minimum 20%. The construction should be In R.C.C.

frame structure and brick panels of minimum thickness of 23 cm. Top slab thickness

should be 12 cm minimum .Doors shall be steel rolling shutter and steel window fully

glazed shall be provided flooring shall be provided 50 mm Thick polished Shahabad

stones flooring with M100 bedding The pump house column shall be designed with

corbel for 3 tone capacity

ITEM No.16 : SANITARY BLOCK

Desiqn and Construction

These should be two identical units and accommodated suitably on each floor of

122


filter house. It shall be completely closed structure, constructed in brick masonry with

R.C.C. roof slab. The area of the block shall be as per standard requirements of and

factory act provisions.

This block shall consists of

i) 600 mm size Water closets (Indian type) : 2 Nos. 2.50 sq.m. each

ii)Urinals: Separated by Kadappa partition, 3 Nos. 525 mm. size, coloured iii) Wash

hand basin with mirror: 2 Nos.

iv ) Bath room with showers, towel rod 1 No. 3 sq.m. mirror, shelf etc.

iv) All the provisions in the sanitary block shall be of high quality and make and shall be

got approved form the Engineer-in-charge.

The area of the each sanitary block shall be 10 sqm The floor of the entire block shall be

provided with approved glazed tiles.

Dados in glazed tiles shall be provided for all units, for a height of 2.00 M.

Adequate ventilation with exhaust fans shall be provided.

C) Allied Items

Water feeding connection: G.I. pipe lines of required size and lengths with specials,

valves etc. shall be provided for all the units.

ii) Flushing Tank: :- Flushing tank of 14 lits. capacity shall be provided for each water

closet and urinal respectively.

iii) Sewage effluent connection All units shall be provided with suitable size 3nd length of

outlet connection to septic tank.

Septic tank R.C.C. septic tank of 50 persons capacity shall be provided. There should

be one unit of instant geyser and a shower in bath room.

ITEM No. 17 CONVEYANCE OF WASTE WATER AND SLUDGE DRAIN

ARRANGEMENT

Desiqn

The arrangement is to be provided for collecting and carrying the waste water

and sludge from the aeration fountain, venturi flume, flash mixer, clarifloculator, filter

house, chemical house, overflow of wash water sump, and pure water sump etc through

a system of pipes and manholes up to point of discharge i.e. point as shown in the

drawing of last manhole. The pipe shall run 2/3 full. The velocity at 1/3 flow shall not be

less than 1 M/sec. The conveyance system to drain effluent of septic tank shall be

provided separately upto the using S.W. pipes of minimum 150 mm dia and suitable

manhole &drop manhole.

123


b) CONSTRUCTION.

The pipe lines shall be of RC.C. NP2 class jointed with cement mortar 1:2,The

minimum cover the sewers shall be 1 M. The pipe below 200 mm. dia shall not be used

in the system. The system shall include all valves, specials, etc. as per requirements at

site and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The total drain water shall be directed to

the final disposal point. The contractor shall provide conveyance system for the flow up

to 200 m. from the edge of main manhole. The dia. of RCC pipe should be capable to

carry 100% wash water and waste to drain in existing well in the vicinity of WTP site for

recirculation. Requisite numbers of manholes shall be provided.

These manholes shall be in B.B. masonry and shall be in circular shape. The

diameters of manhole shall be as stated below

1) Depth up to 1.0 M. 1.0 M dia.

2) Depth from 1.0 M. to 2.0 M 1.2 M. dia.

3) Depth from 2.0 M. to 3.0 M 2.0 M. dia.

4) Depth more than 3.0 M 2.5 M. dia.

The B.B. masonry shall be 23 cm. thick for manholes up to 1.0 M. depth, 35 cm

thick for manholes between 1 M to 2M. depth and 45 cm thick for manholes more than

2 M depth, the bottom of each manhole shall be of 30 cm. M. 100 (1:3:6) c.ement

concrete with a bedding of M 150 (C.C.1 :2:4).The bottom and inside and outside

surfaces of the chambers shall be finished smooth with cement plaster in C.M. 1 :3.

Manhole shall be provided with heavy duty C.I. manhole frame and cover (500 mm dia.

as per I.S. 1726-1967) C.I. steps shall be provided for each manhole more than 1 .OM

deep.

ITEM NO 18 :- TRIAL RUN

The period of this trial run start from the satisfactory testing and commissioning

by the contractor during time limit of the contract as mentioned in programe as under.

After satisfactory completion the plant is to be run for a period of three months

under this item, during this period bulk water ,electricity, all chemical required shall be

supplied by MJP free of cost to the contractor .Contractor shall supervise and after

training guidance, consultation etc to the staff during this period for smooth running of

the plant ,required operations ,maintaince manual catalog to be supplied in 6 sets along

all forms, ,registers,,charts etc by the contractor during the trial run maintains period.

124


Similarly 3 sets of colour photographs of major stages of construction shall be taken and

furnished to the MJP for record.

If the trial run of WTP will not started in monsoon then the contractor shall give

additional 3 months test and trial run of WTP in monsoon with performance of WTP as

per relevant I.S.

125


ANNEXTURE–A

Specification for Civil Engineering works

C.E.S. -1. General

The following specification shall be applicable to all the civil Engineering works

under this construct. Items which are not covered under the following description shall

be carried out as per relevant specification in ISS or book of standard specifications

1972 ( Government of Maharashtra Publication) and as mentioned in the proceeding

pages.

C.E.S.-2 Materials

1. All the materials shall be of best and standard type as laid down in P.W.D. hand

book volume I and II.

2. Red book of public works Department. I.S. specifications and shall have to be

approved by Engineer in charge.

3. Labour

All skilled and unskilled labour, supervisors site Engineers etc shall be provided as

directed by the Engineer in charge

C.E.S.-3 General Requirements

1. PC.C. Course

All structures shall be provided with 10 cms thick leveling course of P.C.C. M-

100 preceding the floor slabs or foundation slabs. This course shall have an offset of

15 cms on all sides and it shall rest on strata of appropriate bearing capacity as

per design.

2. Refilling of Excavated stuff

Sides of the structure below G.I. shall be refilled wherever necessary with

selected murum from the excavated stuff duly watered and rammed in 15 cms

layers.

3. Plinth fillings

The plinth shall be filled up with hard murum in 15 cms layers duly watered and

rammed properly.

126


4. Super structure

The walls shall be in second class T.M. brick masonry in C.M. 1:6 in a framed

structure, unless otherwise specifically mentioned panel wall shall be 23 cms. thick

while partition wall shall be 12 cms thick.

5. Plaster

All the faces of structure shall be provided with 20 mm thick cement plaster with

neeru finish. External surface shall be in C.M. 1:4 while internal in C.M. 1:5. All water

retaining faces shall however be in cement plaster in C.M. 1:3.

6. Flooring

All floors of building except chemical store and chlorine rooms shall be provided

with thick marble mosaic tiles flooring of approved quality and shade. Risers trader,

of all R.C.C. stair cases shall also be provided with mosaic or chequered tiles. Tiles

shall be laid on 12 cms thick P.C.C. in M. 100 grade for ground floor. At upper floor

it may directly laid on R.C.C. slabs skirting of mosaic tiles of one tile height for all

in side faces of walls of the building.

7. Doors and windows

All building shall be provided with adequate numbers of doors and windows and

ventilators as under.

a) The total shutter area all external doors, windows, ventilators shall not be less

than 20% of the carpet area of structure. All external doors shall

be provided with C.C. ramps steps for access inside or exit outside

the buildings.

b) All the external and internal windows, ventilators and doors except the central main

door of the filter house shall be of steel and as per I.S. specification. External door shall

have a fan light of 45 cms height. Width of the main door shall not be less than 1.2 M.

and that of others shall not be less than 0.90 M.

c) The doors shall be half paneled and half glazed windows and ventilator shall be fully

glazed. The glass fitted shall not weight less than 3305 gram/sqm.

d) All fastenings and fixtures shall be strong and of heavy oxidized brass. Proper locking

arrangement shall provided for each unit.

e) All exterior doors, windows, ventilators shall be provided with 75 cms wide R.C.C.

chajja in a box or any other suitable architectural form

127


f) All window sills shall consist of approved polished kadappa stone of 40 mm thick.

g) The central main external teak wood door of the chemical house shall be fully

panelled and having shutter thickness not less than 40 mm and shall be of decorative

type. The size and type should be provided suitably as would prove to be a decorative

feature. This door shall have a beautiful R.C.C. canopy. The door shall be provided with

best quality of three coats of french polish of approved shade.

h) All sheets doors, windows and ventilators shall be painted with 2 coats of

synthetic enamel paint of approved colour and shade as per standard specifications.

i) All windows and ventilators shall be provided with M.S. grill of approved design from

the Engineer in charge.

8. Colour snowcem painting and distempering

A ) All internal plastered and finished faces of the walls, columns, etc shall be given

three coats of oil bound distemper of approved quality and shade. The ceiling shall be

given 3 coats of white cement paint.

B ) All external plastered and finished faces of wall columns etc shall be given 2 coats of

cement paint of approved shade. The finish of exterior face shall give an aesthetic

appearance to the buildings.

c. )The colour scheme shall be got approved from the Engineer in charge

9. PVC/ AC rain water pipe lines shall be provided to all the building of required

diameters and lengths so as to carry rain water to the side drains of the approach roads.

128


ANNEXTURE–B

Specifications for Mechanical Engineering works

General

The following specification shall be applicable to all the mechanical and

miscellaneous engineering works under the contract. Items which are not covered under

the following description shall be carried out as per the relevant ISS specifications code

of practice. In addition to the specifications given below or elsewhere the material shall

comply with relevant IS specifications.

M.E.S.-1 Pipes and specials

All pipes and specials unless otherwise stated and except for sludge drainage

arrangement shall be of M.S. or C.I. ‘LA’ class pipes. For sludge drainage arrangement

R.C.C. NP2 class pipes shall be used. Diameter below 150 mm of R.C.C. pipes shall not

be used anywhere.

The filter control piping in pipe gallery shall be double flanged fastened with nut

bolts and washers of good quality. Mild steel pipes and specials shall be made out of 8

mm thick plates. All M.S. pipes and specials shall be epoxy painted from outside surface

3 mm thick ply rubber packing with hub-bock shall be used in between the flanged

joints.

The material shall be as per respective I.S.S. M.S. or C.I. pipe inserts with

crippling flanges for insertion in concrete for sleeves, outlets etc shall be provided by the

contractor. All pipes and specials which shall be laid below the floors, walls, foundations

etc of plant structures shall be specifically of cast iron and shall be embedded in C.C.

1:2:4 (M.150)

M.E.S.-2 Valves/ Pen stocks/ sluice Gates

All the valves shall be C.I.D.F. type valves shall be of kirloskar / IVC/ BSJ sahu

or such other reputed and approved make. Valves shall have the certificate of I.S.I. and

shall be as per the relevant IS codes. All valves having diameter 300 mm and above

shall have spur gear arrangement for manual operations. dia. below 300 mm shall be

with hand wheel for operation.

All sluice gates shall be of approved make and with brass lining. It shall be

provided with spur gear arrangement and hand wheel for easy manual operation.

129


All pen stocks shall be brass lined and provided with suitable arrangement for

easy and smooth manual operation.

M.E.S.-3 Pipe Railing

The railing shall consist of 25 mm.dia. G.I. (Medium) pipes in two number of row.

The vertical posts shall be or M.S. angle 50x50x6 having attractive appearance placed

at 2 M. centre to centre. Its height shall be 90 cm. IT shall be painted in 2 coats of

anticorrosive paint of approved quality and shade.

M.E.S.-4 M.S. Stair case

The M.S. stair case shall be fabricated out of 30 cms wide stringers of 12 mm

thick plates. The steps shall 1.2 M. wide of chequared plate or C.I. standard type.

M.E.S.- 5 M.S. Ladder

The M.S. Ladder shall be 0.45 M. wide consisting of 65 mm x 12 mm flat

stringers with 16 mm dia. M.S. bars in double row at 30 mm c/c. The items shall include

all fixtures and painting with 2 coats of anticorrosive paint.

M.E.S.- 6 Water level Indicator

The indicator shall be of 15 cms wide brass plate mounted on C.T. wood frame

with necessary graduation. All allied fixtures such as copper float guide chain pulleys,

counter weight, indicating arrow, etc shall be provided. The entire unit shall be got

approved from the Engineer in charge. The water level indicator shall be able to read

water depth upto 3.0 M.

M.E.S.- 7 Rolling shutters

The rolling shutters shall be fabricated from 16 gauge steel lath with side guide,

bottom rails, bracket, door suspension, shaft housing box at top, including mechanical

gear operation arrangements, locking arrangement shall be provided at bottom at both

ends. The shutters shall be painted with 3 coats of anticorrosive paint of approved

quality and shade.

130


ANNEXTURE–C

Specification for electrical installations

M.E.S.- 1 General

1 All the electrical installation both internal and external shall be carried out as per

indian. Electricity rules 1956 and subsequent amendments made to it from time to time.

2. the work shall be carried out through a licensed electrical contractor registered with

the Government of Maharashtra.

3.All the electrical installation shall be got approved tested and certified from the

Electrical inspector of Govt. of Maharashtra by the contractor at his own cost.

4. The damages caused to the civil structures etc during electrical installation shall be

made good by bringing such locations to their normal conditions i.e. original finish, at no

extra cost.

5.All the materials used for electrical installations shall be of standard type and of

reputed make as specified at relevant places hereafter.

6.All safety measures shall be adopted for all the installations as per Indian electrical

rules i.e.. providing adequate earthing, proper insulation etc.

7.The general layout of internal and external electrification of the entire plant shall be got

approved from the Engineer in charge well in advance. Necessary modifications shall

have to be carried out as per instructions of the Department at no extra cost. The tender

drawing, if provides, is indicative, however, the contractor shall justify his layout with

tender specifications.

8.All the external and internal electrical installations shall be properly screwed to poles

and walls respectively to with stand storm, rains etc.

9.The electrical installation internal and external shall be adequate and should have

decorative finish keeping in view of architectural beauty of the civil structures.

10.The entire electrical installations, both internal and external shall be commissioned to

the satisfaction of the Engineer in charge without any extra cost and shall be covered

with guarantee fro calendar months for its performance, design equipments and

workmanship, from the date of commissioning.

M.E.S.- 2 Scope of work

The job involved in this consists of providing erecting and commissioning of

electrification necessary allied equipment with its fixtures and accessories for the entire

plant structures as per schedule ‘B’ of the Tender both external and internal including

131


yard premises of the treatment plant. Adequate electrical power in 400/440 volts 50 c/s

shall be made available for such work to the contractor, who will design and install and

panel board for entire internal and external electrification and power requirement to the

prime movers of all mechanical equipment of treatment plant i.e..flash mixer,

clariflocculator including its flocculator, mechanism and end carriage, alum solution tank

equipment wash water pumps and air blowers, sampling table etc.

The contractor shall have to install his panel board in a separate room in the

filter house to be constructed by him.. Adequate illumination shall be provided both

internal and external sufficient number of plug points shall be provided. The external

electrification will be done by laying underground cables as per Indian Electricity rules.

The scope be also includes the essential items of work and material required but not

specified anywhere in specifications.

M.E.S.- 3 Item wise Requirements

1. Motor

All the prime movers required for mechanical equipment of water treatment plant

should be of suitable H.P. 3 phase squirrel cage induction motors working on 440 volts

50 c/s rpm 1440 class of insulation B.I.S.I. mark.

Recommended Makes:- Kirloskar, siemens, jyoti, Crompton.

2. Starters

Direct on line starters for motors upto 7.5 H.P. star delta starters for 7.5 H.P. to

30 H.P. shall be provided for motors above 30 H.P. auto transformer starter shall be

provided. These starters shall be fully automatic.

Recommended Makes :- As per MJP’s approved list.

3. Panel board

A) Main Distribution board

The panel board shall be designed for the complete electrical load of treatment

work i.e.. for prime movers or mechanical equipments of flash mixer, clariflocculator with

its end carriages, alum solution tanks, bleaching powder solution and wash water

pumps, air blowers, sampling table, etc and for entire load of internal and external

electrification, i.e. lights, flood lights, M.V. lamps, ceiling fans exhaust fans etc.

It shall consists with main in-coming switch of adequate capacity of 4 Nos. bus

bars of suitable section of copper designed for capacity considering above electrical

load. Ammeters and voltmeters of suitable range with rotary selectors switches, phase

indicator lamps with switches, ICTPN switches of adequate capacity with rewirable

132


fuses. The panel board shall be of 14 swg thick MS sheet cubical type closed type with

panel opening from rear side for carrying out inspection operation and maintenance.

Suitable ICTPN rewirable fuse units of adequate capacity shall be provided for lighting

load. This panel board shall be housed in a separate room as per direction of the

Engineer in charge.

b) Panel board for Blowers

The panel board designed for the blowers shall have bus bar chambers, phase

indicator lamps with switches, ammeter voltage of suitable range with preventer unit and

ICTP main switches of adequate capacity and fuses of rewirable type.

c) Panel board for wash water pump

The panel board for wash water pumps shall have bus bar chamber phase

indicator lamps with switches, ammeter and voltmeter of suitable range with rotary

switches, starter with single phase preventer, ICTP switches of adequate capacity with

fuses etc. and shall be housed as per direction of Engineer in charge. The panel should

be fixed with integrated hour counter.

d) Panel board for clariflocculator

This panel board shall be installed on the bridge of clariflocculator and should be

water proof and weather- proof. It shall consists of main switches of adequate capacity

with rewirable fuses, direct online starters as the case may be etc. including the

switches for florescent lights on bridge.

e) Panel board for Flash mixer

The panel board for flash mixer shall consist of main switch of adequate capacity

with rewirable fuses, star-delta/ DOL starter and single phase preventer. The panel

board should be water proof and weather proof.

f) Panel board for Alum mixing Mechanism

The panel board shall also include main switch of adequate capacity with

rewirable fuses, DOL starter and single phase preventer.

Note:-

The location of all above panel boards shall be at places considering the

operating convenience and shall be properly installed as per directions of the Engineer

in charge. Suitable starters, DOL, Star-delta or auto transformer starter as the case may

be, shall suitably installed in panel board. All materials, panel board drawing showing all

necessary switches & equipments, Drawing of internal & external electrification etc. shall

be got approved from competent authority before supply.

133


Recommended Makes

The panel board shall be of factory finished and switch- gears and all other allied

equipments of L.T. and L.K. OCB of LTLK meters- AEI make & lamps, fans, flood lights

M.V. lamps should be of crompton, Bajaj, Philips make only.

4. Cables

For connecting motor of various H.P. and panel board suitable 3.5 / or 3 core

aluminium cable of adequate capacity with regard to starting current of motor shall be

provided and shall be reputed make ( I.S.I. makes) confirming to I.S. 1554-1964 and

laid as per standard practice in a channel as per Indian Electrical Rules. All cables shall

be sized considering duct rating and shall have minimum 10% current margin above

duct rating. The voltage drop should be restricted to 10 volts.

Recommended make:- I.C.C., Siemens, Gloster, Tropodur with I.S. Mark

5. Wiring

a) Internal

Point wiring with 2 x 1.5 sqm PVC aluminium wire shall be provided in a M.S.

conduit of 16 gauge and 25 mm.dia. with continuous G.I. earth wire of 14 S.W.G.

complete with shock proof accessories erected on formica topped. T.W. Block. The

M.S. conduits pipes and all necessary conduit specials e.g. bends, tees, and crosses,

elbows, inspection and distribution covers cut out etc shall be provided.

Recommended make

1.PVC sheathed wires- Aluminium conductors 250/440 volts Henlay, Gloster, Finolex

2.Conduit pipes :- I.S.I. mark

b) External

All the external wiring will be done using cable of suitable section 2 core

aluminimum armoured cable suitably erected with earthing in ground below 60 cm. With

necessary screened, Sand column of 15 x 15 cm and cable placed exactly at centre or

the sand cloumn and bricks placed at both sides and top of the sand column as per I.E.

Rules suitable on top cable and cable boxes Gland shall be provided.

Recommended makes :- I.C.C., Siemens, Floster, Tropodur I.S.I. mark

c) Poles ( Minium 10)

i) Poles for street light shall be of G.I. heavy duty swage welded ones and of 100x75x50

mm.dia. 6.0 M. long with suitable bend at top as per standard practice or as approved.

The erection of pole shall include excavation with 0.6 M x 0.6 M x 1.5 M deep and

embedded in cement concrete foundation in 1:3:6 with 40 cm plinth. The poles shall be

134


spaced at a distance not more than 20 M. center to center along the road and in area

requires lighting.

ii) All necessary fixtures with G.I. light posts, clamps, nuts and bolts screws, insulators

with kit-kat type fuse unit of suitable capacity shall be provided. suitable earthing shall

be provided to the poles.

iii) Painting- All the poles shall be nicely painted with one coat of red oxide and 2 coats

of superior quality anticorrosive sliver paint.

iv) For illumination on bridge of clariflocculator, 1.5 sqmm 2 coats aluminimum armored

cable of I.C.C., Siemens, Gloster, Tropodur & ISI mark shall be used, with all necessary

fixtures e.g. glands lugs etc.

6. Illumination i) Internal

White enameled industrial type fluorescent fitting of 22 gauge M.S. sheet open

ended reflector with 1.2 M ( 4 ft) x 40 watts tube, starter and polyester heavy duty

chokes, with decorative cover completely wired up with holders erected on T.W. block. It

shall be mounted with two ball suspension places and flush with ceiling with all its

accessories i.e. ceiling rose. etc at places as directed. It shall be mounted in zig zag

pattern on walls where suspension type is not possible but exclusively as per direction

of the Engineer in charge. The rate of illumination shall be 40 watt/ 10 sqm. or as

approved.

ii) External

Whether proof and water proof street light industrial type fluorescent for single

1.2 M ( 4 ft) tube consisting of coat aluminium body finished in silver gray enamel and

M.S. sheet flat reflector in white store enamel complete with one piece mounded plastic

cover enclosed in a metallic frame with rubber lining etc complete polyester heavy duty

choke and lock type holders erected in decorative manner on poles. The fluorescent

lights on street shall be spaced not more than 20 M centre to centre around the

structure.

Recommended make

Fluorescent fittings with tube rods of 40 watts and 1.2 M ( 4 fit) long polyester

heavy duly choke lock type holders starters, etc. should be of same make e.g. philips

G.E.C. bajaj, crompton

iii) Flood light

General purpose flood fight fittings of weather proof and water proof

135


construction, suitable for and with 500 watts bulbs, Donflux type reflector with anodized

aluminium sheet span and anodized with well polished interior reflecting surface which

holder of thread type, mounted on M.S. poles of 80 mm.dia. 6 M. long, suitable earthed

and with necessary fixtures in an approved manner, 15 Amp volts- ICDP switches shall

be provided and housed in suitable water proof M.S. box at an operating level.

Two nos of flood lights shall be located diametrically opposite to each other at

each clariflocculator and as per directions of Engineer in charge. There should be four

flood lights located at each corner for the filter house and chemical house to illuminate

the structures fully. One flood light should also be fixed suitably for the aeration fountain.

The reflector for flood light shall be donflux type designed for a long and proper focus. In

all eight ( 8) Nos. of flood lights shall be provided with donflux reflector and mounting

clamps.

Recommended Make

Philips, Mazda, Osram, Bajaj, Crompton of 500 watts suitable for 50 c/s. 230 volts

supply.

iv) Sodium vapor (S.V.) Lamps

Water tight Sodium vapor lamp fittings complete with S.V. lamp of 125 watt of

reputed make and 3 pin B.C. type 250 volts, with inner reflector and clear acrylic and

decorative type cover and close type wired with 3 pin porcelain holder 125 watts,

chockes, fuse condenser with fancy bracket of G.I. pipe suitably erected on 75 mm.dia.

x 6 M. .S. poles (with suitable base plate and pole cap) embedded in foundation,

property earthed and placed as per directions of Engineer in charge.

Recommended make: Philips, Crompton, G.E.C. Bajaj

v) Automatic Emergency Lighting

8 Nos. of automatic emergency light units with flexible cord and 3 pin plug of

reputed make suitable for 230 volts shall be provided.

Recommended make :- Quality, Marlex, Bajaj or as per approved.

a) Ceiling Fans

Ceiling fans as per requirements & as per approval of competent authority.

ceiling fans of approved type with condenser, A.C. 50 cycles/ second. 230 volts and

1400 mm sweep complete with all fixtures e.g. fan clamps M.S. flat nuts and bolts and

with regulator canopy and down rod of required length.. The down rod shall be long

enough so that a clear distance between the floor and the fan blades shall not exceed

2.6 M. The ceiling fans shall be provided as per I.S. and relevant practice as per

136


directions of the Engineer in charge. Ceiling fans shall be provided to all the buildings of

the plant, stores and the portion of filter house. All ceiling fans should be of one make

only.

Recommended makes :- GEC, Usha, Rally, Crompton, orient fans with regulators of

same make.

b) Exhaust fans :- As required & as per drawing approval.

Exhaust fans of 45 cm , 230 volts, 50 c/s 1400 rpm with condenser unit and

complete with all its accessories and necessary fixtures shall be provided and erected.

The location of the exhaust fans shall be as per the directions of the Engineer in charge.

Metal sheet cowl for exhaust fan recess 45 cm dia fabricated from suitable frames of

25x25x3 mm angle, covered with 22 gauge G.I. sheet and opening covered by

expanded metal, mesh, shall be provided. The cowl to be fixed to wall with grouted bolts

of 9 mm dia and 12 cm long and nuts Exhaust fans shall be provided in wash water

pump house, re circulation pump house, chlorine room, filter outlet, gallery, chemical

house and store, toilet, sanitary block etc. Exhaust fans shall ensure 10 air changes per

hour.

Approved make :- GEC, Crompton, Rally

8) Earthing

Earthing for electrical installation both internal and external including panel

board and motors with adequate capacity of aluminium wire of suitable gauge shall be

provided at all suitable places and all earthing stations shall be inter connected so as to

ensure maximum safety and G.I. plate charcoal, salt etc. shall be used as per Indian

Electrical rules and as per IS 3043/1966. The earthing wires will run along conduits

upto plug points and as per the direction of the Engineer in charge.

9) Switch Boards with switches for building wiring

Piano type switches and three pin plugs shall be provided and properly fixed in

T.W. block of suitable size with sunmica top. Sufficient number of such switch boards for

operating convenience shall be provided with indications of fans lights etc. on it.

10) Power wiring

Power wiring with 6 Nos of plug points and switches of 15 amps. 230 volts

suitable for operation of electric power drilling machine and grinder shall be provided

only, in wash water pump house, recirculation pump house, and blower rooms 2 No. in

each. This shall be addition to the general plug points provided.

137


SPECIFICATION FOR INDUCTION MOTORS

1. SCOPE

This specification covers the requirements of three phase induction motors.

2. CODE AND STANDARDS

The design, manufacture and performance of the equipment shall comply with

all currently applicable statutes regulations and safety codes in the locally where the

equipment will be installed.

2.1 Unless otherwise specified the motors shall conform to the latest applicable

Indian standars, British standards of IEC standards, some of which are fisted below.

a) IS 325 Induction Motores

b) IS 4691 Degree of protection provided by enclosures for

rotating electrical machinery c) IS 4729 Measurement and evaluation of vibration of rotating

electrical machines.

d) IS 3202 Climate proofing of electrical equipment.

e) IS 1231 Dimensions of 3 phase foot mounted induction

2.1 For this treatment works, these motors can be used for pure water pumping to

High level service reservoir cum wash water reservoir. Similarly these motors can be

used for re circulation pumping from re circulation sump to aeration fountain. The

minimum H.P. of these motors have been specified in the tender as 40 HP. However the

contractor may calculate the H.P. suitable to his layout and arrangement and provide for

suitable HP motor keeping the minimum 40 HP and also considering for required

performance criteria in 3.0 below.

3 PERFORMANCE

3.1 Motors shall be capable of satisfactory operation for the application and

continuous duty as required by the drive equipment. All motors shall have 20% excess

margin above maximum power required under operating conditions.

3.2 Motors shall be capable of giving rated output without reduction in the expected

life span when operated continuous under class II supply conditions.

CLASS II

a) Variation of supply voltage from the rated voltage +/-10%

b) Vibration in supply frequency from the rated frequency +/-5%

c) Combined voltage and frequency variation +/-10%

3.3 Motors shall be suitable for the method of starting specified.

138


3.4 Motor shall be capable of starting and accelerating the load with the applicable

method of starting without exceeding acceptance winding temperature, when the supply

voltage is 85% of the rated voltage.

3.5 The locked rotor current of squirrel cage motors shall not exceed 6000% of rated

current.

4 INSULATION

4.1 Any joints in the motor insulation such as at coil connections or between slot and

end winding section shall have strength equivalent to that of the slot

sections of coil.

4.2 The insulation shall be given topical and fungicidal treatment for successful

operation of motor in hot, humid and tropical climate as per the

application standards.

5 CONSTRUCTION

5.1 For squirrel cage motors the rotor bars shall not be insulated in the slot portion

between the iron core laminations and the bars.

5.2 Bearing shall permit running of motor in either direction.

5.3 If oil lubricated type bearings are provided, a drain plug and oil level sight glass

shall be provided.

5.4 Terminal box shall be of weather proof construction suitable for outdoor

service, Gaskets shall be provided at the cover joints and between

box and the motor frame.

5.5 Terminal box shall be suitable for top and bottom entry of cables. Further, it

shall be capable of being turned through 360° in steps of 90°.

5.6 Terminal box shall be complete with stud type terminals plain washer, spring

washers, check nuts, cable gland and crimpled.

5.7 When TEFC type of enclosure is specified, fans mounted on the motor shaft

shall be provided.

5.7.A Unless specified otherwise the motor shall be provided with a bare short

extension having a key slot and a key at the driving end.

5.8 2 Nos drain holes at the bottom of starter frame shall be provided.

6 PAINTING

6.1 External parts shall be finished and painted to produce a neat and durable

surface which will prevent rusting and corrosion. The equipment shall be

139


degreased and oil rust, sharp edges, scales be removed and treated with one

coat of primer and finished with two coats of final paint.

7 TESTS

7.1 All routine tests shall be conducted on motors.

140


INDUCTION MOTORS DATA SHEET

1 GENERAL

1.1 Application

1.2 Type of motor Squirrel cage

1.3 Supply system fault level MVA

1.4 Supply neutral Solidly earthed

2. RATINGS

2.1 Rated output, KW

2.2 Rated voltage, phase & 415 V, 3 phase 50 Hzfrequency

2.3 Supply condition Class II- Clause 3.1 of Spec.

2.4 Type of duty Continuous SI

2.5 Synchronous speed 1500 RPM

3. STARTING

3.1 Method of starting Direct on line/auto delta starter

transformer/Star

3.2 Starting torque To suit the application

4. INSULATION

4.1 Class of insulation B with weather proof and chemical

protection treatment.

4.2 Reference ambient temperature 45° C

5. TERMINAL DETAILS

5.1 Terminal box Indoor IP 54

Outdoor IP 55

5.2 External cable details Ref.cable specification

5.3 Earthing conductor GI flat or wire

6 INSTALLATION

6.1 Location Outdoor/ Indoor

6.2 Atmosphere Hot, humid, dusty and chemically

corrosive.

7. ENCLOSURE

7.1 Type of enclosure TEFC for outdoor application SPDP for

indoor application

7.2 Degree of protection Indoor IP 23

as per IS 4691 Outdoor IP 55

141


8. OTHER REQUIREMENT

8.1 Shaft orientation

8.2 Type of coupling

8.3 Painting primer Final Zinc chromate, Epoxy resin.

8.4 240 V space heater For motor rated above 37.5 KW

9. No.of permissible starts 3 starts per hour equally spacey & 1 hot

Restart.

TO BE INDICATED BY TENDERER

142


SPECIFICATON--FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION WORK GENERAL CONDITION

1. SCOPE

This specification is intended to cover the general conditions for electrical installation

work.

2. EQUIPMENT. MATERIAL & SERVICES TO BE FURNISHED

The contractor shall furnish all labour, skilled and unskilled, supervisory and

administrative personnel, erection tools and tackles, transport vehicles and mobile

Cranes, equipment for testing and commissioning and implements necessary for timely

and effective execution of the contract.

The installation work is inclusive of supply & erection of materials, hard wares,

consumables and sundry items to complete the installation.

The item of work to be performed by the contractor for equipment and materials

under-this scope of work shall include but not limited to the following.

a) Taking delivery of equipment at shop and at the port of railhead including unloading

port clearance from customs etc. and safe transportation to site storage arranging

storage with suitable weather protection.

b) Complete assembly, erection & connection.

c) Pre-commissioning check up for correctness of erection.

d) Testing and commissioning in presence of purchaser, successful trial operation and

obtaining Purchaser's approval .

3. METHOD OF WORKMANSHIP

All work shall be installed in a first class, neat and workmanlike manner by

technician skilled in the trade involved.

The erection work shall be supervised by competent supervisors holding supervisory

license. from the Govt.

The installation shall be carried out in such a manner as to provide adequate access to

other equipment installed,

4. PROTECTION OF WORK

The contractor shall effectively protect his work, equipment & materials from

theft, damage or tampering.

Contractor shall be held responsible for any loss or damage to equipment and

material until the same is taken over by the purchaser, according to the contract.

5. RESPONSIBILITY OF ERECTION:

The contractor shall be fully and finally responsible for proper erection & safe

143


and satisfactory operation of the plant and equipment under his scope of work to the

entire satisfaction of the purchaser. Equipment & material which are wrongly installed

shall be removed re-installed to comply with the design requirement at the contractor's

expense to the satisfaction of the purchaser. .

6. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING

The contractor shall perform all excavation and backfilling to the original level

with good consolidation as required for buried cable.

The contractor shall make his own arrangement for pumping out water that they

may accumulate in the excavation.

7. STEEL

For fabrication of all racks, trays, supports & fixtures bidder will arrange to

provide steel.

Steel for fabrication shall be straightened and cleaned of rust and grease. All fabrication

shall be free of sharp edges.

8. SAFETY MEASURES

The contractor shall arrange to provide guards and prominently display caution

notice of access to any equipment/area considered unsafe and hazardous.

The installation/erection work shall also include the following works

a) Damages/missing items, if any shall be immediately reported to the Purchaser &

Supplier.

b) Mounting of all accessory items at proper position as per manufacture's drawings.

c) All required adjustments in the equipments as per manufacture's instructions.

d) For indoor equipment all bus bar and internal power/control wire connections and for

outdoor equipment any accessory, which is integral part of the equipment, shall be

connected up to the equipment-marshalling Kiosk to make the equipment complete.

e) Physical and functional checking of complete internal wiring as per approved wiring

drawings and schematics.

f) Grounding, chipping, making pockets in the foundation etc. to make the base suitable

for mounting -the equipment and making it good.

g) For the items, where only erection is included in the contractor's scope, the Purchaser

may engage specialist engineer form the manufacturers to supervise the installation,

144


testing and commissioning of their equipment The contractor shall extend full co-

operation to these engineers and carry out the works as per thelr1nstructions. '

9.1 The Tender shall quote unit rate for supply & installation separately for all the

materials/equipments as described' above, and justify his offer for the relevant item.

Quantities of various items will be finalised before execution. With in the scope of 'tender

the contractor carry out work as per specifications. Keeping the offer for the relevant

item same, the unit rates will be modified to suit the quantities in proportion with the

quantities given by the contractor initially. Any change, which may be done

subsequently will, if justified by the contractor, will be valued as per P.W. Departments

schedule of rate prevailing at the time, for variation.

9.2 No equipment shall be permanently bolted down to foundation structure until the

alignment has been checked and found acceptable by purchaser.

9.3 Manufacture's drawings, instructions and recommendations shall be correctly

followed in handling, setting, testing and commissioning of all equipment

9.4 If any doubt/misunderstanding arises necessary clarification shall be obtained

from Purchaser

9.5 The following incidental works shall be carried out by the contractor.

a) Checking, attending & necessary cleaning of jammed motors.

b) Removing of rust, depression and similar flaws from panel enclosure followed by

cleaning and painting of the damaged portion. .

c) Replacement of damaged parts

145


SPECIFICATION FOR ERECTION. TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTS AND ACCESSORIES. .

1. SCOPE

This specification is intended to cover complete installation, testing and

commissioning of electrical equipment Le. motor control centers, power control centers,

control panels, switch gears, motors, transformers, pus button stations etc.

2. CODE AND STANDARDS

2.1 The installation, testing and commissioning of all electrical equipments shall

comply with all currently applicable statutes, regulations, fire insurance and safety codes

in the locality where the work will be carried out. Nothing in this specification shall be

construed to relieve vendor of his responsibility. Electrification work shall be as per

National building Code only.

2.2 Unless otherwise specified, the work, material and accessories shall be conform

to the latest applicable India, British or IEC standards, some of which are listed below

a) IS : 3072 Installation & maintenance of switch gear.

b) IS : 900 Installation & maintenance of Induction motors.

c) IS,: 3106 Selection, installation and maintenance of fuses.

d) IS : 1886 Installation and maintenance of transformers

e) IS : 2026 Power transformers.

f) IS : 1180 Distribution transformers

g) IS : 4029 Guide for testing three phase induction motors.

h) IS : 335 Insulating oil for transformers and switch gear.

i) IS : 5124 Installation and maintenance of A.C. Induction

motor starters, up to 1.1K.v

j) IS : 226 Specification for structural steel.

k) IS : 5216 Guide for safety procedure and practices in

electric work.

I) IS : 3202 Climate proofing of electrical equipment.

2.3 Good workmanship shall be in accordance with best engineering practices to

ensure satisfactory performance and service life.

146


3 DETAILED REQUIREMENT OF INSTALLATION

3.1 Transformers

3.1.1 The installation and fixing of transformers shall be carried out in accordance with

manufacturer's instruction and/or as directed by purchaser.

3.1.2 The complete an assembly of transformer, loose components Le. radiators,

gaskets, wheels, meters, etc., shall be carried out by contractor.

3.1.3 Transformer oil checking, tapping and if required filtering shall be done by

contractor

3.1.4 Contractor shall arrange for oil sample testing and get the approved oil test

certificate before commissioning..

3.1.5 All power control connections and mechanical joints shall be completed, checked

and adjusted (relays) to ensure safety and satisfactory operation of the equipment.

3.2 Switch qear. control panel etc.

3.2.1 All alignment, leveling, grouting; anchoring, adjustments shall be carried out in

accordance with manufactures instructions and or as directed by the purchaser.

3.2.2 All modules shall be taken out and shall be cleaned preferably with vaccum

cleaner.

3.2.3 All connections shall be fixing of equipments in switchgear control panels etc.

shall be completed, checked and adjusted to ensure safety and satisfactory operation of

the equipment.

3.2.4 In some cases, minor modifications may have to be carried out at site in the

wiring and mounting of the equipment to meet the requirements of the desired control

scheme and the contractor shall have to do the same at no extra cost.

3.3 Motors

3.3.1 The installation of motors shall be carried out in accordance with manufacturer's

instruction and/or as directed by the purchaser.

3.3.2 Checking and cleaning of bearings and charging/filling of lubricants, wherever

necessary.

3.3.3 Cleaning of core and winding, varnishing and drying out the windings and

measurements of air gap for motor assembly at site, if demanded.

3.3.4 Motors shall be run on un-coupled condition for few hours before coupling them

with the drive equipment.

3.3.5 Motors snail be coupled with drive, adjusted and shall be tested on load.

3.4 Miscellaneous Items

147


3.4.1 The contractor shall install miscellaneous items such as motors, starters, local

start/stop push button stations etc.

3.4.2 These equipment will be generally wall, column or stand mounting. The exact

location will be as shown in the final drawing.

3.4.3 All supports or brackets needed for installation shall be fabricated and painted by

the contractor. .

3.4.4 All welding, cutting, chipping and grinding as and when necessary shall be

carried out by the contractor.

4 CABLE TERMINATION

4.1 Cable termination shall include the following

a) Making necessary holes in bottom/top plates for fixing cable gland/ box.

b) Fixing cable gland/box, connecting armour clamp to cable armour.

c) Dressing cable, pouring, compound etc. Where ever necessary to make termination

complete.

d) Putting cable lugs, crimping them on to cores of cable, taping bare conductors up to

lugs, wherever necessary.

e) Termination to equipment terminals.

f)' Supply & fixing of cable and core identification ferrules.

4.2 Wherever purchaser has not provided M.S. plates for fixing cable tray supports,

contractor shall install approved concrete fasteners for fixing cable tray supports.

5 INSPECTION'

5.1 After completion of the erection/installation, each equipment shall be thoroughly

inspected in presence of purchaser for correctness and completeness of installation.

5.2 A check list may be furnished by the purchaser where in all details to be checked

and necessary instructions shall be listed. The inspection and checking shall strictly

follow the check list.

5.3 On completion of the inspection two (2) copies of the check list duly filled in shall

be jointly signed by contractor and the purchaser, -such-endorsement, however, shall

not relieve the contractor of his obligation under the contract.

6 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

6.1 After completion of erection work tests shall be conducted by the contractor on

148


each piece of the equipment as per list be supplied by the purchaser or his authorised

representative.

6.2 The contractor shall provide all tools, instruments, materials labour and

supervisory personnel for carrying out tests on the equipment and materials under his

scope of work.

6.3 The contractor shall record the test results on approved proforma and furnish four

(4) copies of the results to the purchaser for his approval within a week from the date of

test completed.

6.4 Before commissioning of the equipment, the contractor shall set the relays to

their recommended values.

6.5 On successful inspection and testing, the equipment shall be commissioned

and put on trial run along with other equipment in a manner mutually agreed upon.

7 RECTIFICATION

7.1 The contractor shall carry out all rectifications, repairs or adjustment work found

necessary during testing, commissioning and trial run.

7.2 On successful commissioning and trial run and on carrying out the rectification

work.,..the purchaser will take over the installation either wholly or in parts, as the case

may be.

8 Unless otherwise specified, the work, material and accessories shall conform to

the latest applicable Indian, British or I EC standards, some of which are listed below:

a) IS: 3043 Code of practice for earthing.

b) IS : 1255 Code of -practice for installation and

maintenance of paper insulated power cables

(up to & including 33 . KV)

c) IS : 2309 Code of practice for protection of building and

allied structures against" lightning.

d) IS : 2274 Code of practice for electrical wiring installation.

e) IS : 6565 Code of practice for industrial lighting.

f) IS: 1866 Code of practice for maintenance of insulating oil

g) IS : 1653 Rigid steel conducts for Electrical wiring,

h) IS : 2667 Fittings rigid conduits for electrical wiring.

149


9 INSTALLATIONS OF CABLES .

9.1 Contractor's scope of work includes unloading, laying, fixing, jointing, bending

and terminating of cables. Contractor shall also supply all the necessary hard wares for

jointing and terminating of cables. Cables shall be laid directly buried on earth, on trays

and support in conduits and ducts or bare on walls, ceiling etc. as shown in the

Purchaser's drawings, where specific.

9.2 All cable and the allied apparatus shall be designed and arranged to reduce the

risk of fire and any damage that may cause ill the event of fire. Wherever cables pass

through any floor or wall opening suitable bushes shall be supplied. If required by the

Purchaser, the bushes shall be sealed using fire resisting materials to prevent fire

spreading.

9.3 Standard cable installation tools shall be utilised for cable pulling. Maximum pull

tension shall not exceed manufacturers recommended value. Cable grips, reels or

pulleys used shall be properly lubricated. The lubricant shall not injure the overall

covering and shall not set up undesirable conditions of electrostatic stress. Cable pulling

shall permit performance of collateral work without obstruction.

9.4 Sharp bending and kinking of cables shall be avoided. The bending radius for

various types of cables shall be more than those specified by manufacturer. Power and

control cables shall be laid in separate cable trays. The order of laying of various cable

in trenches and overload trays shall be as specified below.

9.5 Cables of highest system voltage at the top most tier with second highest voltage

on the second tier form top, third highest on the third tier from top etc. with control

instrumentation and other service cables in bottom most cable tier.

9.6 Where groups of HV and IV and control cables are to be laid along the same

route, suitable barriers1:o segregate them physically shall be employed.

9.7 Where cables cross roads and water, oil gas or sewage pipes the cables shall be

laid-in reinforced spun concrete pipes of 150 mm. minimum diameter. Also 50% space

shall be kept as space for future, if more than one cable is to be laid through pipe. For

road crossing the pipe for the cable shall be buried at not less than one meter depth.

Cable less than 1500 mm. unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Cable shall be

protected at all times from mechanical injury and from absorbing moisture.

9.8 Some extra length shall be kept in each cable run at a suitable point to enable

one or two straight through joints to be made at a later date, in any fault occurs.

150


9.9 To facilitate visual tracing, cables in trays shall be laid only in single layers where

design, permits. Cables shall be laid in proper sequence so as to avoid unnecessary

crossing of other cables upon entering or leaving a run of tray. Cable spliees shall not

be permitted. .

9.10 Cable jointing shall be in accordance with relevant Indian Standards Codes of

Practice and Manufacturer's special instructions. Materials and tools required for cable

jointing work shall be supplied by Contractor. Cables shall be firmly clamped on either

sides of a straight joint at not more than .300 mm away from the joints. Identification

tags shall be provided at each joint and at all cable terminations. Single core cable joints

shall be marked so that phase identify at each joint can be determined easily. The joints

shall be located at most suitable places. When two or more cables are laid together,

joints shall be arranged to be staggered by about three meters. Before jointing insulation

resistance of both sections of cables to be jointed shall be checked.

9.11 Contractor shall install and connect the power, control and heater supply cables,

for motors. Contractor shall be responsible for correct phasing of the motor power

connections and shall interchange connections at the--motor terminal box if necessary

after each motor is test run.

9.12 Metal sheath and armour of the cable shall be bonded to the earthing system of

the station

9.13 Cable clamps shall be minimum 3 mm thick and 25 mm wide galvanised m.s. flat

spaced at every 1 .0 m interval.

10 CABLE TRAYS. ACCESSORIES AND TRY SUPPORTS

10.1 Cable trays shall either be run in concrete trenches or overload supported from

building steel, floor slab etc.

10.2 Cables shall be clamped to the cable trays in both horizontal runs and vertical

runs by suitable site fabricated clamps.

10.3 Cable tray supporting system shall be adequately designed so as to keep

maximum deflection within permissible limit.

11 CONDUITS AND PIPES

11.1 Contractor shall supply and install conduits, pipes as specified and as shown in

drawings. All accessories/fittings required for making installation complete shall be

supplied by contractor. .

Conduits and pipes shall be of G.!. & heavy duty type.

151


11.2 Flexible -metallic-conduits shall be used for termination of connections to

equipments to be disconnected at periodic intervals.

11.3 Conduits or pipes shall run along walls, floors and ceilings, en steel supports,

embedded in soil, floor, wall or foundation, in accordance with relevant layout drawings.

Under ground positions of conduit installation to be embedded in the foundation or

structural concrete shall be installed in dose coordination with collateral work. Exposed

conduit shall be neatly run and evenly spaced.

11.4 Exposed conduit shall be adequately supported by racks, clamps, strapes or by

other approved means. These fittings shall be of same material as conduits.

11.5 Each conduit run shall be marked with its designation as indicated on the

drawings. Identification shall be made where possible by means of brass ribbon.

11.6 When one or more cables are drawn through a conduit cables shall fill not more

than 50% of the internal cross sectional area of the conduit.

11.7 Entire system of conduit after installation shall be tested for mechanical and

electrical continuity throughout and permanently connected to earth by means of special

approved type earthing clamp efficient fastened to the conduit. .

11.8 For jointing purpose, contractor shall have available at site, dies for threading

pipe or conduit. All such threaded ends shall be reamed after threading and

anticorrosive paint applied.

12 INDUCTION MOTORS

12.1 The insulation resistance of the motor will be measured and recorded. The

direction of rotation of the motor shall be checked. The anti-condensation heater circuit

shall be checked.

13 SWITCHGEAR CONTROL PANEL/DESKS

13.1 Base of outdoor type units shall be sealed in an approved manner to M.S.

channel concrete to prevent ingress of moisture. .

13.2 Contractor shall take utmost care in handling delicate equipments & mechanism

like instruments, relays. Dragging shall be avoided as far as possible. Proper pipes shall

be provided underneath when dragging for short distance. Wherever the instruments

and relays are supplied separately, they shall be mounted only after the associated

control panels/desks have been erected & aligned Any damage to relays and

instruments shaft be immediately reported to the purchaser. Contractor shall also make

152


all necessary adjustments as specified by the manufacturer for proper functioning of the

equipment. The settings of relays shall be carried out.

13.3 Outgoing feeders and incoming feeders of cable or busduct shall be connected at

the switchgear panel and as explained in the installation procedures of cables and bus

ducts.

13.4 After installation of all power and control wiring, contractor shall carry out

operating tests, manufacturer's installation tests. Megger tests for insulation, polarity

checks on the instrument transformers.

13.5 Contractor shall also carry out the drying of equipment in case ot low insulation

resistance.

14 TRANSFORMERS

14.1 Sleepers shall be provided when unloading on bare ground. After placing on

foundation alignment, leveling etc. shall be carried out in neat workman like manner.

14.2 Dehydration of silica gel be rather shall be carried out.

14.3 For the power/control cables projecting above the ground the termination of cable

box/marshalling box, shall be run in GI conduits of suitable cross section. Ends shall be

sealed with bitumen compound.

14.4 The cable end box of the transformer of detachable type shall be supported

properly enabling the transformer to be taken out for repair without disturbing the cables.

15 CIRCUIT BREAKER

15.1 The entire installation shall be carried out, strictly in accordance with the IScode

of practice/manufacturer's recommendation.

15.2 Moving parts shall be lubricated as per manufacturer’s instruction.

15.3 Anti-corrosive grease shall be applied at bimetallic connections.

15.4 .wires and clearances shall be checked in accordance with the manufacturer's

instruction.

153


SPECIFICATIONS FOR ERECTION. TESTING AND CQMMISSIONG OF

ILLUMINATION SYSTEM.

SCOPE

This specification covers complete installation, testing and commissioning of indoor and

outdoor illumination system.

SCOPE AND STANDARDS

1. The wiring, installation and commissioning of complete illumination system shall

comply with all currently applicable regulations. Fire insurance and safety codes in the

locality where the work will be carried out. Nothing in this specification shall be

constructed to relieve vendor of this responsibility.

2. Unless otherwise specified, the work, material and accessories shall conform to

the latest applicable Indian, British or IEC Standards, some of which are listed below:

a) IS 2274 & 732 Electrical wiring installation.

b) IS 1653 Specification for conduits.

c) TS 1554 PVC insulated (Heavy duty) electric cables for

working up to 11 OOV.

d) IS 3961 Recommended current ratings for PVC

insulated cables.

e) IS 2208 HRC cartridge fuse links.

f) IS 1293 3 pin plugs and socket outlets.

g) IS 3854 Switches for domestic and similar purpose.

h) IS 5133 Part-I Steel and cast iron boxes for enclosure for

electrical accessories.

i) IS 5216 Guide for safety procedures and practice in

electrical work.

1 a) Lighting Control switches

2 b) Receptacle with switch

a) For indoor 500 mm

b) For outdoor 1000mm .

3 All cables and conduits from lighting panel. up to first lighting fixture shall be

identified with aluminium tags giving circuit reference number.

4 Lighting panel number shall be indicated when more than one panel for an area

is to be provided.

154


5 A number of lighting panels shall be earmarked separately for supplying power to

the space heaters mounted in various switchgear panels and motors.

6. Steel surfaces exposed, to weather shall be thoroughly cleaned for removal of

rust and shall be given a primary coat of zinc chromate and two finishing coat of paint.

All metal parts not accessible for painting shall be made of corrosion resistant material.

7. Cable/Conduit separators shall be provided at an interval of 500 mm for

horizontal runs and 750 mm for vertical runs.

3.8 Cable/Conduits shall be kept, wherever possible at least 300 mm away from

pipes, heating devices and other equipments.

3.9 For the purpose of calculating connected loads of various circuits multiplying

factor of 1.25 will be assured to the rated lump voltage for lamp fixtures to take into

account the losses in the control gear.

3.10 Contractor shall supply junction boxes, pull boxes, terminal blocks, glands,

conduits and accessories (elbows, tees, bends, etc.) and supporting anchoring materials

to make the installation complete.

3.11 Contractor shall work in co-ordination with the civil contractor when openings,

sleeves are required in walls and floors. Holes made by contractor shall necessarily be

patched in a good and approved manner.

3.12 All types of wiring concealed or unconcealed shall be capable of easy inspection.

In all types of wiring due consideration shall be given for neatness and good

appearance.

3.13 In' hazardous areas, the grounding wire shall run along the conduits throughout

the installation and all conducts and fixtures shall be effectively grounded. Conduits

shall be grounded at the ends adjacent to switch boards at which they originate.

3.14 Wherever specified, DC lighting system shall be installed to provide necessary

illumination in case of an emergency.

3.15 For street lighting, steel tubular poles complete with fixing brackets shall be used.

These poles shall be coated with bituminous preservative paint on the inside as well as

embedded outside surface. Exposed outside surface shall be painted.

3.16 Before a completed installation, or an extension to an existing installation is put

into service, installation test stipulated in IS : 2274 & other codes or practices shall be

carried out by Contractor in the presence of Owner's/ Engineer's representative.

155


4 WIRING IN CONDUITS

4.1 Individual lighting circuits inside building shall be wired with 250/440/v grade

copper/ aluminium conductor PVC insulated flexible wires cables. The circuit wire shall

be colour coded as follows:

White - Phase or-8C-positive wire

Black - Neutral or DC negative wire.

4.2 Pull wires in a conduit shall be drawn simultaneously. No 'subsequent drawings

are permissible. Necessary pull wires shall be provided by the contractor.

4.3 Wires shall not be pulled through more than two equivalent 90° bends in a single

conduit run.

4.4 Wiring shall not be spliced at any place other than junction boxes with approved

type connectors of terminal strips, and for lighting fixtures, connection shall be T'd off

through suitable round conduit of junction bore.

4.5 For vertical run of wires in conduit, wires shall be suitable supported by means of

wooden plays at each pull junction bores.

5. OUTDOOR LIGHTING

5.1 Lighting for all outlaying areas shall be carried out using 1.1 KV grade, Aluminium

conductor, PVC insulated steel wire armoured cables between lighting panel and

junction box near the lighting fixture.

5.2 All lighting poles shall be stepped tubular steel poles type ISTP 15 as per IS 2713

and shall be the painted type. Length shall be as given in ES-5 C.

5.3 Except as noted cables for Road and outdoor lighting shall be directly buried in

ground at a depth of 600 mm or routed in available cable trenches.

5.4 Lighting cables shall be taken through GI/Hume pipes buried in ground at 1000

mm below the Road/Rail track crossing.

6. EARTHING

6.1 For outdoor earthing of lighting poles, Masts etc. cut G.t. wire shall be used. The

wire shall be run buried in ground at a depth of 600 mm.

6.2 Lighting fixtures, receptacles, junction boxes, switches conduits and handrails

shall be earthed using G.!. wire of minimum size 12 SWG.

6.3 The earthing wire shall run over the entire length of the conduit between fixtures

and the corresponding lighting panel where it shall be connected to earth grid. For 3,

phase power socket outlets, separate grounding wire shall be provided.

156


7. TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

7.1 After completion of the work complete illumination system shall be thoroughly

checked & tested by contractor in presence of purchaser of his representative as per

check list.

The contractor shall provide all tools, materials, labour & supervisory personnel for

carrying out the test.

7.2 The contractor shall carry out all rectifications repairs or adjustment work found

necessary during testing and commissioning.

7.3 The contractor shall record the test results on' approved proforma and furnish test

report/results (4 copies) for approval.

7.4 On successful commissioning of the system and on carrying out necessary

rectification work, the purchaser will take over the installation either wholly or in parts,

as the case may be.

157


SPECIFICATION FOR EARTHING AND LIGHTING PROTECTION

SCOPE

1. This specification covers requirements of earthing and lighting protection system.

The specification is intended to cover complete-supply, installation testing and

commissioning of the above system.

2 GENERAL INFORMATION

2.1 The design, supply & performance of the system shall complay with all currently

applicable statues, regulations & safety codes in the locality where the systems . will be

erected and commissioned.

2.3 The earthing and lighting system shall be installed inconformity with the

requirement of Indian electricity act 1910 as amended and the Indian Electricity Rules.

formed there under Indian Standard code and practice and other statutory regulations

that may be relevant to the erection.

2.3 Unless otherwise specified. the equipments, materials and accessories provided

by contractor shall conform to the latest applicable Indian Standards or IEC standards,

some of which are listed below:

IS : Code of practice of earthing.

IS : Code of practice for protection of building and allied structures against lightin_.

3 EARTHING SYSTEM

3.1 Two separate and distinct earth leads shall be used for earthing each equipment!

structures enclosing the power conductor and one earth lead for metallic structures

adjacent to electrical installation.

3.2 Metallic frames of all electrical equipment rated above 250 volts, must be earthed

by two distinct connections with earth system.

3.3 Earthing cables crossing other metallic structures such as conduits, pipe lines

etc., shall be minimum 300 mm away from such structures.

3.4 All underground connections and joints in earthing system shall be brazed

welded. Connections with equipments/structures shall be bolted type.

3.5 Conducting petroleum jelly shall be applied to contact surface of all bolted joints

and Joints shall be covered with bituminous compound and taped.

3.6 When G.I. conductors are connected to aluminium conductors the contact

surface of G.!. shall be covered with bituminous compound and taped. .

3.7 Natural connections shall never be used for the equipment earthing.

158


3.8 Earthing conductors shall be protected against mechanical damage.

3.9 Earthing conductors running along the structures, wall etc. shall be cleated at

every 750 mm interval.

3.10 Minimum size of earth conductor shall be in accordance with IS : 3043. However,

sizes of earth conductors for equipment shall be at least half the size of power

conductor, limited the maximum of 120 mm² of aluminium.

3.11 All earth lead connection shall be as short and direct as possible and shall be

without link.

4 EARTHING AND MAIN GRID

4.1 Adequate number of earthling pits and electrodes as shown in enclosed drawing

shall be used in conjunction with earthling grid.

4.2 Minimum spacing between two adjacent earth pits shall not be less than size (6)

meters and shall be kept sufficiently away from structures to clear footings.

4.3 Main grid loop for a building shall be installed outside boundary of the building,

buried in backfill. It shall be installed at a minimum depth of 600 mm outside the building

wall. .

4.4 The main earth loops (MEL'S) in plant areas shall be generally routed alone

cables when equipments are located away from MEI'S, suitable sub-loops may be run

up to them for deriving connections for individual equipment.

5 LIGHTENING PROTECTION

5.1 Tall structures shall be protected from lightening strokes by suitable lightening

protection system to be erected and installed.

5.2 Down-comer shall not be tapped in between for equipment earthing.

5.3 Cable sheaths, metal conduits, casings etc., shall not be connected to lightning

protection system.

5.4 Down comers shall be as short as possible. Each down comer shall be provided

with a testing point located at a height of about 1000 mm form ground level.

5.0 A minimum 2 meter separation shall be maintained between any other electric

conductor and lightning protection system.

5.6 Earthing and lightning protection system shall be bounded to each other to

prevent side flash over, if adequate clearance between two system can not be

maintained.

6. INDOOR EQUIPMENT EARTHING

6.1 Each floor of building shall have its own earth bus embedded in concrete.

159


6.2 Earthing grid embedded in the floor slab shall have a minimum concrete cover of

50mm.

6.3 Earth buses on different floor and main grid shall be connected by at least two

conductors of main grid conductor size.

6.4 Every alternate column (steel or RCC) of the building housing electrical

equipments shall be connected to main earthing grid.

6.5 Every conductor shall be welded at interval of 1000 mm along their run on steel

structure and shall be at interval of 750 mm along the wall.

7. OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT EARTHING

7.1 Each transformer neutral shall be provided with two separate earth leads to two

separate earth pits located near transformer.

7.2 Wherever earthing conductor crosses the trenches tunnels, railways track etc., it

shall be run below the earth etc.

7.3 Equipment structures shall be earthed at two diametrically opposite points.

7.4 Each pole of HV. Lightning arrester & coupling capacitor shall be grounded with

minimum one separate earth pit.

7.5 CT S secondary winding shall be connected to earthing grid by minimum two

earthing conductors. CT & VT secondary neutral shall be earthed at the terminal block

where they enter the control panel.

7.6 Every alternate post of switchyard fence shall be earthed & gate shall be earthed

by flexible G.I wire.

7.7 Any two diametrically opposite legs of each switchyard tower, without lightning

protection shield wire, shall be earthed at the base of tower.

A well distributed earth mat shall be provided below ground on which operator would

stand and operate the HV. Isolator or circuit breaker.

8. TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

8.1 Entire earthing system and lightning protection system shall be tested for

continuity by EL V Tester after installation.

8.2 For the earthing and lightning protection system, the connections shall be

thoroughly checked.

8.3 The earth resistance shall be checked, recorded and resistance shall be

improved incase it is higher than acceptable limits.

160


8.4 The contractor shall carry out all rectifications, repairs or adjustment work found

necessary during testing and commissioning.

9. EARTHING AND LIGHTING PROTECTION SYSTEM

9.1 Sizes and number of earth leads for earthing various items and other technical

particulars shall be specified.

9.2 Earthing conductors are shown diagrammatically. Exact location of earthing

conductors, earth electrodes and test pits, and earthing connections may be changed to

suit the site conditions.

9.3 Earthing conductors in the building, running parallel to walls and columns shall

not be less than 150 mm away from the wall/columns.

9.4 Suitable earth risers, shall be provided if the equipment is not available while

carrying out earthing connections.

9.5 Wherever earthing conductor passes through walls, galvanized iron sleeves shall

be provided for the passage of earthing conductor. Water stop sleeves. shall be

provided. Water stops shall be provided wherever earthing conductor enters the building

from outside.

9.6 Whenever the conductors are to be buried, contractor shall co-ordinate with other

civil contractors to ensure that the conductors are installed before concreting.

9.7 All connections shall be of low resistance. Contact resistance shall be minimum.

9.8 Steel conductors, above ground level shall be galvanized. All conductors shall be

free from any defects.

Earthing conductors shall not run in direct contact with control and other cables.

Single core cable armoured shall be earthed at one end. The cable trays shall be

earthed to main grid at least at two points and at every 25 meters intervals.

10 TESTING OF EARTHING SYSTEM

10.1 Purchaser may ask to carry out earth continuity tests, earth resistance

measurements and other tests in presence of him which in his opinion are necessary to

prove that the system is in accordance with design, specification, Indian Code or

Practice and Indian Electricity Rules. Contractor shall have to bear the cost of all such

tests.

10.2 The lightening protection vertical air terminations and/or horizontal air termination

conductors shall remain in their installed position even during severe weather

conditions.

10.3 All joints in the down conductors shall be welded/brazed type. All metallic

161


structures in the vicinity of down conductors shall. be bonded to the down

conductors.

10.4 The rest point for down conductors shall be directly connected to the earthing

system.

162


SITE TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

1 STANDARDS

1.1 The testing and commissioning covered by this specification shall, unless

otherwise stated, comply with the requirement of the latest editions of applicable Indian

Standards and currently applicable regulations.

1.2 The manufacturer's recommendation for testing and commissioning shall be

followed.

2 GENERAL

The following physical tests shall be carried out on all the equipments.

a) Check for physical damage.

b) Check name plates as per specification.

c) Check adequacy in tightness of nuts, bolts, clamps & other connecting

d) Check leakage of oil or air if any, oil level, air pressure wherever applicable.

e) Check earth connectors.

f) Check cleanliness and glaze of insulator and bushing surfaces.

g) Check proper lubrication provided for moving parts.

h) Any other checks, specified in the relevant code of installation & manufacturer's

drawings/catalogues.

3 The test to be carried out on various equipment shall be as follows.

3.1 INSULATORS

a) Check contact resistance.

b) Check insulation resistance of each pole.

c) Gap between male & female contacts.

d) Clearances in open and closed position.

e) Functional check of manual/electrical operation and interlock.

f) Check connectiof1$, continuity and insulation resistance of control wiring.

g) Insulation resistance and current drawn by motor (Wherever applicable)

3.2 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS:

a) Check terminal markings and polarity.

b) Insulation resistance test.

c) Ratio error and phase displacement error test on all the cores.

d) Dielectric test of oil (Wherever applicable)

e) Check core 16ss from L T side.

f) Check on oil level and leakage, if any.

163


3.3 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

a) Check terminal markings and polarity

b) Insulation resistance" test.

c) Ratio error and phase displacement check on all the cores.

d) Dielectric test or oil (Wherever applicable)

e) Excitation characteristic & secondary winding resistance.

f) Check on oil level and leakage, if any.

3.4 MOTORS

a) Winding insulation resistance.

b) Phase sequence and proper direction of rotation.

c) Check on motor protection, control and interlock.

d) Operational tests under starting/accelerating running in no load & load condition.

3.5 CABLE

a) Continuity check.

b) Insulation resistance test.

c) Proper connections as per wiring/scheme diagrams and cable schedules.

d) High voltage test between conductors and conductor and sheath 0 PILC cable.

3.6 INDOOR SWITCHGEAR. CONTROL PANEL ETC.

a) Check on continuity of all wiring.

b) Check on insulation of all wiring.

c) Check on meters calibration.

d) Check on settings of relays, closing/tripping devices control, alarms, interlocks as per

drawings followed by performance check of all components.

e) Check on ratio error arid phase displacement error for current transformer, potential

transformer.

f) Check C.T. and RT. connections to meters, relays with particular reference to their

polarities.

3.7 RELAYS

a) Check on insulation test.

b) Check on connection with C.T. and PT.

c) Check on setting.

d) Check on operating characteristics.

3.8 NEUTRAL EARTHING RESISTOR

a) High voltage test

164


b) Check on resistance value

c) Megger test

3.9 INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST

Insulation resistance shall be carried out on the following equipments

a) EHV installation By 5000 V megger

b) HV installation above 1 KV. By 2500 V megger .

c) Power circuit of voltage up to 1 KV. By 1000 V megger

d) A.C. & D.C. auxiliary circuits. By 500 megger.

4. The results of all the above test shall be submitted to the purchaser.

5 The purchaser may ask for some additional tests to be carried out which in his

opinion are necessary to determine that the works comply with the specifications,

manufacturer's recommendations or IS standards. The contractor shall also carry out

such additional tests.

165


APPENDIX-D

ADDITIONAL DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS ON ALLIED WORKS

1.1 GENERAL

In addition to the main stream treatment process works the Contractor shall

provide (design and supply) all the other facilities. services and allied works required

necessary on site to complement the treatment process and to provide a composite

water treatment plant in accordance with the intent and spirit of the specifications

.Tendering Contractors shall include all the allied equipment and facilities if not covered

or implied in other specifications. Should the Contractor consider the specified minimum

facilities are insufficient, for his own particular version of the conceptual design, he shall

provide any additional items of plant or allied works that he considers necessary. Should

the Contractor consider certain items specified, would be of no use in his own

arrangements and design he may omit them, provided he makes specified mention in

his tender submission. folly discusses the omissions and presents a reasoned argument

for the omission or reduction shall be with the Engineer. The Contractors tender

submission shall be deemed to include all the allied works required by his own designs

and specifications.

1.2 SAMPLING

The Contractor shall provide sampling points throughout the works to permit

proper and adequate monitoring of the treatment process.

The Contractor shall ensure that his arrangements permit ready access to all the

required sample points, and that access manholes, cover plates, steps and hand holds

are -appropriately provided for the sampling throughout the works. Sampling apparatus,

containers etc. shall be provided by the Contractor if not included with the laboratory

equipment.

The Contractor shall also provide continuous pumped samples of Raw, settled, filtered

and chlorinated water to the Works Laboratory and clarity bowl cabinet.

1.3 CLARITY BOWL

The clarity bowl cabinet shall be provided in the upper filter gallery which shall be

floor mounted and display four continuously running pumped samples in clear glass

bowls with white eliminated background. It shall be fully valve and provided with

drainage through and piping for waste. The bowls shall be at least 150 mm high and 100

mm diameter.

166


1.4 FLOW AND LEVEL INDICATORS

The Contractor shall provide indicators and instruments for measuring the flows

off. incoming raw water outgoing filtered water wash water and chemical dosing, and

water level indicators for wash water tank, pure water sump arid chemical solution tank.

1.4.1 Flow Indicators

The Contractor shall provide equipment for the following flow measurements.

a) Incoming raw water at the inlet works flume.

b) The treated water flow leaving filter house.

Note: For (a) and (b) above the arrangement shall be indicator, integrator recorded and

transmitting to digital display in Administrative Building. c) Wash water consumption

during washing of filters. Chemical solution doses, alum, lime, etc.

1.4.2 Level Indicators

Elegant water level indicators reading up to 1 cm..

a) Wash water reservoir, compartment wise.

b) Pure water sump.

Note: For (a) and (b) level indicator shall be local float operated indicators and

transmitted with digital display in Administrative Building. C} Chemical solution tanks.

1.5 WATER SUPPLY SERVICES

Pump and gravity service water fixing shall be provided by the contractor to

unable a supply of chemical solution, cleaning the works, housing down external and

internal structures chambers and channels flashing chemicals feed pipe, domestic

supply and any other purpose required by the Contractor's design.

The contractor shall arrange for water supply to chemical house, by tapping the

wash water reservoir to be constructed over the chemical house. This reservoir shall be

filled by wash water pump to be located in the filter house.

Pipe fittings etc. shall be provided by the Contractor to ensure that adequate

supplies are available for the works and that any of the three stock tanks can be filled

with water within 20 minutes.

Supply points for washing and cleaning the tanks, floors shall also be provided.

The piping shall be fed from the wash water reservoir for washing all units of the

treatment plant with necessary control arrangements.

1.6 WASTE DISPOSAL

The waste from all work including chemical works, inlet, clariflocculator, filtration

167


and domestic waste from toilets shall be collected and carried in a common drain by

gravity to a common chamber near the boundary. The Contractor sha11 design the

removal of all waste overflows etc, Waste waters shall be collected and disposed by

mean of well designed drainage system

1.61 Chemical wastes

The Contractor shall provide throughout the works drains and overflows for all

chemical tanks, water tanks, etc.

The full chemical waste water system shall be provided to be discharged into the

waste disposal system of the plant.

The Chemical waste piping shall be either PVC or HDPE pipes, but duly

concealed from direct sun heat.

1.6.2 Other Wastes

The Contractor shall provide a complete drainage system for disposal of wastes.

The waste water discharge and shall be connected with all the branches provided to

collect and dispose the waste products from the various units. Tendering Contractors

shall specify the rates of flow, falls. diameters and levels of all drains leading from any,

part of the works arranged by them in order so suit their own design.

1.7 INTER CONNECTING PIPE WORK

The material to be adopted for piping is summarized below

a) Clarifier feed pipe Cast Iron

b) By pass lines Spirally welded M.S. or cast iron

c) Piping in filter gallery Cast Iron with flanged joints

d) Wash water pumping main to Cast Iron reservoir

e) Feed lines from reservoir Cast Iron

f) Chemical transfer piping PVC or HOPE - Protected from heat

direct sun

g) Chemical feed pipes PVC or HDPE

The domestic sewage from the latrines and toilets shall be collected separately

and treated in a septic tank, and the effluent shall be connected to the final collection

chamber. The pipes to be used for drainage system should be stoneware/R. C. C.

1.8 LIGHTING

General domestic and background electric lighting will be provided around the

works including a low level of external road lamps under the Civil works,

168


The Contractor shall provide as part of his electrical installation, additional lighting

around he Works where specifically required for operational purposes. The Contractor

shall also provide external single phase, 15 Amp. sockets wherever necessary for

maintenance purposes.

1.8.1 Emergency Lamps

The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 5 self-contained emergency lighting

units or provide 5 hours illumination following a power cut. The units shall be of D.C. low

voltage 6 V/8 watts type continuously charged under normal circumstances from the

Works A.C. supply.

They shall be appropriately located at strategic points in the lower filter gallery, upper

filter gallery, the machinery half, chemical house, the laboratory, pump-house and in

access stairways.

1.8.2 Flood Lights

Flood light switching shall be located at appropriate points along the various walkways

or at other locations to be approved by the Engineer.

1.9 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

The Contractor shall provide 10 Nos. of approved CO2 fire extinguishers and

equal no. of refills and install these in consultation with the Engineer. Out of which 5

nos. shall be dry powder CO2 type and 5 nos. shall be of general type.

1.10 LIFTING ARRANGEMENTS

The Contractor shall arrange the works to facilitate the erection, maintenance and

dismantling (for maintenance) of all items of equipment supplied by him. Certain runway

beams and specific requirements foreseen are specified in this document and all of

these are to be supplied by the Contractor. In addition, the Contractor shall provide pre-

designed purpose made lifting and handling points on all equipment supplied by him

unless handling is possible by conventional means and no damage to the item could

result from normal methods of working.

1.11 LIGHTENING CONDUCTOR

The Contractor shall ensure that any structure, must or other installation provided

by him is adequately designed to minimize damage to the works from lightening strike.

Any lighting conductors shall be designed in accordance with the latest edition of the

appropriate Indian Standard Code of Practice IS 2903-69.

Earthing systems throughout the works shall be isolated and separate from lighting

conductors.

169


1.12 PASSAGEWAYS, DUCTS ETC. FOR SERVICES

In detailing the works the Contractors shall wherever possible adopt purpose

designed service ducts between Structures and buildings and he shall organize the

works services, cable routings, sample pipes, chemical lines etc. in common routings in

a neat, orderly and efficient manner. '

Chemical lines shall wherever be possible mounted Wow sample lines, and

sample lines below electrical cables. Service ducts, shall be adequately illuminated by

the Contractor and of sufficient width to reasonably accommodate service personnel. All

such access ways shall be drained.

External ducts shall be in concrete with precast covers. Overheads cable' and

service trays shall be avoided.

1.13 DATUM ACCURACY

The Engineer will establish a single bench mark on site for use during the

construction of the works and the Contractor will be advised 'of its location and altitude.

The responsibility for the preservation of the bench, mark will rest with the Contractor.

The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for all levels and settings taken from

this datum and used by him in the works, and he shall make his own arrangements for

the establishment and preservation of other bench marks around the works. No

additional payment will be made by the Owner for rectification of any inaccuracies found

by the' Contractor or the Engineer in the line, level or tolerances in the Works. .

All levels used by the Contractor shall be deemed to refer solely to the original

base level set up on site by the Engineer.

1.14 HYDRAULIC CONSIDERATIONS

The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all the process hydraulics in the

works within the limits of his contract.

A hydraulic gradient through the works has been shown on the drawings to guide

tendering Contractors as to the approximate hydraulic falls and water level control points

envisaged through the process and tendering Contractors should note that [heir

submissions shall-include a more detailed and revised version of the gradient with the

additional details at the various flows quoted in the Specifications.

1.15 HYDRAULIC LOSSES

The Contractor shall (in his design and submissions) design and account for the

losses throughout the works from all causes.

The losses to be considered as if the pipe work is in old condition and shall be

170


determined from the Hazen Williams formula. Hydraulic losses in straight channel

lengths shall be determined using the 'Manning' formula (N-O.O16)

With the above in mind, the Contractor shall specify my particular requirements

he has for the internal surface finish of any channel or concrete surface with his tender.

Detailed Hydraulics

In order to relieve Contractor of the burden of detailed hydraulic design during the

tender period, the submission of full detailed calculations may be deferred until

finalization of the details of the works (within 3 months of the date of acceptance of the

tender).

All tendering Contractors shall however, include sufficient outline calculations to

assess hydraulics of the process offered, to determine the full extent of the provisions

required in the works to suit their own design and to show clearly the details of their offer

as specified elsewhere, including the hydraulic gradients clauses.

1.16 WEIR PLATES

Where critical to the satisfactory hydraulic performance of the works, the

Contractor shall provide adjustable weir plates and specify the setting tolerances and

provide the details required for any discharge or control weir.

Weir plates shall be manufactured in stainless steel and fixed with stainless

anchors, nuts and washers.

Plates we required at the following overflow weirs:

a) The flume channel overflow weir

b) Flow division weirs in distribution chamber

c) Each filter discharge weir

d) The contact tank discharge weir

1.17 SPILLAGES AND LEAKAGES

Chemical dosing pumps shall be so arranged as to prevent any leakage from

their heads or valves from finding their way into' under drained or unsuitable ducts or

electrical under floor channels.

Plant requiring lubrication of hearings or gearboxes shall, wherever possible, be

mounted on grease trays or steel pans to collect excessive lubricant or spillages.

1.18 NAME PLATES AND LABELS

Panel identification name plates, motor and other equipment nameplates (e.g.

"Lime Feed Pump No.3") shall be provided in English. Nameplates shall be

171


appropriately sized in relation to the relevant item of equipment and its surroundings.

The final design shall be to the approval of the Engineer,

The Contractor shall generally provide labels throughout the plant generally to the

standard specified for electrical controls in Clause 13.17.

1.19 VENTILATION

The Contractor shall detail the works buildings with sufficient ventilation where

required by his process arrangements in order to mini mise condensation problems

within the works structures and to ensure adequate ventilation and to permit water of

chemicals to freely flow into or out of any enclosed tanks, building, or chamber in the

works.

Where forced ventilation is required, the Contractor shall supply all the blowers, fans,

controls. etc. necessary according to his requirements.

1.20 LUBRICANTS

Following satisfactory testing of the plant, the Contractor shall give a list of

grades of his recommended lubricants for the works.

The number of different grades of oils and lubricants shall he minimised.

1.21 CALIBRATION CURYS AND OPERATING CHARTS,

The Contractor shall compile calibration curves for the instruction manual

showing the actual operational characteristics and performance of all appropriate items

and equipments supplied in the Works.

Curves shall be provided for at least the following:

a) Chemical meeting pump for each various concentrations of. solutions or

suspensions (Le. Alum 1, 2, 2.5 and 5%).

b) Each chemical solution flow.

c) The inlet works flume.

d) The filter discharge weirs (H1 Q).

e) Any other similar device or arrangement in the works.

In addition, and where applicable, the Contractor shall supplement the calibration

curves for the chemical solution with a set of operational curves to enable the operators

to determine the dose rate setting for any required dosage into any throughout rate for

the various solution strengths mentioned above.

172


These curves shall be incorporated in the works manual complete with device as

to their periodic renewal.

1.22 SPARES

The Contractor shall provide a maintenance program to enable the owner to main

the works in future with respect to replacement of spares. A comprehensive list of all

spare parts shall be prepared indicating availability of each spare. The Contractor shall

also submit a list of spares which will be required to be replaced during a period of two

years.

Tendering Contractors are not required to include the cost of spare parts in the price

offer. They shall, however, indicate the rates of such spares which will not be

considered in evaluation,

173


APPENDIX E, ELECTRICAL APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS

1. Power Factor Improvement Capacitors

1. Number required I No. per motor of suitable KVAR ratings'

2. Rating 440 V,-3 ph, 3 wire, 50 Hz. To improve power factor

up to 0.95

3 Each capacitor unit of the bank shall be complete with:

Internal HRC fuse

Discharge resistor

Bushing resistor

Bushing, etc.

4. Electric material shall be all polypropylene or mixed dielectric (paper and

polypropylene) The guaranteed loss KYV/KVAR including discharge resistor

loss shall be indicated in the tender.

5. Applicable standard: IS : 2834.

II Earthing for Electrical Installation excluding Incoming Transformer

1. Earthing

1.1 To be provided as per IS :3043

1.2 Main earthing conductor 50 x 6 mm. G.I.

1.3 Earth pits 250 m long 50 mm dia G..I.. pipe. Other

details as per IS 3043 for

continuous protection.

1.4 Overall earth resistance Less than 1 ohm

1.5 Number of pit should be minimum 4 Nos.

2. Lightening Protection

For building and tanks 32 x 6 mm. copper tape shall be used up to copper

earthing plate of size 50 cm x 50 cm x 3 mm. placed 1.5 m. below G.L. The topmost bar

conductor shall be of gunmetal. The Contractor should arrange for satisfactory continuity

test.

2.1 To be provided per IS: 2309

III Power and Control Cable

1. 650/1100 V Power Cables

174


650/1100 V grade, standard/solid aluminum conductors, PVC insulated. inner

sheath of P VC, copper wire flexible and extruded PVC sheathed conforming to IS:

1554.

2. 650/1100 V Control Cables

2.1 Similar to 650/1100 V power cables, except that the conductors shall be of

copper.

2.2 For all circuits connected with CTs, 2.5 mm. copper conductors shall be used.

For other circuits 1.5 mm2 copper conductors shall be used.

175


APPENDIX "F"

MANUFACTURING AND PAINTING OF THE PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

1.1 SCOPE

The section specifies the general requirements and standards for plant and

equipment to be supplied and commissioned by the Contractor along with protection

and painting of the equipments and plant. Irrespective of whether a. particular standard

or Code of Practice issued by the Indian Standard Institution or their equivalent, has

been mentioned or riot the Contractor is required to be familiar with all the codes and

standards required for procuring the best materials and maintaining the highest quality

in the plant erection. Only standards amended to date shall be used for reference.

1.2 STANDARD AND CODES

The design, workmanship, materials. strength and dimensions of all parts shad

comply with one or more of the latest standards regulations and codes issued by the

following:

a) The Indian Standards Institution (I.S.)

b) American Water Works Association.

c) Technically equal standards subject to the approval of the Engineer.

The Contractor shall submit a list of standards he proposes to adopt with his tender

1.3 TESTING AND STORAGE

All materials required for the execution of the works and the cost of this shall be

included in the Schedule of prices. The materials used shall in every case be of first

grade quality. Any material rejected by the Engineer shall not be allowed to remain in

the site premises.

All materials shall be stocked, stored, protected to preserve the quality of the

material until such time as they are to be installed into the permanent works. The

Contractor shall also arrange the necessary facilities for Sub-contractors. suppliers or

manufacturers regarding the safety and storage of such equipment.

The Contractor shall submit test certificates and samples of all materials which he

proposes to use, to the Engineer.

All materials etc. for use in the works shall comply with the requirements of the

latest revision of the appropriate Indian Standards specified or their equivalents.

1.4 INSTALLATION OF MACHINERY

The machinery shall be mounted on the flooring with flat steel packing of

thickness selected for leveling.

176


One packing only of selected thickness shall be used at each location which shall

be adjacent to each holding down bolt. The number of shims shall not exceed two at

each location and the thickness of each shim shall not exceed 3 millimeters.

The machinery shall be aligned, leveled and fixed by the nuts of the holding down

bolts with a spanner of normal length.

All cover flanges and joints shall be properly faced, bored, fitted, hollowed,

moulded or chamfered as the case may be, according to the best practice and all

working parts of the plant and equipment shall be accurately fitted, finished, fixed and

adjusted.

1.5 BOLTS NUTS STUDS AND WASHERS

Nuts, Bolts, Studs and Washers shall conform to appropriate Indian approved

standards. . All fastenings for galvanized components or aluminum alloy components

shall be galvanized.

All holding down and anchor bolts, nuts, washers and anchor plates for use

internally in areas where there is no corrosive atmosphere shall be galvanized and all

exposed surfaces shall be painted after assembly and tightening.

Drilled anchor fixings for use on concrete or other structures shall be approved by the

Engineer.

1.6 HEARINGS AND LUBRICATORS

All bearings shall be rated and sized to ensure satisfactory and smooth running

without vibration under all conditions of operation for a minimum life of 50,000 hours.

They shall be sufficiently lubricated and adequately protected from ingress of moisture

and stand the particular climatic condition prevalent at the site.

The type of lubricant and intervals of lubrication for each individual item of plant

shall be suggested in the Operation and Maintenance Instructions. List of recommended

lubricants shall be a part of the Operation and Maintenance instructions.

8 POSITIONING AND ALIGNMENT OF EQUIPMENT

In case where number of components. such as motors, couplings, gearboxes etc.

are from an integrated equipment or plant then each and every item shall be positively

located in its correct operational position by means of dowels, locating pins, fitted bolts

or other approved means to ensure that correct realignment can be easily achieved

when reassembling the item after complete overhauling.

177


1.8 WELDING, CASTING AND FORGING

1.8.1 Welding

The Contractor shall supply to the engineer before fabrication, detailed drawings

of all welds and its procedure. No welding shall commence unless Engineer approves

the same.

The welders shall be qualified in accordance with requirements of Indian

Standards that all the welded joints shall be stress relieved.

1.9.2 Casting

All castings shall be standard grey close grained quality to the specified Indian

Standards. The structure of the casting shall be free from non metallic and injurious

impurities.

1.8.3 Forging

All the forging shall be made as per standard specifications to be approved by the

Engineer. They shall be subjected to internal examinations and non destructive tests for

detection of flaws. line Engineer may ask for shop inspection and testing which

Contractor shall arrange at his own cost.

1.9 PIPE WORK

The Contractor shall include for the supply, delivery and erection all the

necessary pipe work and fittings within the building, sumps and valve chambers.

All pipe work shall be adequately supported with purpose made fixings and when

passing through wall, shall incorporate a puddle flange or other suitable casting device.

Flanged joints shall be made with 3 millimeters thick, full face, rubber gaskets pierced to

take the bolts.

The hydraulic test pressure applied at the manufacturer's works shall be twice the

working head or one and a half times the maximum working head, whichever is the

greater site test shall be conducted after installation at bne and a half times the

maximum working head.

All pipe diameters shall be selected to maintain velocity to a maximum of 2.00 meters

per second; subject to other criteria and particular use in the construction.

The Contractor shall be responsible for clearing pipe work before and during

commissioning. This includes removing dirt, rust, scales etc.

1.9.1 Cast Iron Pipe Work

Cast iron flanged pipe work shall conform to I.S. 1536 and I.S. 1537.

178


Cast Iron fittings and specials shall comply with the Indian Standards (I.S. 1538)

and non standard specials shall be avoided.

Cast Iron flexibly jointed pipes and fittings shall be as per relevant Indian Standards. .

Steel pipe work shall be to appropriate Indian or other approved standard and all

pipe assemblies shall be made from piping to this specification. .

1.9.2 Plastic pipes

Unplasticised PVC pipes shall only be used with the approval of the Engineer and

shall comply with I.S. 4985 PVC pipe work, shall be as per I.S. 7634.

1.9.3 Copper Pipes

Copper pipes shall be to I.S. 1545.

1.9.4 Galvanized Steel Pipes

Galvanized steel pipes shall be to I.S. 1239.

1.9.5 Pipe Work Identification

The Contractor shall include for painting identification markings on all pipe work

within buildings and other structures for easy reference. All identification markings shall

conform with the standard recommendations.

1.9.6 Laying of Pipelines

The Contractor shall accept full responsibility for the laying and fixing of all pipe work

included whether specifically shown in the Contract Drawings or not. approved granular

material.

The whole of the jointing work and materials necessary to fix and connect the pipes

shall be included in the Contract.

1.10 VALVES AND PENSTOCKS

All valves shall be flanged as per appropriate Indian Standards.

All valves shall be tested hydraulically to pressures as specified in the above

standards.

All valves shall satisfy the requirements of the open and close test as specified in the

relevant standards.

1.10.1 Sluice Valves

Sluice valves shall be

a) Water Works standards to I.S. 780 (non- risings stem) upto 300 mm. diameter and

b) General purpose to IS 2906 (non-rising stem) for the valve over 300 mm. diameter

bore.

179


Sluice valves shall be of one of the make only.

a) Kirloskar Brothers

b) Indian Valve Crompton)

c) Gavane Patil

However, the sluice valves above 300 mm dia shall be of Kirloskar or I.V. C.

make only.

Extension spindles, headstocks and foot brackets installations shall include all

necessary brackets, intermediate supports, etc.

Headstocks for non-rising spindle installations shall incorporate a valve position

indicator.

All hand wheels, headstocks. foot brackets and guide brackets shall be of cast iron.

All valve shall carry identification marks and/or plates in accordance with the

Indian Standards, stating the valve identification and a brief description of its function.

Valves shall be sized such that the velocity through the valve when full open does not

exceed 2.00 meter per second at the maximum design flow. All valves shall be works

tested hydraulically M per provisions of standard specifications.

1.10.2 Reflux Valves

Reflux valves shall comply with I.S. 5312 and be double flanged cast iron unless

otherwise specified. They shall be of the quick acting non-slam single or multi door type,

designed to minimize time of closure.

Valve shall carry identification marks and/or plates in accordance with 1.5. 5312.

Valves shall be sized such that the velocity through the valve when fully open

does not exceed 2.00 meters per second at the design flow.

1.1 0.3 Air Relief Valves

Air relief valves shall be of the double orifice pattern with grey or ductile cast iron

bodies. The inlet flange shall be faced and drilled in accordance with standard

specifications.

The valves shall be capable of releasing gas from the pipeline without diminishing of

flow due to back pressure and also to allow admission of air during pipeline emptying at

a rate to prevent very low pressure in the pipe line. Air valves shall be fitted with an

isolating gate/sluice valve.

1. 10.4 Butterfly valves

All valves in the filter gallery and in buildings or other structures shall be butterfly

valves only. Butterfly valves shall comply with relevant AWNVA code and be of double

180


flanged with metal or resilient seating and grey or ductile cast iron body.

Acceptable makes R and D /IYC fouress.

Valves shall be drop tight at closure and be capable of use for regulating flow.

The body end parts shall be circular and the diameter should not less than that of

the nominal pipe bore.

The disc shall be in grey or ductile cast iron with resilient seating ring in molded

rubber and secured by a non-ferrous ring fixed with screws from homogenous corrosion-

resistant material.

The shaft shall rotate in bearing bushes fitted with greases lubrication facilities.

For valves exceeding 350 mm. bore, a suitable lubricated axial thrust hearing

shall be fitted.

Each valve shall be provided with a hand wheel and trite bevel Pared stem.

The direction of closing shall be "Clockwise" and shall be cut on the hand wheel.

A valve position indicator, to show the position of the disc shall be provided on

the valve operating gear.

Suitable stops shall be incorporated to prevent movement beyond the disc "Fully

open" and "Fully closed" position.

A non-ferrous seat ring shall be secured to the body by screws in homogenous

corrosion resistant material in a manner which precludes the assembly becoming loose

in operational service.

All valves shall carry identification marks and/or plates in accordance with the

Indian Standards and those for use on process plant shall carry an additional brass

plate carrying a valve identification and a brief description of its function.

All valves shall be sized such that the velocity through the valve when fully open

does not exceed 2.00 meters per second at the design flow.

All materials used in manufacture of butterfly valves shall conform to the following

minimum standards.

Body and Disc Cut iron to grade 220 or Speroidal Graphite Iron.

Shaft Stainless steel or equivalent

Sealing rings and Seat Gunmetal

1.10.5 Penstocks

Penstocks shall be of cast iron with scraped non-ferrous sealing faces.

Each penstock shall be provided with a suitable hand wheel of adequate

diameter for the easy operation and gearing shall be supplied where necessary.

181


Hand wheels shall have engraved on it the direction of closing which shall be.

"Clockwise".

Spindles shall have machine cut trapezoidal or square form threads. They shall

be of ,stainless steel or manganese steel with the exception of non-threaded sections of

extended spindle installations which may be of mild steel.

Headstocks and foot brackets shall be provided for non- rising spindle penstocks

where necessary. Guide brackets shall be provided where necessary. .

Headstocks with non-fixing spindle installations shall have a penstock position

indicator.

Penstocks shall be watertight under the conditions of head and direction of maximum

design flow.

The frames and doors of cast iron penstocks shall be made from close grained

grey iron. The penstocks shall be designed so as to ensure tight closure while

maintaining freedom of door movement during operation and minimizing sliding wear of

the sealing faces.

1.11 TESTING OF PUMPS

Each pump shall be tested at the manufacturer's works in accordance with

standard practice. The tests shall cover the whole range of duties to which the pumps

will be required to handle, from which characteristic curves (including NPSHR) must be

produced.

The pump casing shall be hydraulically tested to twice the maximum probable working

static pressure.

1.12 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF THE PLANT

The acceptance by the Engineer of the plarit after testing shall in no way relieve

the Contractor of his responsibility for the performance of the plant after erection. The

pint as a whole shall be tested for assessing the overall performance of the plant under

the design conditions and this must be achieved to the complete satisfaction.

The Contractor shall submit test certificates with each item showing clearly the

performance of the equipment, the test conditions and the duration of the test and other

details.

1.13 NAME PLATES

Each equipment shall have a metal nameplate fixed in an approved manner with

the maker's name, type and serial numbers and full details of the design parameters

such as power input, speed pressure etc. date of manufacture all clearly marked. Brass

182


plates shall be used for this purpose.

1.14 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS

1.14.1 This part of the specification enlists the general requirements and standard

of painting and applying anticorrosive protection for the machinery, plant, equipment

and installations supplied for the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for the

appropriate clearing, preparation, priming. painting, plating and complete protection of

the items supplied by him. All coatings shall be final suitable for the long term protection

of the plant under operational conditions. The Contractors shall pay particular attention

to both the extremes' of temperature and the various corrosive environments within the

works buildings and structures or due to splashing action of machinery or any leakages

or minor defects which could occur in time at or around the chemical works.

1. 14.2 Application of paint

The contents of all and containers of all materials shall be properly and thoroughly

stirred as per instructions of the manufacturer, before and during use and shall be

suitably strained as and where necessary. All brushes, tools and other equipment shall

be in a clean condition and surfaces shall be clean and free from foreign matter and

dust during painting.

All materials shall be used strictly in accordance with the instructions issued by

the manufacturers concerned

All surface fittings. except hinges shall be removed before painting and re fixed

on completion.

All coatings shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before succeeding coats are

applied. All under coats for oil paints and clear finishes shall be robbed with abrasive

paper and all dust removed before the proceeding coat is applied.

1. 14.1 Preparation and Painting of Plant

The Contractor shall prepare scheme for painting and providing protective

coatings with basic consideration as to environment in which particular equipment is

likely to function. Special shall be taken for corrosive atmosphere in vicinity of various

chemical works functioning in the plant,

The steel work plant in non-aggressive atmosphere and location shall be hot dip

Priming and first finishing paint system for galvanized surfaces in aggressive conditions

shall consist of die following: .

i) All surfaces of galvanized fabricated steel work (except those on which an

183


adequate protective paint has not formed and/or those surfaces which have received

initial protection) shall receive a priming coat immediately following erection at site and

prior to immersion in or exposure to aggressive solutions or atmospheres

ii) All surfaces hall be lightly wire- brushed and all traces of grease and other

contaminant, removed.

ii) All loose particles shall be removed and immediately thereafter all surfaces including

those of fastenings shall be given a priming coat of an approved epoxy corrosion

resistant primer. All surfaces of galvanized fabricated steel work on which an accurate

protective paint has not formed shall be treated and given a priming coat immediately

following erection at the site and prior to immersion in or exposure aggressive solution

coat of approved epoxy coal tar primer.

The final finishing paint system for surfaces other than galvanized surfaces shall be

given with appropriate epoxy paint in two coats.

For finishing coat to surfaces in corrosive atmosphere appropriate epoxy coal tar paint

shall be used.

The epoxy resin content together with its cutting agent shall not be less than 40% by

weight of the solid binder. The ratio of pigment to binder shall not exceed 10% by

weight.

External surfaces of exposed steel pipes shall be given two coats of approved aluminum

paint..

All mild steel stairways, ladders, railings pillars etc. shall be hot dip galvanized and/or be

provided with oil paint coats of approved type and shade. All machine parts such as

motors, control panels, starters, shall be given 3 coats of approved enamel paint.

184


APPENDIX -G

PLANT ERECTION. TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

1.1 PROGRAMME OF WORK IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

The program of work to be executed by the Contractor shall be as under.

a) Equipment

This includes Design and manufacture of all equipment to be supplied under the

Contract including inspection and manufacturers work testing, storage, erection, testing,

commissioning and maintenance.

b) Civil Works

This includes construction of all buildings, plant, tanks, foundations, stairs,

access ways, ducts etc.

The implementation program for the civil and equipment shall be given by the

Contractor in the form of CPM/Pert chart. The Contractor shall follow well coordinated

program. for completing the works in respects of both the civil works and equipments.

1.2 DETAILED CALCULATION'S AND DRAWINGS

The Contractor shall throughout the Contract provide the design details.

documents and drawings specified and shall accept and meet as an integral part of the

Contract the obligation to provide such additional details and information as is required

by the Engineer relating to the works.

1.3 INSPECTION IN WORKS

The Contractor shall give the Engineer advance information notification of his

works manufacturing and testing program for all mechanical and electrical plant. This

shall include the inspecting and testing of the plant at the Sub-contractor's works.

All advance notification to the Engineer under this shall give the full postal

address of the works or factory concerned and the name, telex and telephone number of

the individual responsible for arranging the tests and inspections with the Engineer or

his representatives.

1.4 DESPATCH OF PLANT

Before dispatch from the manufactures works all the equipments and plant

shall be adequately protected during transit. Storage and erection against corrosion and

accidental damage. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the plant being 50

packed and/or protected. The plant shall be packed to withstand rough handling in

transit and all packages shall be suitable for storage including at site/so as to remain in

excellent condition until it is taken out for erection. The Contractor shall arrange for

185


payment of all taxes, duties, insurance and freight charges, municipal taxes, and all

other fees and charges to transport, insure and store the plant and equipment The

Contractor shall send advice of dispatch to the Engineer so that his information is

received well in advance.

1.5 STORAGE OF PLANT

The Contractor shall arrange for the Insured storage of all materials. The store for

the materials shall be secured and the store arid plant shall be guarded, maintained and

inspected as necessary by the Contractor or his agent.

1.6 EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED IN CIVIL WORKS

All interconnecting pipe work and other items of plant required to be "built-in" or

fixed in advance of the main mechanical! electrical erection shall be supplied and

delivered to the site of the works. Items of plant and equipment to be "built-in" shall be

identified by paint markings cross referenced to pipe work and drawings and schedules

to ensure that it can easily be located and identified before building into the structure.

The detailed construction drawings submitted to the Engineer shall include full reference

to this aspect. .

1.7 SITE STORES AND OFFICE

The Contractor shall construct at his own expense satisfactory temporary office

and residential accommodation required for proper execution of the works. The

accommodation and its surrounding shall be maintained by the Contractor in a neat

orderly manner, and returned by him in good shape. to the

satisfaction of the Engineer,

1.8 PLANT ERECTION

In addition to conditions of Contract the Contractor shall provide only skilled

persons for the work of plant erection and testing. The Contractor shall provide all

erection equipment, tools, cranes and tackle necessary for the erection of the plant. Any

special access requirements for mobile cranes or other equipment shall be provided

with prior approval of the Engineer.

1.9 DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WORKS

The Contractor shall protect the pint and equipment from damage and shall

immediately rectify my deterioration or damage occasioned to the structures or my plant,

equipment or other things which may result due to his occupation of the structures. The

protection and any repairs shall be done to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

The Contractor shall take special precautions during execution by blasting which

186


may be resorted to in a highly controlled manner to prevent damage to the existing

shutters and nearby localities. Similarly, the sanitation wastes shall be directed in such a

way that it shall not mix with any natural flows without proper treatment.

1.10 COMPLETION OF ERECTION WORK

The Contractor shall be deemed to have completed erection when the entire

plant is ready for the Final Site Testing by the Engineer. The Contractor shall inform the

Engineer in writing, and in the opinion of the Engineer the plant is in position and

complete in accordance with the requirements of the specifications and other relevant

documents.

1.11 INSPECTION AFTER ERECTION

On completion of erection or at such later period as may be require by the

Contractor and approved by the Engineer as necessary to complete the works. another

joint inspection shall be carried out and the Engineer shall provide the necessary

instructions for keeping the plant ready for testing.

1.12 TESTING THE PLANT

All testing of the plant shall be at the expense of the Contractor who shall provide

all labour, material and any instruments required. Testing shall be carried out until the

Engineer is satisfied that each of the processes is satisfactory, reliable and all

components are satisfactory and to the standards specified in this documents and the

Contractor's Tender specifications.

Any defects or shortcoming in performance or standards shall be made good at entirely

the Contractor's expense and in minimum time and in an approved manner.

Any item of plant is irreparable or insufficient for its function the Contractor shall. Without

delay, replace the item with another satisfactory item or better unit all at his own cost.

1.12 1 Hydraulic Testing:

On completion of installation, laying ,jointing and cleaning all tanks, structures

and pipelines supplied or laid by the Contractor shall be tested for water tightness as

directed by the Engineer Pipe shall e tested to pressure 5% in excess of the maximum

working pressure and this must be maintained without loss of water for such period as

specified in t he relevant standard or code. Tests shall be repeated if the Engineer may

consider this necessary to satisfy him to t he maximum anticipated design rates in the

plant as required by the specifications.

Also chemical solution tanks vessels, etc, shall also be tested for water tightness.

187


1.12.2 Test on Flow Instruments.

The contractor shall carry out calibration tests to demonstrate the accuracy of all

rates of flow instruments, recorders, and integrators incorporated in the works over a

range of flows from the minimum anticipated design rates in the plant as required by the

Specifications.

1.13 COMMSSIONING OF THE PLANT

The contractor shall after consultation with the Engineer and following the testing

of t he components and systems of the works, receive permission from the Engineer for

the commencement of the commissioning period.

1.13.1 Duration of Commissioning Period.

The Contractor shall carry out the commissioning and provides trials of the plant

under actual working conditions for a period of not less than 6 months.

1.13.2 Chemicals for Commissioning.

The Owner will provide the chemicals and the bulk water supplies for the -

commissioning of the Works and setting to work of the plant.

1.14 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENATATIVE : .

During the commissioning and trial period the treatment works shall be

supervised on a full time basis by t he Contractors Representative who shall be qualified

Engineer or Chemist and who shall fully instruct the Owner's permanent staff 0 n all

aspects of the operating procedure. The contractor will be required to devote the

minimum of one month full time instructions to the Owner's staff.

1.15 DISINFECTION OF PLANT

Immediately before any section of the works in commissioned the Contractor

shall disinfect the section by means of sodium hypochlorite solution or other approved

chlorinating agent with water containing 50 mg/lit. of chlorine to the satisfaction of the

Engineer,

1.16 SURPLUS MATERIALS AND SITE CLEARANCE

On completion of the work the Contractor shall hand over any surplus material

that the Engineer may consider will be useful for the Owner to have as a reserve for

which payment will be made in accordance with the Contract. Surplus materials not so

selected shall be removed from site by the Contractor.

188


APPENDIX'H'

LABORATORY REPORT

APPENDIX I

PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE

1. PERFORMANCE SCHEDULES

1.1 INLET WORKS MEASUREMENT FLUME

1.2 FLASH MIXER

1.3 FLOCCULATOR - CLARIFIER

1.4 FILTERS

1.5 CHEMICAL PLANT

2. TECHNICAL SCHEDULES

2.1 WASHWATER PUMPS

2.2 AIR SCOUR BLOWERS

2.3 FLOCCULATOR - CLARIFIER

2.4 CHEMICAL TRANSFER PUMPS

2.5 CHLORINATION EQUIPMENT

2.6 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

189


3. MANUFACTURER'S SCHEDULES

3.1 MAIN EQUIPMENT

3.2 CHLORINATION EQUIPMENT

INLET WORKS MEASUREMENTS FLUME PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE 1.1

Flume hydraulically designed to Indian Standard No.

1 Width of approach channel m

2. Length of approach channel m

3. Length of flume exit m

4. Breadth of throat m

5. Invert level at flume exit drop In

6. Flume head at M3/hr ,M ,MM3/hr .m

7. Length of over flow weir M

8. Head over weir at M3/hr m M3/hr ,In

9. Freeboard at M 3/hr In

10. Free fall in the flash mixer al - M3/hr In

FLASH MIXER PEFORMANCE SCHEDULE 1.2

Type of Machine

Impeller details No of blades

Blades type

R.RM.

Power dissipated into the process KW

Motor power KW

Motor speed RPM

Static-volume of one mixing chamber M3

Plan size mxm

Water depth M

GT value achieved at flow rate of M3/hr

Weight of Machine kg

CLARIFLOCCULA TOR PFRFORMANCE SCHEDULE 1.3

190


1 NO. OF UNITS No

(flow - M3/hr)

2. FLOCCULATOR

Nominal volume

Dimensions (internal) M3

Inlet velocity mm/sec.

Exit velocity mm/sec.

G Value achieved (maximum) Sec-1

(minimum) See-

Type of Machinery and Power input

Details of Speed variations

Maximum blade trip speed RPM

1. SED/MENTA T/ON ZONE

Volume

Retention period (per tank) hour

Inner Diameter m

Outer Diameter In

Gross Area M2

Area to be deducted for launders M2

Net effective area M2

Rise Rate or overflow Rate, m/hourM

Side water depth

Weir loading m2/day

Floor slope

Scrapper, Mechanism Type

KW Power input

SLUDGE

Number of draw off points per clarifier

Diameter of draw off pipe mm

Diameter of telescopic valves mm

peak estimated draw-off rate L/sec.

Average estimated draw-off rate L/sec.

Estimated percentage loss in abstraction

191


a. During the average Monsoon season %

b. During the average Fair season %

Design draw-off Pipe peak scour velocity M/sec.

FILTER PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE 1.4

1. GENERAL

Overall internal size of each filter m x m

Surface area of media, each filter m x m

Number of sections, each filter

Dimensions of each section m x m

Number of Filters Operating free flow Mtr3/hr. Standby

FILTER RATES

Average m/hr.

Low m/hr.

High m/hr.

2 Levels

Top water level in influent channel M

Top water level in filter shell-high M

Top water level in filter shell-low M

Level of top of fine filter media M

Level of bottom of fine filtering media M

Level of floor nozzles

Level of top filter shell base-slab

Level of outlet weir

Level of wash water overflow weir In

Head difference across filter In

3. MEDIA

Filtering media depth

Fine filtering media. Size range m to mm

m

Effective size (D10/D60)

Uniformity co-efficient (D10/D 60)

Specific gravity

Support layer (if any) depth. size range mm to mm

192


Effective size (D10)

Uniformity co-efficient (D10 /D60)

4. FLOOR DETAILS

Material of Constructions

Floor nozzles - Manufacturer's name and address

No. of Nozzles per M2 area Nos

Spacing ( Centre of nozzles)

Peak design flow rate MITI

per nozzle (filtering) m/hour

Slot width (at the head) mm

Stem diameter (internal) mm

Stem projection below floor mm

Details of piped under drain system (if offered)

Details of floor fixing

Details of floor supports

Details of floor seals

Design pressures of filter floor

(maximum)

i) downwards kg/M2

ji) upwards kg/m2

5. HEAD LOSS IN FILTERS

Maximum design rate of filtration

i) Through the fine filtering media

ji) Through the fine filtering media

immediately before washing in

iii) Through the filter floor and

Coarser supports media (if any) in

iv) Through the filter ports. exit pipe work in

v) Flow restriction valve for head loss in

6. OUTLET WEIRS

Description

Sill level mm

Head over weir at Maximum flow rate mm

used in (6) above

193


7 CLEANING DETAILS

Filter head loss in

Contractor recommended wash procedure

Wash/cleaning cycle briefly state operating and times.

Total cycle time mill.

Design water temperature C

Flow rates with full details

of the various combinations

Air water rate

Wash water rate

Air scour period

Water wash period

Optimum filter run

Sand expansions achieved

at design temperature of °c %

at maximum temperature of a C %

at minimum temperature of °c %

Volume of water lost per day due to cleansing

Operations at the design rate of flow M3

Source of media

8. CHANNELS, PIPE WORK, PORTS AND CONTROL VALVES

Maximum design figures

Velocitv in influent channel m/sec.

Top water level in influent channel m

Filter inlet control valve mm

Filter inlet velocity m/sec.

Filtrate Outlet control valve mm

Filtrate Outlet velocity m/sec

Wash water inlet control mm

Wash water outlet velocity m/sec

Air inlet control valve mm

Air - inlet velocity m/sec

Air Water outlet control valve mm

Air wastewater outlet velocity mm/sec.

194


DESCRIPTION OF AIR PIPE WORK

CHEMICAL PLANT

CHLORINE

Drum Manufacturer

Dimensions of drums

Net capacity each drum (liquid chlorine)

Changeover panel (manufacturer/model)

CHLORINATORS

Manufacturer

Model No.

No. of chlorinators - operating

Standby

Injector capacities (water) Bars

Pressure

MI/hr

Flow rate

2. ALUMINIUM SULPHATE

i) Saturation tanks

Number, dimensions

Effective capacity (each)

Protection to be provided

Description of draw off/gravel

size, pipe size etc. .

Draw off Rate

ii) Dosing Lines

Number

Material

Diameter

iii)Hydraulic Levels

Level of stock tank outlet

Level of constant head solution feed tank Head loss from feed tank to dosing point

a) at 1 % solution strength in

b) at 2% solution strength in

c) at 5% solution strength In

195


3. HYDRATED LIME

% purity used for design purpose %

Maximum anticipated dose rate mg 1L

i) Stock tank capacity – Gross M3

Effective M3

Protection provided

Mixer manufacture

Power dissipated

Motor power rating

No. of tanks

Details of mixers

Manufacturers. motor power, drives,

gearbox, etc

Feed Tanks

No. of Tanks

Dimensions

Capacity

Protection

Levels

Feed rate meters

Manufacturer

Type [Model) NO.

Maximum design flow rate

Head loss at maximum now

iv) Dosing lines

Number Into

Diameter

Material

V) Hydraulic levels

a) Level of stock tank outlet

b) Level of solution feed tank m

c) Read loss from feed tank

dosing point

196


4. WASH WATER TANK OVER CHEMICAL HOUSE

Capacity

Dimensions

For water level m

Bottom level m

WASH WATER PUMPS (FOR WASH WATER TANK) PERFORMANCE

SCHEDULE

2.1

1. Quantity of water required to wash one filter Lit

2. Design discharge LPS

3. Static head M

2. Friction head M

3. Total head against pump no

4. Size of pumps Suction/Delivery mm

5. Calculated Power at pump coupling kw

6. Rated power of motors to be installed kw

7. Guaranteed efficiency of pumps at duty point %

8. Guaranteed efficiency of motors at pump duty point %

9. Power input at pump duty point kw

10. Maximum discharge of pumps at the top

water tank level in the channel L/sec.

11. Power required at top water level kw

12. Pump speed rpm

13. Weight of heaviest piece of machinery kg

14. Velocity through eye of impeller m/sec.

15. N.P.S.H. required M

16. Material of Impeller

17. Material of casing

18. Material of shaft

19. Material of gland sleeve

20. Material of neck bushes

21. Material of neck rings

22. Type of thrust bearing

197


23. Type of motor coupling

24. Guaranteed motor efficiency at full load

25. Guaranteed motor efficiency al 'A load

28. Guaranteed motor efficiency at 'A load

AIR SCOUR BLOWERS PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE 2.2

1. Design capacity (free air delivered) M3/Minute

2. Discharge pressure kg/cmⁿ

3. Size of blower section branch mm

4. Calculated power at blower coupling kw

5. Power absorbed in transmission kw

6. Rated power of motors to be installed kw

7. Guaranteed efficiency of blowers %

8. Guaranteed efficiency of motors at blower %

duty point

9. Guaranteed input at blower duty point kw

10. Blow speed rpm

PARTICULARS OF CLARIFLOCCULATOR- PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE 2.3

1. Speed of clarifier drive motor rpm

2. Gearbox ratio rpm

3. Output drive speed m/min

4. Peripheral speed of clarifier kw

5. Calculated power at drive wheel kw

6. Power of motor to be installed mm

7. Material of bridge mm

8. Width of bridge mm

9. Depth of bridge structure mm

10. Material of scraper blades mm

11. Maximum defection of bridge at 500 kg/M2 loading

12. Maximum lateral defection bridge

13. Material of wheels

14. No. and size of wheels dia x width -mm

15. Material/thickr.ess of weir plate/launder

16. Type of centre bearing

17. Type of slip ring collector

198


18. Lubrication of centre bearing

19. Speed of ffocculator drive motor rpm

20. Gearbox ratio rpm

21. Output drive speed m/min

22. Peripheral speed of flocculator paddles K

23. Calculated power at gearbox output shaft K

24. Power of motor to be installed

25. Material of flocculator

26. Diameter of fiocculator m

CHEMICAL TRANSFER PUMPS PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE 2.4

1. Design discharge Head on pumps Lps

2. Head on pumps M

3. Size of Pump suction/delivery kw

4. Rated Motor Power %

5. Efficiency of pump at duty Rpm

6. power Input M

7. pump speed

8. N.P .S.H. required

9. Material of impeller

10. Material of casing

11. Material of shaft

12. Material of sleeve

13. Details of bearing

14. Type of Motor coupling %

15. Motor efficiency

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTS PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE 2.6

A) 414 V MOTORS

1 Make and type

2 Type of frame size

3 Degree of protection

4 Rated output kw

5 Load cycle Continuous

6 Full load speed rpm

7 No load current A

199


8 Minimum voltage required under starting condition

9 Starting time with load at minimum starting voltage

10 Number of starts permissible

a) under hot condition

b) under cold condition

c) per hour after thermal equilibrium

B) 415 VOLT SWITCH GEAR AND MOTOR CONTROL CENTRE PANEL

1. Manufactured by

2. Clearances

a) between phases

b) between live parts and earth

3. Thickness of sheet/insulating barriers

4. Draw out space required in front mm

C) MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER AND AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER

1. Make and type

2. Manufacturer's type designation

3. Rated voltage

4. Rated current

a) Nominal

5. Operation handle (dolly) in the door provided Yes/No

6. Peak current rating KA

7. Making capacity (peak value) KA

8. Type of closing mechanism

9. No. of operations the circuit breaker

is capable of performing without inspection

replacement of contacts or other parts at

a) 100% rated current

b) 100% rated interrupting capacity

D) ISOLATING SWITCHES

1. Make

2. Type

3. Rated voltage

200


E) FUSES

1. Make

2. Type

3. Standard applicable –

4. Rated voltage V

5. Category of duty KA

6. Capturing capacity

(Prospective current)

F) D.O.L. STARTERS

1. Make

2. Type

3. Rated Voltage

4. Make. rating arid duty class of

Auxiliary Contractor

5. Coil Voltage

6 . Applicable Standard

7. Over-Current Relay

a) Make

b) Type

c) Range

G) STAR DELTA

1. Make

2. No. of Taping and percentage

3. Rated- Rating and Duty Class of Main Contractor

4. Rated Voltage

5. Make. Rating and Duty Class of Aux. Contractor

6. Coil Voltage

MANUFACTURERS OF MAIN EQUIPMENTS PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE

3.1

I. Pumps

a) Wash water

b) Chemical transfer

2. Ventilation Motors

201


3. Air Conditioning Equipment

4. Pipe work

5. Sluice Valve

6. Reflux Valves

7. Air Release Valve

8. Steel work

9. Lifting Equipment

10. Paints

11. Cable

12. Butterfly Valves

13. At: Scour Blowers

14. Air Scour Blower Filters

15. Air Compressors

16. Motors

17. Control Panel

18. C.I. Pipes

19. PVC/HDPE Pipes

20. Crane

21. Instrumentation

MANUFACTURERS OF PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE 3.2

CHLORINATION EQUIPMENT

1. Chlorinators

2. Chlorine Residual Recorders

3. Chlorine Gas Leak Detectors

4. pipe work

5. Valves

6. Control Panel

7. Motor Starter Units

8. Lifting Equipment

9. Low Rate Ventilation Equipment

10. High Rate Ventilation Equipment

11. Motive Water Pump

12. Pumps motors

13. Safely Equipment

202


14. Chlorine Drums.

General, Specifications, Technical Specifications and Design Criteria.

I. General Note

1.1 Design Criteria, Structural and General.

1. 1.1 The contractor shall quote his offer in Schedule 'B' for the complete work

of constructing conventional Water Treatment Plant to be carried out as per his own

design based on the data furnished in this document.

He shall tender the rates in Schedule 'B' for construction of complete

conventional Water Treatment Plant including commissioning. trial run. water tightness

etc. complete.

The work shall he carried out as ISS the relevant ISS (latest edition). "Red Book"

published by PWD department of Government of Maharashtra and practice in vogue in

Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran. The structures shall he designed for seismic forces

as per the recent declaration of zones wherever necessary.

1.1.2 The work or providing and constructing conventional WTP ESR Wash

water drainage arrangement. including providing. designing. constructing. giving water

tightness test. trial run shall he carried out as per relevant ISS. standard specifications

(Red Book published by PWD of Governrnent of Maharashlra and practice in vogue in

Maharashlra Jeevan Pradhikaran)

The contractor shall submit the name. Qualifications and experience of Design

Engineer who has prepared detailed RCC calculations or who will prepare design and

drawings on acceptance of the tender. The authorized representative of the designer will

have to inspect and certify the works at foundation level and every beam level.

1.1.3 The Design Engineer has to prepare and submit a note on design methodology

and construction and drawings in two copies through the contractor.

The note should indicate. general description. and salient features of the design

covering the following points:

1) Capacity: General layout site of structures.

2) Shape and type of wash water tank.

3) Staging height of tank indicating various levels

4) Safe hearing capacity assumed in the design or safe hearing capacity or strata

based on actual investigation report of laboratory and type of foundation

provided with proper justification.

203


5) Maximum and minimum subsoil water level.

6) Site plan showing location of WTP, ESR. Sump. Line diagram showing

dimensional and sectional elevation with important levels.

7) Design parameters proposed to he adopted for detail design.

1.1.4 This note on design will be subjected to thorough check by the Engineer-In-

Charge of the owner and the tender will he accepted and work order issued by

the competent authority only after verification that the design to be offered will

fulfil the requirements or the design as per tender specification.

1.1.5 After acceptance of tender. the contractor will have to submit six copies of

detailed design and drawings of the structure within 30 days of acceptance of

the tender.

1.1.6 The Design Engineer will he required to attend the office of Engineer in Charge

for preliminary discussion for scrutiny remarks. etc. whenever required with all

reference data. Books. IS specifications. etc. at his own cost.

1.1.7 It will he binding on the design Engineer of contractor to clarify. Modify.

redesign and prepare drawing after compliance of scrutiny remarks by the owner.

or his representative such as an Engineering College within 15 days of

communication of remarks.

1.1.8 On approval of the design, contractor shall supply free of cost six sets of design

and drawing duly bound for use of the owner. The contractor shall also furnish the

details of steel requirement along with programme of execution for completion of work


1.1.9 Security Deposit of the tenderer shall be forfeited if he fails to modify his design

as per scrutiny remarks within specified time after compensation as per tender

agreement.

1.1.0 Even though the design and drawing submitted by the contractor are

approved by the owner/Engineer-in-Charge. the contractor will not be relieved

or his contractual obligation to hand over the structure in sound condition duly tested.

In case of any damage / failure either during construction. Testing or after

commissioning whether due to faulty design or defective construction. all repairs or

reconstruction of the structure shall have to carried out by the contractor entirely at his

risk and cost.

No claim for such repairs/reconstruction shall be entertained.

204


2 Common Conditions

1.2.1 The contractor at his own cost shall provide necessary housing accommodation

and the sanitary arrangement for his staff and lahour and shall pay direct to the

authorities concerned all rates. taxes. Royalties and other charges. The contractor shall

also comply with the requirement of the Health Department as regards antimalaria

measure etc.

1.2.2 A work order hook-shall be maintained on site of work and the orders given by

the Engineer-In-Charge shall be signed and carried out by the contractor.

The contractor shall construct a temporary shed of about 20 sq.m for use as office for

inspection of works within 30 days of work order. The shed shall be the properly of the

contractor.

1.2.3 Water required for execution of the work and for the water tightness lest of the

reservoir shall he supplied by the contractor at his own cost in the manner satisfactory to

the Engineer-In-Charges of work.

1.2.4 materials to be used shall conform to the relevant specifications as per latest

version of Indian Standards. unless otherwise stated in the detailed specifications of

items of work.

1.2.5 Wherever a reference to any I.S. appears in specifications. it shall be taken to

mean as a reference to the latest versions of the standard.

1.2.6 The work under this contract includes the supply of material at site of work

including railway freight. loading., carting unloading stacking-as directed. insurance.

local taxes. etc.

1.2.7 The contractor shall be responsible for observing the laws. rules and regulations

under the "Minor Mineral Act" and such other laws and rules prescribed by the

Government from time to time.

1.2.8 The hydraulic test of water retaining structure: shall have to be given by the

contractor without any extra cost. The filling of the reservoir WTP or any other water

retaining structure shall be carried out gradually at the rate not exceeding 30 cm rise in

water level per hour and shall not exceed 2.0 meters in 24 hours and total period of 72

hours. Records of leakages starting at different level of water in the reservoir if any. shall

be kept. The reservoir once filled shall be allowed to remain filled for seven days before

any readings drop in water level arc recorded. The level of water shall be recorded

again at subsequent intervals of 24 hours over a period of seven days. The total drop in

surface level over a period of 7 days shall be taken as an indication of the water

205


tightness of the reservoir. which for all practical purposes shall not exceed 40 mm.

If the structure does not satisfy the condition of test and the daily drop in water

level is increasing the period of test may be extended for a period of seven days and if

the specified limit is then reached the structure may he considered as satisfactory. 10 %

payment shall he with held till satisfactory test is given.

1.2.9. If even after extending the period of test. the drop is more than permissible. the

contractor should empty the reservoir. rectify the defects in tank by re-plastering

whenever necessary. applying water proofing paint. etc. and give the water tightness

test till the drop in level is within permissible limits. This shall be repeated at the cost of

the contractor without claiming extra cost.

Any delay in giving water tightness test will invite penal action under relevant

clauses of tender agreement.

1.2. 10 The contractor shall provide cement plaster to the external faces of the

structure in CM (1:4) 12 mm thick. if required or otherwise smooth finish until

satisfaction of Engineer in charge will be accepted.

2. Criteria For Design of Water Treatment Plant

2.1 The structural design or water contained water tank shall conform to' the

following standards, specification and Codes of Practice of I.S.I.

IS : 456 Code of Practice for plain and reinforced concrete latest edition)

IS: 875 Code or Practice for Structural safety of building. loading standards (latest

edition)

IS : 3370 Code of Practice for concrete structures for storage of Part I to IV

liquids (latest edition)

IS: 1893 Criteria for earthquake resistance design or structures

(latest edition)

IS : 13928 Ductile detailing or RCC structures

IS:13920 seismic forces

2.1. I General

Hydraulic design or various components shall he as per capacity or the container

or the tank shall he the volume of the water it can store between the designed full supply

level and the lowest supply level.

2: 1.2 Free Board is the indication of space provided above full supply level and shall

he measured at a vertical distance above I.S.I. up to soffit or beam supporting the roofs

slab/dome. or the top wall for a open water retaining structure. It shall he normally 50

206


cm. unless permitted otherwise of specified in obligatory data.

2.1.3 Height or staging shall be the vertical difference between lowest supply level and

the average ground level at the of tank.

2.1.4 The walls of container shall he designed for free hoard full condition.

2.1.4.1 The tank foundation and other members of the structure shall also be designed

for free board full condition.

2.1.5 Parts of the tanks in contact with stored water and enclosing water vapor above

I.S.I. shall be in concrete M.300 or even in richer grade.

2.1.6 The supporting structure shall be designed in M. 300 grade or in richer grade if

specified.

2.1.7 The allowable hearing pressure of safe hearing capacities are indicated. Bill of

quantities.

The tenderer is, however, advised verify actual strata before tendering and

designing the structure and offer suitable design with full justification.

2.1.8 Not with standing anything mentioned above if directed by the Engineer in

Charge the contractor shall carry out actual strata exploration as mentioned in para 0.2

of IS 1892-1979 through a Government laboratory and adopt hearing capacity so arrived

for the design.

2.19 The factor of safety shall he adopted as per clause 6.1 (a) of IS 6403-1971.

2.1.10 if the foundation consists of individual column footing clear distance between

edges of footing shall be not less then width of footing.

2.1.11 The foundation should he checked for negative pressure on soil

Due to combined direct and bending stresses. Negative pressure shall not be allowed

on the foundation soil.

2.1.12 For special type of foundation. like pile foundation under reamed pile

foundation. etc decision of the owner/Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and

binding on the designer.

2.1.13 Classification of soil and characteristics of soil relevant to S.B.C. and A.B.B.

shall be as per the soil investigation reports of Government institution/

Government approved investigators.

2.1.14 For the design of foundations of the solid raft type the Plate Theory shall he

adopted.

2.1.15 In normal circumstances, minimum 100 mm thick plain cement concrete with 100


207


provided as leveling course unless specified otherwise. Where injurious soils or

aggressive water arc anticipated the leveling course shall be of grade not weaker

than M 150 and if necessary sulphate resisting or other special cement shall be used

and the thickness of the leveling course shall be kept not less than l50mm. The ground

level within the foundation area of the structure shall be consolidated properly with

suitable slope to drain out rain water outside the foundation zone.

2.1.16 In the vicinity of lines collieries. and blasting sites or areas which may be

subjected to blast or shock, the tank shall he designed for dynamic forces adopted to

shock.

2.1.17 Member of tower which are primarily subjected to dynamic stress shall be

checked for ductility of the members at joint.

2.1.18 For wash water tank/water containers at the base of the tower (i.e. ground level)

all columns shall be tied together just above foundation level by a structural member

such as brace or a lie ring beam. Internal braces shall he provided for staging having 6

columns or more at each brace level. Braces shall be invariably provided at G.L. The

centre to centre distance between braces shall not exceed 4.5 M.

2.1.19 Column may he assumed as fixed at the top of footing.

2.1.20 Following shall be the minimum thickness of various members of the tank

container.

Roof slab 120 mm

Bottom slab 200 mm

Roof dome 100 mm


Inclined wall or shall 200 mm

Shuttering on both sides 200 mm

i) Slope with the horizontal more than 30 deg. 200 mm

ii) Slope with the horizontal less than 30 deg. 200 mm

2.2 Loads

2.2.1 For all RCC and PCC components unit weight of concrete shall be taken as

25000 N/Cum and 24000 N/cum respectively.

2.2.2 Water load and snow load shall be taken as per IS. 875-1964 or its

latest revision.

2.2.3 Live load on gallery all round the elevated tank shall be considered as 5000

N/sqm.

208


2.2.4 No line load mu be assumed, while designing the staging ( or tower) and

foundation for seismic loads and wind loads, in tank empty condition.

2.2.5 Wind load as per Fig. I.A. i.e. Basic maximum wind pressure map of India

including winds of short duration as in squalls as per IS 875-1964. Code of practice for

structure safety of buildings. Loading standards or it’s latest revision shall be

considered. Reduction factor as per Note 3 of Clause 4..4.2 shall not be applied to

water towers.

2.2.6 Seismic forces on the tower shall as per IS 18973-1975 or its latest

revision. Wind and seismic forces shall not be assumed be act simultaneously.

2.3 Increase in permissible stresses

2.3.1 Where stresses due to wind or earthquake temperature and shrink

effects are combined with those due to dead, live and impact loads the stresses

specified in tables 13, 16 and 17 of I.S. 456- 2000 may be increased up to a limit of 33

1/35.

2.4 Design

2.4.1 Shape of structure shall be the most economical as directed by Engineer-In-

Charge and shall he selected depending upon site conditions. .

2.4.2 Design shall be based on the worst possible combination of various loads,

moments, shears. resultant stresses in the tank following cases.

I) Tank full

II) Tank Empty

Tank full means depth of water inside the container is upto full height of the container

including free hoard.

2.4.3 Design shall be based on accepted bases and methods of design as well as the

provisions of IS 3370 IS 456, IS 1343. code of Practice for pre-stressed concrete . IS

2210. Latest version of ISS shall be referred.

However methods based on experimental investigation as mentioned in para

18.2 ‘C’ in IS 456-2000 shall not be entertained.

2.4.4 The parts of the structure neither in contact with the liquid on any face nor

enclosing the space above the liquid as in the case of staging of a tower on working

stress method in accordance with the requirement of IS 456-2000 staging should be

further checked for ultimate load conditions to ensure the desired margin of safety as

per Clause 46.300 of IS 456-2000

Design of members other than those excluded by Clause 2.4.4 above (i.e. roof,

209


walls. floor. etc of the container) shall be based on consideration of adequate resistance

to cracking as well as adequate strength. Calculation or stresses shall be as para 3.3.2

of IS 3370 (Part II) or its latest revision.

2.4.5 Permissible Stresses in concrete for Resistance to Cracking

For relating to the. Resistance of members to cracking the permissible stresses

in tension (direct and due to bending) and due to bending) and shear shall conform to

the values specified in Table I of IS 3370 (Pan II). "The permissible tensile stresses due

to bending apply to the face of the member in contact with the liquid. In members with

thickness. less than 225 mm and in contact with the liquid on one side. these

permissible stresses in bending apply also to the face remote from liquid.

2.5.1 For strength Calculations

For strength calculations. the permissible concrete stress. shall be in accordance

with para- 44 of IS 456-2000 where the ca1culated shear stress in concrete alone

exceeds the permissible value reinforcement acting in conjunction with diagonal

compression in the compression in the concrete shall he provided to take the whole of

the shear. The maximum reinforcement shall conform clause.

a) 25.0.1.1

b) and 25.0.1.2 of IS 456-2000

2.5.2 The permissible compressive stress (direct) in shells (i.e. Top dome. conical wall

and bottom dome) shall be reduced by 43% for 10 cm thick shells. For thickness more

than 30 cm the compressive stress shall be reduced by 15% and for intermediate

thickness i.e. 10 cm 30 cm linear interpolation shall be done.

2.6 Permissible stresses in steel

2.6.1 For strength calculations (concrete assumed to he cracked) the permissible

stresses in reinforcement shall he as per table 2 of 3370 (pan 11) (its latest revision).

For tor steel, the stress shall be as IS 1786-1979 cold Worked steel high strength

deformed bars for concrete reinforcement or its latest revision. .'

2.6.2 The modular ratio 'm' for different concrete mixes shall be as under:

Grade of Concrete Modular ratio ‘m’

M: 150 19

M : 200 13

M .250 11

M 300 10

210


2.6.3 The analysis of staging of the tank shall he done by using any established

method such as portal frame method. etc. The staging shall be analyzed for combination

of dead leads. live loads and wind or seismic loads. The correct or continuity or beams

at the junctions shall he properly accounted and column reaction worked out for different

combinations of loading, axial forces. shear forces. bending moments and torsion he

calculated in the members.

2.6.4 Modules of elasticity of concrete Ec shall be taken as 5700 Eck where Ec is the

is the characteristic cube strength of concrete in N/sqm. as per clause 5.2.3.1 of IS 456-

2000.

2.6.5 Columns shall be checked for tensile stress for both the conditions mentioned in

para above. in comhil1 'lion with axial tension and bending due wind and seismic loads

and shall he checked for maximum tensile stress arrived.

2.6.6 Stability or the structure shall he checked as per provisions or clause 19 of IS-

1978.

2.7 Age Factor

2.7.1 Age factor for increasing strength shall not be considered for the design.

2.8 Units

Design should be in Metric units only

2.9 Detailing

2.9.1 Minimum Reinforcement for water retailing members


right angles shall have an area of 0.3% of the concrete section in that direction for

sections upto 100 mm thick. For sections of thickness greater than 100 mm and less

than 450 mm the minimum reinforcement in each of the two directions shall be linearly

reduced from 0.3 % for 100 mm thick sections to 0.2 % for 450 mm thick section. For

section of thickness greater than 450 mm minimum reinforcement in each layers of

reinforcing steel shall be placed one over each face of the section in make up the

minimum reinforcement specified in this clause.

2.9.2 The minimum reinforcement specified in 2.9.1 above may be decreased by 20 %

in case of high yield strength deformed bars conforming to IS 1786-1966 or 1139-1966.

2.9.3 Covers to Reinforcement

2.9.3 Minimum clear cover to reinforcement shall be as per ISS 3370 ( I to IV) and

211


456

2.9.4 For members of structure in contact with water effective cover shall not be more

than 60 mm for bars subjected to bending stresses. For bars subjected to pure

tension the effective cover shall not be more than 75 mm.

2.10 Spacing of Reinforcement

2.10.1 Spacing of reinforcement shall be as per para 25.3 of IS 456-2000

2.10.2 Spacing of lateral ties for column shall satisfy the provisions of para 25.0.3.2

‘C’ of IS 456-2000


than temperature and shrinkage steel, shall comprise of minimum 8 mm.dia. for ribbed

bars and 10 mm. dia. for mild steel bars For compressive members the minimum dia of

main reinforcement shall not be less than 12 mm.dia.

2.11 Note

1. In case of dispute regarding interpretation of any of the above clauses, the

decision of the owner or his representative will be final and binding on the designer and

contractor.

2. In case of any clause not included in the above criteria, the decision of the owner

or his authorized representative will be final and binding on the designer and contractor.

3. Technical Specifications

General

3.1 The tender is inclusive of necessary excavation in all types of soft and hard

strata, lean concrete below foundation, foundation concrete, RCC footing, container tank

covered with RCC roof slab/ dome, with RCC ventilator in the roof R.CC stair case or

M.S. ladder, lightning conductor G.I. pipe railing, fixing of pipe assembly, valves,

construction of B. B. Masonry chambers. providing and laying R.CC pipe line for drain,

cement plaster for tank from inside with waterproofing material neat finishing cement

based paint from outside painting capacity, name of scheme, etc. on body wall of tank,

etc. complete as per detailed specifications for all units of WTP, Sump Pump house,

etc. complete;

3.2: Clearing of Site

Before starting the work the site shall he cleared of all shrubs. grass and .other

vegetations including large and small bushes, all stumps, removal of roots, cutting and

disposal of small trees up to 300 mm girth, etc, (The girth shall he measured at a height

212


of 1.5 meters above (1.1) The site to be cleared shall consist of the entire area required

to be cut down to accommodate. The contractor shall make himself familiar with the

local rules and regulations pertaining to land clearance, special requirements of forest

areas, wherever applicable, and the work shall be carried out in strict accordance

therewith.

3.3 Excavation

The side slopes of the cutting shall generally have the following slopes for stability:

a) 1:1 slopes for excavation in earth, murum, boulders, etc.

b) 1 :2: 1 slope for excavation in hard murum,

c) No slope will be allowed for soft and hard rock.

If. However, the strata met with can sustain safety, steeper slopes than those

mentioned above may he permitted with the prior written permission of the Engineer-'In-

Charge of the work. .

3.4 Dewatering or Pumping

If pumping or dewatering of water is required to be done at any time during

excavation, the contractor shall arrange for such draining by excavating channels,

pumping or otherwise and shall maintain such arrangements the satisfaction or the

Engineer-In-Charge for such a period as may be required The discharge of the

dewatering pumps shall be conveyed to drains and shall not be allowed to be spread in

the vicinity of the work site. All cost for such arrangements including pumping sha1l be

borne by the contractor and no extra payment shall be admissible for such operations.

Open cutting shall be suitably shored, sheeted and braced, if required by the

Engineer or by site conditions or to meet local laws. For protecting lift property adjoining

work site.

Adequate shoring and strutting shall be provided by the contractor at his own cost

warped or deformed timber shall not be used. The shoring shall project a least 150 mm

above ground level and shall extent to a suitable depth below and bottom. Wherever

necessary the planks or struts shall be driven by compressed air pile drivers. The planks

shall be fixed close enough to avoid running in of sand or earth through the joints. The

shoring materials shall not be size less than those specified below, unless steel sheet

piling is used or unless approved by the Engineer in writing.

a) Planks 5 cm thick

b) Walling pieces 10 cm x 20 cm

c) Struts 15 cm 20 cm

213


For walling pieces round timber shall not be allowed in a vertical plane, there

shall be at least three struts or more as directed by the Engineer. They shall rest on

walling pieces. The spacing of the struts shall be as per equipments. At the bottom,

extra struts shall have to be provided if ordered by the Engineer in charge.

3.5.1 The excavated material shall be transported by the contractors and stacked at

suitable places as directed by the Engineer in charge. The stacks shall be made outside

the area of excavation and shall not endanger the work in any way and shall avoid the

obstruction to footpaths, road- driveways, hydrants, access to the properties and work

sites. Gutter shall be kept clear. Natural water courses shall not be obstructed.

Separate stacks shall be formed for

a) rubble considered suitable for masonry work or road work

b) rubble of inferior quality and boulders

c) soft rock, earth murum

d) road spoils up to 150 mm size.

3.6 General Requirements

3.6.1 Cement concrete shall be in accordance with IS 456-2000 lime and coarse

aggregates shall be conforming to IS 383-1970 or its latest revision. The selection of the

type of fine and coarse aggregates to be actually used shall be as directed by the

Engineer in charge. The proportion of fine and coarse aggregates and water to be

actually used shall be such as to produce dense concrete to the required standard.

3.7 C.I/M.S Pipe Assembly or Flanged and Sand S Pipes and Specials and

Sluice Valves

3.7.1 Detailed drawing showing the pipe assembly with pipes. specials. valves etc.

shall be obtained from the owner before fixing the pipes. specials. valves vertically and

horizontally. The drawing shall also shown bye pass arrangement from incoming main to

distribution as also the draining of overflow and washout.

3.7.2 For duck foot bend plain concrete block of adequate size and in M 150 grade

shall be provided by the contractor. These concrete blocks shall rest on firm ground

(and not on refilled soil) or on the raft shall and shall have to minimum depth of 600 mm.

The width of the block shall he such that it should have an off set of 150 mm on all

sides.

3.7.3 Thrust blocks of adequate size and in M-150 grade shall also he provided

wherever required or as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

3,7.4 All the C.I./M.S. flanged pipes. S and S pipes. specials. and sluice valves. M.H.

214


Frame and covers as per requirement will have to be provided by the contractor.

Jointing material shall he provided by the contractor at his own cost and got approved

from the Engineer-In Charge before using. Pig lead if required shall he procured by the

contractor. Material shall he as per respective ISS. MS or C.I. pipe insert with middle

flanges for inspection in concrete for inlet. outlet. overflow. etc. shall also he provided by

the contractor without claiming extra cost. Material shall he as per respective I55 M.S. or

C.I. pipe inserts with crippling flanges for insertion in concrete for inlet outlet overflow.

etc. shall be provided by contractor.

3.7.5 The pipes before using shall he cleaned properly from inside. The vertical pipes

shall be fixed exactly in pump. The horizontal flanged and/or Sand Spires shall be laid to

proper grade and alignment. The flanged pipes and specials and sluice valves shall be

jointed by means of nuts and bolts washers. and 3 mm thick three ply rubber packing

with hub block The S and S joints shall he made with rubber gasket or pig lead as

directed.

The sluice valves shall be fixed on horizontal pipe line for inlet and outlet.

washout and bye pass. Pipes sha1l have to be cut by the contractor if required without

claiming extra cost.

The vertical pipes specials and valves sha1l he painted with three coats of

anticorrosive paint after jointing and testing.

For draining the washout R.C.C. NP2 class. pipes as specified in the drawing

shall he provided laid and jointed by the contractor.

This work includes giving satisfactory hydraulic test to the required head of water

and all material. Equipment and labour shall he arranged by the contractor at his own

cost.

3.7.6 The horizontal pipes shall have minimum cover of 1.0 M chambers of adequate

size and height / depth as required shall be constructed for sluice valve in brick masonry

225 mm thick in C.M. 1.6. The foundation concrete shall 150 mm thickness in C.C.

M.100. The inside shall bb cement plastered in C.M. 1:3. The outer side shall he

pointed in 1:2 P.C.C. coping 100 mm thick cast in situ ill CC M.150 (1::2:4) and including

providing and fixing of C.I. M.H. frame and Cover medium duty of size 0.9 M x 0.5 M as

per 25-1726-1997.

4. Water level Indicator

A water level indicator shall be provided and fixed, reading depth of water in

meters up to 10 cm. The system shall consist of uncorrodable materials and shall be

215


simple and easy in maintain. The water level indicator shall be provided and fixed as

approved and directed by Engineer in Charge. The indicator shall be full scale to up to

3.0 meters and ratio type above 3.00 meters height. Alternatively man metric gauge or

electric water level indicator call he offered.

5. Access to Roof

Access to the roof and entry to the inside of the tank shall he provided by MS

ladder of 45 cm width at roof of tank. The access to roof manhole shall be provided

with parapet or (i.1. pipe railing. At ground level or at walk-way level. the access for

going up shall be provided with a M.S. door and locking arrangement.

6, G.I. Pipe Railing

G,I. Pipe railing at roof !eve! shall be provided as per details given in para 7.22.

7. Painting

Name of the project and capacity of RCC GSR/ESR/WTP shall be painted on the

contractor.

8. At least two C.I. manholes frame and cover with locking arrangement shall be

provided diagonally in opposite directions with ladder for entering into the container for

maintenance purpose. The size or manhole frame and cover shall he 900 mm x 450 mm

rectangular as per IS 1726-1991.

9. Lightning Arrestor

Lightning arrestor shall he provided at the highest level on the roof of the tank as

per IS 2309-1969. Code of Practice for protection of buildings and allied structures

against lightning. Position and height of lightning arrestor shall be such that the whole

structure shall be enclosed within cone having it apex at tor end of the arrestor and

generated by a line inclined at 60 deg. to the vertical. The arrestor shall be suitably

earthed. .

10. Ventilator

The roof of the tank shall be ventilated by providing cowls or shaft ventilator 1.00

meter x 1.5 meter height with mosquito-proof net for ventilators. The net shall fix with

proper framing. Ventilation area shall not be less than 0.04% of the free water surface

when cowl type ventilators are provided.

11. Waterproof Plaster

20 mm thick water proof plaster in CM 1:3 shall be provided on the inner sides of

the container and top of the floor slab of the container using minimum 1 Kg. of water

proofing powder per bag of cement or as per manufacturer's specifications used for

216


preparing motor for plastering,

12. M.S. Ladder

The contractor shall provide and fix 450mm wide M.S. ladder for gelling inside the

tank fabricated from M.S, flats 65 mm x 12 mm with 2 Nos. of 16 mm dia. double mild

steel bars for each step at 300 mm c/c . The ladder shall be fixed by stay of 10 mm x

50m flat fixed 3 M c/c,

13. Spiral Staircases

The contractor shall provide RCC circular 1.0 M wide spiral case with central

circular co1umn with 1.00 M high parapet in M-150 as per criteria for capacities greater

than 200000 litters. M.S. ladders shall he provided for smaller capacity tanks.

14, Jointing Material

All necessary jointing materials for pipe assembly. G.I. pipe railing. M.S. ladder

etc. such as nuts bolts. rubber packing and any other miscellaneous materials required

shall be provided by the contractor at his cost.

IS. Colour Wash

Snowcem paint or approved shade shall he applied in two coats of whole structure

externally.

16. M.S. Door

M.S. steel door for stair case entrance shall be provided and fixed as per

instructions of Engineer or his representative.

17. 32 mm dia. G..I. pipes railing with three horizontal rows' of pipes and posts of

RCC 15cm x 15 cm at bottom and 10 cm x 10 cm at top or angle iron of size 65 mm x

65 mm x6 mm and placed at 1.5 M C/C interval including painting two coals and

anchorage in c.c. etc. shall be provided al top of tank and at intermediate gallery.

18. Staging

18.1 The supporting staging shall he in the form of columns. braces. staging on hollow

cylindrical shall not he accepted. unless otherwise specially asked in NIT. If shaft

staging is permissible, the following specifications will apply for the shaft portion and

specifications for other items remain the same as specified in the foregoing paras.

For load bearing shaft minimum thickness should he 200 mm. Shaft should be

designed in M 300 mix.

18.2 Shaft supporting a water tank must he designed as given under the para

217


“Stresses in circular supporting walls’at page 84 of the book "Concrete Water Towers

Bunkers Silos and other elevated structure.'" by Gray and Manning (5th edition).

Published by Cement and Concrete' Association. The vertical load causes direct

compression. Under wind load. the wall acts as a vertical cantilever of hollow circular

section and has to resist bending moment and shearing forces. In addition to main

stresses. caused by the wall acting as a hollow circular vertical cantilever. the wind

flowing on one face tends to flatten that face. Distorting the circle into an oval. Horizontal

reinforcement to resist a bending moment. M = + 0.035 PD² producing tension on the

inside face and a moment M = -0.031 PD² causing tension on the outside face. where P

= Unit wind pressure in KN/M and D=e/c diameter of shaft in meters.

The reinforcement arrived as above should be provided on both. inside and

outside faces. However minimum horizontal reinforcement in the shaft shall be 0.3% of

the gross concrete area provided. In case of towers in high seismic zones (i.e. Zone - IV

and V) minimum horizontal reinforcement shall be 0.4% of the gross concrete area

provided. Minimum vertical reinforcement in the shaft shall he 0.4% of gross concrete

area required and it shall he provided equally on both the faces of the load hearing

shaft.

Shaft shall he checked for combined axial load and bending due to wind or

seismic loads and satisfy the provisions of IS 456- 2000 and tank empty conditions.

Horizontal construction joints ill shaft shall he as minimum as possible.

Age factor for increasing strength shall not he considered.

Shan should be checked for tensile stress in worst condition for combination

of axial tension on bending axis due to wind or seismic load for tank full and tank

empty conditions.

On account to minor inaccuracies in construction of the shaft the allowable direct

compressive stress shall be reduced by multiplying with a factor of 0.85. On account of

buckling reduction factor if any shall be multiplied by the factor of 0.85. For the

calculation of direct compressive stress the contribution of steel shall be neglected.

For buckling calculations reduced value of modules of elasticity due to creep shall be

maximum 0.4 times its value as per IS 456-2000.

At the plinth panel 50 mm thick M 150 grade shall he provided.

Rectification of Defective Members

If it is found that certain members arc defective and arc found giving acoustical or

vibration disturbances event though these may be structurally sound, rectification of

218


such members should be done by the contractor free of charge and to the satisfaction of

Engineer in charge.

Designing, Providing, Constructing and Commissioning Conventional Water

Treatment Plant 7.25 MLD Capacity.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

GS 1 Specifications of Work

The work shall be carried out as per practice and procedures laid down in

National Building Code of Practice and relevant I.S.S. updated for respective items and

Public Health Engineering Manual on Water Supply published by Government of India

and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

GS 2 General Descriptions and Location of Site

The proposed.-water treatment plant has to be constructed at Walwadi general

contoured layout plan of the proposed site is attached. The Contractor will have to

excavate the site to requirement as per approved layout, without claiming extra cost.

GS 3 Source of Raw Water Supply

The source of raw water is Nakane Tank Raw water would be conveyed, through

a conveyance system which is a laid by same Contract through other sub work 3200 M.

distance away from the centre of duck foot bend of vertical pipe to be provided or the

aeration fountain by the Contractor as per this tender. .

GS4 Quality of Raw Water:

The result of chemical and bacteriological analysis of samples of raw water from

the source are given in the statements vide appendix 'F enclosed with the tender- These

results are only for guidance. As regards the requirements and the scope of the water

treatment plant the Contractor should carry out sample tests independently at his cost to

verify the data given for his design

The turbidity of raw water in parts per million is given as below:

1) For a few days during monsoon (maximum) 5000 to 10,000 P.P.M. approx.

2) During non-monsoon days Nearby 150 P.P.M.

GS 5. Motive Power

The Contractor shall communicate the total electrical load required for successful

operation of the water treatment plant offered, within one month from the date of getting

the work order. This electric load shall include lighting load for inside and outside light

points etc. attached to the building /structures properly.

219


The electric supply required by the Contractor for the purpose of execution and

erection of machinery and equipment shall be arranged and paid for by him. Electric

power supply required for the plant shall be submitted within 3 months from the date of

work order.

GS6 Proposed Work and Scope of Tender

The proposed water treatment plant consists of the following sub-works together

with allied items complete in all respects so as to be effective and successful parts of

the water treatment plant as a whole.

a) One aeration fountain (cascade type) and a raw water channel with measuring

Venture flume to deal with a flow of 7.25 mld 302.00 cum/hour

b) Flash mixer of adequate detention period, not less' than thirty seconds for each

Unit with mechanical equipment to deal with a flow of.7.25 mld 302.00 cum/hour.

c) A clariflocuulator of 3.0 hours detention capacity with mechanical equipment to

deal with a flow of 7.25 mld 302.00 cum/hour

d) Rapid sand gravity filters (minimum 2 beds) to deal with a flow of 7.25 mid 302

cum/hour complete with porch, entrance hall, air blower room, office, laboratory , two

toilet units, etc.

e) Mechanical equipments required for the operation of the treatment works as

specified in the items and specifications.

f) One overhead wash tank of required capacity as per obligatory condition.

g) Minimum two sets of air blowers with motors for treatment plant

h ) .Bypass arrangements for each unit

i) Two vacuum type chlorinators - one for pre- chlorination and one for post- -

chlorination. .

j) Alum, and TCL solution tanks, chemical house and stores.

k) Emergency disinfection arrangement of TO solution tanks.

l) Electrical installations for all units for power and lighting including yard lighting on

industrial pattern

m) Waste water and sludge collection and disposal.

n) Laboratory equipment, glassware and miscellaneous items.

0) Independent sanitary blocks on ground floor of filter house.

P) Pure water sumps of capacity 305000 litter and pure water pump house.

q) Dressing and leveling of site and internal asphalt roads

r) Pumping machinery for wash water for treatment plant.

220


GS 7 Basic Data

The proposed water treatment plant shall have normal supplying capacity of 7.25 mld.

Other obligatory conditions for hydraulic design shall be observed.

GS 8. Foundations, Conditions and Prescribed Bearing Capacities

a. The tenderer shall verify the bearing capacities by taking actual trial pits on site

and refilling them afterwards, at points required by him at his own cost. The foundation

levels shall be decided by the Contractor for the various works proposed. .

b. All structures shall rest on hard foundation with bearing capacities as indicated

elsewhere.

c. Filling required to be done to get foundation leveled for receiving bed concrete

shall be done in cement concrete M-100 grade of U.C.R. masonry in CM 1:6. Bedding

course of M-150 grade not less than 15 cm. thick shall be provided for foundations of all

structures including brick wall foundation without any extra cost.

d. If the work is to be done on hill portion the Contractor shall have to take proper.

care of retaining the slopes of excavation and if required he shall construct

guide/retaining walls, so as not to endanger the structure or part of the

Structure due to movement of materials of excavation on slopes or of cut part of

excavation.

GS9 Sub-soil Water

The Contractor should investigate the possibility of meeting the sub-soil water

and design the structure accordingly. The tender rates shall be inclusive of bailing out of

sub-soil water. seepage, rain, gutter or any type of water to any extent during excavation

and construction etc. till completion of the whole work.

GS10 Layout and Statement to be Submitted with the Tender

a) Layout

A tentative layout of the treatment plant should be submitted. The layout should

only indicate the positions of the different units of the treatment plant of total capacity of

5.00 mld.

The layout of whole water treatment plant shall be fairly compact, easily

accessible and functionally co-related and having architectural appearance and

aesthetic treatment to be approved by MJP.

b) Other Statement and Drawings.

The departmental contoured layout plan attached to the tender is indicative only

and just for guidance of the Contractor. Ground levels are nut binding on him excepting

221


for obligatory levels. Other architectural drawings for units are for reference and style

shall be more or less same to these aesthetics. The successful contractor may suggest

after award of contract any changes of architectural style. The MJP may accept other

architectural treatment.

Lip of aeration fountain RL 268.60 M.

FSL of pure water sump RL 263.60 M.

The Contractor shall prepare and submit his own drawings with the tender as under

i) Statement showing the detention periods adopted and calculations of capacities and

sizes of various proposed units of the works.

ii) Contoured layout plan showing clearly the works tendered for and limits of

contract work stating clearly how it is more attractive from aesthetic and functional

accessibility and compared to the departmental layout. The alternative will be

considered, should it result in material saving in capital cost without effecting the above

points.

iii) Elevation both front and new side of the contracted work as per general and

architectural requirements.

iv) Relevant sections both front and rear side of the contracted work as per general

and architectural requirements.

v) Plans at various levels to clarify the offer given.

vi) Flow diagram showing levels of water in various structures and the levels of the

structures themselves showing the details of the various units included in the tender to

give complete idea as to what the tenderer has offered.

vii) Drawing showing general electrification of the plant as a whole.

Note:-

All the tender drawings will be treated as tentative as far as structural provisions

are concerned, but leading dimensions as will be given therein will be taken as minimum

obligatory requirements and deficiencies, if any, found from functional, technical and

departmental obligatory requirement point of view, shall have to be rectified and made

good in the working drawing as pointed out by the MJP during the course of execution

without any, extra claim.

GSII Detailed Structural and Hydraulic Design Calculations, Layout, Flow

Diagram and Detailed Working Drawings and Record Drawings.

i) After the tender is accepted and the work order issued, the Contractor shall

submit ten copies of his original tender documents including tendered plans for issuing

222


certified true copies of accepted tender to all concerned without claiming my extra cost

within 30 days of the receipt of approval to the layout and flow diagram.

ii) After receipt of work order and before proceeding with the detailing and

structuring the various components of the work under the contract, the Contractor shall

first prepare and submit a layout plan to a sufficiently large scale and also flow diagram

showing the water levels in the various units in duplicate to the Executive Engineer and

simultaneously one set to the Superintending Engineer within 7 days time and get it

approved.

iii) After getting approval to the above, the Contractor shall prepare and submit

capacity calculations, structural, RCC and hydraulic design calculations and detailed

working drawings showing plan, elevation, section, etc. for each unit of the water

treatment plan and reinforcement at every junction for RCC work in six copies to the

Executive Engineer within 30 days from the date of getting approval to the layout plan

and flow diagram.

iv) The design shall be based on standard recognized reference books and shall be

as per standard Engineering code of practice and as per current ISS and it shall indicate

the reference of the standard reference books adopted, giving page number, etc. for

method of design adopted and formulas that are followed for easy and quick checking of

the design. The said reference books shall also be made available or reference and

checking whenever called for. The design calculations shall be elaborate and step by

step without any omissions and with illustrative dimensional sketches wherever required

for clarification and easy checking.

v) Any modifications, alterations in levels, design calculations and detailed drawings

to be carried out as a result of compliance of scrutiny remarks of competent authority

shall be carried out and submitted afresh by the contractor, if called upon by the

concerned authorities in the manner indicated in para (iii) above without claiming any

extra cost.

vi) The actual execution of work shall be started by the contractor only after receipt

of approval to the design calculations and detailed working drawing, from the competent

authority.

vii) If any provisions in the design and construction are found to be inadequate or

faulty, necessary modifications shall have to be carried out at my stage upto the period

of refund of security deposit without claiming any extra cost.

223


viii) After completion of the work in all respects, the contractor shall submit ten sets of

completion record drawings, of all the works as constructed with the stamps ‘RECORD

DRAWING’ before clearance of the finall bills without claiming any extra cost, failing

which the final bill shall not be paid. Similarly, the duplicate photocopy of the tracing film

of all record drawings shall be submitted to the Executive Engineer for record.

GS 12 Item wise breakup for interim payments

This shall be got approved by the Superintending Engineer concerned with respect to

the analysis, after acceptance of the tender.

GS 13 Hydraulic Test, Deposit

i) The water retaining component of civil structure will in absence of satisfactory

water tightness test, be paid at 95% of the appropriate rate payable. Remaining 5% will

be released only after satisfactory water tightness test.

a) Only 80% of the probable reasonable cost of the mechanical and electrical

equipment as assessed by the Engineer in charge will be payable on the receipt of

the same on size of work with workshop painting and accepted by the MJP

b) Further 10% shall be released on erection, trial run and site painting.

c) Balance 10% will be released on the satisfactory performance as

accepted by the MJP specified elsewhere or after one year the plant

is put to regular.

GS14 Desired Performance of the Water Treatment Plant.

The Filtered water shall conform to the following requirements.

a) Physical Quality and Requirement

i) The filtrate should be clear with. the turbidity less than I unit on J .T .U .Scale.

ii) The filtrate should be free from colour with maximum unit of 3 on platinum cobalt

scale

iii) The turbidity of the settled d water from the clariflocuulator shall not be more than

20 units on J.T.U. scale and preferably 10 J.T.U. & for filter water not more than 1

N.T.U.

iv) The filter runs should not be less than 24 hours

v) The wash water consumption should not exceed 2% of the quantity filtered as

counted on the average of the year's working. This will be observed in the performance

period of 12 months.

vi) The duration of wash should not normally exceed 10 minutes. The water on the

at the close of wash should have a turbidity not exceeding 10 units on JT.U. scale.

224


vii) At the commencement of filter run after wash, the initial loss should not be more

than 15 cms.

viii) Taste and Odour There should be nothing objectionable or disagreeable as

regards taste and odour. Up to a temperature of 45°C (atmospheric).

b) Chemical Quality

i) PH value of the filtrate should be use between 7 to 8.5.

ii) The iron as Fe should be up to 0. 1 to 0.3 mg/liter and nitrites should be absent.

iji) The break point chlorination of the filtrate water should be less than 3 p.p.m. at

the maximum ph range.

Note: The above standards should be as per CPHEEO manual depending on raw water

analysis.

C) Bacteriological Standards

Coliform count in any sample of 100 ml should be zero. The filtrate shall satisfy

all the four criteria indicated below:

E-Coli count in 100 ml of any sample should be zero.

Coliform organism not more than 10 per 100 ml shall be present in my sample.

Coliform organism should not be detectable in 100 ml of any two consecutive samples

or more than 50% of the samples collected for the year.

Throughout any year 95% of samples should not contain my Coliform organism in 100

ml.

d) Filter Outlet Controller

The filter outlet controller should be designed for an occasional overload of 50%

of its rated capacity hydraulically.

e) Other standards should conform to the CPHEEO Manual on Water Supply and

Treatment (latest- Edition).

The Contractor shall undertake the necessary sampling and testing at his own

cost to prove that the filtered water conforms to the above requirements. After

consultation with the Contractor, the sample procedure shall be as directed by the

Engineer-in-charge prior to the commencement of the commissioning of the plant.

GS 15 Water tightness Test for Structures

All the hydraulic structures (water containers such as pre-treatment units, filter-

box wash water tank, chemical tanks, channels etc.) will have to be tested for water

225


tightness by filling them with water up to their designed full supply level. Similarly the

pipe lines will have to be tested hydraulically. Masonry or RC.C. structures such as pre-

treatment works, filter box, wash water tank, chemical tanks and channels will be

considered as water-tight only when the reduction in the water level from F.S.L. is not

more than 6 mm in 48 hours. The sides of underground structures should not be refilled

till the satisfactory hydraulic test is given In case of structures above ground, the outside

surfaces of the structures must be bond-dry with water up to F.S.L. inside. In case of

dispute, the decision of the Superintending Engineer shall be final. The hydraulic tests

shall be given at the end of completion of each item and structures kept full of water

upto the time of commissioning without claiming any extra cost, in order to avoid hair

cracks if kept empty for a long time. .

As regards the pipe lines the tests shall be performed for the working pressure of

water head equivalent to 1.5 times the prescribed working pressure for the pipes used.

The Contractor will have to give all these hydraulic tests by making his own

arrangements for water supply and filling and disposing of water. All materials, test

pump, caps, plugs etc. required shall be arranged by the Contractor at his cost.

Contractor shall rectify the defects noticed and carry out the test again and repeat the

testing operation till successful result is obtained and accepted by the Engineer-in-

charge. The rates quoted for the work shall be considered as inclusive of cost of all

labour and material and plant required to give successful test for water tightness.

GS16 Use of Sand

The sand to be used for the works shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge.

GS17 Use of Bricks

The bricks to be used or the works shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge.

GS18 Use of Metal

Only graded metal from trap/granite/quartzite/black basalt should be used from

quarry approved by Department. All tests shall be carried out for the quality of metal in

the approved testing laboratory.

CS19 Commissioning and Trial Run Period

After completion of various sub -work in all respects the whole plant shall be run

on trial basis by the Contractor for a period of three months after .the acceptance of

completion by the Engineer-in-charge. During this trial run period, the cost of chemicals

and electricity will be borne by the MJP.

226


GS20 Performance Period

After completion of successful trial run in all respects, the whole plant shall be put

into regular commissioning and performance period shall start from the date of regular

commissioning of plant as designed and complete in all respects. During the

performance period, which shall be of three months, the Contractor shall supervise,

operate and maintain the plant with all its Installations to its designed full capacity. This

period shall count from the date the plant starts functioning as designed and completed

in all respects. The lump sum offer for the water treatment plant as a whole will include

the service of Contractor's 0 & M and supervisory staff for the above period and no extra

payment shall be made

Performance period shall not be considered as commenced if the plant is not put

into commission with one and all equipment in working order. So also the ,performance

period will not be considered as complete so long as the -equipment, gauges, recorders,

etc. are not found in working condition for a minimum period of eleven months out of

twelve months total period leaving 30 days except for occasional break/repairs etc.

GS21 Guarantee Period

The Contractor shall stand guarantee for the successful operation and

maintenance of the whole plant for three months inclusive of successful performance

period of three months from the date of starting of the performance period during which

time any defects and shortcomings noticed due to faulty design of the plant, defective

mechanical and electrical equipment or defective construction will have to be made

good to the entire satisfaction of the MJP without claiming any extra cost. During the

guarantee period the MJP will bear the cost of chemicals, and energy. However. the

Contractor should maintain the plant and it, operation with his own staff. However,

during the performance period, the MJP Staff will be kept on training with the Contractor.

GS22 Mechanical Equipment

All the mechanical equipment required for efficient working of the plant shall be

provided of robust and durable type conforming to relevant I.S.S. specified for the

constituent material and construction. This includes the cost of labour skilled and

unskilled, tools, lifting tackle, valves, controlling devices, prime -movers, etc.

The material used for the various items shall -v specially selected for the job and

should be durable and of best quality and proof against physical and chemical ill-effects

as a result of the quality of weather coming in its contract. The valves up to 300 mm. dia

shall be manually operated without spur gear arrangement. The valves of sizes above

227


350 mm. dia and up to 700 mm dia shall be manually operated but with spur gear

arrangements. The valves of sizes 750 mm dia and above shall be operated with

electric actuator of Beacon-Rotork/Emtork make only with suitable arrangements of

manual operation in the case of emergency. The reduction gear box shall also be of

Beacon-Rotork/Emtork make. The torque selection calculations, design of the actuator,

gear box (spur/worm) shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. All the C.!.

head stocks/wheel of sluice valves etc. shall b, smooth finished, so that on painting they

present a smooth appearance. They should --painted with synthetic enamel paint of

approved quality.

GS23 Storing of Gas Cylinders

The general arrangements shall conform to latest bylaws for Gas Storage by the

Central Government. The Contractor will have to use the cylinders during the operation

and maintenance period and he should follow the complete procedure for obtaining the

regular license for using the Chlorine gas cylinders from the Competent Authority of the

Central Government, under the relevant laws. The license will be subsequently

transferred in the name of the Executive Engineer. The general arrangements shall be

got approved from the Chief Controller of Explosives, Bombay. Two gas cylinders of

capacity! MT each shall be supplied by the contractor for each plant.

GS24 Spare Parts

The Contractor shall supply before commencement of trial run, spares and

particulars of spare parts required to ensure operation of the plant continuously. The

name of the firm supplying the spare parts with trade number and probable annual

average delivery period should also be mentioned in the list of spare parts, failing which

the final bill shall not be released

228



MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL ,SCHEME DIVISION JALGAON

NAME OF WORK: - WALWADI WATER SUPPLY SCHEME.

TAL: & DIST: DHULE

Providing, erecting, testing Vertical Turbine P/M with allied equipment’s.

SUB WORK NO. 9:- PURE WATER PUMPING MACHINERY

Note :- Procurement of Pumping Machinery and allied equipments shall be

allowed after 50 to 60 % completion of civil work.

Item No. 1 : V.T. PUMP.

The tenderer shall provide install and commission the V.T. pump sets (Water

Lubricated type) of approved make. Suitable for discharge 203263 LPH @ 71 meters

head with column pipe, discharge head, strainer etc., Losses in column pipes shall be

assessed by the Tendered and shall be included in the design head of the pump.

PUMP DUTIES

No. of pumps (duty + stand bye) 1 + 1

Individual pump discharge 203263 Lph

Design discharge level 299.40 mtr

Design lowest suction level in Sump

well

260.00 mtr

Design pump house floor level 264.61 Mtr

Static head 39.40 mtr

Length of Rising Main 4500 Mtr.

Dia of Rising Main 250 mm D.I.K-9

Total frictional losses in pipe line 24.90 Mtr.

Residual head 2.00 M.

Losses in valves & column pipe 2.00 M

Total head 67.00 M.

Head ranges 45.00 mtr. To 74.00 mtr.

Shut off head Not less than 80.00 mtr.

229


The pump shall confirm to IS 1710, 1972, with latest modifications from time to

time. Efficiency of the pump shall not be less than 75% at duty point under any

circumstances.

Construction and design details of the pump set shall be as follows:

A) V.T. PUMP : 1) Pump shall be water lubricated type.

2) Number of stages shall not exceed 5 Nos.

3) Speed – 1500 RPM (synchronous).

B) IMPELLERS : Impellers shall be of Bronze conforming to IS 318, grade II. Impeller

shall be dynamically balanced.

C) WEARING RING : It shall be of Bronze conforming to IS 318, grade II and shall be of

renewable type. It shall be held in place by screwing against rotation, press fit locked

with pins.

D) PUMP SHAFT : Pump Shaft shall be of stainless steel grade 410 and diameter shall

not be less than 45 mm dia or nearest commercial size.

E) LINE SHAFT :- Line shaft with coupling shall be in length 1.5 M or less and shall be

of stainless steel grade 410 since water lubricated. The diameter of the shaft shall not

be less than 45 mm or nearest commercial size. The lesser size of line shaft shall not be

accepted.

F) COLUMN PIPE :- Column pipe shall be of M S fabricated heavy duty flanged type dia

200 mm, length 1.50 M or less suitably designed to have total suspended length of

column assembly. Thickness of column pipe shall be minimum 8 mm. Total column pipe

length including Bowl assembly and Strainer is 6.00 Meter. The distance between total

depth and discharge head shall be matched with required length of distance piece.

G) LINE SHAFT BEARINGS :- Cut-less rubber bearing at 1.5 M spacing for total

column assembly including spiders (bearing holders) shall be provided.

230


H) STRAINER :- GI suction Strainer shall be flanged type heavy duty with hardware

shall be provided.

I) SUCTION BELL MOUTH :- Entrance dia of bell mouth shall be such that the suction

velocity shall not exceed 1.5 mtr/sec and shall be of M S heavy duty or CI. The shape

and curvature of the bell mouth shall be designed to streaming the flow to bowl suction.

The thickness of bell mouth shall be not less than 8 mm.

J) DISCHARGE HEAD : Discharge head shall be of CI or fabricated from MS it shall

incorporate full dia elbow, stuffing box with renewable bushing and taping for pressure

gauge. It shall be of robust construction and shall be designed to support entire load of

pump assembly. Bottom face of discharge head shall be flat and machined.

K) SOLE PLATE : Sole plate of MS 30 mm thick machined from both sides shall be

provided. The size of sole plate shall be suitable as per requirement at site. Suitable

opening for bowl assembly shall be provided at the center. The sole plate shall be fix

with nut bolt on frame of ISMB 200 X 100 mm and shall be machined. The frame shall

be anchored by nut-bolts to the provided girder and further braced to achieve rigidity.

The sole plates shall be kept on frame and blue matched to extend at least 60% of

contact area. If necessary uneven surface shall be smoothed with polish papers or

smooth file. The sole plate shall be perfectly leveled with straight edge and precision

level. The sole pate shall have tapped holes to receive discharge head. Sole plate

welded to bottom of discharge head is not acceptable. The leveling sim between sole

plate and discharge head is not acceptable.

L) The pump shall be driven by electrical hollow shaft motor.

M) For pre-lubrication, a pre-lubrication tank of 300 liters capacity of GI with MS stand

shall be provided, connection of 25 mm dia GI pipe shall be taken from rising main after

the Sluice valve and shall be connected to the pre-lubrication tank and assembly

bearing. An isolating wheel valve heavy duty (pneumatic type) shall be provided on the

25-mm dia pipeline.

231


N) Special tools i.e. two pairs of erecting clamps of forged steel for the column pipe

assembly & line shaft as recommended by the manufacturer. Adjusting nut spanner

shall be supplied. All nut bolts and washers shall be of S/S. For Each Pump.

FACTORY TEST: -





borne by agency.(T.P.I. Circular attached )

A) HYDROSTATIC TEST :-

Following items shall be tested at hydrostatic pressure equal to I.5 times shut off

head of bowl assembly or two times working head whichever is higher.

4) Bowl assembly

5) Discharge head

6) Column pipes.

B) PERFORMANCE TEST :-

The test shall generally be carried out, as per IS 9127 code of Acceptance test for

pump class-C. The test shall be carried out at full speed full load at manufacturer work.

The test shall cover 6 points i.e. duty point, 2 above, 2 below and shut off head with

power consumption.


Item No.2 :- Centrifugal Monoblock pump set

The centrifugal monoblock pump set shall be confirming to I.S. 9079/1979 with

C.I. impeller, priming funnel cock, suitable flange and specials at suction and delivery

side with nuts and bolts, pump shall have common shaft for pump and motor. The pump

shall be suitable for discharge & head, with base plate, foundation nut bolts etc. The

232


motor shall be suitable for 415 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz, A.C. supply, with class-E insulation

and T.E.F.C construction and shall have 30% reserve H.P. The pump shall be erected

on a I.S.M.C. 100 channel frame, which in turn will be fixed on concrete foundation of

suitable size duly leveled.

The characteristic curve, performance chart of indicating the efficiency of the

pump set, shall be submitted along with tender and manufacturing test certificate shall

be given during actual supply.

Duty condition Discharge Head Head range H.P.

A)Zone No 1

From Pure

water Sump to

G.S.R.

96250 LPH 32.00 mtr 24 to 35 m Not less

than 20.00

H.P.

This item includes the installation of Pump set with necessary MS specials for

suction and delivery side of required diameter such as Tapers, Flanges, Bends, ,Nut

bolts, Rubber packing etc. complete.

The details of Pump set shall be furnished and get approved from competent

authority prior to supply.

FACTORY TEST: -





borne by agency.(T.P.I. Circular attached )

Item No.3 : Vacuum Pump DV 40 With elect. motor

The vacuum pump shall be single stage suction with double delivery centrifugal

displacement type. It should be coupled to a motor (TEFC) of suitable HP, operating on

415V, 3 phase, 50 Hz A.C supply as per IS 325, RPM shall be 1500 (synchronous). The

motor and pump shall be mounted on

Common base frame, MS fabricated /CI and coupled through self aligning set.

The complete unit shall be installed on suitable concrete foundation block with

necessary foundation bolts etc as directed. It shall be connected to all centrifugal pump

233


under item No.1 with 25 mm GI pipe ‘B’ class fitting and valves etc. as per directed by

Engineer-in-charge.

D.O.L. starter in shall be connected in circuit from panel switch to starter and

starter to vacuum pump. Cost of required size copper conductor cable shall be included

in this item.

ITEM NO.4 A - Pressure gauge

The pressure gauge shall be 150mm.dia. Circular dia range 0 to 10 kg/cm². It

shall be provided with “U” tube and three way cock arrangement.

The gauge shall be installed on the first M.S. or C.I. bend above the frame of

individual pump etc. A 3/8” size socket shall be welded to both bends with a hole tapped

on bend for the gauge.

Approved Make :- As per list attached

ITEM NO.4 B - 15 MM Dia G.I. Pipe

Pressure gauge shall be install in pump house with tap on common delivery on

rising main with 15 mm dia medium duty ‘B’ Class G.I. Pipe and specials .


ITEM No. 5 (A , B,C,D) : Providing and fixing sluice valve

Providing, erecting, jointing the C.I. double flanged sluice valve confirming to I.S.

780 and of PN-1 rating water works quality, with non rising spindle with C.I. hand wheel

without bypass arrangement, spindle of bronze / stainless steel. The valve shall be

installed in good engineering manner with all fasteners, gaskets, etc. complete as

directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The valve shall be provided with C.C. foundation or

structural steel support.

Sluice valve for delivery side of pump sets

For V.T. Pump 200 mm.dia.

For Centrifugal Pump 150 mm.dia.

Approved Make: - As per list attached

234


ITEM NO.6 (A,B,C,D,) Reflux valve

The reflux valve shall be of PN-1 rating, water works type, heavy duty, double

flanged single door with bronze on gunmetal seat. The reflux valve should be as per IS

5312 ( Part II). The valve shall be provided with/ without by pass arrangement. The

valve shall be given support of c.c. foundation or structural steel.

Reflux valve for delivery side of pump sets



Reflux valve for Rising Main




Item No.7 :- FOOT VALVE ( 150 MM Dia)

Providing and erecting flange type C.I. foot valve having single leather flap and

gun metal seating valve shall be fixed on suction side of pump as per requirement

including jointing material and hardware .


ITEM NO.8 A & B :C.I./M.S. pipes and specials flanged joints

The item includes providing, erecting, jointing with jointing material and

commission C.I./M.S. flanged pipes and specials hydraulically tested to with stand twice

the duty head of pump or 1.5 times the pump’s shut off head whichever is more. Rubber

jointing of 1/8” thickness with nut, bolts shall be used. The specials shall be supplied as

per layout drawing, got approved from Engineer-in-charge or as directed by him at the

time of actual erection work. C.I./M.S. specials, pipes and valves shall be given two

coats of black anticorrosive paint of superior quality. The work also includes the

dismantling and reconstruction of the portion of well to take out the delivery pipe. The

M.S. pipe shall be fabricated out of 6 mm thick plate C.C. supports shall be provided at

each 1.5 m. interval.

The weight in schedule ‘B’ is tentative payment will be made on actual weightiest

235


basis for M.S. specials and pipes . The basis for weights of C.I. pipes & specials .shall

be as per relevant ISS with permissible tolerance .

Providing fixing CIDF pipes and specials as per requirement .the pipe and

specials shall be as per IS of B class .The flange for pipes and specials shall be as per

IS 1537

Item No. 9 : DISMENTALLING JOINTS

Providing erecting and commissioning M.S. dismantling joints as per requirement

and department approved range and specification including machining and rubber rings

and suitable 16 Kg2 working pressure with required flanges of suitable size with nut bolt

etc comp. the joint should have through long bolt so that during normal pressure there

should be no sliding of sliding flanges L.O.F. (length over flange ) should not be less

than 75% of dia

150 mm dia , one no. for Flow meter

200 mm 2 nos. for V.T. Pump & one no. for Flow meter

10) Flanged Joints

Providing fixing flange joint with required jointing material such as rubber packing

nut bolts, white paste etc. to be used for flanged joints are included in this item.

Item No. 11: V H S MOTOR (Minimum 90 H.P.)

The tenderer shall provide, install and commission vertical hollow shaft motor of

approved make with required material, having capacity of 90 HP with Energy Efficient,

to drive the V T pump under item No. 1

The torque-speed and the current-speed characteristics of the motor shall be

suitable to accelerate the drive equipment to full speed, without exceeding the starting

current of 2 ½ times the full load current on A.T.S. starting.

The motor shall be flanged mounted vertical hollow shaft with non-reversible

ratchet. The motor shall be statically and dynamically balanced and critical speed shall

be in the range of 80% and 120% of the motor speed. The motor shall be of screen

protected drip proof construction with degree of enclosure protection conforming to IP-

236


23 or superior. The motor shall be designed for continuous operations and shall conform

to IS 325.

The motor shall be provided with heavy-duty friction bearing, grease lubricated

type. The terminal box shall be suitable for termination of power cable. The rated

horsepower of the motor shall be at least 20% more than power requirement of the

pump at the duty point and stipulated head range i.e. 45 to 74 mtr. The motor shall be

suitable for supply system 415 V, 3 Ph, 50 C/S with voltage variation of ± 10% and

frequency variation of ± 3%. The insulation shall be ‘F’ class. Suitable size cable entry

box shall be provided to the motor terminal cover. The rated speed should not be more

than 1500 RPM (Synchronous).

Manufacturers test report, certificate with O & M manual shall be furnished with each

motor.


Item No. 12 :- PANEL BOARD

Providing, fabricating, installing, testing and commissioning cubical industrial type

dust and vermin proof panel board from 16 SWG MS sheet, 50 X 50 X 6 mm size MS

angle iron frame with free standing MS channel base frame of ISMC 100 X 75 mm.

The front and the rear door shall be provided with hinges and locking

arrangement. The indicating devices and operating switchgear shall not be mounted

above 1.6 meter from floor level. The panel board shall be powder coated (Epoxy Base

7 tank process) as per relevant IS.

The contractor should get approval for designing the general layout, drawing and

wiring diagram of the panel boards from the Engineer in charge or the competent

authority of the department before commencement of the fabrication work.

The panel board shall be fitted with the following accessories:

1) M.C.C.B. For Incomer 1 No. :- Triple pole M.C.C.B. of 630 A X 50 KA capacity with

thermal overload relay-for incoming shall be provided . The M.C.C.B. shall have

switching macanizam of quick make and quick break type .type utilizing trip free

mechanism the M.C.C.B. shall be provided with handle mechanism to fascinate

operation of breaker from outside panel door and interlocking arrangement with door

shall also be provided . It shall be conform to relevant I.S. M.C.C.B. shall be provided

237


earth leakage circuit relay .with required balance transformer as per requirement of

M.S.E.D.C.L. authority M.C.C.B. shall be provided with shunt release and shall have

push button tripping arrangement with on/off indication lamp capacity shall be 50 KA.

M.C.C.B. shall have R.Y.B. phase indicating lamps

.

2) Alluminium bus bar of 630 A capacity for full length of panel board shall be provided

with R.Y.B. phase and neutral and mounted on insulators of appropriate capacity. The

bus bar shall be painted with standard colour code.

3) M.C.C.B. :- Tripple pole M.C.C.B. of 250 A capacity with thermal overload relay. The

breaking capacity be shall be 35 KA. The M.C.C.B. shall have shunt release & push

button tripping arrangement and shall have ON/OFF indicating lamp ( 2 for individual

motor & 1 spare & 1 WTP )—4 nos

4) 100 Amp 25 KA - 5 Nos. MCCB for C.F. Pump & capacitor with No volt coil & on-off

indicating, front operating mechanism- 2 No’s for mono block pumps & 3 No. for

capacitor bank.

5) Triple pole front operated, FFO switch for 500 volt ,63 Amp. With H.R.C. Fuses -2

No.

6) Capacitor- The power factor improvement capacitor ( Mix Di Electric ) banks

suitable for 415 V x 3 phase 50 cycles floor mounted with discharging devices capacitor

bank is to connected in circuit. The necessary cable and lugs / glands etc. are deem to

be included in this item. Capacity of bank shall be as following.

A. 40 KVAR – 2 No’s for 90 HP VT Pump set

B. 10 KVAR – 2 No’s for CF Pump set

7 a) Rotary change over switch four pole 300 amp X 500 Volt front operated - 1 Nos.

For V.T. Pump

7 b) Rotary change over switch i ) four pole 100 amp X 500 Volt front operated - 1

No’s .For C.F. Pump

238


8) Voltmeter- 0 to 500 Volt 150 sq.mm type flush mounted with selector switch 1 No.

9) Ammeter – 1 No. 0 - 300 – 600 suppressed scale Ammeter

C.T. operated ammeters with selector switch set of 3 Nos. CTS of suitable

ratio for measuring current of motors with 0 - 300 – 600 amp. Range size of ammeter

shall be 150 sq.mm flush mounted for measuring total load of the system. CT’s shall be

of class of accuracy 1, burden 15 VA.

10) Ammeter – 3 No.

150 mm size square, flush mounted ammeter of range 200 to 400 with

suppressed scale connected in circuit for measuring current of motors for pump sets

under item no. 1 for measuring individual load of motors with CTS & Selector switch.

10 b ) Ammeter – 2 No.

150 mm size square, flush mounted ammeter of range 0 to 70 with suppressed

scale connected in circuit for measuring current of motors for pump sets under item no.

1 b ( C. F. Mono block Pump ) for measuring individual load of motors with CTS &

Selector switch.

11) Supplying erecting Fully automatic star delta starter to operate squirrel cage

induction motor working on 380 – 440 volt phase 50 Hz. With no volt coil – overload

element and on off push buttons with necessary material connected to supply etc comp.

Suitable for 30 HP motor 2 Nos.

(ML3 Type)

12) Coloured Indicating 25 mm neon lamp – 1 set

13) M.C.C.B. shall have two indicating neon lamps separately for on-off indication.

14) 1 No 15 Amp socket and switch point shall be provided on panel.

15) 2 Nos. earthing terminals shall be provided on panel board

16) Rubber matting 6 mm thick suitable for 22 kv shall be laid in front of L.T. panel and

starter – 7 sqm.

239


17) Suitable size quartz watch to be fixed at suitable place – 1 No.

18) Hour meter – 4 No ( To be Fixed on Starter)

19) ELR with required C.B.T.

20) Danger board – 2 No

The internal wiring shall be in proper size with color code clip at the end of each

wire.

The panel board drawing, wiring diagram shall be furnished and get approved

from department prior to fabrication and supply, panel shall have cable entire from

bottom with suitable glands. All incoming and out going feeders shall have on

indications. The panel shall be installed as directed by Engineer-in- charge.

All the wiring of the panel board shall be of RYB copper conductor. PVC insulated

wires of suitable size only. It shall be carried out by using cable clips. The wiring inside

the panel board shall be in engineering manner, with cable clips at required length.

Necessary extra looping length for cables and wire shall be provided.

FACTORY TEST: -





borne by agency. .

1.Revieve of raw materials test certificate and quality control procedure.

2.Routine test

3.Checking components and wiring diagram, control circuit and operation of panel.

4.Insulation resistance test

5.High voltage test

240


6.Power frequency test

7.Fault simulation

8.Revieve of type test certificate of breaker.

THE DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS OF THE PANEL BOARD ACCESSORIES SHALL

BE AS UNDER: -

BUS BAR:

Bus bar shall be of Aluminium of cross-section size to suit 630 Amps load and of

withstanding the electro-mechanical forces due to short circuit.

The neutral bar shall not be smaller than half cross-section of main bus bar. The bus bar

chamber and supported on unbreakable non-hydroscopic supports rigidly held to the

framework. The bus bar shall have separate special screwed cover with ventilating

louvers. The temperature rise of the bus bar shall not exceed 55°C over an ambient

temperature of 40°C. the bus bar shall be PVC insulated with colour code for phase

indication. The bus bar shall be easily accessible for inspection. The power distribution

bus bars or cables shall be bolted clamp type. The parallel bus bars shall not be used

for main bus bars or distribution.

MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER:

All the MCCB shall be provided with tripping devices with inverse type

characteristics for over load protection and instantaneous protection against short

circuit. MCCB shall have spring assisted quick make-brake manually operated trip free

front operating mechanism. It should display ON & OFF position of H.T. handle. It

should be calibrated at ambient temperature with higher and lower temperature

compensation. Each MCCB shall have the capacity as mentioned above and shall be of

approved make only.

SWITCH FUSE UNIT;

All insulating switches shall be double break type quick load break type and have

the rating to suit the load connected on it. The ON-OFF position shall be clearly marked

241


on the panel. The mechanical interlocking shall be provided so that the door opens only

in OFF position of switch. The switch shall confirm to IS 4047 and IS 4237.

HRC FUSES:

HRC cartridge fuse shall be of link type of power and control non-deteriorating

have adequate fault capacity to show health and trip condition fuses shall confirm

IS2208.

INDICATION LAMP;

The indicating lamp shall be of filament bulb types of 160V rating with series

resistance for different voltages. The oil and dust proof unbreakable suitable

polycarbonate lenses shall be used to improve appearance and illumination.

SELECTOR SWITCH:

The selector switch shall be with three position & off units designed for heavy-

duty application and handling for robust design. The required position shall be engraved

in the front plate.

Acceptable make- Keycee, L&T.,Siemens

POWER FACTOR IMPROVING CAPACITOR :

The capacitor shall be suitable for operation at 440/400V 3 phase 50 Hz supply

and variations in supply as mentioned elsewhere. The capacitor shall be mixed dielectric

or poly propylene low loss type.

The capacitor shall be supplied in hermetically sealed unit each of same capacity

with non-inflammable and non-oxidizing synthetic impermanent if used and shall be

complete connected with switch fuse unit and earthing devices. HRC fuses and self

discharging, resistance connected with common bus bar with adequate capacity. The

capacitor shall be designed to withstand electro-dynamic and thermal stresses caused

by transit over current during switching. The capacitor banks shall be of robust design

and shall confirm to IS 2834.

The capacitor bank shall be mounted on a base fabricated from 50 mm X 6 mm

angle and shall be installed as directed by Engineer in charge.

242


RUBBER MATTING:

The 22 kV 6 mm thick 1 meter width rubber mating of approved make shall be

provided for panel boards and starters.

QUARTZ WATCH :

Providing and installing the Quartz watch with required setting, having figure of

SBC 50 mm, and shall be fixed on panel. Rectifier of suitable capacity if necessary shall

be provided and fixed without any extra cost.

HOUR METER:

Hour meter with totaliser shall be provided for measuring pumping hours of each

pump set.

Item No. 13 : FULLY AUTOMATIC A.T. STARTER

Providing, installing and commissioning fully automatic air brake contactor type

floor mounted auto-transformer starter locally assembled, having oil immersed copper

wound auto-transformer with first filling of good quality of transformer oil, oil gauge, level

indicator, drain plug, etc., and shall be provided with 50% 65% and 80% tapping. It shall

be suitable to accelerate the pump (item No.1) to full speed with 65% tapping. Magnetic

Over-load relays and Under-voltage relays, complete and duly installed in position as

directed including all misc. materials and hardware to complete the job shall be

provided. Wiring connection shall have feature to prevent Zero voltage condition while

changing from tap to full voltage.

The starter shall be suitable for motor to work at 375 – 440 V, 3 Ph, and 50 c/s

electric supply. The starter shall be provided with negative sequence current operated

single phasing preventer. One suitable scale Ammeter of 300 Amp shall be provided on

the starter. The rating of the main contractor shall not be less than 200 Amps and of

auxiliary contactor shall not be less than 110 Amps. Indicating lamps for ON & OFF

indications shall be provided. The starter shall be installed in position on C.C. (1:2:4)

foundation or on channel frame. The complete job should be executed as required and

as directed by the Engineer in charge, complete with painting with conventional paint.

The item includes the required tested transformer oil for first filling with test certificate

and test and trial. Suitable size cables end boxes for incoming and outgoing terminals of

the starter shall be provided. The starter shall be designed for minimum 6 operations/hr.

243


uniformly distributed with equal period of interval over an hour. Cubical box for starter

size 1.25 M. height 0.75 M. width & 0.45 Mtr. Depth.

The contractors shall be made of 200/110/110 rating anti-shield silver cadmium

oxide and contact system shall be designed with minimum balance to ensure long

contact life. Hour meter shall be fixed.

The starter shall be got tested from third party inspecting agency approved by M

JP& witnessed by competent authority of MJP at manufacturers work. Field test shall

be carried out in the presence of competent authority.

The manufacturers test repot, O&M manual with circuit diagram shall be supplied with

each starter.


Item No. 14 (A,B,C,D,E ) : CABLE AND CABLING.

A) 3.5 Core x 185 Sq.mm Aluminum conductor PVC / XLPE insulated armoured cable to

be laid in Double run from transformer to main panel.

B) 3 core x 120 sqmm Aluminum conductor PVC insulated armoured cable to be laid

from panel to ATS starter to 90 H.P. motor.

C) 3 core x 10 sqmm Aluminum conductor PVC insulated armoured cable to be laid

from panel to FASD starter and starter to 20 H.P. motor.

D) 3 core x 16 sqmm Aluminum conductor PVC insulated armoured cable to be laid

from panel to capacitor.

E) Lugs and Glands :- Providing fixing all cable ends as per requirement the cable

lugs and the cable glands of required size etc comp.

This includes the work of providing, laying & jointing PVC sheathed, PVC insulated

aluminum conductor armored cable of approved make. Cable shall satisfactorily

withstand without damage due to transportation to site, installation at site, cabling from

control switch board to different motors, capacitors and operation under normal and

short circuit condition of various system to which the respective cables are connected

when operating under climatic conditions prevailing at the site.The cable length shown

244


in schedule B is tentative and can be vary on both side. Payment will be made as per

actual supply and laying.

The cable shall be aluminum conductor PVC insulated and sheathed galvanized flat

steel wire armored cable. Cable shall confirm with IS 1554. The cable shall be suitable

for satisfactory performance when laid on trays or through conductor under a power

supply system, voltage variation of ± 10% of frequency variation ± 3%. The size and

length estimated for cables as per cable schedule are indicative only. The cable shall be

connected to the equipment’s with the help of water tight flange type cable glands.

All cable shall be supported by conduits or cable trays, trenches run in air or in cable

duct channel. This shall be installed in exposed & run parallel or perpendicular to

dominant surface with right angle turn made of symmetrical bend of fittings. When

cables are run on cable trays that they shall be clamped at minimum intervals of 2000

mm or otherwise as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

Each cable whether power or control, shall provide with a metallic or plastic tag of an

approved type, bearing of cable reference number indicated in the cable and a conduit

list (prepared by the contractor) at every 5 M run or part thereof and at both ends of the

cable adjacent to the terminations. Cable routing is to be done in such a way that cables

are accessible to any maintenance and for easy identification. Shaft bending and kicking

of cable shall be avoided. The minimum ratio of PVC insulated cable 1100 V grade shall

be 1.5 D where ‘D’ is overall diameter of the cable. Installation of other cables like high

voltage co-axial screened, compensating, mineral insulated shall be in accordance with

the cable manufacturers recommendations, wherever cables cross roads and water,

special care should be taken or the protection of the cables in designing the cable

channel. In each cable run some extra length shall be kept at suitable point.

F) Trench :- Making a trench of suitable width and 0.90 m deep and laying provided

cable and refilling the same with screen sand bed of 0.20 m thick to embed the cable

and bricks to placed on both side lengthwise and top widthwise all over the cable run

and refilling the excavated earth without stone on hard material and making the surface

proper with 0.15 m crown on top .


245


Item No. 15 (A ) : TRANSFORMER : - 200 KVA

Providing erecting & commissioning out door type 200 KVA transformer of

average ratio 11 KV/0.433 kV, 3 phase, 50 C/S. Outdoor type oil immersed core type

naturally cooled copper winding distribution transformer vector group Dy - 11 with Off

load tap changing hence having locking arrangement with Godrej Navtal lock with

duplicate keys. Tap changing from –12.5% to + 2.5% in steps of 2.5% provided on H.T.

side shall be delta (D) and L.T. winding in star with neutral brought out. Outdoor type

open porcelain bushing on H.T. side and cable box suitable for 400 Sq.mm 3.5 core

cable with cable glands on LV side. The transformer shall be continuously rated for full

load and capable of taking 25% overload for short duration. Temperature rise in oil

should not exceed 45 degree ‘C’ above the ambient temperature. The transformer shall

be conforming to IS 2926/1962 bushing conforming to IS 2099/1962. The transformer oil

shall be as per reverent IS. The transformer oil should be provided with first filling of

best quality transformer oil, test report of filled oil should be submitted along with

transformer. The no load losses & load losses shall not be more than 500 Watt & 3000

Watt respectively. as per M.S.E.D.CL. Norm allowed.

Following accessories should be provided with transformer :

1) Off load changing gear.

2) Oil conservator with filling hole with cap and plain oil level gauge.

3) Silica gel de-hydrating breather charged with Silica Gel.

4) Oil drain valve.

5) 100 mm dia. Thermometer gauge.

6) Oil filter valve.

7) Lifting eyes/hooks.

8) Two earthling terminals.

246


9) Diagram and rating plate.

10) First filling of oil with di-electric strength of 50 kV as per I.E.rule

11) Four bi-directional plain rollers.

12) Air vent.

13) Explosion vent

The transformer shall be erected on PCC block at suitable height. Required civil

work shall be carried out as directed at the time of execution with channel guide and

stopper as required as per IS 1886 Indian electricity rule and as directed on site.

Cement will own cost of contractor.

Drawing of substation shall be submitted duly approved by competent authority to

this office for construction of civil work required for substation well in advance (with one

month from the date of issue work order.)

Routine test temperature rise test will be carried out in manufacturers work in

presence of Engineer in charge. Please refer Clause No. 43 of general condition.

Factory test certificate of transformer, oil test report etc. duly witnessed by departments

Engineers shall be given along with warranty certificate, detail drawing, manual etc.

shall be supplied in duplicate. No payment will be released in absence of this certificate.

: Additional Capacitor

Providing ,fixing & testing additional mix Di – Electric capacitor for improve the power

factor off- load condition with panel box fabricated out of 14 SWG sheet with painting

having required size as directed by engineer in charge . following accessories shall be

fixed in panel box . The panel box shall be installed in sub-station area by providing

proper cabling etc completed.

1) 20 KVAR Mix Di-electric capacitor

2) 630 Amp front operated MCCB

3) 630 Amp Aluminum Bus – Bar.

4) Pilot lamp set.


247


Item No. 15B : Foundation Plinth :-

Providing transformer plinth 1.50 X 1.50 X1.50 M in size with nesseary

excavation in ground at the botttem with 150 mm thick 1:2:4 ration cement concrete raft

at the bottem and top and 225 mm thk. Wall constructed in stone masonary and

remaining hallow portion filled by 1:5:10 ratio cement concrete , duly plastered 20 mm

thick of size including watering etc complete .

Item No. 16 : H.T. SUB_STATION (Four Pole ) :-

Pole structure made from 4 Nos. of ISMB 175 mm X 90 mm size having length of

9 Mtr . conforming to IS 2713/1664.

Required members made from MS channel of size 100 mm X 50 mm – 16 Nos.

for mounting disc insulator, lighting arrester, A.B. switch G.O.D,.D.O. fuse, pin insulator

suitable for 200 KVA transformer shall be provided and fixed on poles with suitable

clamps. Cement will be own cost of contractor.

Necessary leveling and spreading of 10 cm layer of metal in substation area shall be

carried out by the contractor.

Cement concrete foundation block for poles shall be carried out in cement concrete

1:2:4 by contractor as directed at the time of actual execution.

1) Disc insulator : 11 kV disc insulator for terminal of H.T. line. ----------- 12 Nos.

2) Lighting arrestor : 1 set of lighting arrestor consisting of 3 Nos. suitable for 11 kV

conforming to IS ------------------------------------------------- 1 sets.

3)A.B. switch G.O.D. : consists of outdoor off load triple pole Rocking / Tilting type

single break with hot dip galvanized iron base, post type H.T. insulator copper/copper

alloy high pressure tinned contacts. Plated MS arcing horn for breaking magnetizing

current GI pipe down rod, operating handle suitable for 11 KV conforming to IS with one

Godrej Navtal lock and duplicate keys shall be provided for locking ----------------------------

- 1 Sets.

2) Drop out fuses : D.O. fuses shall consist of (set of 3 Nos.) hot dip galvanized

channel iron base for insulator per phase with fuse carrier Bakelite tube non ferrous

248


metal part heavily tinned to withstand weather and spring loaded phosphor-bronze

coated with fuse element for 11 KV load. As per IS. two sets of fuse elements shall be

provided for maintenance ----------------------------------------------------------- 1 Sets.

3) Operating rod: D.O. fuse operating rod or four section socket head mounted on

synthetic rasin banded tube . Assembled length should be 6 mtr and when collapse

about 1.5 mtr. Rechargeable battery shall be provided for night operation.----------- --------

---------------------------- 1 sets.

4) Pin insulator: Pin insulator for 11 kV shall be provided A.B. switch and transformer

for supporting H.T. copper wire.------------------------------- 6 Nos.

5) Anti-climbing devices and danger board: As per I.E. rule should be provided on

each pole complete. Four pole structure and accessories should be painted with one

coat of anticorrosive primer and two coats of aluminum paint. -------2 Nos

6) Superior quality, Extra thick alkathine pipe 10mm, dia shall be provided and used to

enclosed bare conductor wire 30 mtr.

7) Hard drawn copper wire solid conductor of 6 SWG shall be supplied and used for

connection between M.S.E.D.C.L.. point of supply of H.T. side to Bushing of 160 KVA

transformer as per requirement. ------------------ 10 Kg.

8) Enameled iron sheet 18 gauge caution board of size 200mm X 150mm as per IS

2552/1982 in Hindi / Marathi shall be fixed at suitable places.---------------10 Nos.

9) Pole clamp : M.S. pole clamp pole clamp made from 50 X 10 mm flat for pole or

pipe post complete erected with 15 mm bolts and nuts .complete dually prepainted with

one coat of red oxide and two coat of al. paint ------------- 20 nos.

10) Isolator of 630 Amp MCCB 415 V with cabinet suitable for outdoor installation with

required bus bar shall be provided and erected in sub station.

249


FENCING & GATE:-

Providing and fixing fencing of each frame size 2.45 m (H) and 1.25m (L) made

from iron support of angle 50mm X 50mm X 6mm with 2.5 sq. m Chain link jali made

from G.I. wire 4 mm dia. The frame shall have extended angle of 400mm to be grouted

in C.C. foundation of 200 mm X 300 mm X 500 mm size. The frame shall have welded

spikes to work as anti-climbing devices. Angle iron supports frame shall be at every 1.20

mtr grouted in C.C. foundation overall size of substation shall be 7mtr X 9 mtr. two Nos.

Gate shall be fabricated from 40 mm G.I. pipes in two half, each half of 2.5 m(H) X 1.5

m (L) shall be supported on hinges and fixed to RSJ channel support. One pilot wire

mesh of size 1.00 m wide shall be provided as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. & 7

liver Navtal Lock shall be provided for locking arrangement of gates

All iron work shall be painted with one coat of primer and two coats of aluminum

paint. .( 8 nos. of angle corner supports shall be fixed.)

Item No. 17 : SAFETY EQUIPMENT:-

1) Supplying G.I. bucket, round bottom duly painted 13 liters capacity and filled with

dry sand and kept on provided stand or wall hook/duly painted with one coat of red

oxide and two coats of post office red paint. -----4 Nos.

2) Supplying floor mounting stand for keeping 4 Nos. of buckets 1.5 mtr length 1

meter in height and 2 mtr. Width made out 40mm X 40mm X 4mm angle iron welded

with 4 hook and duly painted with one coat of red oxide and two coats of red enamel

paint. -------------------1 No.

3) Supplying and erecting approved make chemical fire extinguisher 5 kgs capacity

erected on wall/ column with necessary clamps made out of 50mm X 6mm M.S. flat with

nut bolts grouted in wall/column complete 4 Nos. The extinguisher shall be provided.

---- 2 nos

4) Providing printed instructions charts for treating persons suffering from electric

shock printed in English and Marathi duly framed with glasses ------

2 Nos.

250


5) Supply of standard first aid box with all the standard contents. --- 2Nos.

6) Emergency lamp with recharabale dry battery with all asserious --- 2 Nos.

7) Pair of rubber hand gloves suitable for working on 11 kV supply.-- --2 Nos.

8) Rubber matting 6 mm thick suitable for 22 kv supply – 2 sqmtr

ITEM NO.18 (A) :- Earthing

Supplying & erecting 2.5 mtr. long 40 mm dia G.I .pipe with perforated cross

holes at 150 mm center to center the hole the Galvanized cast iron earth plate of size

60X60X0.6 cms buried in specifically prepared earth pit 3.50 Mt. below ground level with

alternate layers of charcoal and salt with 1mtr. long 19mm dia GI pipe with funnel with a

wire mesh for watering and brick masonry chamber 30cm,X 30cm & 25 cm deep with

C.I. cover complete as per para 73 of IS 3043 with necessary length of earth strip bolted

with lug to the plate and connected to the nearest switch gears with socket as per

direction and duly tested by earth tester and recording the results.

Item No. 18 (B) : EARTHING STRIP (G.I.):

Supplying and erecting earthing strip of different sizes used for earthing and

laying in ground, trench or erected on the wall with necessary clamps fixed on the wall

joints painted with bituminous paint in an approved manner.

Item No. 19 : ELECTRIFICATION TO PUMP HOUSE:

The item includes electrification to pump house. The wiring shall be done in

copper conductor 1.5 Sq.mm wire, PVC insulated only. PVC conduit flat of suitable size

shall be used for encasing. Following electrical fittings shall be provided :

The following electrical equipment shall be provided & fixed.

Internal Electrification

4. 2 nos X 18 watt CFL Street light fitting with Energy Efficient – 7 nos

2 . Out door type Fluo fitting 1X 40 watt tube bracket etc. – 4 nos

251


3 . Supplying and erecting Pedestal Fan 600 mm sweep qscillating type suitable to work

230 Volts 50 cycles 1440 RPM with speed regulator – 2 nos

4 . Exhaust Fan heavy duty 230 Volts AC 50cycles 450 mm 1400 RPM complete to be

erected as directed by Engineer- in – charge.

5. Bulkhead fitting cast alluminium enameled body with 25 watt CFL – 2 nos

External Electrification

1.150 watt HP S.V. street light lamp fitting with bracket fixture etc. erected on pole G.I.

heavy duty 80 mm- 6 mtr. long with all required accessories & cable – 2 Nos ( To be

installed on pole) & 2 no. to be erected on wall of pump house as directed by Engineer-

in-charge.

Pole foundation :- Providing CC foundation including excavation of the pole with 60 X 60

cm and 180 cm deep in 1:3:6 cement concrete (20 to 25mm stone metal )and 45X

45X45 cm plinth duly plastered and with necessary curing and finishing etc comp.

5. Required size aluminum conductor PVC cable shall be provided & laid Suitably

with required Kit-Kat fuse on poles or wherever required.

6. Supplying pedestal fan 600 mm sweep oscillating type suitable to work on 230

Volts 50 cycles 1440 RPM with speed regulator-1 No

Item No. 20 : PROVIDING TOOLS:

Providing hand tools as mentioned below :

1) Double ended open jaws spanner of selected carbon steel and chrome plated

size 6-32 mm (set of 12 pieces) ---------------------------------------------------- 1 set.

2)Ring spanner set (bi-hexagonal) shallow half set selected carbon steel and chrome

plated size 6-32mm (set of 12 pieces) --------------------------------- 1 set.

3) Hacksaw frame with blade ---------------------------------------------------- 1 No.

252


4)Insulated combination cutting pillar 150 mm ----------------------------------- 1 No.

5) Ball pen hammer 800 grams ------------------------------------------------------- 1 No.

6)screwdriver electrical patterned blade for selected steel chrome plated size

8 X 200 mm ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 No.

6 X 300 mm -----------------------------------------------------------------------------2 No.

9)screwdriver Engineering patterned blade for selected steel chrome plated size

5 X 200 mm ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 No.

5 X 300 mm -----------------------------------------------------------------------------2 No.

10) Adjustable screw-wrench 300 mm ------------------------------------------------ 1 No.

11) Tabular box spanner set -------------------------------------------- 1 No

11) Long Nose Player ------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 No

13) Electric supply tester ------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 No.

14) Pipe-wrench stilton pattern selected carbon steel

450 mm --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 No.

600 mm ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 No.

15) Tong tester 0 – 1000 Amp, 0 – 600 Volts --------------------------------------- 1 No.

16)Insulation tester (megger) 100 Volts.1000 ohms ------------------------ 1 No.

17) Hand operated crimping tools 65 Sq.mm to 500 Sq.mm.-------------------- 1 No.

18) Earth tester 4 terminal of range 0-10-100-1000-10000 ohm--------------- 1 No.

19) Tool box M.S. of size 50x30x30 cm---------------------------------------------- 1 No

253


20)Steel level 300 mm -------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 No

21) Electronic continuity tester ----------------------------------------------------------- 1 No.

Acceptable make – As per sheet attached

Item No.21:- GANTRY ARRAGEMENT :

5. Providing and Erecting Hand operated 2 MT capacity 6 M. lift Geared travelling

trolley, lift tested to 50% overloading.

B) Providing fixing ISMB 300 in pump house for mounting geared monorail trolley

girder shall be fixed in walls exactly on the top of the pump sheets this item includes

required civil work

C) 2 Ton capacity triple spar gear C.P. block with swiveling hook having lifting range of 6

M and load chain.

The convene of department the item includes the operation during trial and other testing

material etc.

ITEM NO.22:- Name board

Supplying and erecting G.I./ M.S. sheet of 18 gauge, size 1.0 mtr x 0.6 mtr duly

painted with red oxide and enamel black painted back ground fixed on T.W. batten

frame letters should be written in Marathi in white colour. Following details of pumping

machinery should be covered on board Qty 1 No.

Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran Works Division, Jalgaon

Name of Scheme :-

Details of Pumps :-

Sr. No. :-

Head in meter:-

Discharge in LPM :-

Details of Motor:-

Make:-

Sr. No.:-

H.P.:-

254


Starter:-

Type & Make:-

Relay Range:-

Name & Address of Supplier:-

Item No23:- Electro Magnetic Flow Meter

Providing , installing and commissioning of electromagnetic flow meter with accuracy

±±±± 0.5 % of measured value and protection as per given specification including sensor,

transmitter, surge arrestor, cable duct, separate / PVC of 25 mm dia for 25 mtr. The job

include the pipe cutting, levelling and installation of flowmeter in the pipe line with

necessary tools, trakles, cranes etc. As may be required @ site and based on technical

specification.

2) 200 mm dia. ---------------------- 1 No. (For VT Pump. )

3) 200 mm dia. ---------------------- 1 No. (For CF Pump. )



from CS-1 No.


field.


4) The current output shall be galvanic ally/optically isolated. It shall be fitted with






Mtrs/each.

255



operation-I No.



logging- I No.





(up to 275 V — 300 VAC)









g)The supplier should have full lSO-9000 series accreditation & full it actable calibration

methods to either of the two primary standard means of testing

i.e. mass (ISO 4185) or volume (ISO 6817).

256














corrosive paint.




meter reading.







257

















meter inspection.



break

downs.’



258















each project.





site storage.




pipe length of 5 D or more on upstream side and 2 D or more on downstream side of

meter is necessary( D is diameter of flow meter) The meters shall be installed so as to

have a linear flow with pipe running full.

259





of total supply lot shall be inspected tested at below mentioned institutes in India to be

carried at manufacturer’s place.

Testing in India

e. FCRI , Palakkad

f. IDEMI, Mumbai

g. CWPRS, Pune

Manufacturer’s Guarantee, Certificate & Training the flow meters shall be supplied

with manufacturer’s test certificate as per international standards given above.

Calibration certificates with 12 months guarantee for the trouble free performance &

give adequate training for handling flow meter & installation in field so that trainees can

carryout the job independently.

D) 6 Month’s 0 & M towards flow meter &. Accessories:







meter inspection.


d) Emergency visit to site within 48 hours for attending any major trouble shooting and

break downs.’

e) Technical training/trouble shooting training to the user by the supplier.


260


Item No 1 ( a ) :- Designing and constructing RCC Sump etc complete.

WATER RETAINING STRUCTURES SUCH AS ESR / SUMP. ETC CAP-3.05 Lakh Lit.



1) The Reservoir will be a covered RCC container supported on RCC column with


2) Suitable MS ladders spiral stair for ESR of capacity 3, 00,000 liters and above with


provided.

RCC cantilever catwalk (Gallery of 1.0 meter width GI pipe railing shall be

provided a floor level. preferably at junction of floor slab and vertical walls.











outlet pipe with one valve of suitable .Diameter





sluice valves.

Water proof cement plaster of CM 1:2 proportion 20 mm thick shall be provided

for inside surface of the tank; including roof slab bottom.

outside surface of tank, exposed faces of columns, braces, beams catwalk

bottom portion slab and any exposed surface of the tank shall be provided with smooth

finish and then three coats of approved shade of Snowcem paint as per colour scheme

approved by the MJP shall be rendered.


261







3) Since this is lump sum offer, the interim payments will be given as per standard

specifications. Therefore, required water arrangements shall be made by Contractor at

his own cost.











tightness test.



sand, metal and bricks of best variety within a lead of 30 km. will be insisted. Samples

of these will have to be got approved prior to use on work

2. CEMENT

Ultra tech OPC ( 43 Grade) cement in Jute/PVC bags (weighing 50 kg. each) shall be_

used for all water retaining structures.

3. REINFORCEMENT,

The steel to be used shall be of grade Fe-250. Fe 450 as per design. The Contractor

shall have to procure the steel form open market. The steel procured by Contractor

shall be only tested one and the Contractor shall produce manufacture's test certificate

Without which it shall not be accepted. further the Contractor shall .arrange to get

262


tested any samples from steel brought at site by him in Laboratory at his cost and result

should by submitted to the CMC. Defective steel brought by Contractor shall be

rejected and will not be allowed to be used..



4 CONCRETE

The PCC ( and RCC works shall be as per IS 456/2000 Concrete mixer shall be used

for preparing concrete. Vibrator shall be used to consolidate concrete while placing in

position.




5 WATER LEVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY.

Mercury water level indicator with 15mm dia, required G.I. pipes (Medium Duty) stop

cocks ( 2 Nos). necessary fixtures. suitable for staging height up to 15 M and water

depth up to 5 M to represent depth of water in tank; etc. shall be. provided-and ,fixed by

the Contractors as per direction of CMC. The indicator should be fixed to exterior face

of column at about 1.5 m above ground level at site or as per requirement of Engineer

in charge.


Lightening arrestor conforming to IS and Indian Electricity Rules shall be provided. The

lowermost portion of tape for 2 metre above ground level and 2 meters below ground

level shall be enclosed by 50 mm GI pipe of Medium class.


Railing shall be of GI pipes B class not less than 25 mm diameter in the three rows and

shall be fixed in position to RCC posts or M.S. angle posts of size 65mm x 65 mm x 6

mm. 1.0. meter in height, located at a maximum distance of 1 M. clc. The railing and the

posts shall be provided with two coats of oil paint of approved shade.

263


8.M.S.LADDER





9. CENTERING WORK

Before starting the work of ESR, the Contractor should submit design of centering and

its detailed drawings for approval by CMC. This set of drawings shall be kept at site.

This conditions shall be applicable for the ESR with Contactor's design.

264





1 GENERAL NOTE







like Engineering College remarks shall be complied and scrutiny charges, shall be borne

by the Contractor.







The note should indicate general description, and salient features of the design covering

the following points.

1. Capacity

2. Shape and type


4. Safe bearing capacity assumed in the design or safe bearing capacity of strata based

actual investigation report of laboratory and type of foundation provided with proper with

proper justification.






265



















agreement.








266




DESIGN CONDITION






a) IS 456/2000


c) IS 875

d)IS 11682






h) IS Publication S.P. 34 (5 and T) 1987.





a) Footing / Raft 50 mm at bottom and sides

40mm at top

b) Columns 40 mm





b) Roof slab 120 mm

8. The design and casting of container members which includes bottom and roof beams

,bottom Slab ,roof slab, vertical wall and gallery, shall be done in M 30 grade of

concrete(1:1/2: 1 proportion)

267


9. The staging of ESR (column, braces, footing / raft) shall be designed in M 25 Grade

of concrete (1:1:2 Proportion.) however, casting shall be done in M 30 grade of


10. The staging shall be designed for ductile detailing as per IS 13920 /1993, whenever

applicable.

11 The width of braces shall be maximum of the following in case of Earth Quake Zone

III & above.

a) 250mm or





not be allowed. .










18. 20 mm thick cement plaster with CM 1:2 proportion with water proof compound shall

be provided to the container from inside (including foot beam slab/ dome etc.)



20. Minimum size of column (width or diameter) shall not be less than 300mm Columns,

if required to be provided inside container, for supporting roof ring beams/dome/slab,

may be provided as per design requirements, following minimum cover requirements.

However the size shall not be less than 200 x 200 mm (or 200 mm dia)

21. Minimum dia of main bars in the footing shall be 10 mm and minimum clear distance

between reinforcing bars shall not be more than 180 mm.


considered as 300 Kg / Sqm. Minimum load of water proof treatment on roof slabs shall

268


be taken as 100 Kg/Sqm.

23. The diameter, weight per meter, tensile strength and minimum elongation properties

of steel, brought by the contractor! supplied by the department, shall be got tested from

the approved laboratory before using it. It shall be used only when the test report

indicates that the steel is in accordance with the 1.5. specification and design

presumptions.




























269




amount / rebate in terms of fixed sum over the main offer. The main offer (Departmental

Design based) shall essential be quoted. The officer accepting the tender shall be

competent to decide whether to accept the alternative offer shall be accepted only in

cases where it is beneficial to the Chalisgaon Municipal Council .








NOTE :- Above condition shall also be applicable for design of RCC ESR s of capacity








Engineer in Charge

270

Contractor No. of Corrections. Executive Engineer.






(latest edition)



IS: 1893 Criteria for earthquake resistance design of structures (latest

edition)


2. GENERAL

Capacity of the container of the tank shall be volume of the water it can store between

the designed full supply level and the lowest supply level.


measured at a vertical distance above FSL up to soffit of beam supporting the roofs

slab/ dome. Free Board shall be minimum 50 cm below soffit of beam or slab, in case of

domed roof, free board may be reduced up to 15 cm.


2.3 The tank foundation and other members of the structure shall be also designed for

free board full condition.




Schedule B. The tenderer is, however advised to verify actual strata before tendering

and designing the structure and offer suitable design with full justification.


the contractor shall carry out actual strata exploration as mentioned in para 0.2 of IS

1892 1979 through a Government laboratory and adopt bearing capacity so arrived for

the design.

2.7 The factor of safety be adopted as per clause 6.1 (a) of 15-6403-

1971.

271



between centre of column shall be equal to twice the width of footing and clear distance

between edges of footing shall be not less than width of footing. .


direct and bending stresses. Negative pressure shall not be allowed on the foundation

soil.







provided as leveling course. Where injurious soils or aggressive water are anticipated

the leveling course shall be of grade not weaker than M-150 and if necessary sulphate

resisting or other special cement shall be used and the thickness of the leveling course

shall be kept not less than 150 mm. The ground level within the foundation area of the

structure shall be consolidated properly with suitable slope to drain out rain water.

outside the foundation zone. .


subjected to blast or shock, the tank shall be designed for dynamic forces adopted to

shock.



container:

Roof slab 120 mm

Bottom slab 200 mm

Roof dome 80 mm


3 LOADS

3.1 For all RCC and PCC components unit weight of concrete shall be takes as 25000

N/Cum and 24000 N/ Cum respectively.


272



4. DESIGN

4.1 Shape of structure shall be most economical as directed by Engineer in charge and

shall be selected depending upon site conditions.



iv) Tank full

v) Tank Empty

vi) Uplift pressure if any

Tank full means depth of water inside the container is up to full height of the container

including free boards. .


provisions of .IS 3.3.70, IS 456, IS 13.43, Code of Practice for pre-stressed concrete IS

2210. (Latest edition of IS shall be referred)

However, methods based on experimental investigation as mentioned in para 18.2 C in

IS 456 1978 shall not be entertained.

4.4 Design of members other than those excluded by Clause 5.4 above (ie. Roof ,walls

,floor, etc. of the container) shall be based on consideration of adequate resistant to

cracking as well as adequate strength . Calculation of stresses shall be as per para

3.3.2 of IS 3370 Part, II) (its latest revision). .



stresses in tension (direct and due to binding) and shear shall conform to the values

specified in Table 1 of IS 3370 {Part II}.he permissible tensile stresses due to bending

apply to the face of the member in contact with the liquid. In members with thickness

less than 225 mm and in contact with the liquid on one side, these permissible stresses

bending apply also to the face remote from liquid.


For strength calculations, the permissible concrete stresses shall be in accordance with

273


Para 44 of IS 456/2000 where the calculated shear stresses in concrete alone exceeds

the permissible value reinforcement acting in conjunction with diagonal compression in

the concrete shall be provided to take the whole of the shear. The maximum

reinforcement shall confirm Clauses 25.5.1.1. and 25.5.1.2 of IS 456/2000


6.1 For strength calculations (concrete assumed to be cracked) the permissible stresses

in reinforcement shall be as per table 2 of IS 3370 (Part II) (its latest revision) For to

steel. the stress shall be as per IS 1786-1979 for cold worked steel high strength

deformed bars for concrete reinforcement or its latest revision.



M: 150 19

M: 200 13

M250 11

M300 10



456/2000

7. AGE FACTOR


8. UNITS:


9 .DETAILING


The minimum reinforcement in walls, floors, roofs in each of two directions at right

angles shall have an area of 0.3% of the concrete section in that direction for sections

up to 100 mm thick. For sections of thickness greater than 100 mm and less than 450

mm the minimum reinforcement in each of the two directions shall be linearly reduced

274


form 0.3% for 100 mm thick sections to 0.2% for 450 mm thick section. For section of

thickness grater than 450 mm minimum reinforcement in each directions shall be kept at

0.2%. In concrete sections of thickness 225 mm or more, two layers of reinforcing steel

shall be placed one over each of the section to make up the minimum reinforcement

specified in this clause.


case of high yield strenght deformed bars conforming to IS 1786 or IS 1139 (Latest

revision of 155 shall be followed.)


Minimum clear cover to reinforcement shall be as per is 456 and 3370 (Latest revision

shall be referred.)

For members of structure in contact with water effective cover shall not be more than 60

mm. for bars subjected to bending stresses. For bars subjected to pure tension the

effective cover shall not be more than 75 mm.



9.4.2 Spacing of lateral ties for column shall satisfy the provisions of para 25.5.3.2 'C’ of

IS 456/2000


than temperature and shrinkage steel, shall comprise of minimum 8 mm dis. for ribbed

bars and 10 mm dia. for mild steel bars. For compressive members, the minimum dia of

main reinforcement shall not be less than 12 mm dia.



contractor.

2) In case of any clause not included in the above criteria, the decision of the owner or

his authorized representative will be final and binding on the designer and contractor.

275







SUBWORK NO 7 :- PURE WATER RISING MAIN

Item No 1,2 :- Providing and supplying P.V.C. pipes etc. complete.

The items includes Supply of PVC Pipes as per I.S. 4985/1988 with cost of third party

Inspection from agency Approve by M.J.P. ( third party Agencies are following)

1) M/S Iteng Engineering ( A Division of Dr Amin Controllers Pvt Ltd.)

2) M/S SGS India Pvt Ltd.

3) M/S Superintendance Company of India Pvt Ltd .

PVC PIPES :-

The PVC Pipes Shall be Confirming to the latest IS No 4985/1988 & Should be

get Inspected From Third Party Approved by the Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran. In

case of PVC Pipes the above relevant Specifications shall apply the Cost of Jointing

Material is included in the item of lowering, laying & jointing of PVC Pipes. The Pipes &

Couplers should be cleaned thoroughly, cement solvent should be applied quickly as it

is fast drying. The Pipes Should be Self fit Types, The Surface temperature should not

be more than 45 degree C. Assembly Jointing should be done till male & Female ends

of Pipes are soft & Wet with Solvent cement, & Excess cement should be removed.

Following Setting time should be observed for newly jointed Pipes

30 Min Minimum @ 60 To 100 Degree F & Above ( 15 To 40 Degree C) .

1 Hours Minimum @ 40 TO 60 Degree F & Above (5 To 15 Degree C)

2 Hours Minimum @ 20 To 40 Degree F & Above (-5 To 5 Degree C )

4 Hours Minimum @ 0 TO 20 Degree F & Above (-20 To -5 Degree C )

Hydraulic Test

Suitable section as directed by the Engineer in charge shall be taken for such

testing from time to time during progress of the work and satisfactory test given for that


shall be arranged by contractor at his cost. The M.J.P. does not undertake any

276


responsibility to supply water for testing, which the contractor has to arrange from the

municipality or otherwise by paying the required charges directly. The M.J.P. shall have

the right to recover such charges from his bills if complaints are received that contractor

has not paid the charges thereof. If there is delay in testing, the contractor shall refill the

trenches for the time being and reopen them at time of testing at his own cost, failure of

which shall entitle to do the refilling and reopening of trenches at the risk and cost of the

contractor. If the trenches are filled due to any reason whatsoever before testing the

contractor shall have to open them for testing at no extra cost.

1. Satisfactory hydraulic test shall be regarded when the section under test shall

withstand the pressure as specified by the Engineer in charge for about 15 minutes

without operating the test pump, the test pressure being maintained at the specified

figures during that 15 minutes interval.

2. The entire pipe line, specials and all joints in that section appear to be dry. The test

pressure shall be normally 50% higher highest working pressure for that particular

section.. The test pressure shall be as per circular no. MJP/RCC/322/ Dt. 31/12.97 vide

appendix IV

3. The criteria for maximum pressure up to which hydraulic test should be given as per

provision in the rei event latest I.S..S. for different types of pipes such as C.I./ M.S./

P.S.C.I P.V.C.I A.C. D.I. etc.

During testing if any joints are found leaky they shall be repaired and! or redone

by the contractor at his cost till the test is found satisfactory similarly, any pipes, collars,

specials, show hair cracks, leaks, etc. during testing, the contractor shall replace them

with sound pipes and specials together with new joints, entirely at his own cost, till a

satisfactory test is given. The pipe, specials etc which crack during testing will, however,

be supplied by the contractor, replacement free of cost. The hydraulic test shall be given

in the presence of the Engineer in charge..The mode of measurement of payment shall

be on Running meter basis.

Item No 3:- Providing and supplying P.V.C. specials etc. complete.

Specification as per Item No 1 above & also The items includes Supply of PVC

specials of required pressure & required diameter of standard PVC pipe manufacturing

company Item will be measured and paid on number basis. Excess specials will not be

accepted after completion of work at the time of final bill.

277


Item No 4:- Providing and supplying D.I. Specials etc. complete.

Specification as per Item No 6 of Sub work no.1

Item No 5:- Providing and supplying M.S. Specials etc. complete.


Item No 6 :- Providing , Supplying & Fixing Reflux Valves ……etc Complete.


Item No 7 :- Providing , Supplying & Fixing Sluice Valves ……etc Complete.


Item No 8 :- Providing and supplying Kinetic Double Orifice Air Valves etc

Complete.




Item No 10 :- Filling in plinth and floor murum bedding in trenches etc.

complete.


Item No 11 :- Lowering ,laying and jointing D.I. pipes etc. complete.


278


Item No 12 :- Lowering ,laying and jointing P.V.C. pipes etc. complete.


Item No 13 :- lowering ,laying and joining C.I.D.F Reflux Valves etc. complete


Item No 14 :- lowering ,laying and joining C.I.D.F Sluice Valves etc. complete


Item No 15 :- Providing and fixing Air Valve shaft etc. complete.








279







SUBWORK NO 8 :- CONSTRUCTION OF R.C.C. E.S.R.(Cap- 3.0,2.0,1.5 Lac Lit)

Item No 1 :- Designing & constructing R.C.C.E.S.R. of different Capacities etc

Complete.

Specification as per Item No 3,4,9,10, of Sub work No. 1, Item No 9,15,17,23,25,27 of

Sub work No 2 . Also as per item No. 2 of Sub work no 5 of Sump.


STRUCTURE ELEVATED STORAGE RESERVOIR WITH OWN DESIGN

DESIGN CONDITIONS

The Contractor can alternatively quote with his own design with following

1.The design of RCC ESR shall be carried out by a designer having minimum



2. The design shall be carried out in conformity with following IS code. (Latest

Revisions.)

1) IS 456/2000

2) IS3370-Part I and IV

3) IS 875

4) IS 11682

5) IS 1893 with inclusion of seismic zones as per latest circular.

6) IS1786 for cold worked steel high grade deformed bars. (Tor steel of 415 grade and

Mild steel grade I Shall only be used.)

7) 13920/1993 - for ductile detailing, applicable for ESR under seismic zone III, IV and V.

(Recent editions of IS shall be referred.)

8 )B.S.F . Publication S.P. 34 (S and T) 1987.

3 . Minimum free board shall be 500 mm measured below the bottom of the roof beam.

The free Board shall be included in the depth of water for design purposes.

4. Maximum actual water depth shall not exceed 5.0 M.

280


5. Clear cover for reinforcement shall be provided as below:

Footing I Raft 50 mm and bottom and

sides,40mm at top.

Column 40mm

races, Beams, slab (Bottom and Roof) 25 mm


6.Minimum thickness of container members shall be as below.

a) Bottom slab and vertical wall _ 200 mm.

b) Roof slab 120 mm.

c) Roof dome 100 mm

7 . All members of container should be designed as "un cracked section" as per I.S.

3370.

8 The staging shall be designed for ductile detailing as per I.S. 13920-1993, where

applicable.

9. Column should be designed by "working stress method" and as per IS 456. it can be

checked by limit state method. Is: 11682-1985 should be followed for design of staging.

10 . Maximum center-to-center vertical distance between braces shall be as below.

(a) ESR/MBR of capacity 5.0 lakh litres and above 6 m

(b) ESR/ MBR of capacity less than 5 lakh litres 4.5 m

11. Brace at G.L. shall be provided without exception.

12 .Minimum diameter of column should be 400 mm for staging and 200 mm for columns

inside container.

Design of staging shall be done in M-25 grade of concrete. However, casting shall be

done in M-30 grade of concrete.

14 The minimum width of braces shall be as below_

a) 250mm or 75% of column side ( column diameter in case of circuar column) for ESR s

In earth quake zone III and above.

b) 200mm for E.S.R. in earth quake zone I and II.

15 Width to depth ratio in case of braces shall preferably be more than 0.3.

16 Increase in permissible stresses in braces for earthquake I wind force design shall not

be allowed.

17 Whenever annular raft is provided, the inside and outside distances of raft shall be

designed in such a way that the center of gravity of upward reaction coincides with center

of the columns I raft beam.

281


18 Uplift pressure on the foundation shall be considered as per water table of site,

inrainy

season. However, minimum uplift pressure at 50 % of depth of foundation below ground

level shall be considered in the design.

19 20 mm thick cement plaster with cement mortar in 1:2 proportion, with water proof

compound, shall be provided to the container from inside (including roof beams and roof

slabs I Dome etc.)

20 The shape of container may be square or circular. Similarly, the column shape may

also be Square or circular. Wherever possible, the bottom and top of the container shall

be in the form of a dome.

21 Minimum diameter of main bars in the footing shall be 10 mm and minimum clear

distance between reinforcing bars shall not be more than 180 mm..

22 Minimum size of steel bars for bottom slab and vertical wall shall be 10 mm diameter.

23 Water density shall be taken as 100 Kg/m3 and live load on gallery shall be

considered at 300 Kg/m_ Minimum load of waterproofing treatment on roof slabs shall be

taken as 100 Kg/m3

24 The diameter, weight per meter, tensile strength and minimum elongation properties

of steel, brought by the contractor I supplied by the department, shall be got tested from

the approved laboratory, before its use. Steel shall be used only when the test report

indicates that the steel is accordance with the I.S.S. and design presumptions.

25. Minimum size of column ( width or diameter) shall not be less than 300 mm, column if

required to be provided inside container, for supporting roof ring beam/dome/slab may be

provided as per design requirement following minimum cover requirements. however the

size shall not be less than 2000x200 mm ( or 200 mm dia )

FOUNDATION

1 All columns shall have the same foundation level, as far as possible, in any case

the foundation level difference between any two columns shall not exceed 1.5 m .in such

case “Sway Analysis” of the staging shall be done and additional reinforcement 'or

increase in the sizes shall be provided, if necessary.

2 when Safe Bearing capacity at foundation level less than _15 mt/m² isolated column

footing shall not be allowed. In such case, only raft foundation should be provided.

282


GENERAL

1 The inlet, outlet, overflow & bye-pass piping shall be provided as below

a) For ESR only C.I. double flanged pipes shall be provided.

b) For ESR the vertical assembly & horizontal pipe line from duck foot bend of

vertical pipe up to a distance of 8 m beyond external face of nearest column &

bypass arrangement shall be in cast iron double flanged pipes.

c) For ESR the horizontal piping for inlet, outlet, overflow & bypass shall be

provided up to

d) 5 m from outer, brace.

d) Spout type overflow arrangement shall not be allowed. Overflow arrangement shall

be from top to bottom in the form of a vertical pipe assembly with proper drainage

arrangement.

e) For all duck foot bends for inlet, outlet & overflow arrangement, individual columns

with footing resting at foundation level of columns of ESR shall be provided.

2 The manhole frame & covers, provided in the roof slab shall be of cast iron only with

proper locking arrangement. Mild steel covers shall not be allowed.

3 Lightening conductor, water Ievel indicator, central ventilator & M.S. ladder RCC

staircase shall be provided as per departmental specifications.

4 The design submitted by the contractor shall be got checked from the nearest

, Government Engineering ColIege I IT/ VJTI / VRCE / WCE, for which the scrutiny

charges shall be borne by the contractor. The delay in checking design from third party

as above shall be treated as the delay on the part of contractor for operation of tender

clauses.

5 Every ESR should be properly fenced & protected by compound wall & gate with

proper locking arrangement.

6. Reinforcement of foundation ring beam, bottom slab, slab, joints of brace column

junction between cylindrical wall & bottom slab should be invariably checked by

competent authority.

7 .Rectification of defective Member :- If it is found that certain members are defective and are found giving accoustical or

vibration disturbance even though these may be structurally sound rectification of such

member should be by the contractor free of charges and to the satisfaction of Engineer in

283


Charge.

7 MATERIALS

1 Cement

In practice, only the strength of the concrete is checked rather than W/C ratio which

affects durability of the concrete. Hence only 43 grade cement shall be used. 53 grade

cement is not recommended, Since it increases the W/C ratio. Super plasticizer in the

proportion of 0.5 % ( 0.25 Kg of cement bag) should be used. The advantage of using

super plasticizer is that it does not allow W/C ratio to increase. .

2 Steel :-

Fe-415" CTD bars, conforming to I.S.: 1780-1985, shall be used. In costal areas,

3 Centering

Centering should be designed by the contractor. 'The same should be approved.

4 Mix of Concrete .

Following concrete grades should be used for various components of E.S.R.

1.Container M-30

2. Staging M-30

3. Foundation M-30

4. P.C.C. M-20


The items includes supply of pipes as per IS 1536/1989 including loading,

unloading ,& carting of pipes at sites of works Mode of measurement of payment shall


Erecting, laying and fixing in position CI/MS pipes and specials for inlet, washout,

overflow etc.







The item includes cost of all labour and materials for jointing such as lead, nuts

284


and bolts, rubber packing etc. The materials shall be procured by the contractor from

open market at his own cost. The tendered rate includes both lead and flanged joints




item of pipe line . works.

The cost involved in fixing pipes and specials in walls, etc together with leak proof

arrangements thereof required is included in the tendered rate and no extra claims for

any provision required shall be entertained.

Satisfactory hydraulic test shall be given by contractor at his cost which is

included in tender item. During testing if any joints are found leaky they shall be repaired

at the contractor's cost.

Pipes are found leaky, cracked, during testing they shall be removed, replaced refixed

and jointed with good pipes and specials.

Two coats of anti-corrosive black paint shall be given to the pipes and specials

above ground and cost thereof is included in the tender item. The job shall include

laying of pipes and specials up to ground, sluice valves for inlet, outlet washout,

overflow, etc and their interconnection, etc as required and directed by the MJP.

Erecting, laying and fixing in position CI/MS pipes and specials for inlet, washout,

overflow etc.







The item includes cost of all labour and materials for jointing such as lead,

nutsand bolts, rubber packing etc. The materials shall be procured by the con tractor

from open market at his own cost. The tendered rate includes both lead and flanged

joints depending upon the nature of pipes and specials and no extra claims for any



item of pipe line . works. The mode of measurement of payment for pipes are on

Running meter basis & Specials on Weight ( Kg ) Basis.

285



Specification as per Item No 2 of above

Item No 4 :- Providing & supplying Sluice valves etc. complete.

Specification as per Item No 5 of Subwork No 1.

Item No 5 :- Providing and making cross connection etc. complete.

The items includes excavation & breaking the existing pipe line ,lowering ,laying of

pipeline, specials in position refilling the excavated trenches etc complete Nos of joints

involved will be paid separately, The required materials like pipes, Valves & specials

will be given by the department free of cost item will be measured and paid on number

basis as directed by Engineer In charge All Responsibilities to start water of the area

after cross connection will lies with the contractor The mode of measurement of

payment shall be on Completed Number basis.

286







SUBWORK NO 9 :- CONSTRUCTION OF R.C.C. G.S.R.(Cap – 460000 lit)

Item No 1 ( a ) :- Designing and constructing RCC GSR etc complete.


Specification as per Item No.3,4,9,10 of Jack well No.1 Item No.2,6,9,15,17,23,25,27 of

Sub work No.2 Also as per Item No.2 of Sub Work No.5 of sump.


1) The Reservior will be a covered RCC container supported on RCC column with


2) Suitable MS ladders spiral stair for ESR of capacity 3,00,000 liters and above with


provided.

RCC cantilever catwalk (Gallery of 1.0 metre width GI pipe railing shall be provided a

floor level. preferably at junction of floor slab and vertical walls.











outlet pipe with one valve of suitable .Diameter





sluice valves.

287


Water proof cement plaster of CM 1:2 proportion 20 mm thick shall be provided for

inside surface of the tank; including roof slab bottom.

outside surface of tank, exposed faces of columns, braces, beams catwalk

bottom portion slab and any exposed surface of the tank shall be provided with smooth

finish and then three coats of approved shade of Snowcem paint as per colour scheme

approved by the MJP shall be rendered.







3) Since this is lump sum offer, the interim payments will be given as per













tightness test.



sand, metal and bricks of best variety within a lead of 30 km. will be insisted.

Samples of these will have to be got approved prior to use on work

2. CEMENT

Ultra tech OPC ( 43 Grade) cement in Jute/PVC bags (weighing 50 kg. each)

shall be_ used for all water retaining structures.

288


3 REINFORCEMENT,

The steel to be used shall be of grade Fe-250. Fe 450 as per design. The

Contractor shall have to procure the steel form open market. The steel procured by

Contractor shall be only tested one and the Contractor shall produce manufacture's test

certificate Without which it shall not be accepted. further the Contractor shall .arrange

to get tested any samples from steel brought at site by him in Laboratory at his cost

and result should by submitted to the CMC. Defective steel brought by Contractor shall

be rejected and will not be allowed to be used. .



4 CONCRETE

The PCC ( and RCC works shall be as per IS 456/2000 Concrete mixer shall be

used for preparing concrete. Vibrator shall be used to consolidate concrete while

placing in position.




5 WATER LEVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY.

Mercury water level indicator with 15mm dia, required G.I. pipes (Medium Duty)

stop cocks ( 2 Nos). necessary fixtures. suitable for staging height up to 15 M and

water depth up to 5 M to represent depth of water in tank; etc. shall be. provided-and

,fixed by the Contractors as per direction of CMC. The indicator should be fixed to

exterior face of column at about 1.5 m above ground level at site or as per requirement

of Engineer in charge.


Lightening arrestor conforming to IS and Indian Electricity Rules shall be

provided. The lowermost portion of tape for 2 metre above ground level and 2 meters

below ground level shall be enclosed by 50 mm GI pipe of Medium class.

289



Railing shall be of GI pipes B class not less than 25 mm diameter in the three

rows and shall be fixed in position to RCC posts or M.S. angle posts of size 65mm x 65

mm x 6 mm. 1.0. meter in height, located at a maximum distance of 1 M. clc. The railing

and the posts shall be provided with two coats of oil paint of approved shade.

8.M.S.LADDER





9. CENTERING WORK

Before starting the work of ESR, the Contractor should submit design of centering

and its detailed drawings for approval by CMC. This set of drawings shall be kept at

site. This conditions shall be applicable for the ESR with Contactor's design.




1 GENERAL NOTE







like Engineering College remarks shall be complied and scrutiny charges, shall be

borne by the Contractor.





290




The note should indicate general description, and salient features of the design

covering the following points.

1. Capacity

2. Shape and type


4. Safe bearing capacity assumed in the design or safe bearing capacity of strata

based actual investigation report of laboratory and type of foundation provided with

proper with proper justification.























agreement.

291











DISIGN CONDITION



qualification of graduation in Civil Engineering / Structural Engineering. He shall sign

the design and affix his name and stamp.


b) IS 456/2000


c) IS 875

d)IS 11682






h) BSI Publication S.P. 34 (5 and T) 1987.





a) Footing / Raft 50 mm at bottom and sides 40mm at top

292


b) Columns 40 mm





b) Roof slab 120 mm

8. The design and casting of container members which includes bottom and roof

beams ,bottom Slab ,roof slab, vertical wall and gallery, shall be done in M 30 grade

of concrete(1:1/2: 1 proportion)

9. The staging of ESR (column ,braces , footing / raft) shall be designed in M 25 Grade

of concrete( 1:1:2 Proportion.) however, casting shall be done in M 30 grade of


10. The staging shall be designed for ductile detailing as per IS 13920 /1993,

whenever applicable.

11 The width of braces shall be maximum of the following in case of Earth Quake

Zone III & above.

a) 250mm or





not be allowed. .










18. 20 mm thick cement plaster with CM 1:2 proportion with water proof compound

shall be provided to the container from inside (including foot beam slab/ dome etc.)

293




20. Minimum size of column (width or diameter) shall not be less than 300mm

Columns, if required to be provided inside container, for supporting roof ring

beams/dome/slab, may be provided as per design requirements, following minimum

cover requirements. However the size shall not be less than 200 x 200 mm (or 200 mm

dia)

21. Minimum dia of main bars in the footing shall be 10 mm and minimum clear

distance between reinforcing bars shall not be more than 180 mm.


considered as 300 Kg / Sqm. Minimum load of water proof treatment on roof slabs

shall be taken as 100 Kg/Sqm.

23. The diameter, weight per meter, tensile strength and minimum elongation

properties of steel, brought by the contractor! supplied by the department, shall be got

tested from the approved laboratory before using it. It shall be used only when the test

report indicates that the steel is in accordance with the 1.5. specification and design

presumptions.


















294














amount / rebate in terms of fixed sum over the main offer. The main offer

(Departmental Design based) shall essential be quoted. The officer accepting the

tender shall be competent to decide whether to accept the alternative offer shall be

accepted only in cases where it is beneficial to the MJP .








NOTE :- Above condition shall also be applicable for design of RCC E5R s of capacity








Engineer in Charge

295







(latest edition)



IS: 1893 Criteria for earthquake resistance design of structures (latest

edition)


2. GENERAL

Capacity of the container of the tank shall be volume of the water it can store between

the designed full supply level and the lowest supply level.


measured at a vertical distance above FSL up to soffit of beam supporting the roofs

slab/ dome. Free Board shall be minimum 50 cm below soffit of beam or slab, in case

of domed roof, free board may be reduced up to 15 cm.


2.3 The tank foundation and other members of the structure shall be also designed for

free board full condition.




Schedule B. The tenderer is, however advised to verify actual strata before tendering

and designing the structure and offer suitable design with full justification.


the contractor shall carry out actual strata exploration as mentioned in para 0.2 of IS

1892 1979 through a Government laboratory and adopt bearing capacity so arrived for

the design.

2.7 The factor of safety be adopted as per clause 6.1 (a) of 15-6403-

1971.

296



between centre of column shall be equal to twice the width of footing and clear distance

between edges of footing shall be not less than width of footing. .


direct and bending stresses. Negative pressure shall not be allowed on the foundation

soil.







provided as leveling course. Where injurious soils or aggressive water are anticipated

the leveling course shall be of grade not weaker than M-150 and if necessary sulphate

resisting or other special cement shall be used and the thickness of the leveling course

shall be kept not less than 150 mm. The ground level within the foundation area of the

structure shall be consolidated properly with suitable slope to drain out rain water.

outside the foundation zone. .


subjected to blast or shock, the tank shall be designed for dynamic forces adopted to

shock.



container:

Roof slab 120 mm

Bottom slab 200 mm

Roof dome 80 mm


3 LOADS

3.1 For all RCC and PCC components unit weight of concrete shall be takes as 25000

N/Cum and 24000 N/ Cum respectively.



297


4. DESIGN

4.1 Shape of structure shall be most economical as directed by Engineer in charge and

shall be selected depending upon site conditions.



vii) Tank full

viii) Tank Empty

ix) Uplift pressure if any

Tank full means depth of water inside the container is up to full height of the container

including free boards. .


provisions of .IS 3.3.70, IS 456, IS 13.43, Code of Practice for pre-stressed

concrete IS 2210. (Latest edition of IS shall be referred)

However, methods based on experimental investigation as mentioned in para 18.2 C in

IS 456 1978 shall not be entertained.

4.4 Design of members other than those excluded by Clause 5.4 above (ie. Roof ,walls

,floor, etc. of the container) shall be based on consideration of adequate resistant to

cracking as well as adequate strength . Calculation of stresses shall be as per para

3.3.2 of IS 3370 Part, II) (its latest revision). .



stresses in tension (direct and due to binding) and shear shall conform to the values

specified in Table 1 of IS 3370 {Part II}.he permissible tensile stresses due to bending

apply to the face of the member in contact with the liquid. In members with thickness

less than 225 mm and in contact with the liquid on one side, these permissible stresses

bending apply also to the face remote from liquid.


For strength calculations, the permissible concrete stresses shall be in accordance

with Para 44 of IS 456/2000 where the calculated shear stresses in concrete alone

exceeds the permissible value reinforcement acting in conjunction with diagonal

compression in the concrete shall be provided to take the whole of the shear. The

298


maximum reinforcement shall confirm Clauses 25.5.1.1. and 25.5.1.2 of IS 456/2000


6.1 For strength calculations (concrete assumed to be cracked) the permissible

stresses in reinforcement shall be as per table 2 of IS 3370 (Part II) (its latest revision)

For to steel. the stress shall be as per IS 1786-1979 for cold worked steel high strength

deformed bars for concrete reinforcement or its latest revision.



M: 150 19

M: 200 13

M:250 11

M:300 10



456/2000

7. AGE FACTOR


8. UNITS:


9 .DETAILING



right angles shall have an area of 0.3% of the concrete section in that direction for

sections up to 100 mm thick. For sections of thickness greater than 100 mm and less

than 450 mm the minimum reinforcement in each of the two directions shall be linearly

reduced form 0.3% for 100 mm thick sections to 0.2% for 450 mm thick section. For

section of thickness grater than 450 mm minimum reinforcement in each directions

shall be kept at 0.2%. In concrete sections of thickness 225 mm or more, two layers of

299


reinforcing steel shall be placed one over each of the section to make up the minimum

reinforcement specified in this clause.


case of high yield strenght deformed bars conforming to IS 1786 or IS 1139 (Latest

revision of 155 shall be followed.)


Minimum clear cover to reinforcement shall be as per is 456 and 3370 (Latest

revision shall be referred.)

For members of structure in contact with water effective cover shall not be more

than 60 mm. for bars subjected to bending stresses. For bars subjected to pure tension

the effective cover shall not be more than 75 mm.



9.4.2 Spacing of lateral ties for column shall satisfy the provisions of para 25.5.3.2 'C’ of

IS 456/2000


than temperature and shrinkage steel, shall comprise of minimum 8 mm dis. for ribbed

bars and 10 mm dia. for mild steel bars. For compressive members, the minimum dia of

main reinforcement shall not be less than 12 mm dia.



contractor.

2) In case of any clause not included in the above criteria, the decision of the owner or

his authorized representative will be final and binding on the designer and contractor.





Item No 4 :- Providing & supplying Sluice valves etc. complete.


300







SUBWORK NO 10 :- DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

Item No 1 :- Providing and supplying H.D.P.E. pipes etc. complete. Specification for HDPE DISTRIBUTION Main Pipes

2.1 HDPE PIPES

These specifications are for distribution pipes of diameters 75mm to 225mm.

2.1.1. Grade of Material

Raw material Raw material used to manufacture the HDPE pipes shall be virgin compounded

or Natural black PE 100 resin confirming to IS4984:1995, IS7328:1992 .The resin

proposed to be used for manufacturing of the pipes for drinking water should also

comply with the following norms as per ISO 9080:1992:

a. The resin should have been certified by the an independent laboratory of

international repute for having passed 10,000 hour long term hydrostatic strength

(LTHS) test extrapolated to 50 years to show that the resin has a minimum MRS of over

10MPa. Internal certificate of any resin manufacturer will not be acceptable.

b. Certificate for having passed the full scale rapid crack propagation test as per ISO

13478

2.1.2 Quality assurance certificate

Quality assurance certificate, for the raw material proposed to be used for the

project, from one of the certifying agencies such as Bodycoat or Slevan or Advantica or

any other internationally reputed organization shall be submitted along with the bid.

The bidder should submit the above raw material certificates along with his bid in

the first cover. Bids without these certificates will be treated as non-responsive.

2.1.3 Pressure Rating The pressure rating of HDPE pipes and specials shall be of PN 8 confirming to clause

3.3 of IS 4984.

301


2.1.4 Colour of pipes

The Colour of the HDPE pipe shall be confirming to clause 4 of IS4984:1995 or

clause 3.1.2, 3.1.3 and 3.2.

2.1.5 Reworked material As per the provision clause 5.4 of IS4984:1995, addition of not more than 10

percent of the manufacturer’s own reworked material resulting from the manufacture of

pipes is permissible. No other reworked or recycled material shall be used. The material

to be used shall be clean and should be derived from the same resin as used for the

relevant production.

2.1.6 Dimensions The pipe dimensions shall be as per latest revisions and amendment of Clause 6

of IS4984:1995. The pipes up to diameters 110mm shall be supplied in coils of 100m

length. The coils shall be as per the provisions of clause 6.5 of IS4984:1995. Pipe

beyond 110mm shall be supplied in straight lengths of minimum 6m.

The internal diameter, wall thickness, length and other dimensions of pipes shall

be as per relevant tables of IS: 4984 for different class of pipes. Each pipe shall be of

uniform thickness throughout its length.

The wall thickness of the PE100, PN10 pipes shall be as per the table given below:

Nominal Dia of

HDPE Pipe (mm)

Wall Thickness (mm)

Minimum Maximum

75 5.6 6.4

110 8.1 9.1

160 11.8 13.2

The dimension tolerances shall be as per IS: 4984.

2.1.7 Performance requirements

The pipe supplied should have passed the acceptance tests as per clause 9.2 of

IS4984:1995. The manufacturer should provide the test certificates for the tests

conducted, as required in clause 9.2 of IS4984:1995 along with the supply of pipes.

These tests can be performed in the in-house laboratory of the pipe manufacturer or at

an approved laboratory.

2.1.8 Marking As per the provisions of clause 10 of IS4984:1995, each straight length of the

pipe shall be clearly marked in inedible ink/ paint on either end and for coils at every 5m

the following information:

a. The manufacturer’s name and/ trade mark

b. Designation of the pipe as per IS (PE 100 & PN10)

302


c. Lot number/ Batch number

d. The words “NMC – 24x7 WATER, Demo Project”

2.1.9 BIS License

The pipe manufacturer who is going to supply the pipes for the project has to

have a valid BIS license to do so for the kind of pipes required for this project. The

bidders shall included this valid license along with the their bid. Bid without these

licenses may be treated as non-responsive.

2.1.10 Third Party Inspection The pipes shall be accepted successful after the third party inspection by SGS,

RITES or any other agency authorized by NMC, the charges for the same shall be borne

by the contractor.

2.1.11 Fittings/Specials All HDPE fittings/ specials shall be fabricated in accordance with IS: 8360 (Part I

& III). PE Injection moulded fittings shall be as per IS: 8008 (Part I to IX). All

fittings/specials shall be fabricated or injection moulded at factory only. No fabrication or

moulding will be allowed at site, unless specifically permitted by the Engineer.

Fittings will be butt welded on to the pipes or other fittings by use of heat fusion.

a) Bends

HDPE bends shall be plain square ended conforming to IS: 8360 Part I & III

Specifications. Bends may be fabricated by jointing several small sections of pipes to

reach the required angle.

b) Tees

HDPE Tees shall be plain square ended conforming to IS: 8360 Part I & II

Specifications. Tees may be equal tees or reduced take off tees. Tees may be

moulded or fabricated from pipes elements.

c) Reducers

HDPE Reducers shall be plain square ended conforming to IS: 8008 Part I & VII

Specifications. Reducer must be moulded. The length of the reducer neck shall not be

less than:

75 diameter 75mm length

110mm diameter 100mm length

160mm diameter 125mm length

303


d) Flanged HDPE Pipe/Stub Ends

HDPE Stub ends shall be square ended conforming to IS: 8008 Part I & VII

Specifications. Stub ends will be welded on the pipe. Flange will be of slip on flange

type as described below.

e) Slip-On Flanges

Slip-on flanges shall be metallic flanges covered by epoxy coating or plastic

powder coating. Slip-on-flanges shall be conforming to standard mating relevant flange

of valves, pipes etc. Nominal pressure rating of flanges will be PN10 and thickness as

per relevant IS standard..

2.1.12 Welding Procedure Jointing between HDPE pipes and specials shall be done as per the latest IS:

7634 part II. Method of jointing between the pipes to pipes and pipes to specials shall be

with EF coupler upto 110mm dia. and for above by using automatic or semi automatic,

hydraulically operated, superior quality butt fusion machines which will ensure good

quality butt fusion welding of HDPE pipes. If approved by the concerned Engineer,

jointing with PP compression fittings may be carried out for smaller diameters of PE

pipes (up to 110mm). The bidder shall furnish along with his bid the detailed

specifications, procedure, tools and equipments for butt/EF fusion welding.

2.2 Laying and Jointing of HDPE pipes

2.2.1 Jointing of HDPE Pipes shall be made using auto/ semi-automatic butt/EF

welding machine only. Use of manual welding machines is not permitted except in

exceptional cases that too with the special permission of the Engineer in charge.

Jointing shall be by Electrofusion welding upto pipe size 110 mm & by Butt fusion above

110 mm.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTROFUSION FITTINGS FOR HDPE

DISTRIBUTION MAINS

All the electrofusion fittings included in this document should be designed for use

in water distribution systems and be manufactured/supplied by manufacturers having

ISO 9001: 2000 certification for their quality systems. The products should comply with

the following specific requirements.

1. The products shall comply with the requirements of BS EN 12201-3: 2003, BS EN

1555-3 or ISO 8085-3.

2. All the fittings shall be of SDR 11 rating.

304


The product group used for drinking water applications should have undergone

type test by WRc-NSF, U.K according to BS 6920 in any of their Certified Laboratories

like WRc – NSF/DVGW/KIWA/SPGN and certificate of Compliance to be produced for

the following parameters::

a. Odour & Flavour of Water

b. Appearance of Water

c. Growth of Micro Organism

d. Extraction of substances that may be of concern to Public Health (Cyto Toxicity)

e. Extraction of Metals

3. All the products shall be manufactured by injection moulding using virgin

compounded PE 80 (MDPE) polymer having a melt flow rate between 0.5 – 1.1

grams/10 minutes and shall be compatible for fusing on either PE 80 or PE 100

distribution mains manufactured according to the relevant national or international

standards. The polymer used should comply with the requirements of BS 3412 and/or

BS EN 12201-1.

4. The fittings intended for water distribution applications shall be coloured blue for

the clear identification of the services.

5. All the electrofusion products should be individually packed so that they can be

used instantaneously at site without additional cleaning process. The protective packing

should be transparent to allow easy identification of the fittings without opening the

bags..

6. The electrofusion products should be with only a single heating coil to fully

electrofuse the fitting to the adjoining pipe or pipe component as applicable. The heating

coils shall be terminated at terminal pins of 4.0 or 4.7 millimetre diameter, protected with

terminal shrouds. Each terminal shroud should be additionally protected with

polyethylene shroud caps.

7. No heating element shall be exposed and all coils are to be integral part of the

body of the fitting. The insertion of the heating element in the fitting should be part of the

injection moulding process and coils inserted after the injection moulding process or

attached to the body of the fitting as a separate embedded pad etc. are strictly not

acceptable.

8. The pipe fixation shall be achieved by external clamping devices and integral

fixation devices are not acceptable.

305


9. The brand name, size, raw material grade, SDR rating and batch identification are

to be embedded as part of the injection moulding process. Each fitting should also be

supplied with a barcode sticker for fusion parameters attached to the body for setting the

fusion parameters on an automatic fusion control box. The barcode sticker should also

include the fusion and cooling time applicable for the fitting for the manual setting of a

manual fusion control box.

10. The fittings should be V-regulated type designed to fuse at a fusion voltage of 40

volts AC.

11. The heating elements should be designed for fusion at any ambient temperatures

between -5 to +40 degree centigrade at a constant fusion time i.e. without any

compensation of fusion time for different ambient temperatures.

12. A limited path style fusion indicator acting for each fusion zone as visual

recognition of completed fusion cycle should be incorporated into the body of each fitting

near the terminals. The fusion indicators should not allow the escape of the molten

polymer through them during or after the fusion process.

13. All the sockets in the electrofusion fittings should include a method of tapping

controlling the pipe penetration (pipe positioner/stopper).

13..2 Jointing of HDPE Pipes shall be made by qualified/certified welders only.

13.3 All specials/ fittings such as Valves. Flange adopters, Cast Iron (CI)/Mild Steel

(MS) specials, Galvanised Iron (GI) pipes and GI specials, Brass Tap etc., will be

supplied by the Contractor. Contractor shall install these specials/fittings as per the

standards specifications and as per the instructions of the Engineer in charge.

13.4 The HDPE pipes shall be laid in accordance with the latest IS 7634 Part- 1 and 2

and BS EN 12201-3.

13.5 After laying and jointing of the HDPE pipes, after partial refill and before final refill

a blue plastic sheet shall be laid at a depth of 0.6m above the crown of the pipe as per

the standards and as per the instructions of the Engineer in charge.

13.6 GI (light duty)/concrete (Non Pressure) casing pipe shall be provided for

HDPE/MDPE pipe for the particular section line plus required bearing where the

alignment of pipe line crossing major roads, natural/side/cross drains, as instructed by

engineer in charge.

13.7Layer of concrete of required grade shall be provided over the particular section the

pipe line where contractor is not able to achieve the specified depth of excavation due

to natural hard strata as instructed by engineer in charge.

306


13.8 Contractor has to submit detailed as built drawing of work done in latest Auto

Cad version, showing the details of pipe line, specials/fittings, valves and joints in Six

hard copies and one soft copy..

13.9 Minimum two working teams, one in slum area and other in out of slum area OR

as per engineer in charge shall be deputed by the contractor for excavation, Laying &

jointing, Testing.

Field Hydraulic Test

a. The Sectional Hydraulic Test shall be carried out after the pipeline section to be

tested has been laid jointed and backfilled to a depth sufficient to prevent floatation, but

leaving the joints exposed which are to be tested. The sections to be tested shall have

be to the approval of the Engineer and shall not be longer than 2000 m when either the

pipeline is laid adjacent to or underneath the carriageway or when section includes an

air valve chamber. The joints between each tested section shall be left exposed until the

pipeline has passed the test on completion.

b. Each length of the pipeline to be tested shall be capped or blanked off at each end

and securely strutted or restrained to withstand the forces which will be exerted when

the test pressure is applied. Air valves already fitted shall be permitted to function during

the test.

c. Proposals for testing where thrusts on structures are involved, even where thrust

flanges on the piping are installed, shall be with the prior approval of the Engineer.

d. The method of filling the pipeline with water shall be approved by the Engineer. The

length under test shall be filled making certain that all air is displaced through an air

valve or any other appropriate mechanism as approved by the Engineer. The test length

shall then remain under constant moderate pressure, 10 to 20m head of water, for a

period of several hours until the pressure can be maintained without additional pumping.

The cost of water shall be borne by the contractor.

e. The pressure shall then be slowly increased at a maximum rate of 1 bar per minute

to the full test pressure and pumping discontinued for 3 hours or until the pressure has

dropped by 10m, whichever occurs earlier. Thereafter pumping shall be resumed and

continued until the test pressure has been restored. The quantity of water pumped to

restore the pressure, which is called make up water, shall be the measure of thermal

expansion or leakage from discontinuation of pumping until its resumption. The makeup

water shall be as below:

307


OD of pipeline

(mm)

Litres per 1000 m of the pipe length tested

One hour test Two hour test Three hour test

63 9 14 24

110 16 31 50

160 37 74 112

200 50 87 124

315 136 285 422

400 174 347 521

f. The maximum allowable test pressure shall be 1.5 times the system design pressure

or pipe rating whichever is higher

g. Notwithstanding the satisfactory completion of the hydraulic test, if there is any

discernible leakage of water from any pipe or joint, the Contractor shall, at his own cost,

replace the pipe, repair the pipe or re-make the joint and repeat the hydraulic test with

cost including the cost of water. Water used for hydrostatic test shall be clean and

potable.

h. Pipelines shall be tested as above except where the Engineer issues such

instructions as are necessary for testing parts of the Works that have been designed for

stresses limited by considerations other than those applying to the pipeline systems.

i. Test pressures are to be measured in kg/cm2 at the centre of the blank flange

situated at the lowest end of the pipeline under test.

Commissioning After satisfactory installation and testing of the entire pipelines including fittings shall be

disinfected as the relevant IS/ISO standard before commissioning of pipeline and fittings

for operation and to be certified by the Engineer in charge.

Store

The Contractor has to establish his own store at sites for stacking the material/machine

as per the relevant IS/ISO standards.

Training

The Contractor shall provide on-site training on HDPE pipe laying, jointing, testing and

maintenance etc., to CMWSSB staff and new O&M staff.

308


Item No 2 :- Providing and supplying P.V.C. pipes etc. complete.

The items includes Supply of PVC Pipes as per I.S. 4985/1988 with cost of third

party Inspection from agency Approve by M.J.P. ( third party Agencies are following)

4) M/S Iteng Engineering ( A Division of Dr Amin Controllers Pvt Ltd.)

5) M/S SGS India Pvt Ltd.

6) M/S Superintendance Company of India Pvt Ltd .

PVC PIPES :-

The PVC Pipes Shall be Confirming to the latest IS No 4985/1988 & Should be

get Inspected From Third Party Approved by the Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran. In

case of PVC Pipes the above relevant Specifications shall apply the Cost of Jointing

Material is included in the item of lowering, laying & jointing of PVC Pipes. The Pipes &

Couplers should be cleaned thoroughly, cement solvent should be applied quickly as it

is fast drying. The Pipes Should be Self fit Types, The Surface temperature should not

be more than 45 degree C. Assembly Jointing should be done till male & Female ends

of Pipes are soft & Wet with Solvent cement, & Excess cement should be removed.

Following Setting time should be observed for newly jointed Pipes

30 Min Minimum @ 60 To 100 Degree F & Above ( 15 To 40 Degree C) .

1 Hours Minimum @ 40 TO 60 Degree F & Above (5 To 15 Degree C)

2 Hours Minimum @ 20 To 40 Degree F & Above (-5 To 5 Degree C )

4 Hours Minimum @ 0 TO 20 Degree F & Above (-20 To -5 Degree C )

Hydraulic Test

Suitable section as directed by the Engineer in charge shall be taken for such

testing from time to time during progress of the work and satisfactory test given for that


shall be arranged by contractor at his cost. The M.J.P. does not undertake any

responsibility to supply water for testing, which the contractor has to arrange from the

municipality or otherwise by paying the required charges directly. The M.J.P. shall have

the right to recover such charges from his bills if complaints are received that contractor

has not paid the charges thereof. If there is delay in testing, the contractor shall refill the

trenches for the time being and reopen them at time of testing at his own cost, failure of

which shall entitle to do the refilling and reopening of trenches at the risk and cost of the

contractor. If the trenches are filled due to any reason whatsoever before testing the

309


contractor shall have to open them for testing at no extra cost.

1. Satisfactory hydraulic test shall be regarded when the section under test shall

withstand the pressure as specified by the Engineer in charge for about 15 minutes

without operating the test pump, the test pressure being maintained at the specified

figures during that 15 minutes interval.

2. The entire pipe line, specials and all joints in that section appear to be dry. The test

pressure shall be normally 50% higher highest working pressure for that particular

section.. The test pressure shall be as per circular no. MJP/RCC/322/ Dt. 31/12.97 vide

appendix IV

3. The criteria for maximum pressure up to which hydraulic test should be given as per

provision in the rei event latest I.S..S. for different types of pipes such as C.I./ M.S./

P.S.C.I P.V.C.I A.C. D.I. etc.

During testing if any joints are found leaky they shall be repaired and! or redone

by the contractor at his cost till the test is found satisfactory similarly, any pipes, collars,

specials, show hair cracks, leaks, etc. during testing, the contractor shall replace them

with sound pipes and specials together with new joints, entirely at his own cost, till a

satisfactory test is given. The pipe, specials etc which crack during testing will, however,

be supplied by the contractor, replacement free of cost. The hydraulic test shall be given

in the presence of the Engineer in charge..The mode of measurement of payment shall


Item No 3 Providing and supplying H.D.P.E. /P.V.C. Specials etc. complete.

For P.V.C. Pipes:- Specification as per Item No 2 above & also The items includes

Supply of PVC specials of required pressure & required diameter of standard PVC pipe

manufacturing company Item will be measured and paid on number basis. Excess

specials will not be accepted after completion of work at the time of final bill.

For H.D.P.E. Pipes:- All the electro fusion fittings included in this document should be

designed for use in water distribution systems and be manufactured/supplied by

manufacturers having ISO 9001: 2000 certification for their quality systems. They should

have supplied to government water boards for their water supply projects. The products

should comply with the following specific requirements.

1. The products shall comply with the requirements of BS EN 12201-3: 2003, BS

EN 1555-3 or ISO 8085-3.

2. All the fittings shall be of SDR 11 rating.

310


3. The EF Tapping Saddle used for drinking water applications should have

undergone type test by WRc-NSF, U.K according to BS 6920 in any of their Certified

Laboratories like WRc – NSF/DVGW/KIWA/SPGN and certificate of Compliance to be

produced for the following parameters::

a. Odour & Flavour of Water

b. Appearance of Water

c. Growth of Micro Organism

d. Extraction of substances that may be of concern to Public Health (Cyto Toxicity)

e. Extraction of Metals

4. All the EF Tapping Saddle shall be manufactured by injection moulding using

virgin compounded PE 80 (MDPE) polymer having a melt flow rate between 0.5 – 1.1

grams/10 minutes and shall be compatible for fusing on either PE 80 or PE 100

distribution mains manufactured according to the relevant national or international

standards. The polymer used should comply with the requirements of BS 3412 and/or

BS EN 12201-1.

5. The Electro fusion Tapping Saddle intended for water distribution applications

shall be coloured blue for the clear identification of the services.

6. All the electro fusion Tapping Saddle should be individually packed so that they

can be used instantaneously at site without additional cleaning process. The protective

packing should be transparent to allow easy identification of the fittings without opening

the bags..

7. The electro fusion Tapping saddle should be with only a single heating coil to fully

electro fuse the fitting to the adjoining pipe or pipe component as applicable. The

heating coils shall be terminated at terminal pins of 4.0 or 4.7 millimetre diameter,

protected with terminal shrouds. Each terminal shroud should be additionally protected

with polyethylene shroud caps.

8. No heating element shall be exposed and all coils are to be integral part of the

body of the fitting. The insertion of the heating element in the fitting should be part of the

injection moulding process and coils inserted after the injection moulding process or

attached to the body of the fitting as a separate embedded pad etc. are strictly not

acceptable.

9. The pipe fixation shall be achieved by external clamping devices and integral

fixation devices are not acceptable.

311


10. The brand name, size, raw material grade, SDR rating and batch identification

are to be embedded as part of the injection moulding process. Each fitting should also

be supplied with a barcode sticker for fusion parameters attached to the body for setting

the fusion parameters on an automatic fusion control box. The barcode sticker should

also include the fusion and cooling time applicable for the fitting for the manual setting of

a manual fusion control box.

11. The fittings should be V-regulated type designed to fuse at a fusion voltage of 40

volts AC.

12. The heating elements should be designed for fusion at any ambient temperatures

between -5 to +40 degree centigrade at a constant fusion time i.e. without any

compensation of fusion time for different ambient temperatures.

13. A limited path style fusion indicator acting for each fusion zone as visual

recognition of completed fusion cycle should be incorporated into the body of each fitting

near the terminals. The fusion indicators should not allow the escape of the molten

polymer through them during or after the fusion process.

14. All the sockets in the electro fusion fittings should include a method of tapping

controlling the pipe penetration (pipe positioner/stopper).

15. The Electro fusion Tapping saddle should be the top loading type which are to be

clamped on the mains for fusion using the custom made top loading clamps exerting

1500N (150 kilograms approximately) top load. Saddles with wrap around clamps made

of polyethylene, nylon or any such other material will not be acceptable.

16. The tapping EF Tapping Saddle should be supplied with suitable adaptors for

proper positioning of the top loading clamp into the saddle.

17. The torque required to operate the cutter after fusion on the PE mains should not

exceed 45 N-m.

18. The common cutter provided by the manufacturer should be designed in such a

way that the cut coupon is not allowed to fall into the pipeline and is retained inside the

body of the cutter providing a positive sealing of the hole in the cutter head for pressure

testing.

19. The EF tapping Saddle, will have female threaded outlet to connect Compression

Metal insert Male thread adaptor fitting for further extension of connection.

20. The threaded outlet should be from sizes ½” to 2” BSP to suit the required House

service connections.

21. The outlets should be reinforced with female threaded metal inserts of SS 304.

312


22. The tapping on the PE mains shall be achieved by a custom built metal cutter

supplied by the manufacturer one each for the standard packing box.

Item No 4 :- Providing , Supplying & Fixing Sluice Valves ……etc Complete.




Item No 6 :- Filling in plinth and floor murum bedding in trenches etc. complete.


Item No 7 :- Lowering ,laying and joining H.D.P.E. pipes etc. complete.

Specification as per item No 1 of above

Item No 8 :- Lowering ,laying and joining P.V.C. pipes etc. complete.

Specification as per item No 2 of above

Item No 9 :- Lowering ,laying and joining C.I.D.F Sluice Valves etc. complete








313







SUBWORK NO 11 :- CHAIN LINK FENCING Item No 1 a&1b :- Excavation in all types of strara etc. complete. Specification as per item No 1 . of Subwork No.1 Item No 2 :- Providing & laying P.C.C. 1:2:4 ( M150 ) etc Complete. Specification as per item No 3 of Sub work No 1 Item No 3a & b :- Providing & laying U.C.R. Masonary ….. etc Complete.

Bd .H . STONE MASONRY

Bd. H. 1. Providing uncaused rubble masonry on trap /granite/quartzite /gneiss

stones in cement mortar1: in foundations and plinth of inner walls in plinth on external

walls including dewatering, striking joints on unexposed faces and pointing with cement

mortar 1:3 on outside exposed faces and watering.

Bd.H.1.1 General.—The item provides for the construction of uncoursed rubble masonry

in foundations and plinth and shall comply with the specification No. B.9(k ) fully subject

to the following:-

Bd H. 1.2. Construction _ If masonry is to be laid directly on the excavated bed or on

concrete footing, the bed or footing shall be cleared of al loose materials, cleanded and

wetted just before laying masonry. Bushings shall not project more than 40 mm. (about

11/2” ) in faces where joints are to be pointed or struck. Quoins in the unexposed

portions shall have the same facing as the rubble stones and shall have uniforma

chaisel drafts of 40 mm. (about 1,1/2”) at the corner edge. In the exposed portions and

up to 15 cm. (about 6” ) below the finished ground level, quoins shall be rough tooled or

have Khandki face ad directed. They shall have chisel drafts of 40 mm. (about 1,1/2:”)

at the corner edge.

Where flooring is to be provided flush with the top of plinths, the inside offset of the

plinths walls shall be kept below the outside offset by the flooring at the time of laying

the masonry.

314


Verandah walls shall also be built with due regard to the slope to be given to the

floors.

The top of the plinth and verandah walls shall be levelled up with flat chips laid in

mortar if necessary to receive damp-proof course ,coping etc.

Holes of the required size and shape shall be left in the masonry during construction

alone for fixing pipes ,service lines or for passage of water. After the service lines, pipes

etc. are fixed, the extra hollow left if any shall be filled with 1 ;3 cement mortar of 1 ;3 ;6

cement concrete and the face shall be neatly finished with matching stones. If any

fixtures are to be provided , they shall be neatly embedded in the required prostitutions

while laying the masonry. Iron fixtures shall be embedded in 1: 5 cement mortar. When

the masonry is in time mortar without extra cost.

Joints in the outside face of external walls of plinth shall be pointed with cement

mortar 1 : 3 up to 15 mm. (about 6”) below the finished ground level. Pointing shall

conform to specification No. B. 13 unless otherwise specified ing the special provisions.

All other joints inside shall be struck flush while laying the masonry. If no pointing for the

outside face is provide ding the wording of the item, the joints shall be struck during

construction alone.

Bd. H. 1.3 Item to include __ According to specification No.B. 9.K. 12.

Pointing outside face fo external walls with cement mortar 1: 3 upto 15 cm. about 6” )

below finished ground leves shall also be included in the rate for the item.

Bd. H. 1.4. Mode of measurement and payment according to specification

No.B.9K.13.

No deduction shall be made for opening each upto .0.1 sq. m. area or for pipes or

fixtures embedded in the masonry up to 500 sq. cm. in section.

Bd.H.2. Providing uncoursed rubble masonry of trap/granite/quartzite/gneiss stones in

cement mortar 1: in basements including dewatering. scaffolding, pointing with

cement mortar 1:3 on exposed faces, raking out joints when plastering Is to be done,

striking joints where no pointing or plastering is to be done and watering.

Bd.H.2.1 General ___ The item provides for the construction of uncoursed rubble

masonry in basements and shall comply with the specification No. B.9.K. fully subject to

the following :-

Bd.H.2.2. Construction ___ If masonry is to be laid directly on the excavated bed or

concrete footing or raft, the area on which the masonry is to be built shall be cleared of

315


all loose materials, cleaned and wetted just before laying masonry. Bushings shall not

project more than 40 mm. (about 1/1/2”) in faces where joints are to be pointed or struck

and 12mm. (about ½”) in faces proposed to be plastered. Quoins in the unexposed

protions shall have the same facing as the rubble stones and shall have uniform chisel

drafts of 40 mm. (about 11/2”) In the exposed portions and up to 15 cm. (about 6”)

below the finished ground leave, quoins shall be rough tooled with 40 mm. (about 1 ½”)

chisel drafts at the corner edge, Finer dressing if required shall be provided in the

special provisions.

Verandah walls shall also be built with due regard to the slope to be given to the

floors.

Stones in corners of walls and angles which are to be plastered shall be rounded.

The corners shall also be rounded in plaster while plastering . The frames of doors,

windows, cupboards etc. shall be housed into the masonry while laying the masonry

only. If so shown on the drawings or specified in the special provisions, rebates shall be

cut into the jambs to hold the frames. Otherwise, chisel dressing for the width of door

and window frames shall be done to botain good fit between the frame and the

masonry.

Jambs shall be made up of quoins only. Where shown to be other than square, the

jambs shall be splayed to conform to the drawings or the instructions of the Engineers

and shall be true to the template. Quoins of the full thickness of the wall shall be

provided at the rate of 3 for each side of the door opening and 2 for each side of the

window opening when the wall is 40 cm. (about 15”) thick or less. In thicker walls, two

quoins may be used to make up the full thickness of the wall with break of joint of not

less than 8 cm. (about 3”) with stones above and below.

Holes of the required size and shape shall be left in the masonry during construction

alone for fixing pipes, service lines, passage of water etc. After the service lines, pipes

etc. are fixed, the extra hollow left shall be filled with 1:3 cement mortar or 1:3:6

cement concrete and the face shall be finished with matching stones.

Niches shall also be cut in the sill stones to house the ends of vertical scantlings of

door frames where no sills are provided for the door frames . Wooden and heavy steel

door and window frames shall be put up as the masonry is being built up. But for

ordinary steel doors and windows, openings required for them and their hold fasts etc.

shall be left in the wall and frames embedded later to avoid warping and damage to the

316


steel frames. Iron and steel fixtures shall be embedded in 1:5 cement mortar without

extra cost, when the masonry is in lime mortar.

Well seasoned tapered wooden plugs of sufficient length and cross section shall be

built up in the masonry as the work proceeds at locations and levels directed by the

Engineer for facility of fixing of frames, door and window shutter appliances, rails,

service lines etc.

The top of masonry. On which coping, R.C.C. slab or other flooring is to be laid,

shall be finished level of to the required slope with stones and mortar to give an even

bearing. Bed blocks of stone or R.C.C. shall be built up in the masonry under beams, if

separately provided in the tender,

The jambs of doors, windows and clerestory windows and sills for windows and

clear storey windows shall be square or splayed as shown in the drawings or directed

by the Engineer. If concrete or stone slabs are to be provided for sills, they shall be paid

for separately.

Bd.H.2.3. Joints __ Joints in the outside faces shall be raked out when the mortar is

green and pointed with cement mortar 1 :3 : up to 15 cm. (about 6”) below the finished

ground level. Pointing with cement mortar shall conform to specification No. B. 13

unless otherwise specified in the special provisions. Below 15 cm. below the finished

ground level, the joints shall be struck flush while laying the masonry. The joints in the

inside faces shall be raked if plaster is to be provided. Otherwise they shall be pointed.

Bd.2.4. Item to include __According to specification No. B 9 (k).12 and as above.

The rate for masonry shall include providing and fixing wooden plugs. The rate shall

also include lab our charge for fixing pipes, rawl plugs, fixtures etc. separately provided,

making grooves, rebates and chamfers, making arrangements for receiving door,

window or other frames and their attachments and fixing and finishing them, making

square or splayed jambs and sills in masonry and raking out joints for plastering.

Pointing outside exposed faces and inside faces which are not to be plastered shall

also be included.

Bd. H. 2.5. Mode of measurement and payment __According to specification

No.B.9.K 13.

No deduction shall be made for the rebates or plugs or other fixtures. The

deduction for openings of doors, windows etc, shall be for the actual opening in the

masonry exclusive of the plaster at the frames. If jambs of doors and windows and sills

of windows etc. are splayed, only the square openings as at the frames shall be

317


deducted. No deduction shall be made for the parts of fixtures, frames of doors,

windows etc. embedded in the masonry. No deduction shall be made for ends of

dissimilar materials each less than 500 sq. cm. in area. No deduction shall be made for

opening up to 0.1 sq. m. in area. No deduction shall be made for chambers and

rounding of corners nor anything extra paid for them.

Item No 4 :- Providing & laying Tuck pointing ….. etc Complete.

Bd. L. 16. Providing tuck pointing with cement mortar 1:3,for stone masonry/brick

work including scaffolding and curing complete.

Bd.L. 16.1 General - The specifications given for item No. Bd.L.15 for cement

pointing shall apply subject to the following changes:-`

Bd.L. 16.2 pointing - The raked out joints shall out joints shall be filled with mortar of

the specified mix and required consistency and well pressed and rubbed smooth with

the mortar projecting beyond the face of the masonry joint by half the thickness of the

joint. The protruding strip of the pointing shall have its centre line coinciding with the

centre line of the joint. The width of the protruding strip shall be equal to the specified

thickness of the joint in the masonry or as directed by the Engineer. The width and

depth of projection shall be uniform throughout. The junctions of horizontal and vertical

joints shall be finished neatly. Where joints are not horizontal or vertical as in the case of

U.C.R masonry, the pointing shall be made along the centre line of actual joints to

uniform width and depth as directed and the junctions of pointing made neatly . The

mortar shall not spread over the adjoining stones.

Item No 5 :- Providing & laying R.C.C. M 150 for coping …. etc Complete.


Item No 6 :- Providing and Erecting chain link fencing etc. complete.

The item includes providing and erecting chain link fencing 1.6 M. height with G.I.

chain link of size 50 x 50 mm 8 gauge thick and fixed 75 mm above Ground level

vertical M.S Angle of 40 x 40 x 6 mm size embedded in C.C. block of 1:4:8 mix of size

450 x 450 x 670 mm. at 1.75 M. c / c with iron bar 16 mm dia as hold fast including

welding link with angle frame at 30 cm c / c nuts and bolts and horizontal M.S. Angles at

318


top and bottom of 25 x 25 x 5 mm size and vertical M.S. flat 35 x 5 mm and 25 x 5 mm

horizontal including cross support of 40 x 40 x 6 mm Angles both sides at every corner

or bends embedded in concrete blocks of 1:4:8 of size 450 x 450 x 670 mm including 3

coats of oil painting etc. complete. Additional Item Spec. No. : As directed by Engineer

in charge. As per standard Specification of Public Works department and as directed by

Engineer In Charge. The mode measurement of payment shall be on Running meter

basis.

Item No 7,8 :- Providing and fixing Main M.S. Gate & Wicket Gate etc. complete

Providing and fixing wrought iron I mild steel gate as per the detailed

drawing including hinges, pivot, locking arrangement with lock and painting.

General: - The item pertains to the provision and fixing of wrought iron or steel gate as

mentioned in the item as per the drawings including hinges, pivot blocks, locking

arrangement and lock and painting.

Materials: - The wrought iron or mild steel sections shall conform to A.14 or A.11 as

relevant. The sections shall be of the dimensions and shapes as shown on the

drawings. Standard revets and welding rods shall be used. Stone pivot blocks shall be

of hard compact, fine grained and durable stone without any defect. They shall be as

approved by the Engineer.

Oil paint shall conform to A.17 . The priming coat shall be of red lead and the

subsequent two coats shall be of approved shade. Cement concrete 1:2:4 shall conform

to specification No.B.6.

Construction:- The hinges flat shall have been embedded in the pillars as indicated on

the drawings at specified heights. There shall be one such hinge to each of the shutters.

The hinges shall comprise of mild steel flat bent through 180 with a radius sufficient to

hold the end vertical bars of the gate. A square bar piece with curved end shall be used

as a spacer and stopper at the time of fixing. This piece shall be fixed to the flats with

nuts and bolts.

The fabrication of the gate shall conform to specifications Nos. B.19, B.18, and

B.10.

The design of the gate shall be as per the drawings. The joints shall be riveted

and welded as shown on the drawings or as ordered by the Engineer.

The gate shutters shall be fixed on the the hinges and the lower ends of the outer

verticals shall be supported on stone pivot blocks 20cm x 20cm x 20cm fixed into 1:2:4

319


cement concrete block of 45 cm x 45cm x 45 cm with its top flush with the ground.

The central vertices of the two shutters shall have to rollers 40mm x 6mm mild

steel flat shall be bent to the required curvature and fixed with welded pins over 1:2:4

cement concrete bed 15cm thick and 10cm wide perfectly level. The rollers shall roll

over these flats.

The gate shall be painted with one coat of red lead oil paint and two coatsof

approved shade of oil paint. Painting shall conform to B.21.

Item to include : -1) All wrought iron of mild steel sections of specified dimensions and

shape oil paint, revets, welding rods locking arrangement with lock, rollers, cement

concrete 1:2:4 hinges on stone pivot blocks.

2)Fabrication of gate to the required design, fixing stone pivot blocks and sliding flat rails

in cement concrete and fixing gate to the pillars, Iocking arrangement with lock and

painting.

Also the items includes providing 2.5 m wide M.S. gate with 40 mm dia M.S. black

pipe of medium class with approved grill work with two coats of anticorrosive paint ,with

side pillar in RCC M150 of size 25x40x2.5 M height its foundation as per asper

departmental design and drawing and as directed by Engineer In Charge.

3) AII necessary labour, materials and use of tools, plant and equipment.

Mode of measurement and payment:- The contract rate shall be for number basis

The measurements shall be for the net area covered by the gate.

The height being inclusive of the tips and toes of the vertical if extending beyond the top

and bottom/ rails. The horizontal width shall be measured outside to vertical of side rails.

The dimensions shall be measured correct up to a cm and the area calculated correct

up to three places of decimals of a square metre.

tem No 9 :- Providing and applying water proof cement paint paint etc.

complete

Specification as per item No 25 of Sub work No 2 and as per departmental specification

as directed by engineer in charge.

320




NAME OF SCHEME:- WALWADI WATER SUPPLY SCHEME, TAL. & DIST :- DHULE.


SUB WORK NO 12 :- STAFF QUARTER

Item No 1 a&1b :- Excavation in all types of strara etc. complete.

Specification as per item No 1 . of Subwork No.1

Item No 2 :- Providing & laying P.C.C. 1:2:4 ( M150 ) etc Complete.


Item No 3a & b :- Providing & laying U.C.R. Masonary ….. etc Complete.


Item No 4 :- Providing & laying Tuck pointing ….. etc Complete.


Item No 5 :- Providing & laying C.C. M 150 for coping …. etc Complete.


Item No 6 :- Providing B.B. masonary (using second class Burnt Brick ) …. etc

Complete.


Item No 7 :- Providing B.B. masonary (using second class Burnt Half Brick ) ….

etc Complete.


321


Item No 8 :- Filling in plinth and floor murum bedding with contractor murum

etc. complete.


Item No 9 :- Refilling the trenches etc Complete.


Item No 10 :- Providing and fixing single leaf panel door CCTW ….etc.

Bd.T.53.1 General __The item refers to providing and fixing steel windows in buildings.

The windows shall conform to I.S. 1038-1957 regarding material, fabrication,

dimensions of steel windows, sizes of rolled steel sections and fixtures and fastening

unless other sizes ar specified no the special provisions. Steels window frames shall be

hot dip zinc coated if so mentioned in the item. The type of window shall be as shown on

drawings or as directed by the Engineer with fixed and \or side hung shutter. If

ventilators are provided the shall be top or centre hung as shown on drawing or

directed by the Engineer The steel windows without or with ventilators shall be fixed and

glazed as specified in I.S 1081-1910 . The type of glass shall be as mentioned in the

item and approved by the Engineer. It shall not weigh less than 7.5 kg./sq. m.(about 24

oz/sq.ft.) If the steel windows are supplied by an approved manufacturer they shall be

fixed and glazed as per the instructions of the manufacturer. Unless otherwise specified

in the special provisions, the sizes of openings for windows shall be from those specified

in I.S. 1038-1957 and as shown in the drawings.

Bd.T.53.2 T.W boxing and architraves - When included in the item teak wood boxing lf

20cm. X m. and architrave of 6 cm. X 2cm. or other sizes shown in the drawings shall be

provided all round the window from inside and the edges shall be finished with plaster or

dado work as the case may be to obtain in a finished job. The joints of the window frame

with masonry shall be finished neatly with cement mortar.

Bd.T.53.3 Finishing - The steel windows which are not hot dip zinc coated shall be

finished with 2 coats of oil paint of approved colour and shade on a primer coat of red

lead as specified in B.21a. The wooden boxing and architraves shall be finished with 2

coats of oil paint of approved shade as specified in Bd.N.

322


Bd.T.53.4. Item to include - All lab our, materials and equipment required for

(1) providing the fabricated steel windows as specified above at the site with all

accessories, fixing materials and glass panes,

(2 ) Fixing the steel windows in the required positions and glazing.

(3) Providing the T.W. boxing and architraves.

(4) Finishing the joints of frames with masonry with cement mortar and painting the steel

windows and boxing and architraves.

Bd.T. 53.5. Mode of measurement and payment . The contract rate shall be for a unit of

one sq. m. of the area covered by the outer dimensions of the window frame. The

dimensions shall be measured outside to outside of the outer edges of the frame

(excluding lugs)correct up to a cm. The dimensions of composite windows, ventilators

etc. shall be measured from outside of the outer most members of the composite farm

including mullions , transoms etc. but excluding lugs. The area shall be worked out

correct up to 3places of decimals of a sq. m.

The item include providing and fixing single leaf panelled door C.C.T.W. 60mm.x

100mm. frame without ventilator, shutter 35mm.thick as per detailed drawing consisting

C.C. T.W. vertical styles & top rail 95mm. x 35mm. & lock & bottom rail 195mm. x

35mm. & panel with 12 mm. thick particle board (Conforming I.S.3097:1980 ) including

iron oxidised fixtures & fastenings & T.W. beading at junctions of panels inserted

including 3 coats of oil painting complete. Additional Item. Spec.No. As directed by

Engineer in charge. Also as per specification no B and C-7 page no – 418 and Sp no BD

1.4 page no 479 .

Item No 11 :- Providing and fixing Box frame steel window ….etc.

Bd.T.53.1 General -The item refers to providing and fixing steel windows in buildings.

The windows shall conform to I.S. 1038-1957 regarding material, fabrication,

dimensions of steel windows, sizes of rolled steel sections and fixtures and fastening

unless other sizes ar specified no the special provisions. Steels window frames shall be

hot dip zinc coated if so mentioned in the item. The type of window shall be as shown on

drawings or as directed by the Engineer with fixed and \or side hung shutter. If

ventilators are provided the shall be top or centre hung as shown on drawing or

directed by the Engineer .The steel windows without or with ventilators shall be fixed

and glazed as specified in I.S 1081-1910 . The type of glass shall be as mentioned in

the item and approved by the Engineer. It shall not weigh less than 7.5 kg./sq. m.(about

323


24 oz/sq.ft.) If the steel windows are supplied by an approved manufacturer they shall

be fixed and glazed as per the instructions of the manufacturer. Unless otherwise

specified in the special provisions, the sizes of openings for windows shall be from those

specified in I.S. 1038-1957 and as shown in the drawings.

Bd.T.53.2:- T.W boxing and architraves when included in the item teak wood boxing lf

20cm. X m. and architrave of 6 cm. X 2cm. or other sizes shown in the drawings shall be

provided all round the window from inside and the edges shall be finished with plaster or

dado work as the case may be to obtain in a finished job. The joints of the window frame

with masonry shall be finished neatly with cement mortar.

Bd.T.53.3 Finishing- The steel windows which are not hot dip zinc coated shall be

finished with 2 coats of oil paint of approved colour and shade on a primer coat of red

lead as specified in B.21a. The wooden boxing and architraves shall be finished with 2

coats of oil paint of approved shade as specified in Bd.N.

Bd.T.53.4. Item to include __ All lab our, materials and equipment required for

(1) providing the fabricated steel windows as specified above at the site with all

accessories, fixing materials and glass panes,

(2 ) Fixing the steel windows in the required positions and glazing.

(3) Providing the T.W. boxing and architraves.

(4) Finishing the joints of frames with masonry with cement mortar and painting the steel

windows and boxing and architraves.

Bd.T. 53.5. Mode of measurement and payment__ The contract rate shall be for a unit

of one sq. m. of the area covered by the outer dimensions of the window frame. The

dimensions shall be measured outside to outside of the outer edges of the frame

(excluding lugs)correct up to a cm. The dimensions of composite windows, ventilators

etc. shall be measured from outside of the outer most members of the composite framr

including mullions , transoms etc. but excluding lugs. The area shall be worked out

correct up to 3places of decimals of a sq. m.

Item No 12 :- Providing and fixing steel ventilator ….etc. comp.

Specification as per item No 11 of same sub work .

Item No 13 :- Providing & laying R.C.C. M 200 for Beam …. etc Complete.


324


Item No 14 :- Providing & laying R.C.C. M 200 for Pardi and chajja …. etc

Complete.


Item No 15 :- Providing & laying R.C.C. M 200 for Slab …. etc Complete.


Item No 16 :- Providing fixing M.S. Tor Reinforcement etc Complete


Item No 17a :- Providing cement plaster 12mm thk. etc Complete


Item No 17b :- Providing neeru finish …….. etc Complete


Item No 17c :- Providing cement plaster 20 mm thk. etc Complete


Item No 18 :- Providing finished kotah stone ... etc Complete

Bd.M.29. Providing sills of polished Shahabad /Tandur/ Kotah stones……..mm thick on

a bed of 1:4 Cement mortar including neat Cement float, filling joints with neat Cement

slurry,curing,polishing and cleaning complete.

Bd.M.29.1. General - The item refers to providing sills of polished Shahabad, Tandur or

Kotah stone slabs mentioned it the item for windows etc. The item shall comply with

relevant specifications given for item No.28.2. and Bd M.28.3. and the following:-

325


As far as possible sills of windows shall be in one piece. The outer edges of sills of

windows shall be rounded when so shown in the drawings or directed by the Engineer.

Measurements shall be taken as if the edges were square including the rounding.

Bd.M.28.2. The slabs shall be uniform in thickness and be preferably of one stone and

at least as long as can be procured. The outside edges shall be rounded or square as

shown in the drawings or directed by the Engineer. The projection of the sill beyond

each edge of the splayed jamb shall be uniform for all windows and shall not normally

exceed 2 cm. There shall be no gap between the sill and the frame.

Bd.M.28.3. Mode of measurement and payment - The contract rate shall be per sq .m of

the sill area. The dimensions shall be measured overall including all the embedded

portions limited to those shown on the drawings or directed by the Engineer in writing.

The length shall not be more than 2 cm. beyond each splayed jamp at the ends. The

dimensions shall be measured correct upto a cm and the area worked out correct upto 2

places of decimals of a square meter. No deductions shall be made for ends of sills

embedded in the jambs . the rounded edges shall be measured square including the

rounding .

Specification as per given by engineer in charge and as per PWD handbook .

Item No 19 :- Providing coloured glazed tiles ... etc Complete

Bd.M.12 . providing and laying white glazed tiles 148.5 mm X148.5 mm (about 6” x 6”)

in size and 8 mm/9.5mm (about 5/16”/3/8”) thick for flooring in required positions, laid on

a bed of 1 :2 lime mortar 1 :4 cement mortar including neat cement float, all specials

required like round edge tiles, cups etc, filling joints with neat white cement slurry, curing

and cleaning complete.

Bd. M.12.1. Materials –Tiles - White glazed tiles including specials shall be of the

approved make and quality and shall conform to I.S. 777-1961 in all respects. Samples

of tiles shall be got approved by the Engineer, who will keep them in his office for

verifications as to whether the materials brought for use conform to the approved

samples.

Bd. M.12.1.2. Mortar ___As per Bd.M.1.1.2.

Bd.m.12.1.3. White Cement :- This shall be of approved quality and make.

Bd.M. 12.2. Mortar bedding :- The amount of water added while preparing mortar shall

be the minimum necessary to give sufficient plasticity for laying. Care shall be taken in

the preparation of the mortar to ensure that there are no hard lumps that would interfere

326


with even bedding of the tiles. Before spreading the mortar bed, the base shall be

cleaned of all dirt, scum or laitance and loose materials and then well wetted without

forming any pools of water on the surface. The mortar shall then well wetted without

forming any pools of water on the surface. The mortar shall then be evenly and

smoothly spread over the base by the use of screed battens to proper laves or slope .

The thickness of the bedding shall not be less than 12 mm (about ½”)or more than

20mm (about ¼”) in any one place. The tiles shall be laid on the bedding mortar when it

is still plastic but has become sufficiently stiff to offer. A fairly firm cushion for the tiles.

Bd.M.12.3. Fixing tiles:- The tiles before laying shall be soaked in water for at least 2

hours. Tiles which are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall shall be so arranged that the

surface of the round edge tiles shall correspond to the skirting or dado. Neat cement

grout of honey like consistency shall be spread over the bedding mortar just to cover so

much area as can be tiled within half an hour. The edges of the tiles shall be smeared

with neat white cement slurry and fixed in this grout one after the other, each tile being

well pressed and gently tapped with a wooden mallet till it is properly bedded and in

level with the adjoining tiles. There shall be no hollows in bed or joints.. The joints shall

be kept as close as possible and in straight lines. The joints between the tiles shall not

exceed 1.5 mm (about 1/16”) wide. The joints shall be grouted with a slurry of white

cement. After fixing the tiles finally in an even plane the flooring shall be covered with

wet saw dust and allowed to mature undisturbed for 14 days.

Bd. M.12.4. Cleaning __After the tiles have been laid in a room or the day’s fixing work

is completed , the surplus cement grout that may have come out of the joints shall be

cleaned off before it sets. Once the floor has set, the floor shall be carefully washed

clean and dried. When dry, the floor shall be covered with oil free dry saw dust which

shall be removed only after completion of the construction work and just before the floor

is occupied.

Bd. M.12.5 Item to include__ The rate shall include all lab our, materials. tools and

equipment required for the following operations to carry out the item as specified

above:--

(1) Providing and laying the bedding mortar and leveling

(2) Providing and fixing the tiles including round edges, corner cups etc. in neat

cement float over the bedding.

(3) Grouting the joints of the tiles with white cement slurry.

(4) Curing.

327


(5) Cleaning the floor.

Bd,M. 12.6. Mode of measurement and payment - same as for Bd.M.1.

Item No 20 :- Providing orrisia type W.C. span ... etc Complete

The item include providing and fixing 1st class white glazed earthenware "Orissa

type" W.C. Pan 600 x 400 mm size including 'P' or 'S' trap UPVC soil and vent pipe up

to the outside face of the wall, 1:5:10 cement concrete bedding, 10 litre fibre high level

flushing cistern with fittings, inlet pipe with stop tap, bracket for fixing the cistern, 32 mm

dia. UPVC flush pipe with fitting and clamps, 20 mm dia. UPVC over flow pipe with

mosquito proof coupling, chain and pulley, painting of the exposed pipe and cutting and

making good walls and floor, testing etc. complete. Prior approval of sample and brand

by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use. Also as per Specification given by engineer in

charge and as per PWD handbook .

Item No 21 :- Providing bib cock of brass ... etc Complete

Bd.V.8. Providing and fixing 15 mm. diameter screw down bib-tip/stop-tab of Brass

including necessary socket /union nut complete.

Bd.V.8.1. General __ The item pertains to the provision and fixing of screw down bib tap

or stop-tap as mentioned in the item, of the specified diameter including necessary

accessories. This item shall be subject to the general specifications.

Bd.V.8.2 Materials__The bib or stop tap shall conform to I.S. 781-1959

Bd. V.8.3. Fixing__ The bib tap or stop tap shall be fixed into the pipe line with

necessary sockets or union nut in places indicated on the drawing or as ordered by the

Engineer. A few turns of fine hemp dipped in linseed oil shall be taken over the

threaded ends to obtain a completely watertight joint. If there is a leak observed on test,

the joint shall be remade to make it leak proof.

Bd.V. 8.4. Item to include__ (1) Screw down bib tap of the specified diameter, fine

hemp, linseed oil and fixing of bib tap or stop tap.

(2 ) All necessary materials, lab our and use of tools.

Item No 22 :- Providing P.V.C. long arm nahani tap ... etc Complete

Bd.V.32. Providing and fixing 8 cm.(3”) cast iron nahani trap including cast iron grating,

bend and piece of cast iron pipe upto the outside face of the wall.

328


Bd.V.32.1. General - The item pertains to the provisions of fixing of 8cm (3”) cast iron

nahani trap in sinks and baths including the cast iron grating. Bends and cast iron pipe

piece upto the outside face of the wall.

This item shall be subject to the general specification.

Bd.V.32.2. Material - The 8 cm. (3”) cast iron nahani trap, bend and pipe with 12.5

cm.(5”) grating shall be the best available in the market and approved by the Engineer.

It shall conform to A.13 regarding its material.

Bd.V.32.3 Fixing - The cast iron nahani trap with the bend and pipe piece shall be fixed

as per the drawings or the instructions of the Engineer.

The joints shall be sealed with 1:1 cement mortar. This shall conform to para.5 of

I.S. 1742-1962 .

Bd.V.32.4 .Item to include - (1) Nahani trap with grating, bend, cast iron pipe up to the

outside face of the wall and cement mortar.

(2) Fixing of the trap, bend and pipe, cutting and waste.

(3) All necessary labour, materials and use of tools.

Bd.V.32.5. Mode of measurement and payment - The contract rate shall be for one

nahani trap fixed. The measurement shall be for the number of nahani traps fixed.

Item No 23 :- Providing screwed down wheel stop tap of brasss.. etc Complete

General :- The item shall conform to specification No. Bd V. 8 (Specification as per I.No.

21 of same sub work ) in all respect except that it shall have an operating wheel . The

material of the wheeled stop valve shall be gun metal or brass as specified in the item .

Item No 24 :- Providing high density polyethylene tank ... etc Complete

The item include providing, hoisting and fixing in position sintex or equivalent high

density polyethylene UV stabilised conforming to IS-12701. Water storage tank with

necessary connection, testing etc. complete. Prior approval of sample by Executive

Engineer is necessary before use. Also as per specification as per given by engineer in

charge and as per PWD handbook .

Item No 25 :- Providing & Fixing G.I. pipe ... etc Complete

Bd.V.5 providing laying and fixing mm. diameter heavy medium type galvanized iron

pipes with screwed socket joints and necessary galvanized iron fittings such as sockets,

back nut , elbows, bends, tees, reducers, enlargers, plugs, clamps etc… including

329


necessary excavation, backfilling , fixing with clamps, drilling holes in walls slabs etc

and remaking complete.

Bd.V.5.1. General - The item pertains to providing and fixing of heavy or medium type

as mentioned in the item, galvanized iron pipes of the specified diameter for water

supply including necessary galvanized iron fittings and all connected work such as

excavation, drilling through walls. Slabs, fixing with clamps, backfilling and making good

the damage.

This item shall be subject to general specifications.

Bd.V.5.2 Materials__ The galvanized iron pipes shall be of the type and diameter

specified in the wording of the item and shall comply with I.S.1239-1958 for the specified

type. The specified diameter of the pipes shall refer to the inside diameter of the bore

pipes and fittings of which the galvanizing has been damaged shall not be used. Unless

otherwise specified, heavy type (C class) galvanized iron pipes shall be used in Greater

Bombay and medium type (B class) elsewhere. Clamps, screws, and galvanized iron

fittings shall be of the standard type to match the pipes.

Fine hemp and linseed oil for fixing of the fittings.

Bd.V.5.3. Excavation - The trench for laying the pipes shall be excavated to the lines

and levels as directed by the Engineer. The bed shall be about 30 cm.(about 12”) wide

and not less than 45 cm. (about 18”) deep. The trench shall be excavated through all

strata met with. Where necessary, sides may be shored or sloped. In case rock is met

with the section of the trench may be slightly reduced but sufficient to receive the pipe

and the cushioning with a safe margin Dewatering shall be done where necessary.

The excavation shall be done only so much in advance of laying of pipes as to

cause least damage to the trench and least inconvenience to traffic and in other

respects.

In case of excavation across, a road, permission of road authorities shall be

obtained for the excavation of the road surface which shall be made good and restored

to the original condition at the contractor’s cost. At all road crossings. The trench shall

be dug only for half the width of the road and pipe laid. The other half shall be excavated

only after back filling is done over the laid pipe and making it suitable for the traffic. In

case of such road excavations and in other cases where accidents are likely to occur

due to the excavation and pipe laying operations sufficient care shall be taken to avoid

accidents etc. by erecting barricades, caution boards, keeping watchman and

330


maintaining red lights at night time. This contractor shall be responsible for accidents

due to his carelessness in this respect and shall bear the consequences.

At all the road crossings the pipes shall be laid lower than the crust of the road.

All the pipes, water mains, cables etc. met in the excavation shall be carefully

protected and supported. Any damage done shall be made good by the contractor at his

own cost.

The pipe shall be laid on a well compacted bed in the trench. The trench after

laying the pipe shall be refilled except at the joints, in layers and manually rammed.

Care shall be taken to see that no earth etc. gets inside the pipes. The filling shall be

kept raised by about 5 cm. for subsequent settlement. In the case of trench through

rock. A bedding and cushioning of murmur, good earth or sand shall be provided for the

pipe. The trench at the joints shall be filled similarly after satisfactory testing of the pipe.

Any surplus excavated stuff shall be disposed off satisfactorily without causing

nuisance.

Bd.V.5.4. Laying and fixing __The plumbing contractor shall get the layout of the

plumbing and drainage system approved by the competent authorities as may be

required by the bye-laws. Should any changes iln the layout be necessary to get such

approval, the contractor shall get the approval of the Engineer and make the

amendments to comply with the Bye-laws. The pipes shall be generally so laid or fixed

as not to be exposed to the heat of the sun or be subject to any injury or risk to the pipe.

As far as possible. the pipes shall be laid plumb and in straight and parallel lines. The

pipe shall be laid to falling or rising gradients or dead level so as to avoid air locks. It

should be possible to empty the pipes readily and completely. All water supply pipes

shall as far as possible be kept out side of walls, partitions and floors and be exposed to

view and accessible . They shall be used in standard lengths, cut lengths being used

only where necessary to make up the exact lengths.

The pipe shall be laid into the trench and screwed with sockets, elbows, tees,

bends, etc. as necessary. In making the joints, a few turns of fine hemp, dipped in

linseed oil shall be taken over the threaded end of the pipe and the socket screwed

home over the pipe with pipe wrench. Pipes connected shall generally touch each other,

the socket covering each and about equally. The branch connections shall not protrude

in the bore of the parent pipes.

No joint shall be located in the thickness of the walls.

331


If the pipe is required to be cut and the end threaded, the burns of the cut end shall

be filled smooth and any obstruction in the bore shall be entirely eliminated. The rate

includes wastage in cutting etc.

When the pipe is to be fixed to walls it shall be fixed with standard brackets, clips or

holder bats keeping the pipe about 12mm. (about ½”) clear of the wall. The pipe shall be

fixed to the wall horizontally and vertically and parallel to one another when more than

one pipe is laid unless unavoidable. The supporting clips etc. for the pipe shall be

spaced at about two meters or so as necessary. When holes are not left during

construction they shall be cut into the walls or slabs etc. to pass the pipe through or to

fix clamps etc. After fixing of the pipes, clamps etc. these shall be neatly made good.

Bd.V.5.5 Painting__ After laying of the pipes, the trench shall be refilled as explained

earlier. All external pipes shall be painted with two coats of approved shade of

anticorrosive paint and internal pipes with two coats of oil paint of approved shade

according to B.21.

Bd.V.5.6 Testing - On completion of laying the pipe line and fixing taps etc. the pipeline

shall be tested with a hydraulic pump for a pressure of 7kg/sq.cm. (about 100 1ba/sq.

inch ) or for any other pressure if mentioned in the special provisions or the Municipal

Bye-laws. No leakage at the joints shall be allowable. Any leakage found shall be

removed by redoing the joint satisfactorily, without extra cost to the Department.

Any other test specified in the Bye- laws of the local Authority shall be carried out

by the contractor to the satisfaction of such authorities and any defects found out shall

be remedied by the contractor without extra claims.

Bd.V..5.7. Items to include__(1) supply of galvanised iron pipes of specified diameter

and type and galvanised iron fittings such as sockets, elbows, bends, tees, enlargers,

reducers, backnuts, plugs, unions etc, hemp, linseed oil, clamps, screws, wooden plugs

etc. to fix the pipe to the walls.

(2) Excavating and back filling trenches including dewatering, cutting though walls, floor

etc.and making good.

(3)Laying, jointing and fixing the pipe with the fitting including pipes, wastage and

threading the ends.

(4) Painting exposed pipes.

(5) Testing.

(6) All necessary labour, materials and use of tools.

332


Bd. V.5.8. Mode of measurement and payment___ The contract rate shall be for one

metre of each type and diameter of pipe laid complete with fittings, clamps etc. as

specified.

The lengths shall be measured net on the straight and bends along the centre line

of the pipes and fittings correct upto a cm.

Item No 26 :- Providing B.B. masonary chamber ... etc Complete


Item No 27 :- Providing hume pipe for septic tank ... etc Complete

The item include providing and fixing hume pipe septic tank 900mm diameter with

vent pipe and cap including necessary (excluding excavation and laying) Specification

as per given by engineer in charge and as per PWD handbook . and as per IS No.

13592 & IS 4985 .

Specification as per given by engineer in charge and as per PWD handbook .

Item No 28 :- Providing SWR pipe for rain water ... etc Complete

The item include providing and fixing 110 & 160 mm diameter.UPVC soil / vent /

waste SWR pipe/Rain water pipes of required diameter conforming to IS 13592 and IS

4985 to with stand 2.5 kg/cm2 including necessary fixtures and fittings such as bends,

tees, single junction, double and joining with rubber and lubricants on wall by means of

clips or in ground including necessary excavation, laying filling trenches, testing etc.

complete

Item No 29 :- Providing washable oil bond distemper ... etc Complete

Specification as per Item no 24 sub work no 2

Item No 30 :- Providing and applying Washable acrylic emulsion paint etc.

complete

Providing & applying washable oil-bound distemper of approved colour and

shade to old & new surfaces in two coats including scaffolding, preparing the

333


surfaces, (excluding the primer coat.) complete.Also as per specifications given in PWD

hand book and as per departmental specification as directed by engineer in charge .

Item No 31 :- Providing electrical point ... etc Complete

Providing and fixing electrical point of approved quality for lighting purpose

including all material and labour etc. complete. Also as per specifications as per

standard specification given in PWD hand book and as per departmental specification

as directed by engineer in charge .

Item No 32 :- Providing Kaddapa stone 25 to 30 mm ... etc Complete

Specification as per item No 18 of same sub work .

334







SUBWORK NO 13 :- TRIAL RUN OF THE SCHEME.

Item No 1 :- Commissioning ,Running & maintaining the scheme etc. complete.

MAINTAINING RURAL WATER SUPPLY SCHEME FOR THREE MONTH ON TRIAL

RUN BASIS.

1 On completion of scheme the contractor should commission the schemes to its

rated capacity of three month including cost of all labour items attending execution,

defect noticed including cost of material & labour for above period.

2 The contractor should employ necessary staff such as operator, valve man. It

should be the. responsibility of the contractor to see the regular supply shall maintained

which should be disinfected by T.C.L/Chlorine Gas & the Village Panchayat is made

aware of day to day maintenance. The running charges exclude the cost of raw water

T.C.L. & cost of Electric bill. The defects noticed during this period arising out of

defective workmanship should be attended by the contractor, without any extra cost.

3. The Contractor should maintain necessary log book of pumping & chemical

doses etc. up to date,

Item No.2:-

2.2 SATISFACTORY RUNNING OF THE SCHEME FOR ONE YEAR PERIOD (AS

PER GOVT. G.R.NO. GRAPADHO/1109/PRAKRA-104 (A) /WS-07 DT.17.3.2010

After satisfactory completion of the scheme for trial run period of three month the

contractor has to run the scheme for one year. For this one year period contractor

should employ necessary staff such as Valve man, Filter operator , pump Operator etc.

& it is responsibility of contractor to see the regular water supply .Village panchyat is

made aware of day to day maintenance the running charges exclude the cost of TCL/

chlorine & cost of electricity bill the defect noticed during this period arising out of

defective workman ship should be attended by the contractor without any extra cost.

During this period Contractor should maintain necessary log book of pumping &

chemical doses etc. up to date,

Contractor has to run the scheme for one year period .

335


After satisfactory completion of running the scheme for one year period

contractor has to handed over the scheme to the concern village Panchyat. The joint

inspection of the committee member shall be arranged as decided by the Executive

Engineer & regular handing over note shall be signed by the concerned authority the

responsibility of the contractor shall cease only after signing of such a handing over

documents.

336


. MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN URBAN & RURAL SCHEME CIRCLE, NASHIK




SUBWORK NO 14 :- Detailed Specifications of Electro Magnetic Flow meter,

ECE Mark Bul meter, Domestic Water flow meter

Providing, erecting, testing Electro Magnetic Flow Meter, ECE Mark Bulk Meter,

Domestic Water Flow Meter

Item No1:- Electro Magnetic Flow Meter ( 500 MM dia.)

Manufacturing, supplying & commissioning Electromagnetic flow meter with (EMF)

for Raw/Pure water with accuracy ±±±± 0.5 % of measured value and protection as per

given specification for all sizes including sensors, transmitter, surge arrestor, flow meter

including pipe cutting, levelling and installation of flowmeter in the pipe line with

necessary tool, trakles, cranes etc as may be required at site and based on technical

specifications.



from CS-1 No.


field.


4) The current output shall be galvanically/optically isolated. It shall be fitted with






Mtrs/each.

337



operation-I No.



logging- I No.





(up to 275 V — 300 VAC)









g)The supplier should have full lSO-9000 series accredation & full it aceable calibration

methods to either of the two primary standard means of testing

i.e. mass (ISO 4185) or volume (ISO 6817).





338










corrosive paint.




meter reading.





















339



meter inspection.



break downs.’
















each project.





site storage.




pipe length of 5 D or more on upstream side and 2 D or more on

downstream side of meter is necessary( D is diameter of flow meter) The meters shall

be installed so as to have a linear flow with pipe running full.

340





of total supply lot shall be inspected tested at below mentioned institutes in India or third

party inspection through MJP approved agencies to be carried at manufacturer’s place.

Testing in India

a) FCRI , Palakkad

b) IDEMI, Mumbai

c) CWPRS, Pune

d) Any other institute approved by MJP

e) Manufacturer’s Guarantee, Certificate & Training the flow meters shall be

supplied with manufacturer’s test certificate as per international standards

given above. Calibration certificates with 12 months guarantee for the trouble free

performance & give adequate training for handling flow meter & installation in

field so that trainees can carryout the job independently.

F)3 6 Month’s 0 & M towards flow meter &. Accessories:

G) Cabinet:- Providing & Fixing flow meter transmitter to internal of walls building

in suitably designed panel cabinet with proper looking arrangement with glass

window on front door for seeing reading of flow transmitter and data looser

without opening panel cabinet etc.comp.

Item No. 2 :- EEC Mark Bulk water meter ( As Per Schedule B)

Providing, installing and giving satisfactory field testing of various mm dia

Flanged ends bulk water meter EEC Mark having remote reading facility with FGI 250

cast iron body or suitable moc class B conforming to ISO 4064 marked to read in metric

system, along with manufacturers test and guarantee certificate including cost of materials

and labour etc complete.

341


One Bulk Water meter of each size shall be got calibrated from a) FCRI,

Palakkad. b) IDEMI, Mumbai c) CWPRS, Pune. d) Any other institute approved by M.J.P

and calibration certificate shall be produced .The manufacturer test certificate guaranty

card for all meters .

Item No 3 :-C.I.Stainers :- C.I. Strainers T Basket type with flanged end and stainless

steel or brass mesh with opening of 2.50 MM to 3.00 MM and suitable for operating

pressure of 16 Kg/cm2 .

Itm No 4 :-M.S.Specials providing and supplying ISI standard MS Specials of required

thickness with 3 coats of approved make epoxy paint from outside &inside including all

taxes,octroi,inspection charges, transportation to site etc complete

Itm No 5 :- Mechanigal Joints

Manufacturing supplying of C.I. Mechanical compression flanged/socket tail

pieces suitable for making flanged connection with the plain barrel of C.I spun pipes (As

per IS 1538/2001) and D.I. Pipes as per IS 8329/2000) The tail pieces to be supplied

complete with sealing rubber gasket of SBR cast iron follower glands and mild steel nut

bolts. The whole assembly should be mechanically and hydraulically tested to the

provision as laid down in IS 1538/1993. The rates are inclusive of cost of material of

warding charges sales tax, loading, transportation and un loading at departmental store.

.etc. complete as directed

Item No 6 :- Providing and supplying domestic water meter …….etc comp.

Providing, installing & giving satisfactory field testing of domestic water meter

horizontal inferential multi jet type with magnetic type with magnetic drive and dry dial

suitable for ambient 50 degree celcious temp. to be sealed against tempering complete

with coupling at both end confirming to class B along with manufacture test certificate and

guaranty certificate including cost of all marital and labour the rate includes providing and

supplying 15 MM dia water meter on existing consumer connection /new connection

including cost of required matirals such as pipe ,saddle , union ,ferrule etc with required

labour charges etc complete EEC make (With provision of remote reading facility . The

works shall be carried out as directed by engineer in charge.

342


ANNEXTURE-IV ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö »ÖÖ‡Ô−Ö“µÖÖ Öê¡ÖßµÖ •Ö»Ö¤üÖ²Ö “ÖÖ“Ö Öß ²Ö§ü»Ö

´Ö.•Öß.¯ÖÏÖ/ µÖã×−Ö ú/ ŸÖÖÓ¿ÖÖ/ 322 ×¤ü−ÖÖÓ ú 31/12/1997 ŸÖÖÓ×¡Ö ú ¯Ö×¸ü¯Ö¡Ö ú (‹ úÖ“Ö ¾Öêôûß ´Ö¸üÖšüß ¾Ö ‡Ó ÖÏ•ÖßŸÖ ¯ÖÏÃŸÖãŸÖ êú»Öê) úÖê ÖŸµÖÖÆüß ¯ÖÏ úÖ¸ü“µÖÖ ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö »ÖÖ‡Ô−Ö“Öê úÖ´Ö —ÖÖ»µÖÖ¾Ö¸ü ŸÖê úÖ´Öê Öã Ö¾Ö¢ÖÖ ¯Öã ÖÔ —ÖÖ»Öê †ÖÆêü ¾Ö ¯ÖÏŸµÖ ÖÖŸÖ µÖê ÖÖ-µÖÖ •ÖÖÃŸÖßŸÖ •ÖÖÃŸÖ •Ö»Ö¤üÖ²ÖÖÃÖ ¾ÖÖ¯Ö¸ü»Öê»Öê ¯ÖÖ‡Ô ÖÃÖË ×™ü ãú−Ö üÖÆüŸÖÖŸÖ Ø ú¾ÖÖ −ÖÖÆüß µÖÖ“Öß ÖÖ¡Öß ú¹ý−Ö ‘Öê µÖÖÃÖÖšüß ŸµÖÖ ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö »ÖÖ‡Ô−Ö“Öß Öê¡ÖßµÖ •Ö»Ö¤üÖ²Ö “ÖÖ“Ö Öß ‘Öê Öê †Ö¾Ö¿µÖ ú †ÖÆêü. †¿Öß “ÖÖ“Ö Öß ‘ÖêŸÖÖÓ−ÖÖ •Ö»Ö¤üÖ²Ö × úŸÖß †ÃÖÖ¾ÖÖ µÖÖ²Ö§»Ö ³ÖÖ¸üŸÖ ÃÖ ü úÖ¸ü“µÖÖ ¾ÖÖ™ü¸ü ÃÖ¯»ÖÖµÖ †ò−›ü ™Òüß™ü´Öë™ü ´µÖã−Ö†»Ö ¾Ö ×ŸÖÃÖ¸üß †Ö¾Öé¢Öß - ´ÖÖ“ÖÔ 1991) ´Ö¬µÖê ´ÖÖ ÖÔ¤ü¿ÖÔ−Ö †ÃÖã−Ö ¾Öê Ö¾Öê ÖôûµÖÖ ¯ÖÏ úÖ¸ü“µÖÖ ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö ÃÖÓ²Ö¬Öß“Öê ¯Ö×¸ü“”êû¤ü ÖÖ»Öß»Ö ¯ÖÏ ÖÖ Öê †ÖÆêüŸÖ. 1. ‹´Ö. ‹ÃÖ. ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö ¯Ö× ü“”êû¤ü 6.5.2 −ÖãÃÖÖ¸ü ¯Ö×¸ü“”êû¤ü 6.4.4.2 ¯ÖÏ ÖÖ Öê 2. ›êüŒ™üÖ‡Ô»Ö †ÖµÖ−ÖÔ ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö ¯Ö× ü“”êû¤ü 6.5.2 −ÖãÃÖÖ¸ü ¯Ö×¸ü“”êû¤ü 6.4.4.2 ¯ÖÏ ÖÖ Öê 3. úÖò Îúß™ü ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö ¯Ö× ü“”êû¤ü 6.8.3 −ÖãÃÖÖ¸ü ¯Ö×¸ü“”êû¤ü 6.4.4.2 ¯ÖÏ´ÖÖ Öê 4. ×¯ÖÏÃ™ÒêüÃ›ü ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö ¯Ö× ü“”êû¤ü 6.9.3 −ÖãÃÖÖ¸ü ¯Ö×¸ü“”êû¤ü 6.4.4.2 ¯ÖÏ´ÖÖ Öê 5. ¯Öß. ¾Æüß. ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö ¯Ö× ü“”êû¤ü 6.10.5 −ÖãÃÖÖ¸ü ¯Ö×¸ü“”êû¤ü 6.4.4.2 ¯ÖÏ´ÖÖ Öê 6. úÖÃ™ü †ÖµÖ−ÖÔ ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö ¯Ö× ü“”êû¤ü 6.4.4 −ÖãÃÖÖ¸ü ¯Ö× ü“”êû¤ü 6.4.4.2 ¯ÖÏ´ÖÖ Öê †¿ÖÖ ¸üßŸÖß−Öê ¾Ö 6 ¯ÖÏ úÖ¸ü“µÖÖ ¯ÖÖ‡Ô ÃÖÃÖÖšüß ¯Ö×¸ü“”êû¤ü 6.4.4.2 −ÖãÃÖÖ ü •Ö»Ö¤üÖ²Ö ¬Ö¸üÖ¾ÖµÖÖ“ÖÖ †ÖÆêü. ÃÖ¤ü¸ü ¯Ö× ü“”êû¤üÖ−ÖãÃÖÖ ü ÖÖ»Öß»Ö (†) (²Ö) ( ú) ¾Ö (›ü) ¯Öî úß •ÖÖê ¤üÖ²Ö ´ÖÆü¢Ö´Ö †ÃÖê»Ö ŸµÖÖ ¤üÖ²ÖÖ»ÖÖ Öê¡ÖßµÖ •Ö»Ö¤üÖ²Ö “ÖÖ“Ö Öß ‘µÖÖ¾ÖµÖÖ“Öß †ÖÆêü. †) ´ÖÆü¢Ö´Ö †Öò Ö¸êü™üà Ö ¯ÖÏê¿Ö¸ü“µÖÖ ×¤ü›ü ¯Ö™ü ²Ö) ´ÖÆü¢Ö´Ö †Öò Ö êü™üà Ö ¯ÖÏê¿Ö¸ü“µÖÖ ×¤ü›ü ¯Ö™ü ú) ´ÖÆü¢Ö´Ö †Öò Ö¸êü™üà Ö ¯ÖÏê¿Ö ü ¾Ö ÃÖ•ÖÔ ¯ÖÏê¿Ö¸ü µÖÖÓ“µÖÖ ²Öê ü•Öê ‹¾Öœêü ›ü) ´ÖÆü¢Ö´Ö Ã™òü™üß ú ¯ÖÏê¿Ö¸ü ¾Ö ÃÖ•ÖÔ ¯ÖÏê¿Ö¸ü µÖÖÓ“µÖÖ ²Öê ü•Öê ‹¾Öœêü ŸÖÃÖê“Ö ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö »ÖÖ‡Ô−Ö“ÖÖ Œ»ÖÖÃÖ šü¸ü¾ÖŸÖÖÓ−ÖÖ ‡ŸÖ ü †™üà²Ö¸üÖê²Ö¸ü“Ö ¾Ö¸üß»Ö “ÖÖ“Ö Öß •Ö»Ö¤üÖ²ÖÖ“ÖÖ ×¾Ö“ÖÖ¸ü ÆüÖê Öê Æüß †Ö¾Ö¿µÖ ú †ÖÆêü †ÃÖê Ã¯ÖÂ™ü ú ü µÖÖŸÖ †Ö»Öê †ÖÆêü. ‹. ÃÖß. ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö»ÖÖ‡Ô−Ö“Öê ²ÖÖ²ÖŸÖ ‹. ÃÖß. ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö »ÖÖ‡Ô−Ö“µÖÖ •Ö»Ö¤üÖ²Ö “ÖÖ“Ö Öß ²ÖÖ²ÖŸÖ ´Öò−µÖã†»Ö ´Ö¬Öß»Ö ¯Ö×¸ü“”êû¤ü Îú. 6.7.1 ´Ö¬µÖê ¾Ö¸üß»Ö ¯Ö× ü“”êû¤ü 6.4.4.2 “ÖÖ Ã¯ÖÃ™ü ˆ»»Öê Ö −ÖÖÆüß. ŸµÖÖ´Öãôêû ‹. ÃÖß. ÖÏÖòÛ¾Æü™üß ´Öê−Ö ²ÖÖ²ÖŸÖ Öê¡ÖßµÖ “ÖÖ“Ö Öß ²ÖÖ²ÖŸÖ •Ö»Ö¤üÖ¾Ö × úŸÖß †ÃÖÖ¾ÖÖ µÖÖ ²Ö§»Ö ŸÖ¸üß †Öò Ö¸êü™üà Ö/ ¾ÖÙ ú Ö ¯ÖÏê¿Ö¸ü ²Ö§»Ö úÖÆüß Öê¡ÖßµÖ †×¬Ö úÖ-µÖÖÓŸÖ Ã¯ÖÂ™ü ú»¯Ö−ÖÖ ×¤üÃÖ»Öß −ÖÖÆüß. ŸµÖÖ´Öãôêû ÆüµÖÖ ²ÖÖ²Öß ÖÖ»Öß»Ö ¯ÖÏ ÖÖ Öê Ã¯ÖÂ™ü ú¸ü µÖÖŸÖ µÖêŸÖ †ÖÆêüŸÖ. ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö“ÖÖ Œ»ÖÖÃÖ šü¸ü×¾ÖŸÖÖÓ−ÖÖ ŸÖÃÖê“Ö “ÖÖ“Ö Öß ÃÖÓ¤ü³ÖÖÔŸÖ ¾ÖÙ ú Ö ¯ÖÏê¿Ö¸ü ´Æü Ö•Öê ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö »ÖÖ‡Ô−Ö ´Ö¬µÖê −ÖêÆü´Öß“µÖÖ ¯Ö× üÃ£ÖßŸÖßŸÖ µÖê ÖÖ¸üÖ †ÓŸÖ ÖÔŸÖ ¤üÖ²Ö †ÃÖÖ †ÖÆêü. ÃÖ¬µÖÖ ¯ÖÏÖ×¬Ö ú¸ü ÖÖŸÖ ‹. ÃÖß. ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö »ÖÖ‡Ô−Ö ˆ¬¤ü¸ü Ö −Ö×»Ö úÖ ´Æü Öã−Ö ¾ÖÖ¯Ö ü µÖÖŸÖ µÖêŸÖ −ÖÖÆüß. Öã¹ýŸ¾Ö ¾ÖÖ×Æü−Öß ´Æü Öã−Ö ‹. ÃÖß. ¯ÖÖ‡Ô ÖÖÓ“ÖÖ ¾ÖÖ¯Ö¸ü ú üŸÖÖÓ−ÖÖ ŸµÖÖ ŸµÖÖ ÃÖêŒ¿Ö−Ö ´Ö¬Öß»Ö ÃÖ¾ÖÖÔŸÖ

343


ú´Öß ¯ÖÖŸÖôûß¾Ö¸ü“ÖÖ ¾ÆüÖ»Ö ²ÖÓ¤ü †ÃÖŸÖÖÓ−ÖÖ ÃŸÖÖêŸÖÃÖÖšüµÖÖ“Öß †ŸÖß †ŸµÖãŸÖ´Ö •Ö»Ö¯ÖÖŸÖôûß (‹±ú. ‹ÃÖ. ‹»Ö) ¾Ö ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö“µÖÖ ‡−Ö¾Æü™Ôü »Öê¾Æü»Ö ´Ö¬Öß»Ö ±ú¸ü úÖ ‹¾Öœêü (Ã™òü×™ü ú Æêü›ü) ¯ÖÏê¿Ö¸ü −ÖêÆü´Öß µÖêŸÖ †ÃÖŸÖÖê ¾Ö Öã¹ýŸ¾Ö ¾ÖÖ×Æü−Öß ´Ö¬µÖê Æêü“Ö ¯ÖÏê¿Ö¸ü ÃÖ¾ÖÖÔŸÖ •ÖÖÃŸÖ †ÃÖŸÖê. ( ÃÖÖê²ÖŸÖ“Öê ×“Ö¡Ö ²Ö‘ÖÖ¾Öê) ŸµÖÖ´Öãôêû ‹. ÃÖß. ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö“ÖÖ †ÖµÖ. ‹ÃÖ. 6530/1972 “ÖÖ ÃÖÓ¤ü³ÖÔ ‘Öê‰ú−Ö Öã¹ýŸ¾Ö ¾ÖÖ×Æü−Öß“Öß •Ö»Ö¤üÖ²Ö “ÖÖ“Ö Öß †Öò Ö¸êü™Óüß Ö ¯ÖÏê¿Ö ü“µÖÖ ¤üß›ü¯Ö™ü ´Æü Ö•Öê “ÖÖ“Ö Öß ‘µÖÖ¾ÖµÖÖ“µÖÖ »ÖÖÓ²Öß ´Ö¬Öß»Ö ÃÖ¾ÖÖÔŸÖ •ÖÖÃŸÖ Ã™òü™üß ú ¯ÖÏê¿Ö¸ü“µÖÖ ¤üß›ü¯Ö™ü ¤üÖ²ÖÖ»ÖÖ ‘Öê Öê †Ö¾Ö¿µÖ ú †ÖÆêü. †£ÖÖÔŸÖ ×Æü“Ö †™ü ´Öò−µÖã†»Ö“µÖÖ ¯Ö×¸ü“”êû¤ü 6.4.4.2 ´Ö¬µÖê †ÖÆêü. ‹. ÃÖß. ¯ÖÏê¿Ö¸ü ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö“ÖÖ Œ»ÖÖÃÖ ´Öò−µÖã†»Ö ´Ö¬Öß»Ö †ò Öë×›üŒÃÖ 6.4 ´Ö¬Öß»Ö ŸÖ¸üŸÖã¤üß −ÖãÃÖÖ¸ü šü¸ü¾ÖÖµÖÖ“ÖÖ †ÃÖŸÖÖê. µÖÖ ŸÖ¸üŸÖã¤üß−ÖãÃÖÖ¸ü Öã¹ýŸ¾Ö ¾ÖÖ×Æü−Öß ´Ö¬µÖê Ã™òü×™ü ú ¯ÖÏê¿Ö¸ü“µÖÖ ¤ãü¯¯Ö™ü ¯ÖÏê¿Ö¸ü“ÖÖ Œ»ÖÖÃÖ“ÖÖ ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö ¾ÖÖ¯Ö¸ü Öê †Ö¾Ö¿µÖ ú †ÖÆêü. ÃÖ¾ÖÔ ¯ÖÏ úÖ¸ü“µÖÖ ¯ÖÖ‡Ô Ö ²Ö§»Ö Öê¡ÖßµÖ •Ö»Ö¤üÖ²Ö “ÖÖ“Ö Öß × úŸÖß ¤üÖ²ÖÖ»ÖÖ ‘µÖÖ¾Öß Æêü ¾Ö¸ü Ã¯ÖÂ™ü ú ü µÖÖŸÖ †Ö»Öê †ÖÆêü. ÆüµÖÖ“Ö ¤üÖ²ÖÖ»ÖÖ ¯ÖÏŸµÖê ú ×šü úÖ Öß •Ö»Ö¤üÖ²Ö “ÖÖ“Ö Öß ‘Öê µÖÖŸÖ µÖÖ¾Öß. ÃÖÖê²ÖŸÖ :- ‹ ú ×“Ö¡Ö ÃÖÆüß ( ¸üÖ•Öë¦ü ÃÖ Ö Öê) ÃÖ¤üÃµÖ ÃÖ×“Ö¾Ö (ŸÖÖÓ×¡Ö ú)

344


MAHARASHTRA JEEVAN PRADHIKARAN 4

th floor Phone : 202 6249

Express Towers 202 5354 Nariman Point, 283 5247 Mumbai 400 021 (India) Fax 202 9348 STD 022 Gram : PANIMANDAL, Mumbai

No. MJP/MS (T)/TS-I/350/4161 Date:- 10.12.1998

CIRCULAR

Sub:- Third party inspection of Electrical/ Mechanical equipment’s used in water supply scheme in MJP In order to improve the quality of electrical and mechanical equipments, the scope of third party inspection is revised as under, superceeding the circular issued under this office letter No. MWSSB/AB/B/Stores dated 19th Sept 1989 S.N. Equipment Limits Scope of inspection

1 2 3 4 1 Pumps

a) Submersible pumps

20 HP and above

i) Review of raw materials test Certificates and quality control procedure. ii) Hydrostatic test iii) Performance test iv) Strip inspection for one random pump after performance test to check

• Rubbing if any

• Wearing ring clearances.

• Dynamic balancing of impeller v) High voltage Test vi) Insulation test ( before and after performance test)

b) Vertical Turbine pumps Oil./ Water lubricated

30 HP and above

i) Review of raw materials test Certificates and quality control procedure. ii) Hydrostatic test on bowl assembly, discharge head, hydrostatic test on 20% quality of shaft enclosing tubes and column pipes. iii) Performance test iv) Strip inspection after performance test for one random pump, to check

• Rubbing if any


• Dynamic balancing of impeller c)Centrifugal pumps

(coupled) 50 HP and above

i) Review of raw materials test Certificates and quality control procedure. ii) Hydrostatic test on casing. iii) Performance test

345


iv) Strip inspection after performance test for one random pump, to check

• Rubbing if any


• Dynamic balancing of impeller d)Centrifugal monoblock

pumps 15 HP & above

i) Review of raw materials test Certificates and quality control procedure. ii) Performance test

2 Electric Motors 100 HP & above

i) Review of raw materials test Certificates and quality control procedure. ii)Routine test for all iii) Type test for one no random motor for 300 HP & above, including vibration and noise level.

3 Starters

a)Auto Transformer All i) Review of raw materials test Certificates and quality control procedure. ii) High Voltage test iii) Insulation Resistance test iv) Full load test of Auto transformer winding v) Dielectric strength of oil vi) Fault simulation for testing protection relays except short circuit and earth fault.

b)Soft/ Gentle start starters All i) Review of raw materials test Certificates and quality control procedure. ii) High Voltage test iii) Insulation Resistance test iv) Fault simulation for testing protection relays except short circuit and earth fault.

4 L. T. Panel & L.T. Breaker Connected load of 100 HP & above

i) Review of raw materials test Certificates and quality control procedure. ii) High Voltage test iii) Insulation Resistance test iv) Routine test v) Checking phase and earth clearance of bus bars vi) Checking wiring diagram and contract circuit and operation of panel. vii) Fault simulation for testing protection relays except short circuit and earth fault.

5 Transformers 315 KVA i) Review of raw materials test

346


and above Certificates and quality control procedure. ii) Routine test for all iii) Temperature rise for one no upto and including 3000 KVA and all transformers above 3000 KVA. iv) Type test excluding impulse test for random one transformer above 1000 KVA and upto 3000 KVA v) Type test including impulse test for transformer of 3000 KVA and above..

6 H.T. panel / H.T. Breaker/ Vacuum contractors

i) Review of raw materials test Certificates and quality control procedure. ii) Routine test iii) Checking components, and wiring diagram, control circuit and operation of panel. iv) Insulation Resistance test v) High voltage test vi) Power frequency test vii) Fault simulation viii) Review of type test certificate or breaker

7 Relay & Metering panel All i) Review of raw materials test Certificates and quality control procedure. ii) Checking wiring diagram iii) Relay operation test for over current, earth fault by D.C. injection. iv) Reviewing test certificate of relays. v) High voltage insulation test

8 Scanner panel All i) Review of raw materials test Certificates and quality control procedure. ii) Operation test for indication of temp of Bearing, windings and oil. iii) Hooter test with respective setting of alarm and tripping circuit. iv) Checking wiring diagram and control circuit v) H.V. and I.R. test.

9 D.C. Battery and Battery charger and Distribution panel

All i) Review of raw materials test Certificates and quality control procedure. ii) Checking components. iii)Checking wiring diagram, and control circuit. iv) H.V. and I.R. test

10 Cables LT 300 sqmm and above

i) Review of raw materials test Certificates and quality control

347


and if length is 300 mtr. or above

procedure. ii) Routine test iii) Over load test iv) High voltage test v) Insulation Resistance test

11 Cables HT 95 sqmm & above & if length required is 300 mtr and above

i) Review of raw materials test Certificates and quality control procedure. ii) Routine test iii) Overload test iv) High voltage test v) Insulation Resistance test

12 E.O.T. Crane/ Monorail 3 Mt & above

i) Review of raw materials test certificate and quality control procedure. ii) Operation test iii) Deflection test iv) Load test

13 Sluice valves/ Butterfly valve

350 mm.dia. and above

i) Review of raw materials test certificate and quality control procedure. ii) Body and seat test iii) Test with operation of actuator and reduction gear box fully assembled with valve opening and closing ( in case actuators are provided) with synchrozing. iv) Checking wear travel (for S.V. only)

14 Non-return valve 350 mm.dia. above with by pass fitted if specified

i) Review of raw materials test certificate and quality control procedure. ii) Body test and seat test

15 Air valve 150 mm.dia. & above

i) Review of raw materials test certificate and quality control procedure. ii) Body test iii) Operation test for functioning of small orifice and large orifice.

16 Valve actuator All i) Review of raw materials test certificate and quality control procedure. ii) High voltage test iii) Insulation Resistance test iv) Routine and operation test v) Checking wiring diagram and circuit vi) Operation test with limit switches.

17 Capacitors 50 KVAR bank or

i) Review of raw materials test certificate and quality control

348


above procedure. ii) Routine test iii) High voltage test iv) Insulation Resistance test

18 Multi programmable automatic control unit/ Motor protection relays

All i) Review of raw materials test certificate and quality control procedure. ii) High voltage test iii) Insulation Resistance test iv) Operation test v) Fault simulation vi) Checking wiring

19 Voltage stabilizer Above 25 KVA

i) Review of raw materials test certificate and quality control procedure. ii) Routine test iii) High voltage test iv) Insulation Resistance test v) Ratio test vi) Temperature rise test

20 Water hammer control devices

All i) Review of raw materials test certificate and quality control procedure. ii) Hydrostatic test iii) Radiographic test for welding (for Air vessel)

21 Water meters/ Flow meters 150 mm.dia. and above

i) Review of raw materials test certificate and quality control procedure. ii) Hydrostatic pressure test iii) Calibration test

22 Wireless communications equipments

All i) Review of raw materials test certificate and quality control procedure. ii) Operation test for all equipments

It shall be specifically mentioned in the tender or supply order that it shall be responsibility of the contractor/ Supplier to organise the third party inspection ( by approved agency of MJP) and the contractor/ supplier shall bear all expenses including inspection charges. Necessary provision for inspection charges as per C.S.R. (Elect/Mech.) for the equipment to be inspected shall be made in the estimated cost put to tender. The contractor shall furnish the details of specifications./ test etc. to the inspection agency and the inspection agency shall furnish the copy of inspection report to the department and copy to contractor/supplier. Sd/- ( Rajendra Sagane) MEMBER SECRETARY (TECH) Copy submitted to Additional Chief Secretary, WSSD, Mantralaya, Mumbai. Copy to Chief Engineer, MJP, Thane/ Pune/ Nashik/ Amaravati/ Aurangabad/ Nagpur. Copy to Technical Members of MJP Copy to All Superintending Engineer, MJP Copy to All Executive Engineer, MJP

349



Updated List of approved makes ( Elect/ Mech) as on April-2008

1) PUMPS

Submersible pumps

a) For 100 mm (4”) Pumps with

Polypropylene Impellers

Pluga Vadoara (Upto 31-12-08)

Shakti Ichalkaranji (31-3-11)

Amrut Visnagar (Gujrat) (31-3-11)

Waterman Ahmedabad (31-3-11)

Falcon Rajkot ( Up to 5 HP only) (31-12-11)

b) For 150 mm (6”) and above

with Bronze impellers only

No Limit

Name of pump Manufactured at

Categary “A”

Agasti Mira, Thane (31-3-11)

Waterman Ahmedabad (31-3-11)

Amrit Visnagar (Gujrat) (31-3-11)

Shakti Ichalkaranji (31-3-11)

Unnati (U-Neel) Ahmedabad (31-3-11)

Pluga Vadoara (Upto 31-12-08)

MBH Ahmedabad (31-12-08)

Lubi Ahmedabad (31-12-11)

Category “B” HP 30, Q-1000 LPM, head 100 Mtrs

Falcon Rajkot (Upto 31/3/11)

Jyoti Vadodra

Unnati Ahmedabad (Unnati Brand 31-3-11)

Sabar Ahmedabad (upto 31/3/11)

Varuna- (La-Gajjar) Ahmedabad (Upto 31/3/11)

Category “C” HP-15 Q-500 LPM, Head-80 mm

350


Konark (La- Gajjar) Ahmedabad (31-3-11)

Ellen Coimbator (upto 31/12/2008)

Deccan Coimbtor (31/3/11)

Texmo Coimbator (upto 31/12/2008)

Taro Coimbator (Texmo) upto (31/12/2008)

Category “D” (7.5 HP, 250 LPM 65 M)

Anco Palghar Mumbai (Upto 31/12/08)

Globe Ahmadabad (upto 31/3/11)

Mahendra upto Coimbator (upto 31/3/11)

SB Pump upto Jabalpur (31/12/08)

Aroma (Arihant Pumps) Ahmadabad (upto 31/3/2010)

Saguna Coimbator (upto 31/12/2008)

c) Polder pumps ( Upto 50 HP)

MBH Ahmdabad (upto 31/7/2008)

II Monoblock pumps

a) Centrifugal Monoblock pump Kirloskar, Jyoti, Crompton Graeaves,

Texmo (upto 31/12/08)

Aquatex (upto 31/12/08) MBH (upto 50

HP 31/12/2009)

b) Submersible monoblock

Horizontal

Waterman, Shakti, Aqua tex upto

31/12/08 MBH (upto 31/12/2008)

Darling

c) Submersible Monoblock

vertical

Other makes as approved at local level

Aquatex upto 31/12/08

d) Submersible for dewatering Modi MBH upto 31/12/08

III Centrifugal pumps

a) No limit Kirloskar, Jyoti, WPH, M+ P, Flowring

b) Upto 300 H.P. All above

IV Vertical Turbine pumps

a) No limit Jyoti, M+P, FBM, Kirloskar, WPH

b) Upto 600 HP All above

c) Upto 300 HP All above

V) Sewage pumps

351


a) Submersible

i)No limit Kishor, Aqua, KSB

ii) Upto 250 HP All above

iii) Upto 100 HP All above & Pullen MBH (upto Dec-08)

iv) upto 50 HP All above & Jyoti

v) Upto 30 HP Darling (Indore) Modi (Thane) upto

31/5/08

b) Dry well Installation

No limit Kirloskar, Jyoti, M+ P, , kishor

Upto 100 HP Flowmore (upto 31/12/08)

Vert. Non clog Flowmore (upto25 HP) 31/12/08

VI Vaccume pumps

a) 5 HP and above Kirloskar

b) Below 5 HP Kirloskar & makes approved at local

level

2 Valves

a) Sluice valve

i) 600 mm and above Kirloskar IVI, IVC

ii) 400 mm to 600 mm dia. All above, Durga (31/3/11) Gavane Patil

upto 31/3/11 Mayur, Patson

iii) 200 mm to 600 mm.dia. All above

iv) 50 to 200 mm.dia. All above

b) Reflux valve

i) 600 mm and above Kirloskar IVI, IVC

ii) 400 mm to 600 mm dia. All above, Durga (31/3/11) Gavane Patil

upto 31/3/11 Mayur, Patson

iii) 200 mm to 600 mm.dia. All above

iv) 50 to 200 mm.dia. All above

c) Kinetic air valves IVI, IVC, Hawa, Mayur, Durga

d) Foot valve upto 80 mm.dia. Kirloskar & makes approved at local

level

ii) Above 80 mm.dia. Kirloskar

e) Butterfly valves IVI, IVC, Dynamic (upto 900 mm)

352


f) Actuators Limtorque

3) Pipes

a) G.I. pipes and specials Zenith, Tata, GSt, Suryaprakash, Jindal

b) C.I. pipes and special Reputed makes approved at a local

level

4) Tools Gedore, Jhalani, Taparia

5) Pressure/ Vacuum Gauges Feibig, Uday, H-Guru

6) Lifting equipments

a) Chain pulley block monorail

with travelling trolley

Elephant, W.H. brady ( 5 T only)

b) HOT, cranes Harculas, Anupakm & smaco

c) EOT, cranes W.H. Brady 5 ton, Anupam & Smaco)

Herculas

7) Motors

A L.T. Motors

1 Horizontal Motors Kirloskar, Jyoti, Crompton, Alstom,

NGEF, Sismens, BHEL.

2 Vertical solid shaft motors Kirloskar, Jyoti, Crompton, Alstom,

NGEF, Sismens, BHEL.

3 Vertical hollow shaft motors Kirloskar, Jyoti,

B H.T. Motors Kirloskar, Jyoti, Crompton, Alstom,

NGEF, BHEL.

8 Starters

a) D.O.L. L & T, simence, SEIL, Kirloskar, MEI,

Chandan, Minilec

b) Star delta L & T, Siemence, SEIL, Bhartiya Inds,

Ltd. Minilec, Kirloskar

c) Auto transformer starter with air

brake with contactor

Locally fabricated as per M.J.P.”s

specification

d) Power contractor for ATS

Upto 800 Amps

Upto 600 Amps

Upto 400 Amps

SEIL, L & T siemens

All above * BCH, Andrew Yule Havell’s

Killburn, C & S, Andrew Yule, Havell’s

353


e) Soft strat starters Instronix, Electrotech system (Sangli)

upto 200 HP Jayshree (Pune),

Innovative (Pune), Jag (Miraj),

Crompton Greaves (Nashik)

9) Switches & Fuse

a) Rotary Kaycee, L & T Simens, Chandan,

Thaakur standard

b) Iron clad Stanley, Ashok, KEW, crompton,

chandan, JSL standard

c) Metal clad CPI, L & T Elecon, Ashok, standard,

Crompton, chandan

d) Fuses switch L & T, crompton, control & switch gear,

Indoasian (upto 31-7-08)

e) Change over switch on load, off

load

Havell’s standard -1250 A,

Indoasian (upto 31-7-08) JSL, control &

switches)

f) HRC Fuses L & T, Alstom, siemens, standard 630

A, Indoasian (31-7-08) control &

switchgear

10) Oil Circuit Breakers --

11 Moulded case circuit Breake

a) No limit L & T, ABB, SEIL, Jyoti, Alstom, Andrew

Yule, Havell’s, control & switches

standard Electrical ( upto 800 Amp)

(31/3/11) schneidar, JSL

b) Upto 630 AMP All above & AEG- NGEF, Indoasian,

BCH

12) Air circuit breaker

a) No limit L & T, Siemens, control & switch gear

schneider, Jyoti JSL

b) Upto 1000 Amp All above and ABB, SGIL

c) Upto 630 Amp As above

13) Vacuum contactors ABB, 1.1 Kv amp to 630 A,

354


Crompton7.2 & 11 KV-400 A Crompton,

Jyoti, Megawin, Bhel, Alstom, JSL

a) 22 Kv/ 33 kv Crompton, MEI, Bhel, siemens, Alstom,

Jyoti

b) 11 kv All above & Andrw Yule, Jyoti, Megawin

14) vacuum contactors ABB, 1.1 kv amp to 630 A, crompton 7.2

& 11 Kv 400 A crompton, Jyoti,

Megawin, Bhel, Alstom JSL

15 ELCB Minilec

16) Water level guard & single

phasing preventor

Reputed makes to be decided at local

level minilec

17) Protection Relay

i) Motor protection relay for HT

motors

ABB, English Electric, Minilec

ii) Motor protection relay for LT

motors

Reputed makes to be approved by

M.J.P. at local level, softhard (31/12/08)

Minilec ( Upto 31/7/08)

iii) Over current and earth fault

relay high speed tripping relay

ABB, BCH, Minilec

iv) Static relay Ashida, Minilec

18) Transformers

i) No limit

ii) Upto 3000 Kva Kirloskar, Bharat Bijlee, Crompton

NGEF, Alstom, BHEL

iii) Upto 1600 Kva All above

iv) Upto 750 Kva All above & Pactil, EMCO

v) Upto 315 kva All above & vivekanand Bangalore (31-

3-11)

19) Ammeters/ Voltmeters AE, DIP, IMP, MECO, Rishabh,

Enercon, Nippen

20) Capacitors

i) L.T. capacitor 25 Kvar and

above

Madhav

Savin, Navi Mumbai Upto 31/7/08

355


ii) L.T. Capacitor 25 Kvar All above and as approved by MSEB

ii) H.T. capacitors Savin capacitors, Navi Mumbai upto

31/12/08 Prabodha, Madhav

21) Sub station equipment

i) Outdoor CT/PT Transdelta, Madhav, AE

ii) A.B.switch (GOD) / Isolators pactil, Kiran, Southern- switchgear,

Atlas, Universal- switchagar

iii) D.O. Fuse Unit/ Horn Gap Fuse

unit

Pactil, Kiran, Southern- Switchgear

Atlas, Universal- switchgear

iv) Lightening arrestor Elpro

22) Cables

i) PVC submersible/ copper

conductor) cable

Finolex, Perfect

ii) 1.1 Kv armored and unarmored

cable

Tropodur, Finolex, Asian, Gloster,

Incab, Universal, Polycab, Primecab,

Vardhaman,

iii) 1.1 Kv XLPE cable Primecab upto 550 single core/ multi

core) vardhaman 1.5 core upto 630

sq.mm & multicore upto 400 sq.mm.

iv) 3.3 Kv/6.6 kv/11 Kv/ 22 Kv/ 33

Kv XLPE cable

Tropodur, Asian, Gloster, Universal

Bharat Cab, Primecab

v) Control cable Tropodur, Finolex, Asain, Gloster,

Incab, Universal, polycab, Macro (HMT

brand)

23) Automatic control unit for

submersible pump

Bamo, Minilec (upto 31/12/08)

vidyut control (upto 150 HP)

24 Voltage stabilizers

i) Upto 800 Kva Automatic Electric Ltd. (Mumbai)

ii) Upto 300 Kva AE

iii) Upto 150 Kva All above & Statlec (31/3/11)

iv) 50 Kva All above API ( Indore) upto 30/12/08

v) Upto 12.5 Kva All above & Protovolt ( 31/3/2011)

25) Air blowers Kulkarni bolwers, Usha (31/3/11)

356


ANNEXTURE I

DETAILS OF RESPECTIVE ISS AND APPROVED MAKES FOR MATERIAL

TO BE USED FOR EXECUTION OF WATER SUPPLY SCHEMES

LATEST VERSION OF ISS SHALL BE REFERRED

S.N. Material ISS No. Approved Make

1 2 3 4

1 Cement 26(a) Approved manufactures

2 Tor Steel 1786(Fe-415) Approved manufactures

3 M.S. Round Bar 432 ( Part-I & II) /

1982

Approved manufactures

4 A) D.I Pipes

B) C.I. pipes

8329/2000

1536/1989

Firms on Rate contract

of D.G.S. & D.S.S.I.

Units registered with

Government of

Maharashtra and

holding valid BIS license

Manufactures holding

valid BIS License

5 A.C. Pipes & CID Joints 1592/1989

8794/1978

6 G.I.Pipes For pipes 554/1975

For thread

1239/1990

7 PVC pipes and specials

HDPE pipes and

specials

IS 4985/1988

IS 4984/ 14151/

12786/13488

S.S.I. units registered

with Government of

Maharashtra and

holding valid BIS license

8 A Sluice Valves

50 to 300 mm dia.

2906

Makes approved by

M.J.P

8 b Above 300 mm dia. 14846 Makes approved by

357


GNK catalogue M.J.P

9 Air valves Firms approved by

MJP under letter

No. MWSSB/ 1091/

33 / store/ 5284

dated 17.7.92 &

relevant I.S.

Makes approved by

M.J.P

10 C.I. Specials for CI

pipes

1538/1960 Manufactures approved

by M.J.P

C.I. Specials for AC

pipes

5531/1969 Manufactures approved

by M.J.P

11 Tyton rubber rings 5382/1985

12820/1989


12 Reflux valves IS 5312 (Part-I)

1984


13 Jiffy Mech. Joints 13282/1992 Manufactures approved

by M.J.P

Note:- 1 In case of cement and steel, contractor shall submit manufacturer`s test

certificate . However samples of the materials supplied by the Contractor will be

tested from Government Engineering college/ Recognized Institutes.

2. All types of pipes i.e. CI/ D.I . / P.V.C./ P.S.C./ M.S. / G.I./H.D.P.E. etc. shall be

tested by Third party approved by MJP. before dispatches from Manufacturer’s

places

at contractor’s cost.

3 The contractor shall purchase AC/PVC /H.D.P.E. pipes, CID Joints at R C rates

from any RC holder SSI unit of his choice through MSSIDC only.

358


ANNEXTURE II REFERENCE OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --

S.N. Short Description of Tender items Specifications reference from book of standard specification of Govt. of Maharashtra (Red Book)

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 2 3

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Excavation in all sorts Sp. No. B-1 on page No.24 to 28 Spn of

material IDS-I

2. Plain Cement Concrete Sp.No. B-6 on page No. 33 to 38 of

Volume I and Bd-EP No.287 to 291 of

Volume II Spn. GS-1 to GS-1

3. Masonry work Sp. No. B-9 page No.55 to 60 of Volume

( Stone Masonry) I and BH and page of Volume II Spn.

GS-12

4. Murum Bedding Sp. No. Bd. A.P.No. 262 to 265 of

Volume VI, IDS-6, GS-22

5. M.S. Reinforcement Grade-II Stresses as per IS-456-1976 and

or Tor Steel ( Fe415) Sp. No. B-10. Spn. GS-3

6. C.C. 1:2:4 proportion & Page No.62 to 65 of Vol. I, IS 3370

1:1. ½:3 proportion for Part I and Part II. Sp. No. Bd-F-P

RCC Works No. 297 to 309 and ISA 456-1976

Spn. GS-1 to GS-11

7. B.B. Masonry work Sp. No. 88 (b) page No.42, Volume I,

Spn. GS-13

8. Dewatering Sp. No. BR-4 page no. 103 to 104

9. Cement Plasters Sp. No. B-11 page No. 60 to 66, Spn.

GS-15

10. Whitewash and colour washing Sp.No. BD-P-1, page No. 411 to 414

Spn. GS-18

11. Oil Bound Distemper, etc. Sp. No BD-P ii S.P.No. 431, 414

Spn. GS-18

12. T.W. Doors and windows As per Sp. No. B and C 7, page No. 418

and Sp. Bd-1-4 pageNo.479 Spn. GS-14

13. Structural steel Sp.No.Bd-C-6, Page No. 277 Spn. GS-21

14. Rough Shahabad Stone Flooring Sp.No.BD-M-1, page No.379 Spn.GS-16

15. Lowering, laying and Jointing As per Departmental Specifications, IDS

of all types of pipes 7, IDS-8, IDS-9

Erecting flanged pipes, etc. Spn. IDS-12

16. Road surface Boxes As per type design and Departmental

Specifications Spn. IDS-16

17. B.B. Masonry chamber As per type design and Departmental

359


Specification Spn. IDS-11

18. Fixing of valves, Air valves etc. As per type design and Departmental


19. Constructing Standpost As per type design and Departmental


20. Refilling As directed by the Engineer-in-charge

Spn. IDS-2 A

21. Storage Reservoirs Spn. IDS-17

22. Fixing of Inlet, Outlet As per Departmental Drawing and

Overflow and Washout

Designs & Specifications.

23. Lighting Conductor As per Departmental Drawing and

Designs & Specifications

24. M.S. Ladder Sp.No. BD-V-19, page No. 559

Spn. GS-19, IDS-3

25. G.I. pipe Hand Railing Sp. No. BR-51 (a), Page No. 136 and

with RCC bars 139 Spn. GS-20

26. Providing, lowering, laying Spn. IDS-2 slotted pipe gallery.

27. Providing and fixing weep Spn. IDS-4

holes

28. Dapuri type steps Spn. IDS-5

29. Providing and fixing C.I. Spn. IDS-15

MH frame and cover

30. Plastering Spn. GS-15

31. IPS Flooring Spn. GS-16

32. Rubble Filling Spn. GS-23

33. Maintaining of scheme Spn. GS-24

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Note :- Specifications mentioned above are for reference only. Other relevant

specifications shall be referred.

Field Test pressure for pipe line

No. MJP/QCC/TB/ 322 Date 31/12/1997

360


TECHNICAL CIRCULAR

After laying and jointing any pipe line, the pipe line must be pressure tested to easure

that pipes and joints are strong enough to withstand the maximum pressure likely to be

developed under working condition. In this respect G.O.I. Manual on water supply and

Treatment (IIIrd Edition March 1991) describes the field test pressure to be imposed on

pipe lines. In this respect, for different types of pipes concerned paras from this manual

are as follows.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

S.N. Type of pipe Page No. Page No.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. M.S. pipe Para 6.5.2 As per Para 6.4.4.2

2. Ductile Iron pipes Para 6.5.2 As per Para 6.4.4.2

3. Concrete pipes Para 6.8.3 As per Para 6.4.4.2

4. Prestressed pipes Para 6.9.3 As per Para 6.4.4.2

5. P.V.C. pipes Para 6.10.5 As per Para 6.4.4.2

6. C.I. pipe Para 6.4.4.2 As per Para 6.4.4.2

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Thus, for above 6 types of pipes, field test pressure is as per para 6.4.4.2. As per this

paragraph the field test pressure to be imposed should be not less than the maximum

of the following.

a) 1.5 times the maximum sustained operating pressure.

b) 1.5 times the maximum static pressure in the pipe line

c) Sum of maximum sustained operating pressure and the maximum surge pressure.

d) Sum of maximum pipe line static pressure and the maximum surge pressure subject to

a maximum equal to the work test pressure for any pipe fittings incorporated.

Here it is to be noted specifically that, while determining the class of pipe along with

other conditions, aspect of above field hydraulic test pressure should also be contested

Para 6.7.1 of the Manual refers to A.C. pipes lines and there is no specific mention

about field hydraulic test pressure and it is not clear whether it should be as per para

6.4.4.2 or not. Hence there were doubts in the minds of some field officers about field

hydraulic test pressure of A.C. pipe line. It is also seen that the idea of operating

pressure and working pressure is also not very clear in the field. Hence these points

are clarified as under.

About working pressure, it is clarified that working / operating pressure is the maximum

361


sustained internal pressure, excluding the one coming in abnormal conditions such as

surge (water hammer) to which the pipe line may be subjected to when in use. When

we consider A.C. pipe lines as Gravity Mains, then maximum internal pressure occurs

when water in tank is at the F.S.L. (Full supply level of full tank level) and the sluice

valve, located at lowest level in the section under consideration, Is in closed position. In

such case, the static head i.e. the difference between the F.S.L. of source and lowest

invert level of pipe line in that section, is the maximum, head in that section. Thus here

as for as test pressure and class of pipe is concerned maximum operating pressure is

the static pressure. When we refer to I.S. 6530/ 1972, the field hydraulic test pressure

for A.C. pipe line should be 1.5 times the operating pressure and as explained about,

considering the definition of operating pressure A.C. pipe Gravity main should be tested

for 1.5 times the operating pressure i.e. for 1.5 times the static pressure. In other

words, this is the condition given in G.O.I. Manual para 6.4.4.2 for gravity mains. For

deciding the class of A.C. Gravity main, maximum static pressure shall not exceed 50%

of pressure defining class of pipe 9Ref. App. 6.4)

All the field tests should be carried out for the pressure as clarified above only.

Single we are not using A.C. pressure pipes for large/ long rising main no

mention of A.C. pipe rising mains is made in the above circular.

Encl:- On Sketch

Sd//-

( R.M. Sagane)

Member Secretary (Technical)

362


363


364


365




NAME OF SCHEME:- WALWADI WATER SUPPLY SCHEME, TAL. & DIST :- DHULE

LIST OF DRAWING

Sr.No. Description Pages Nos.

From To

1) Village Map

1 1

2) Key plan

2 2

3) Flow Diagram

3 3

4) L-section of Connecting Main

4 4

5) Details of Sump with O/H pump house

and B.P.T.

5 5

6) L-section of Gravity Main Ch.0.00 to 3200.00

6 6

7) Countour map on W.T.P.

7 7

8) Pure water Risig Main

i) L-section Ch. 0-1950 ii) L-section Ch. 0-4500

iii) Branch L. Sec. Ch. 30.00 to 30/10

iv) Branch L. Sec. Ch. 900.00 to 900/150

v) Branch L. Sec. Ch. 2790.00 to

2790/270

vi) Branch L. Sec. Ch. 3840.00 to

3840/270

8 13

9) Distribution system

Zone No.1- Nayana Colony

Zone No.2- Adhar Nagar- I

Zone No.3- Adhar Nagar-II

Zone No.4- Gayatry Nagar

Zone No.5- Borase Nagar

Zone No.6- Om Nagar

Zone No.7- Saptshrungi Nagar

Zone No.8- Sainik Colon

14 21

366
